No preview available
HomeMy WebLinkAbout2013-266 Contract - Pierce Manufacturing Inc CITY OF ASHLAND CONTRACT FOR PURCHASE OF EQUIPMENT CONTRACT Contract made this day of 2013, between the City of Ashland ("City") and ontractor").~ ?leTtit m0.ni~JcL~~4nt }1C. City and Contractor agree: 1. Contract Documents: This contract is-made as a result of an Invitation to Bid issued by City entitled "INVITATION TO BID" for a TYPE 1, FIRE PUMPER Bid No. #2013-101, Contractor was the single bidder whose bid exceeded the amount budgeted for the purchase. On June 4, 2013, the City elected to directly award the Contract to Contractor pursuant to the rules of Special Procurement, AMC 2.50.090, as an exception to the competitive bid process. In all other respects, the Contract Documents, hereinafter referred to as the "Contract Documents", are comprised of the Invitation to Bid and all included attachments and Contractor's response, which are hereby incorporated by this reference. In addition, the following are included as part of the Contract documents as follows: 1. Contractor's Bid and letter of June 17, 2013 from Rex Hughes and Nick Hendricks to City, herein attached as Exhibit A; 2. Contractor's Bid and letter of April 9, 2013, herein attached as Exhibit B; 3. John Karnes e-mail dated April 8, 2013, herein attached as Exhibit C; and 4. Contractor's Product Binder, herein attached as Exhibit D. . Unless otherwise specifically defined in the Contract Documents, words which have well-known technical meanings or fire apparatus industry meanings are usedsin the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. Contract Documents are intended to be complementary. Whatever is called for in one is interpreted to be called for in all. However, in the event of conflicts or discrepancies among the Contract Documents, interpretations will be based on the following descending order of . precedence: 1. Contract amendments and Change Orders, with those -of later date having precedence over those of an earlier date; 2. Exhibits A, B, C and D, with each in descending order of precedence as presented; 3. The Contractor's response to the Invitation to Bid and any addenda thereto; 4. The Invitation to Bid and all included attachments; and 5. The accepted Offer. In the case of an inconsistency between Plans and Specifications or within documents not clarified by addendum, the better quality or greater quantity of goods shall be provided in accordance with the City or the City's Authorized Representative's interpretation in writing. If the Contractor finds discrepancies in, or omissions from the Contract Documents, or if the Contractor is in doubt as to their meaning, the Contractor shall at once notify the City or City's Authorized Representative. Matters concerning performance under the Contract Documents and interpretation of requirements of the Contract Documents will be decided by the City's Authorized Representative. Responses to Contractor's requests for interpretation of Contract Documents will be made in writing by City's Authorized Representative within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. Interpretations and decisions of the City's Authorized Representative will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents. Contractor shall not proceed without direction in writing from the City's Authorized Representative. References to standard specifications, manuals, codes of any technical society, organization or association, to the laws or regulations of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification; manual, code, laws or regulations in effect in the jurisdiction where the performance is occurring on the first published date of the Solicitation Document, except as may be otherwise specifically stated. 2. Scope: Contractor shall produce and deliver the equipment described in the contract documents within the time prescribed in the contract documents. 3. Price and Payment: City shall pay Contractor the sum of $1,152,727.00 (total amount); for TNVO.(2) TYPE 1, FIRE PUMPERS (equipment); to be delivered FOB Ashland within days after receipt of order. CORPORATE OFFICER CI OF ASALA BY y BY S' atur Dave Kann City Administrator Dom: ~s-5~~.~,1 Print Name REVIE D AS TO Title: - M BY I a,. . Legal epartment Fed ID # bl39 F 30 Date 7v-//~0~-'1 Coding 6 ✓U eve /D 00 -1o3";qioo-D Purchase Order I I CITY OF ASHLAND Council Communication June 4, 2013, Business Meeting Special Procurement for the purchase of Type 1 Fire Pumpers FROM John Karns. Fire Chief, karnsi@ashland.or.us SUMNIARY This "Contract-specific Special Procurement" will allow Ashland Fire & Rescue to directly award a contract to Hughes Fire Equipment for the purchase of two Type 1 fire pumpers. These two fire pumpers would become the front line pumpers for the City's two fire districts. The existing front line pumpers are of a 1991 and 1993 vintage and have significant reliability problems producing a large number of out-of-service days. Ashland Fire & Rescue maintains pumpers on a 20 year cycle. A Type 1 pumper is considered a structural fire fighting apparatus and is the primary vehicle dispatched in each fire district on fire calls. An Invitation to Bid was released on January 22, 2013 and the City received only one bid - from Hughes Fire Equipment - in response to the ITB. The bid submitted by Hughes Fire Equipment exceeded the City's budget. Discretionary items were then deducted from the bid to reduce the price. BACKGROUND AND POLICY IMPLICATIONS: A Special Procurement is used for the purpose of seeking an exemption from the competitive bid process, custom designing a contracting approach, or the direct selection or award of a public contract or for a series of contracts. The attached and completed Special Procurement, Approval Request Form is attached for your review and consideration. AMC 2.50.090 Exemptions from Formal Competitive Selection Procedures All Public Contracts shall be based upon Competitive Sealed Bidding (Invitation to Bid) or Competitive Sealed Proposals (Request for Proposal) pursuant to ORS 279A - 279C and the Model Rules except for the following: G. Special Procurements - a public contract for a class special procurement, a contract specific procurement or both, based upon a contracting procedure that differs from procedures described in ORS 279B.055, 279B.060, 279B.065, 279B.070. The contracting approach may be custom designed to meet the procurement needs. 1. Special procurements shall be awarded in accordance with ORS 27913.085 and all other applicable provisions of law. FISCAL IMPLICATIONS: The Equipment Fund has budgeted $1,152,727 for Type 1 fire pumpers for FY 2014/2015. STAFF RECOMMENDATION AND REQUESTED ACTION: Page 1 of 2 ~r, CITY OF ASHLAND Staff recommends that the "Contract-specific Special Procurement" be approved. SUGGESTED MOTION: The Council, acting as the Local Contract Review Board, moves to approve the public contract award to Hughes Fire Equipment ATTACFfWNTS: Form #9, Special Procurement, Request for Approval Page 2of2 . r, 1W CITY OF FORM #9 AS H LAN D SPECIAL PROCUREMENT REQUEST FOR APPROVAL To: City Council, Local Contract Review Board From: John Karns, Fire Chief Date: May 28, 2013 Subject: REQUEST FOR APPROVAL OF A SPECIAL PROCUREMENT In accordance with ORS279B.085, this request for approval of a Special Procurement is being presented to the City Council for approval. This written request for approval describes the proposed contracting procedure and the goods or services or the class of goods or services to be acquired through the special procurement and the'circumstances that justify the use of a special procurement under the standards set forth ORS 279B.085(4). 1. Requesting Department Name: Fire Department 2. Department Contact Name: John Kams Fire Chief 3. Type of Request: Class Special Procurement X Contract-specific Special Procurement 4. Time Period Requested: From est.ARO 270 days To: 5. Total Estimated Cost: $1,152,727.00 6. Short title of the Procurement: Iype 1 Fire Pumpers Supplies and/or Services or class of Supplies and/or Services to be acquired: Type 1 Fire Pumper - (2) Each Type 1 fire pumpers are considered "structural" firefighting apparatus and are the primary fire pumper used by Ashland Fire & Rescue. 7. Background and Proposed Contracting Procedure: Provide a description of what has been done in the past and the proposed procedure. The Agency may, but is not required to, also include the following types of documents: Notice/Advertising, Solicitation(s), Bid/Proposal Forms(s), Contract Form(s); and any other documents or forms to be used in the proposed contracting procedure. Attach additional sheets as needed. Background: An Invitation to Bid was released on January 22, 2013 and the City received one bid from Hughes Fire Equipment in response to the ITB The bid submitted by Hughes Fire Equipment exceeded the City's budget Discretionary items were then deducted from the bid to reduce the price. City staff is now recommending that a public contract for (2) two Type ] Fire Pumpers be directly awarded to Hughes Fire Equipment Form #9 - Special Procurement- Request for Approval, Page t of 3, 5/29/2013 The apparatus being replaced are of a 1991 and 1993 vintage. Fire pumpers are scheduled on a 20 year replacement cycle Proposed procedure: The proposed sourcing method is direct award to Hughes Equipment for the fire pumpers. 8. Justification for use of Special Procurement: Describe the circumstances thatjustify the use of a Special Procurement. Attach relevant documentation. Hughes Fire Equipment, the representative for Pierce Manufacturing, was the only respondent to the invitation to bid for 1 or 2 Type 1 fire pumpers. The last two fire pumpers the City purchased were built by Pierce Manufacturer with positive experience with both the initial product as well as after sales service. After review of the current bid response the specifications and price were adiusted to bring costs to the budgeted level. As Hughes was the only respondent to the invitation to bid and can produce a product that meets the needs of the City and bid specifications, it is recommended to award a special procurement to Hughes Equipment. 9. Findings to Satisfy the Required Standards: This proposed special procurement: X (a) will be unlikely to encourage favoritism in the awarding of public contracts or to substantially diminish competition for public contracts because: Ashland Fire & Rescue has used Pierce fire pumpers for many years. Currently Pierce is producing a pumper with a pump driver by a power-take-off from the main motor providing for excellent service access as well as pump-and-roll capability with one motor. (Please provide specific information that demonstrates how the proposed Special Procurement meets this requirement); and X (b)(i) will result insubstantial cost savings to the contracting agency or to the public because: Pierce fire pumpers have been consistently reliable during routine and emergency service as well as having excellent support by manufacturer and dealer. (Please provide the total estimate cost savings to be gained and the rationale for determining the cost savings); or X (b)(H) will otherwise substantially promote the public interest in a manner that could not practicably be realized by complying with the requirements of ORS 279B.055, 27913.060, 27913.065, or 27913.070, or any rules adopted there under because: Due to strong reliability and excellent support these two pumpers, the front line units for the two districts in the City, with have a much lower "out-of-service" rate than the existing units. (Please provide specific information that demonstrates how the proposed Special Procurement meets this requirement.) Form #9 - Special Procurement- Request for Approval, Page 2 of 3, 512912013 Public Notice: Pursuant to ORS 279B.085(5) and OAR 137-047-0285(2), a Contracting Agency shall give public notice of the Contract Review Authority's approval of a Special Procurement in the same manner as a public. notice of competitive sealed Bids under ORS 279B.055(4) and OAR 137-047-0300. The public notice shall describe the Goods or Services or class of Goods or Services to be acquired through the Special Procurement and shall give such public notice of the approval of a Special Procurement at least seven (7) Days before Award of the Contract.. After the Special Procurement has been approved by the City Council, the following public notice will be posted on the City's website to allow for the seven (7) day protest period. Date Public Notice first appeared on wcvw2shland.or.us - [Enter date] PUBLIC NOTICE Approval of a Special Procurement First date of publication: [Enter date] A request for approval of a Special Procurement was presented to and approved by the City Council, acting as the Local Contract Review Board, on [Enter dale]. For the purchase of two (2) Type 1 Fire Pumpers purchased by specific special procurement for a cost of $1,152,727.00 from Hughes Equipment It has been determined based on written findings that the Special Procurement will be unlikely to encourage favoritism in the awarding of public contracts or to substantially diminish competition for public contracts, and result in substantial cost savings or substantially promote the public interest in a manner that could not be realized by complying with the requirements that are applicable in ORS 279B.055, 279B.060, 279B.065, or 279B.070. An affected person may protest the request for approval of a Special Procurement in accordance with ORS 279B.400 and OAR 137-047-0300. A written protest shall be delivered to the following address: City of Ashland, Ashland Fire & Rescue, Chief John Kams, 455 Siskiyou Blvd., Ashland, OR, 97520. The seven (7) protest period will expire at 5:00pm on [Enter dale-seven calendar days from first date ofpuhlication] This public notice is being published on the City's Internet World Wide Web site at least seven days prior to the award of a public contract resulting from this request for approval of a Special Procurement. i I Form #9 - Special Procurement- Request for Approval, Page 3 of 3, 512912013 June 17, 2013 City of Ashland 90 N. Mountain Avenue Ashland, Oregon 97520 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. and Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc. are pleased to offer for your consideration the enclosed proposal for two (2) Type 1 Fire Pumpers per your Invitation to Bid #2013-101 and changes requested on June 17, 2013. The price for"two (2) Dash CF Pumpers is $1,183,952.00 F.O.B. Ashland, Oregon. The units would be ready for delivery from the factory within 6.5 to 7.5 calendar months after execution of the contract. Final payment is due 30 days after the units leave the factory for delivery. If the City will make a chassis progress payment, $17,376.00 will be deducted from the bid price. The chassis progress payment in the amount of $579,168.00 will be due three (3) months prior to the ready for delivery from the factory date. If the City will pay any remaining balance due upon completion of the units at the factory $13,849.00 will be deducted from the bid price. If all of the above options and payment deductions were elected, the net price would be $1,152,727.00 F.O.B. Ashland, Oregon. Price Recap - Please note: this pricing is valid only if two units are purchased and delivered at the same time. Description DollarAmount Two 2 Dash CF Pumpers NH410 $1,183,952.00 Less Discount for Chassis Progress Payment in the amount of $579,168.00 17,376.00 Less Discount for Final Payment upon Completion of the units at the Facto 13,849.00 Total Unit Price Including all Available Discounts $1,152,727.00 Two (2) factory inspection trips for a total of eight (8) fire department customer representatives is included in the above pricing. The inspection trips will be scheduled at times mutually agreed upon between the manufacturer's representative and the customer. Airfare, lodging and meals while at the factory are included. If the City would like to deduct any trips or travelers, $1,350.00 per traveler, per trip will be deducted from the bid price. Trade-In Quote We are offering the following trade-in options for the City's consideration: 1990 E-One - $10,000 1993 HME - $25,000 EXHIBIT D \ 9 1 Page 1 of 2 Please Note: Transportation funds have been included to drive the. units under their own power from the factory to the customer location: If, due to Federal and/or State DOT requirements or customer preference, delivery via flatbed or rail system is necessary additional transportation charges will be required. If transportation, other than driving under the units' own power is required, Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc., our dealer representative for your area, will coordinate the transportation, provide an estimate and bill the customer directly for those additional charges. Payment of the invoice from Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc. for additional charges will be due immediately upon receipt of the invoice. This requirement will become part of the contract terms. Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc., located in Springfield, Oregon, is the Pierce dealer for your territory and can be reached by calling 800-747-6510. Pierce Manufacturing, Inc., a subsidiary of Oshkosh Corporation, has been is the manufacturing business since 1913 in Appleton, Wisconsin, and also has facilities located in Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. This proposal may be utilized for Cooperative Purchasing by other public agencies. We would like to thank you for inviting us to submit a bid for this equipment. If we can be of further assistance, please feel free to contact us. Sincerely, Rex Hughes. Nick Hendricks Sales Representative Sales Representative Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. NH/st Page 2 of 2 April 9, 2013 City of Ashland 90 N. Mountain Avenue Ashland, Oregon 97520 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. and Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc. are pleased to offer for your consideration the enclosed proposal for one (1) or two (2) Type 1 Fire Pumper(s) per your Invitation to'Bid #2013-101 and changes requested on April 8, 2013. The price for one (1) Dash CF Pumper is $599,290.00 F.O.B. Ashland, Oregon.. The unit would be ready for delivery from the factory within 7 to 8 calendar months after execution of the contract. Final payment is due 30 days after the unit leaves the factory for delivery. If the City will make a chassis progress payment, $8,688.00 will be deducted from the bid price. The chassis progress payment in the amount of $289,584.00 will be due three (3) months prior to the ready for delivery from the factory date. If the City will pay any remaining balance due upon completion of the unit at the factory $7,016.00 will be deducted from the bid price. If the City elects to pre-pay for the entire unit, upon execution of the contract and or receipt of the performance bond if required, an additional $10,557.00 will be deducted from the bid price. This deduction is in addition to all other discounts listed above. If this option is elected, final payment for any changes processed during manufacturing will be due prior to the unit leaving the factory for delivery. If the City would like to consider a pre-payment of less than 100% the available deduction will be provided upon request. If the City elects to transport the unit from the factory in Appleton, Wisconsin to Ashland, Oregon, $4,500.00 will be deducted from the bid price. The unit will be required to be delivered to a Hughes Fire Equipment facility for a pre-delivery inspection. If this option is elected payment in full and proof of insurance must be provided prior to leaving the factory and the City is responsible for compliance with all state, local and federal D.O.T. requirements including the driver possessing a valid CDL license. Please Note: The above referenced transportation funds have been included to drive the unit under its own power from the factory to the customer location. If, due to Federal and/or State DOT requirements or customer preference, delivery via flatbed or rail system is necessary additional transportation charges will be required. If transportation, other than driving under the unit's own power is required, Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc., our dealer representative for your area, will coordinate the transportation, provide an estimate and bill the customer directly for those additional charges. Payment of the invoice from Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc. for additional charges will be due immediately upon receipt of the invoice. This requirement will become part of the contract terms. If the City elects to remove the performance bond requirement, $1,795.00 will be deducted from the bid price. If all of the above options and payment deductions were elected, the net unit price would be $566,734.00 F.O.B. Appleton, Wisconsin. EXHIBIT Page 1 of 2 g 9 l Price Recap - One Unit Description Dollar Amount 0 Less Discount for Chassis Progress Payment in the amount of $289,584.00 0 One 1 Dash CF Pumper NH410 M$573,029.00 Less Payment at time of Completion at the Facto Discount 0 Less 100% Pre-Payment Discount 0 Subtotal including all re- a ment discounts 00 Less Customer Trans ort Discount 0 nd Re uirement 0 Less Performance Bo Total Unit Price Includin all Available Discounts 00 Price Recap - Two Units - Please note: this pricing is valid only if two units are purchased and delivered at the same time. Description Dollar Amount Two 2 Dash CF Pumpers NH410 $1,183,952.00 Less Discount for Chassis Progress Payment in the amount of $579,168.00 17,376.00 Less Payment at time of Completion at the Facto Discount 13,849.00 Less 100% Pre-Payment Discount 20,762.00 Subtotal including all pre-pa ment discounts $1,131,965.00 Less Customer Transport Discount 9,000.00 Less Performance Bond Re uirement 3,545.00 Total Unit Price Includin all Available Discounts $1,119,420.00 Two (2) factory inspection trips for a total of eight (8) fire department customer representatives is included in the above pricing. The inspection trips will be scheduled at times mutually agreed upon between the manufacturer's representative and the customer. Airfare, lodging and meals while at the factory are included. If the City would like to deduct any trips or travelers, $1,350.00 per traveler, per trip will be deducted from the bid price. Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc., located in Springfield, Oregon, is the Pierce dealer for your territory and can be reached by calling 800-747-6510. Pierce Manufacturing, Inc., a subsidiary of Oshkosh Corporation, has been is the manufacturing business since 1913 in Appleton, Wisconsin, and also has facilities located in Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. This proposal may be utilized for Cooperative Purchasing by other public agencies. We would like to thank you for inviting us to submit a bid for this equipment. If we can be of further assistance, please feel free to contact us. Sincerely, y"Z2~eL ta✓~2~~~ Rex Hughes Nick Hendricks Sales Representative Sales Representative Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. NH/st ( Page 2 of 2 Karl Olson - gym; John Karns [karnsj@ashland.or.us] At: Monday, April 08, 2013 11:07 AM To: 'Nick Hendricks' Cc: 'Kari Olson'; 'Dana Sallee' Subject: Pricing Nick, Let me try and salvage this one more time. Please give me pricing with the following equipment changes when you can: • Delete 4 trips • Delete Steering wheel W/ controls • Delete Vehicle Info center • Delete front inlet • Delete generator and IRT system • Add backup camera I'll need the info for any pre-pay options and the multi-unit discount for the 2nd unit. Thanks John Karns / Fire Chief 'Hand Fire & Rescue .,,5 Siskiyou Boulevard Ashland, OR 97520 John.karnsCalashland.or.us Phone: 541-552-2217 TTY: 1-800-735-2900 Fax: 541-488-5318 This email transmission is official business of the City of Ashland, and is subject to the Oregon Public Records Law for disclosure and retention. If you have received this message in error, please contact me at 541.482.2770. Thank you. EXHIBIT I3 C s 1 Bond No. Bid Bond Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland 600 Red Brook Blvd Owings Mills, MD 21117 BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: Thatwe, Pierce Manufacturing Inc. as Principal, (hereinafter called the "Principal"), andFideliityandDeposit c°mpanyofMaryland , a corporation duly organized under the. laws of the State of MD , as Surety, (hereinafter called the "Surety") are held and firmly bound unto City of Ashland as Obligee, (hereinafter called the "Obligee'), in the sum of Ten Percent of Amount Bid Dollars (S 10% for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, die said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for Two (2) Pierce Dash CF Pumper NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such contract, including the attached warranty of Pierce Nfanufacmring, Inc., or NfcNeilus Companies Inc., as applicable herein, and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter into such contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect Signed and sealed this 5tthday of February 2013 Lp) i1 j J1 J 4 1 /h L 1'~ CyIJZ kJ Pierce Manufacturing Inc. _ Witness: Katherine Pischke / Principal By. _ / _ c~~e Name and Tide Sr. Director, Order Management u~ Fidelity and Deposit CompaU of Maryland Witness: Tracy K. Matthews By. ucy an sc / o Ano.r,ey-In-bast Power of Attorney FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND,'a corporation of the State of Maryland, by THEODORE G. MARTINEZ, Vice President, and GREGORY E. MURRAY, Assistant Secretary, in pursuance of authority granted by Article VI, Section 2, of the By-Law f id Company, which are set forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and eff t (Cd hereof, does hereby nominate, constitute and appoint Daniel J. SAPIRO, Daniel J. KWIEC y Kathleen A. CRARY, Tracy K. MATTHEWS, Cathy HUTSON, Lisa all of Milwaukee, ~ Wisconsin, EACH its true and lawful agent and A a in eliver, for, and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed: any a b nde ak xecu[ion of such bonds or undertakings in pursuance of these presents, shn ar y\\ak fu ly and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if they had been duly exec ~t~a n1ee&q0 q ected officers of the Company at its office in Baltimore, Md., in their own proper pets is vokes that issued on behalf of Daniel J. SAPIRO, Daniel J. KWIECINSKI, Wen ~n A. CRARY, Tracy K. MATTHEWS, Cathy HUTSON, Lisa M. SLAKES, dated August 7, 200 The said Assistant Secretary does hereby certify that the extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article VI, Section 2, of the By-Laws of said Company, and is now in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice-President and Assistant Secretary have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed the Corporate Seal of the said FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, this 7th day of October, A.D.2008. ATTEST: FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND '~,{p~fPOfri ° a 1tN = By: Gregory E. Murray Assistant Secretary Theodore G. Martinez State of Maryland 1 ss: Baltimore County f On this 7th day of October, A.D. 2008, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned and qualified, came THEODORE G. MARTINEZ, Vice President, and GREGORY E. MURRAY, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and they each acknowledged the execution of the same, and being by me duly swom, severally and each for himself deposeth and saith, that they are the said officers of the Company aforesaid, and that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company, and that the said Corporate Seal and their signatures as such officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and diction of the said Corporation. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year first above written. si, •tD` 1 ,,^ilq:9i: a '6: Dennis R. Hayden Notary Public My Commission Expires: February 15, 2013 POA-F 184-6514 °AT05/2"013 CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 1 02/05/23 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES 3ELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER 1-414-443-0000 CONTACT - NAME: Maya Companies of Wisconsin, Inc. PHONE FA% C AC No: 1200 North Mayfair Road, Suite 100 ADDRESS: Milwaukee, WI 53226 _ INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURER A. LEXINGTON INS CO 19437 INSURED INSURER B. TRAVELERS PROPERTY CAS CO OF AMER 25674 Pierce Manufacturing Inc. INSURER C: PHOENIX INS CO 25623 . P.O. Box 2017 INSURER D: Appleton, WI 54912-2017 INSURER E: INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: 31897519 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR ADDLSUBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER (MMIDDINYYY) MMIDD/YYYY LIMNS A GENERAL LIABILITY X 015438059 04/01/1 04/01/13 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY PREMISES E. acomence $ 500,000 CLAIMS.MADE L - J OCCUR - MEDEXP(Anyonepersm) $ Excluded PERSONAL B ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000 GEWL AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 1,000,000 X POLICY PRO- LOC $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY TJCAP118D2004TIL12 10/01/ 1 10 O1 13 Ea aB~INEDI SINGLE LIMIT 11000,000 X ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY (Par person) $ A OWNED LEO AUTOS S H AUTOS AUTOS BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ HIRED AUTOS AUTOS Pera 'de t $ A X UMBRELLA LIAR X OCCUR 015438060 04/01/1: 04/01/13 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 25,000,000 EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ 25, 000, 000 DED RETENTION$ $ B WORKERS COMPENSATION TRJUB117D757712 WC STATU- OTH- ANDEMPLOYERS'LIABILITY 10/01/1 10/01/13X ITS C ANY PROPRIETOWARTNERIEXECUTIVE YIN TC2NUB117D756512 10/01/1 10/01/13 E.LEACHACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 IER OFFICERIMEMSER EXCLUDED? N I A (Mandatory in NH) E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYE $ 1,000,000 If yes, descnbe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Addifional Remarks Schedule, if more space is required) Additional Insured when required by written contract. Two (2) Pierce Dash CF Pumpers CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION 02/19/2013 - SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE City of Ashland THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. North Mountain Avenue AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Ashland, OR 97520 ~~B rI USA ©1988-2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (2010105) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD kguell 31897519 March 19, 2013 City of Ashland 90 N. Mountain Avenue Ashland, Oregon 97520 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. and Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc. are pleased to offer for your consideration the enclosed proposal for one (1) or two (2) Type 1 Fire Pumper(s) per your Invitation to Bid #2013-101. The price for one (1) Dash CF Pumper is $636,035.00 F.O.B. Ashland, Oregon. The unit would be ready for delivery from the factory within 7 to 8 calendar months after execution of the contract. Final payment is due 30 days after the unit leaves the factory for delivery. If the City will make a chassis progress payment, $9,015.00 will be deducted from the bid price. The chassis progress payment in the amount of $300,514.00 will be due three (3) months prior to the ready for delivery from the factory date. If the City will pay any remaining balance due upon completion of the unit at the factory $7,477.00 will be deducted from the bid price. If the City elects to pre-pay for the entire unit, upon execution of the contract and or receipt of the performance bond if required, an additional $11,299.00 will be deducted from the bid price. This deduction is in addition to all other discounts listed above. If this option is elected, final payment for any changes processed during manufacturing will be due prior to the unit leaving the factory for delivery. If the City would like to consider a pre-payment of less than 100% the available deduction will be provided upon request. If the City elects to transport the unit from the factory in Appleton, Wisconsin to Ashland, Oregon, $4,500.00 will be deducted from the bid price. The unit will be required to be delivered to a Hughes Fire Equipment facility for a pre-delivery inspection. If this option is elected payment in full and proof of insurance must be provided prior to leaving the factory and the City is responsible for compliance with all state, local and federal D.O.T. requirements including the driver possessing a valid CDL license. Please Note: The above referenced transportation funds have been included to drive the unit under its own power from the factory to the customer location. If, due to Federal and/or State DOT requirements or customer preference, delivery via flatbed or rail system is necessary additional transportation charges will be required. If transportation, other than driving under the unit's own power is required, Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc., our dealer representative for your area, will coordinate the transportation, provide an estimate and bill the customer directly for those additional charges. Payment of the invoice from Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc. for additional charges will be due immediately upon receipt of the invoice. This requirement will become part of the contract terms. If the City elects to remove the performance bond requirement, $1,905.00 will be deducted from the bid price. If all of the above options and payment deductions were elected, the net unit, price would be $601,839.00 F.O.B. Appleton, Wisconsin. Page 1 of 2 Price Recap -One Unit Description Dollar Amount One 1 Dash CF Pumper NH410 $636,035.00 Less Discount for Chassis Progress Payment in the amount of $300,514.00 9,015.00 Less Payment at time of Completion at the Facto Discount 7,477.00 Less 100% Pre-Payment Discount 11,299.00 Subtotal including all pre-payment discounts $608,244.00 Less Customer Transport Discount 4,500.00 Less Performance Bond Requirement 1,905.00 Total Unit Price Including all Available Discounts $601,839.00 Price Recap - Two Units - Please note: this pricing is valid only if two units are purchased and delivered at the same time. Description Dollar Amount Two 2 Dash CF Pumpers NH410 $1,250,454.00 Less Discount for Chassis Progress Payment in the amount of $601,028.00 18,030.00 Less Payment at time of Completion at the Facto Discount 14,683.00 Less 100% Pre-Payment Discount 22,078.00 Subtotal including all pre-payment discounts $1,195,663.00 Less Customer Transport Discount 9,000.00 Less Performance Bond Requirement 3,740.00 Total Unit Price Including all Available Discounts $1,182,923.00 Three (3) factory inspection trips.for a total of twelve (12) fire department customer representatives is included in the above pricing. The inspection trips will be scheduled at times mutually agreed upon between the manufacturer's representative and the customer. Airfare, lodging and meals while at the factory are included. If the City would like to deduct any trips or travelers, $1,350.00 per traveler, per trip will be deducted from the bid price. Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc., located in Springfield, Oregon, is the Pierce dealer for your territory and can be reached by calling 800-747-6510. Pierce Manufacturing, Inc., a subsidiary of Oshkosh Corporation, has been is the manufacturing business since 1913 in Appleton, Wisconsin, and also has facilities located in Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. This proposal may be utilized for Cooperative Purchasing by other public agencies. We would like to thank you for inviting us to submit a bid for this equipment. If we can be of further assistance, please feel free to contact us. Sincerely, 1 Rex Hughes Nick Hendricks Sales Representative Sales Representative Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. NH/st Page 2 of 2 CITY OF ASHLAND MAR 4 February 28, 2013 To Whom It May Concern: Subject: ADDENDUM #3 . Invitation to Bid #2013-101 Type 1, Fire Pumper Please review, sign, and include the following addendum with your bid. If you have any questions and/or need additional information, please call (541) 488-5354. Thank you. Respectfully, Kari Olson Purchasing Representative Irma ITB #2013-101, Type 1 Fire Pumper, February 28, 2013, Page 1 of 2 ~ri 300%Post.COmumer Content Invitation to Bid 92013-101 TYPE 1, FIRE PUMPER ADDENDUM #3 The purpose of this addendum is to provide answers to questions that have been received in response to the ITB for a Type 1, Fire Pumper. Question: On page 53 of your specifications you have conflicting numbers for the amount of hose bed dividers desired. Two (3) adjustable hose bed dividers shall be furnished for separating (rose. Can you please clarify if you are looking for two (2) or three (3) dividers? Answer: Three (3) adjustable hose bed dividers shall be furnished for separating hose. Please review, sign, and return this addendum with the ITB documents. I acknowledge receipt of ADDENDUM 93 Signed by' Date: March 19, 2013 Printed name: Rex Hughes Title: Sales Representative Firm: Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. THIS SIGNED ADDENDUM MUST BE RETURNED WITH YOUR BID. ITB #2013-101, Type 1 Fire Pumper, February 28, 2013, Page 2 of 2 CITY OF ASHLAND FF6 2 2013 February 25, 2013 To Whom It May Concern: Subject: ADDENDUM #2 Invitation to Bid #2013-101 Type 1, Fire Pumper Please review, sign, and include the following addendum with your bid. i If you have any questions and/or need additional information, please call (541) 488-5354. Thank you. Respectfully, ~yi Cy' ors Kari Olson Purchasing Representative ITB #2013-101, Type 1 Fire Pumper, February 25, 2013, Page 1 of 2 ~fi 100%Past-Consumer Content Invitation to Bid #2013-101 TYPE 1, FIRE PUMPER ADDENDUM #2 The purpose of this addendtmi is to provide answers to questions that have been received in response to the ITB for a Type 1, Fire Ptunper. Question: On page 67 of your specifications under the heading "PUMPING MODE", it lists plump and roll as a required feature of this ptunp. Pump and roll operation is open to a great deal of interpretation. Can you please provide an outline of what the ptmip and roll performance expectations are? Things I am needing are required pinup pressure and at what ground speed. Any other criteria they have would be welcomed as well. Answer: NFPA defines pump and roll criteria for wildland engines only. This is a Type 1 engine and what we're looking for is in the range of 80-120 gpm at 100 psi with a road speed of 4-8 mph. Additional information is being provided in regards to a question and answer that was included in `Addendum #1 Please see additional information listed below the original question and answer. Question: Conzpa•tmentation, Passenger's Side In the first paragraph 'horizontal adjustable SCBA pullout blade mount' is requested on ,two occasions. lam unsure as to what is actually being described and thus cannot configure an appropriate option for our proposal. Please provide more detail of what is needed. If a photo of an existing unit or an OEM make and model number is available to supplement the description it would be helpful. Answer: Bidder to provide a Zico, or equivalent, SCBA adjustable bracket in this location. Additional information being provided in this addendum is as follows: This is a vertical (not horizontal) mounting system that can slide out of the compartment in order to have full access to both sides. One SCBA will motmted to each side. Vertical slider shall allow full access to both SCBAs. Please review, sign, and return this addendum with the ITB documents. I acknowledge receipt of ADDENDUM #2. Signed by- Date: March 19, 2013 Printed name: Rex Hughes Title: Sales Representative Firm: Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. THIS SIGNED ADDENDUM MUST BE RETURNED WITH YOUR BID. ITB #2013-101, Type 1 Fire Pumper, February 25, 2013, Page 2 of 2 CITY OF ASHLAND FFB 1 9 2n~3 B~. February 14, 2013 To Whom It May Concern: Subject: ADDENDUM #1 J Invitation to Bid 92013-101 Type 1, Fire Pumper Please review, sign, and include the following addendum with your bid. i If you have any questions and/or need additional information, please call (541) 488-5354. Thank you. Respectfully, ari Olson Purchasing Representative PV4 ITB #2013-101, Type 1 Fire Pumper, February 14, 2013, Page 1 of 4 ~'i 100% Post Consumer Content Invitation to Bid #2013-101 TYPE 1, FIRE PUMPER ADDENDUM #1 The purpose of this addendum is to provide answers to questions that have been received in response to the ITB for a Type 1, Fire Pumper. Question: Hose Bed, Under Hose Bed Compartment, Under Hose Bed Back Board Compartment, Rear Compartment On page 53 it is noted that the hose bed shall be 60" to 64 "from the ground and the length of the bed shall be a minimum of 85 On page 54 the two under hose bed compartments are required and as I interpret the language it would seem that these need to incorporated into the body such that the hose bed is still only 60 to 64" above the ground. The frame rails of this truck will be approximately 42" above the ground. Assuming these compartments are 12" tall this would mean that the water tankportion that extends towards the rear of the body will only be approximately 6 to 10" tall. The tank manufacturer requires a minimum of 10" to allow for the construction of the tank. Reducing the volume below the hose bed will also increase the depth of the tank that sits forward of the hose bed which will impact the length of the hose bed. Finally, on page 59 a rear compartment has been requested. Given the fact that elsewhere in the specification it was requested that the rear body be raised by 3" and in the sections noted above the hose bed will be effectively lowered there is now no longer space for a rear compartment that is remotely close to the height requested. This is further complicated by the requirement for a roll up door on that compartment which requires a 6" header. In a nutshell, all the requested components cannot coexist on this project. In order to move forward, we need to know which of these requests are critical needs and which are not so that we can attempt to provide a proposal that is buildable and most closely fits your requirements Answer: Bidder to determine dimensions that will allow for under bed and compartment dimensions and still maintain appropriate hose bed capacity. Question: Compartmentation, Passenger's Side In the first paragraph `horizontal adjustable SCBA pull out blade mount' is requested on two occasions. I am unsure as to what is actually being described and thus cannot configure an appropriate option for our proposal. Please provide more detail of what is needed. I fa photo of an existing unit or an OEM make and model number is available to supplement the description it would be helpful. Answer: Bidder to provide a Zico, or equivalent, SCBA adjustable bracket in this location. ITB #2013-101, Type I Fire Pumper, February 14, 2013, Page 2 of 4 Question: The specification is of a significantly proprietary truck design that is made by only (1) manufacturer. Some examples are: o Pumping System is proprietary to this manufacturer o Detroit Diesel motor is available only from this manufacturer o Step Lighting, is only available from this manufacturer o Body construction is proprietary to this manufacturer Answer: The pump under cab design is specified as an example that will allow access and the ability to service the pump easily as well as pump-and-roll capability. Detroit diesel motor is specified as an example of the type and quality of motor that is utilized for this type of vehicle. The step lights are also specified as an example of what is required for this type of vehicle. The body design that is specified is also an example of a type of body design for this vehicle. The Invitation to Bid specifies in multiple locations that the use of brand names in the specifications are utilized to describe the type and quality of item required. Bidders are not limited to the brand specified, but may submit any brand of equivalent type and quality. Please refer to the following locations for more information: Invitation to Bid - Page 3, Item 5 and Page 8, Item S2 Exhibit A - Type 1, Fire Pumper Specifications - Page 1 Question: We believe that we can meet the intent of the hid with similar pumping functions and capabilities, wheel base, storage and overall performance while saving the City money. However with the amount of exceptions we will submit with a proposal (while still meeting the intent of the specifications) leaves us some concern of how our proposal will be judged given the proprietary nature ofthe specifications. Can you please shed some light into how the proposal will be evaluated? Answer: As stated on page 5 of the Invitation to Bid, the City shall award the contract to the lowest responsible bidder whose bid substantially complies with the requirements and criteria set forth in the Invitation to Bid and with all prescribed public procurement procedures and requirements. Question: Can we also request what the City has budgeted for this purchase? Answer: There is no set budget at this time. The final contract recommendation will be subject to the approval of the City Council. Offer: We would offer to meet with you, your staff and anyone at the Fire Department to continue our discussions. ' Reply: The City is facilitating a formal solicitation at this time and will not engage in discussions regarding this ITB with individual bidders during the formal solicitation process. Bidders may ask questions and/or request additional information or clarifications to assist them with submitting a bid. The information being requested will then be provided in the form of a written addendum to each prospective bidder to ensure that each bidder receives the same information in the same manner. ITB #2013-101, Type I Fire Pumper, February 14, 2013, Page 3 of 4 Please review, sign, and return this addendum with the ITB documents. I aelmowledge receipt of ADDENDUM #1. Signed byl~. Date: March 19, 2013 Printed name: Rex Hughes Title: Sales Representative Firm: Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. THIS SIGNED ADDENDUM MUST BE RETURNED WITH YOUR BID. ITB #2013-101, Type 1 Fire Pumper, February 14, 2013, Page 4 of 4 PUBLIC NOTICE: w InCity of Ashland Invitation to Bid #2013-101 TYPE 1, FIRE PUMPER Bids are due prior to 2:00pm, Tuesday, March 19, 2013 The City of Ashland is seeking bids for a new TYPE 1, FIRE PUMPER. The City's intent is to request bids for a single unit and for two units. The second unit will be subject to available funding. The specifications may be reviewed at the City of Ashland, Purchasing Office located at 90 N. Mountain Avenue, Ashland, Oregon 97520. For a copy of the Invitation to Bid, including the specifications, please ' contact the Purchasing Representative, at (541) 488-5354. All questions and inquiries regarding this Invitation to Bid must be directed to the Purchasing Representative, Kari Olson. Sealed bids must be received prior to 2:00pm, Tuesday, March 19, 2013, by Kari Olson, Purchasing Representative in the City of Ashland, Purchasing Office located at 90 N. Mountain Avenue, Ashland OR 97520. The bids will be publicly opened and read at 2:00pm, Tuesday, March 19, 2013. Kari Olson Purchasing Representative City of Ashland, Oregon Published: January 29, 2013 Page I of 14 - ITB, GEN COND, SPECIFICATIONS, SPECIAL PROVISIONS, BID FORM, CONTRACT CITY OF ASHLAND BID No. 2013-101 Ashland Service Center DATED January 22, 2013 90 N. Mountain Avenue Ashland, Oregon 97520 (541) 488-5354 FAX (541) 488-5320 INVITATION TO BID, GENERAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR EQUIPMENT The City of Ashland ("City") is accepting bids for the purchase of a TYPE 1. FIRE PUMPER further referred to in this Invitation to Bid as "equipment". All bids shall be subject to the following conditions: 1. Time and Place for Receiving Bids: Bids must be received by Kari Olson, Purchasing Representative, Ashland Service Center, 90 N. Mountain Avenue, Ashland, Oregon 97520, prior to 2:00pm, Tuesday, . March 19, At that time, bids will be publicly opened and read in Room 106 of the Service Center. Bids may not be withdrawn after the time set for the opening of bids. Each bid shall be identified on the exterior of the sealed envelope as follows: BID NO: 2013-101 PURCHASE OF A TYPE 1. FIRE PUMPER BID OPENING: 2:OOPM, TUESDAY. MARCH 19.2013 1 In compliance with OAR 137-047-0260(2)(c A), the solicitation schedule is as follows: ACTIVITY DATE Invitation to Bid Released January 29, 2013 I` Public Notice January 29, 2013 DUE DATE AND TIME 2:00pm, Tuesday, March 19, 2013 (Note: Bids must be received Location: City of Ashland, Purchasing Office, 90 prior to the due date and time. N. Mountain, Ashland, OR 97520 Evaluation Process March 20 - April 10, 2013 Contract Recommendation Upon completion of evaluation process Notice of Intent to Award At least seven (7) days before the award of a public contract Contract Recommendation April 16" or May 7'h or May 21, 2013 Presented to City Council fora approval Subject to approval of funds Upon Council approval and Public Contract Award at least seven (7) days after the Notice of Intent to Award NOTE: Any changes made to the closing date of the ITB will be made in the form of a written addendum and mailed to all potential bidders who have received the ITB documents. 2. Purchasing Representative: The City of Ashland Purchasing Representative, Kari Olson, is the sole point of contact in the City for this Invitation to Bid. All correspondence pertaining to this bid should be directed to Kan Olson, Purchasing Representative, City of Ashland, Service Center, 90 N. Mountain Page 2 of 14 - ITB, GEN COND, SPECIFICATIONS, SPECIAL PROVISIONS, BID FORM, CONTRACT Avenue, Ashland, Oregon 97520. The telephone number is (541) 488-5354. The FAX number is (541) 488-5320. 3. Protests: Any prospective bidder who contends that the provisions of the contract documents or that the procurement process is contrary to law or that this solicitation document is unnecessarily restrictive, is legally flawed or improperly specifies a brand name, must submit a written protest with the Purchasing Representative not less than ten (10) days prior to the date on which the bids are due. Failure to file a protest will be deemed a waiver of any claim by a bidder or prospective bidder that the procurement process violates any provision of ORS subchapters 279A and 279B or the City's Public Contracts rules found in Section 2.50 of the Ashland Municipal Code. If protests, inquiries or comments by bidders raise issues that require clarification by the City, addenda will be issued by the Purchasing Representative. 4. Disclaimer of Responsibility. The City will not be responsible for oral interpretations. Should a bidder find discrepancies in, or omissions from, the contract documents, or be in doubt as to their meaning, such bidder shall notify the person designated in paragraph 2. Any and all such interpretations or approval of manufacturer's materials to be substituted will be made only in the form of written addenda to the specifications which, if issued, will be mailed or faxed to all prospective bidders receiving a set of such documents. All addenda so issued shall be considered by the bidder in preparing the bid, shall be submitted with the bid and, shall become a part of the contract documents. 5. Specifications: Specifications for the equipment are attached to this Invitation to Bid. Any deviations from the specifications shall be identified in the bid utilizing the method outlined in paragraph GC17 of the general conditions/specifications documents. The uses of brand names in the specifications are utilized to describe the type and quality of item required. Bidders are not limited to the brand specified but may submit any brand of equivalent type and quality. Any deviations from the specifications, however, shall be identified in the bid, and City reserves the right to reject a bid on the basis of deviations or brands which are not equivalent in type or quality. 6. General Conditions: The City's general conditions for purchase of equipment are attached to and incorporated in this Invitation to Bid. Any bid that attempts to modify or abrogate any of the general conditions including, but not limited to, provisions on warranties may be rejected as nonresponsive. 7. Addenda: In the event that it becomes necessary to revise any part of this Invitation to Bid, a written addendum will be provided to all bidders who receive this Invitation to Bid. Receipt of an addendum by a bidder must be acknowledged by signing and returning the document with the bid form. 8. Bid Form: 8.1. Bidders shall complete the bid form provided by the City. All pages of the bid form must be - left in proper sequence. Bids may be rejected as nonresponsive if they are altered, incomplete, conditional or otherwise irregular. 8.2. If the bid is submitted by a partnership, it must be signed by a partner. If the bid is submitted by a corporation, it must be signed by a corporate officer and be accompanied by proof of authority to sign. 8.3. The bid must include a statement on whether or not the bidder is a resident bidder as defined in ORS 279A. 120(1)(b). "Resident bidder" means a bidder who has paid unemployment taxes or income taxes in this state during the 12 calendar months immediately preceding submission of the bid, has a business address in this state and has stated on the bid that the bidder is a "resident bidder". This Page 3 of 14 - ITB, GEN COND, SPECIFICATIONS, SPECIAL PROVISIONS, BID FORM, CONTRACT requirement can be satisfied by having a corporate officer complete and sign the Certificate of Compliance found on page 13 of this ITB. 8.4 In accordance with ORS 279A.110 (4), the bidder shall certify that the bidder has not discriminated and will not discriminate, in violation of ORS 279A.I I0(1), against any minority, women or emerging small business enterprise certified under ORS 200.055, in obtaining any required subcontract. This requirement can be satisfied by having a corporate officer complete and sign the Certificate of Compliance found on page 13 of this ITB. 9. Requirements of Contract Documents: Each bidder must examine the general conditions, specifications and other contract documents and take such other reasonable and prudent actions that the bidder deems necessary to ascertain the requirements of the contract documents. A bidder shall not at any time, after submission of its bid, assert that there was any misunderstanding concerning the nature, quality or description of the equipment to be supplied. 10. Withdrawal of Bids: Any bid may be withdrawn at any time prior to the time set for opening bids, by providing written request for withdrawal of the bid to the Purchasing Representative. The request shall be executed by the bidder or a duly authorized representative. The City shall not consider late bids, withdrawals or modifications. All bids shall be irrevocable for a period of 90 days from the day of opening. 11. Acceptance of Bid: The City may reject any bid if the City determines that the bidder has an interest in more than one bid; there is collusion between bidders; the bid is not responsive; the bid is not in compliance with the terms of the contract documents and all applicable public bidding laws, rules and ordinances; or the bidder is not qualified to provide the equipment covered by the contract documents. l 11.1. Pursuant to ORS 279A.120(2), to determine the lowest responsive bid, the City will add a percent increase on the bid of a nonresident bidder equal to the percent, if any, of the preference given to that bidder in the state in which the bidder resides. 11.2. Terms or discounts which are conditioned upon payment within a certain time will not be considered for purposes of comparison of bids. 11.3. Pursuant to ORS 279A.120(2), the City shall give preference to equipment manufactured or produced in Oregon if price, availability and quality are otherwise equal. 11.4 Pursuant to ORS 279A.125(2), the City shall give preference to goods that are certified to be made from recycled materials if. (a) The recycled product is available; (b) The recycled product meets applicable standards; (c) The recycled product can be substituted for a comparable nonrecycled product; and (d) The recycled product's costs do not exceed the costs of nonrecycled products by more than five percent, or a higher percentage if a written determination is made by the City. 11.5 Pursuant to ORS 279B.055(2)(f), the contractors shall use recyclable products to the maximum extent economically feasible in the performance of the contract work set forth in this document. 11.6 Pursuant to ORS 279B.055(2)(g), the contractor or subcontractor is to possess an asbestos abatement license, if required under ORS 468A.710. Page 4 of 14 - ITB, GEN COND, SPECIFICATIONS, SPECIAL PROVISIONS, BID FORM, CONTRACT 11.7 Pursuant to ORS 279B.100, the City reserves the right to cancel or reject in whole or in part any or all bids if the City finds that it is in the public interest to do so without liability to any bidder for any loss or expense caused or resulting from the cancellation or rejection of a bid or award. 11.8 Pursuant to ORS 279B.100, the City reserves the right to delay or suspend a procurement if the City finds that it is in the public interest to do so without liability to any bidder for any loss or expense caused or resulting from the delay or suspension of a bid or award. 12. Award of Contract. The City shall award the contract to the lowest responsible bidder whose bid substantially complies with the requirements and criteria set forth in the Invitation to Bid and with all prescribed public procurement procedures and requirements. In addition, any other public agency wishing to use the resulting contract may be authorized by mutual consent of the City of Ashland and the contractor pursuant to ORS 279A.215. i 1 Page 5 of 14 - ITB, GEN COND, SPECIFICATIONS, SPECIAL PROVISIONS, BID FORM, CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR PURCHASE OF EQUIPMENT GC 1. Contract Documents: The contract documents are integrated. A requirement in one of the contract documents is as binding as though occurring in.all. In the event of any inconsistency in the terms of the contract documents the following order of precedence shall govern unless otherwise stated: 1. Specifications; 2. These general conditions and special provisions; 3. The Invitation to Bid; 4 The successful bid. The apparent silence of the contract documents as to any detail shall be regarded as meaning that only the best practice is to prevail and that only equipment of first quality are to be provided by bidder. GC2. New Equipment: All equipment shall be new unless otherwise specified in the special provisions or specifications. GC3. Payment: Payment shall be made by City warrant within thirty days after City has inspected the equipment or has had a reasonable opportunity to do so. City may reserve payment until all equipment is received. GC4. Risk of Loss: Bidder shall have the risk of loss until the equipment has been delivered to City's facility and is approved after inspection by City. GC5. Inspection: Equipment famished under this contract shall be subject to inspection and testing by City at times and places determined by City. If City determines that the equipment is not in compliance with the specifications, City may reject the equipment and require Bidder to either cure defects or make an equitable price reduction. If Bidder refuses to cure defects within a time deemed reasonable by City, City may cancel the contract or enforce City's remedies for default. Nothing in this provision shall impair City's rights to enforce warranties, revoke acceptance of the equipment or enforce any other remedies under ORS Chapter 72. GC6. Safety and Health Requirements: Equipment shall comply with all federal Occupational Health and Safety (OSHA) requirements and with all Oregon safety and health statutes and administrative rules including, but not limited to, those of the Workers' Compensation Department. All "Material Safety Data Sheets" for hazardous chemicals that are subject to ORS 654.750 and OAR Chapter 435, Division 155 shall be submitted to City before.the chemicals are delivered. GC7. Taxes: City generally is not subject to taxation. Bidder shall be responsible for paying all taxes on the sale of the equipment, except fuel taxes included in the bid price. GC8. Compliance with Law: This agreement will be govemed.by and construed in accordance with laws of the State of Oregon. Each party agrees that it will perform its obligations hereunder in accordance with all applicable state, federal and local laws, rules and regulations now, or hereafter in effect. Bidder shall comply with applicable provisions of ORS 279C.505, 279C.515, 279C.520 and 279C.530. Bidder is a "subject employer" as defined in ORS 656.005. Bidder shall comply with all applicable workers' compensation laws including, but not limited to, ORS 656.017. GC9. Patented Equipment: Bidder shall defend, indemnify and hold City harmless from any claims for infringement of patent arising out of City's use of the equipment. Page 6 of 14 - ITB, GEN COND, SPECIFICATIONS, SPECIAL PROVISIONS, BID FORM, CONTRACT GC 10. Severability: If any provision of the contract documents shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of the contract documents. The contract documents shall be construed as if such invalid or unenforceable provision had never been included. GC 11. No Waiver: No provision of the contract documents shall be deemed waived unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the party claimed to have waived its rights. Any waiver of a breach by any party, whether expressed or implied, shall not constitute waiver of any other different or subsequent breach. GC12. Successors: The successors, assigns and legal representatives of Bidder and City shall be subject to all provisions of the contact documents. Bidder shall not assign Bidder's rights or obligations under this agreement without prior written consent of City. GC13. Indemnification: Bidder shall defend, indemnify and save City, its agents, and employees harmless from any and all losses, claims, actions, costs, or other damages resulting from injury to any person or damage to property, of whatsoever nature arising out of or incident to the performance of this agreement by Bidder or defects in the equipment. Bidder shall not be held responsible for any losses, claims, actions, costs, judgments, or other damages, directly, solely, and proximately caused by the negligence of City. GC14. Notices: Any notice required to be given under this contract, or any notice required to be given by law, shall be in writing and shall be given by personal delivery or by registered or certified mail, to Bidder at the address stated in the bid form or to City at the address of the Purchasing Representative stated in the Invitation to Bid. GC 15. Entire Areeement: The contract documents are the entire, final and complete agreement of the parties and supersede all prior and existing written or oral understandings except as otherwise continued in effect by the terms of the contract documents. No modification of the contract documents shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the parties. GC16. Acceptance of Specifications: Bidders must satisfy themselves by personal examination of the specifications and by such other means as they prefer, as to the actual conditions and requirements of the specifications and shall not at any time, after submission of the bid, dispute, complaint, or assert that there was any misunderstanding in regard to the nature, quality or description of the item to be supplied. Bidder must submit with its bid a statement accepting each and every specification or accepting each and every specification not otherwise excepted under paragraph GC17. GC 17. Exceptions: The bidder may take exception to any standard of these specifications. The prospective bidder who cannot meet each and every requirement' of the specifications need not be considered unqualified to submit a bid. By taking exceptions and clearly stating them, in writing, on a separate sheet of paper headed "EXCEPTIONS", and by offering alternatives to replace excepted requirements, a bidder may still compete in the process. The City reserves the right to review bidder exceptions pursuant to standards set forth under OAR 137-047-0255(3). Page 7 of 14 - ITB, GEN COND, SPECIFICATIONS, SPECIAL PROVISIONS, BID FORM, CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS FOR PURCHASE OF EQUIPMENT S 1. ACCEPTANCE: Bidders must satisfy themselves by personal examination of the specifications and special provisions, and by such other means as they prefer, as to the actual conditions and requirements of the specifications and special provisions of the contract documents, and shall not at any time, after submission of the bid, dispute, complain, or assert that there was any misunderstanding in regard to the nature, quality or description of the item to be supplied. Bidder must submit with its bid a statement accepting each and every specification or accepting each and every specification not otherwise excepted under section 2. S2. EXCEPTIONS: The bidder may take exception to any standard of this specification. The prospective bidder who cannot meet each and every requirement of the specifications need not be considered unqualified to submit a bid. By taking exceptions and clearly stating them, in writing, on a separate sheet of paper headed "EXCEPTIONS", and by offering alternatives to replace excepted requirements, a bidder may still compete in the process. S3. SPECIFICATIONS: The specifications for the equipment to be supplied are attached to this document. The City of Ashland is seeking bids for a new TYPE 1, FIRE PUMPER. The City's intent is to request bids for a single unit and for two units. The second unit will be subject to available funding. EXHIBIT A - TYPE 1, FIRE PUMPER SPECIFICATIONS EXHIBIT B - MOTOROLA PORTABLE RADIOS i EXHIBIT C - HOLMATRO RESCUE & EXTRICATION TOOL COMPLEMENT Page 8 of 14 - ITB, GEN COND, SPECIFICATIONS, SPECIAL PROVISIONS, BID FORM, CONTRACT SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR PURCHASE OF EQUIPMENT These special provisions are part of the contract documents for the purchase of a TYPE 1. FIRE PUMPER. The following special provisions modify and supplement the City's general conditions for this purchase. These special provisions supersede contrary general conditions. 1. Definitions: The following definitions supplement and take precedence over definitions in the general conditions: J 1.1. "Contract Documents" shall mean the general conditions, these special provisions, the specifications (including samples), exhibits that are incorporated in other contract documents by reference, Bidder's bid, and the written agreement signed by City and Bidder. 1.2. "Goods" and "Equipment" are synonymous and shall mean the equipment specified in Bidder's bid, including all parts, components and accessories necessary for complete operating units as stated in the specifications. 2. Use of Equipment: The equipment will be used by the City as a vehicle for transporting emergency personnel and equipment and other purposes for which the equipment is designed. 3. Delivery: Unless the. equipment is a passenger vehicle (see below), the equipment shall be delivered to the City of Ashland Service Center, 90 N. Mountain Ave., Ashland, OR 97520, no later than 270 days. The bid price will be F.O.B. delivered. Shipment with any reservation is prohibited. Any risk of loss prior to delivery and acceptance of the equipment shall be borne by Bidder. If the vehicle is a passenger vehicle, however, the vehicle shall be delivered at the Bidders place of business in Oregon no later than N/A. The bid price for a passenger vehicle will be F.O.B. delivered at that location. 3.1. The delivered equipment will be examined for conformance to specifications before acceptance can be made. The successful bidder will assume all responsibility for the equipment prior to acceptance by the City. 3.2. Unless the equipment is a passenger vehicle, a competent delivery engineer shall accompany the vehicle at the time of delivery. The delivery engineer shall be an employee of the vehicle manufacturer or an accredited delivery service. 4. Liquidated Damages for Late Delivery: 4.1. Any delay in delivery of the equipment beyond the date specified in section 3 will cause inconvenience and material expense to City. It is essential that the equipment be delivered to City on or before the date specified. It is and will be impractical and difficult to ascertain the actual damage City sustains by reason of delay. Bidder will pay to City, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages, for each calendar day of delay beyond the delivery date, the sum of $100.00. City may deduct liquidated damages from the contract price. 4.2. City, at City's sole discretion, may grant Bidder an extension of time for delivery of the equipment if the delay is caused by occurrences beyond Bidder's control. An extension will not be granted for shortage or inadequacy of labor, equipment or materials; negligence or fault of Bidder, Bidder's suppliers or subcontractors; or other deficiencies within the province of Bidder's control or responsibility. Page 9 of 14 - ITB, GEN COND, SPECIFICATIONS, SPECIAL PROVISIONS, BID FORM, CONTRACT 5. Contract Price: The contract price shall be the "lump sum" purchase price payable to Bidder for the equipment, as stated in the bid. The contract price shall cover all costs incurred by Bidder in providing the equipment including, but not limited to, the cost all components and accessories, shipping, and insurance. 6. Payment: Payment of the contract price, less any liquidated damages, shall be made by City within thirty days after the equipment is delivered and accepted. 7. City Purchasing Representative: Notwithstanding section 2 of the Invitation to Bid, all correspondence pertaining to the specifications shall be directed to the City of Ashland Purchasing Representative or designee, and, after the written agreement is signed, the Purchasing Representative, or designee, shall administer the contract for City. 8. Warranties: 8.1. Bidder warrants that equipment when delivered will be in good working order and will perform in accordance with the manufacturer's published specifications and City's specifications. In the event of any discrepancy between City's specifications and the manufacturer's specifications, City's specifications shall take precedence. 8.2. The equipment also shall be subject to the warranties provided by ORS 72.3120, 72.3130, 72.3140 and 72.3150, and any waiver of such warranties in the manufacturer's written warranty shall be void. 8.3. If the equipment continually fails to operate as warranted, City may require Bidder to provide substitute equipment or pursue other remedies that are available. ' 9. Delivery: The equipment shall be delivered to the City no later than 270 days unless the City agrees to a later date. If a bidder will not be able to deliver the equipment by the date specified in this section, the bidder may submit an alternative with the bid. If the City determines that the delivery date proposed by the bidder will cause inconvenience or hardship to the City, the bid may be rejected as nonresponsive. 10. Manuals: For all equipment purchased for the City, the Bidder shall provide the City with two copies of all manuals, electrical and mechanical schematics and part lists that are necessary for effective operation and maintenance of the equipment. These shall include, but are not limited to: lubrication charts, wiring diagrams, and manuals for parts, service and operation. Parts manuals must list original part manufacturer's numbers. If parts have been re-numbered by the equipment manufacturer, a cross-index to the original part manufacturer's numbers must be furnished. Manuals available on CD or DVD are preferred; however, book style will be acceptable for those that are not available on CD or DVD. Page 10 of 14 - ITB, GEN COND, SPECIFICATIONS, SPECIAL PROVISIONS, BID FORM, CONTRACT CITY OF ASHLAND 90 N. Mountain Avenue Ashland, Oregon 97520 i (541) 488-5354 FAX (541) 488-5320 Invitation to Bid #2013-101 TYPE 1, FIRE PUMPER BID FORM I, the undersigned, an authorized representative of the bidder whose name is: Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Address: 2600 American Drive City, State & Zip: Appleton, WI 54914 Phone No.: 541-747-0072* FAXNo. 541-747-0073* have read and thoroughly understand the contract documents including the Invitation to Bid, general conditions, special conditions, specifications, and all other conditions of the invitation for bids issued by the City of Ashland for a TYPE 1. FIRE PUMPER. Acting on behalf of my firm which is listed above, I do attest that the equipment offered by this firm meets the City's specifications in every respect except those described on the attached list of exceptions, and that all exceptions are equal to, or better than, the equipment specified. Barring circumstances beyond our control, we agree to deliver within 270 days from receipt of a purchase order. This bid is set forth as follows: OPTION #1: Type 1, Fire Pumper -1 Each: Total Amount $ 636,035.00** OPTION #2: Type 1, Fire Pumper- 2 Each Total Amount $ 1,250,454.00** Optional Equipment: Exhibit B - Motorola Portable Radios Total Amount $ 13,517.76 Exhibit C - Holmatro Rescue & Extrication Tool Complement Total Amount $ 31,963.00 *Contact information for Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc., the main contact for this bid. **Please see the Pierce Price Sheet for available payment options and discounts. Page 11 of 14 - ITB, GEN COND, SPECIFICATIONS, SPECIAL PROVISIONS, BID FORM, CONTRACT The bidder hereby acknowledges receipt of Addendum Nos. 1 , 2 , 3 to this ITB. In accordance with OAR 137-047-0480, a bid is a firm offer, irrevocable, valid and binding on the bidder for not less than ninety (90) days following closing. The Invitation to Bid document, including any addendums, released by the City must be submitted complete with your bid. Corporate Officer: Signature Rex Hughes Print Name Title: Sales Representative Date: March 19, 2013 Page 12 of 14 - ITB, GEN COND, SPECIFICATIONS, SPECIAL PROVISIONS, BID FORM, CONTRACT CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE Residency Statement: r In compliance with OAR 137-047-0255(2)(a)(E), each bid must contain a statement as to whether the bidder is a "Resident bidder". This is defined by ORS 279A.120: "Resident bidder" means a bidder that has paid unemployment taxes or income taxes in this state during the 12 calendar months immediately preceding submission of the bid, has a business address in this state and has stated in the bid whether the bidder is a "resident bidder". Yes, I certify that I am a "Resident bidder" as defined by ORS 279A.120. X No, I certify that I am not a "Resident bidder" as defined by ORS 279A.120. I am domiciled in the State of Wisconsin (Indicate State) Compliance with Oregon Tax Laws: In compliance with OAR 137-047-0255(2)(c)(C)(e), I hereby attest or affirm tinder penalty of perjury: That I am authorized to act on behalf of the contractor in this matter, that I have authority. and knowledge regarding the payment of taxes, and that contractor is, to the best of my knowledge, not in violation of any Oregon Tax Laws, as defined in ORS 305.380. Compliance with Nondiscrimination Laws: In compliance with ORS 279A.110(4) and OAR 137-047-0255(2)(a)(F), I hereby attest or affirm tinder penalty of perjury that I am authorized to act on behalf of contractor in this matter, and to the best of my knowledge the contractor has not discriminated against minority, women or emerging small business enterprises in obtaining any required subcontracts, and that the Bidder is not in violation of any Discrimination Laws. Corporate Officer: Signature Rex Hughes ' Print Name Title: Sales Representative . Date: March 19, 2013 Page 13 of 14 - ITB, GEN COND, SPECIFICATIONS, SPECIAL PROVISIONS, BID FORM, CONTRACT CITY OF ASHLAND CONTRACT FOR PURCHASE OF EQUIPMENT CONTRACT Contract made this day of 2013, between the City of Ashland ("City") and ("Contractor"). City and Contractor agree: 1. Contract Documents: This contract is made as a result of an Invitation to Bid issued by City entitled "INVITATION TO BID" for a TYPE 1, FIRE PUMPER, Bid No. #2013-101, Contractor was awarded the bid as the lowest responsible bidder on . The contract documents are comprised of the Invitation to Bid and all included attachments, which are hereby incorporated by this reference, and the Contractor's Bid, which is also incorporated by this reference. In the event of a conflict between this contract and the Invitation to Bid, the terms of this contract govern. In the event of a conflict between the Invitation to Bid and the Bid, the Invitation to Bid shall take precedence over the Bid. 2. Scope: Contractor shall produce and deliver the equipment described in the contract documents within the time prescribed in the contract documents. 3. Price and Payment: City shall pay Contractor the sum of (total amount) for (equipment) i to be delivered FOB Ashland within days after receipt of order. CORPORATE OFFICER CITY OF ASHLAND BY BY Signature Dave Kanner City Administrator Print Name REVIEWED AS TO FORM: Title: BY Legal Department Fed ID # Date Coding Purchase Order Page 14 of 14 - ITB, GEN COND, SPECIFICATIONS, SPECIAL PROVISIONS, BID FORM, CONTRACT EXHIBIT A Bidder TYPE 1, FIRE PUMPER Com lies SPECIFICATIONS January 29, 2013 YES NO The City of Ashland is seeking bids for a new TYPE 1, FIRE PUMPER. The / City's intent is to request bids for a single unit and for two units. The second ✓ . it will be subject to available funding. INSTRUCTIONS Bidder is required to provide a yes or no response to each line item by clearly checking the applicable "YES" or "NO" column for each line item of the specifications. "YES" shall be understood to be the same as specified (100% compliant), and "NO" shall be considered non-compliant as specified. If "NO" the bidder shall provide an explanation as to what will be provided as an exception or substitution to the specified design and/or equipment. By taking exceptions and clearly stating them, in writing, on a separate sheet of paper headed "EXCEPTIONS", and by referencing the page number and including the alternatives to replace excepted requirements, a bidder may still compete in the process. The brand names referenced in the specifications are utilized to describe the standard of quality, performance, functionality and other characteristics of the product needed by the City. Bidders are not limited to the brand specified but may submit any brand equivalent or superior to those named or described in the specifications. Any deviations from the specifications, however, shall be identified in the bid, and City reserves the right to reject a bid on the basis of deviations or brands which are not equivalent in type or quality. Bids shall be submitted in the same sequence as specifications for ease of evaluation, comparison and checking of compliance. EXCEPTIONS 11 exceptions shall be stated no matter how seemingly minor. Exceptions or substitutions for the specified design and equipment will receive full consideration, provided the exceptions or substitutions are of equal quality and design. The City reserves the right to reject a bid if the item being provided as an exception or substitution is not of equal quality and design. A bid taking "total" exception to the specifications will be considered non-compliant. Any exceptions not taken shall be assumed by the purchaser to be included in the proposal, regardless of the cost to the bidder. OPTIONS Additional options for design and equipment shall be listed on a separate sheet o paper and labeled as "OPTIONS". Options are NOT to be listed on the City's specifications and/or as an exception or substitution. ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 1 of 107 requirements as to the type of construction and test to which the apparatus shall / conform, together with certain details as to finish, equipment and appliances ✓ with which the successful bidder shall conform. Minor details of construction and materials, which are not otherwise specified, are left to the discretion of the contractor. The manufacturer shall provide loose equipment only when specified by the customer. Otherwise, in accordance with the current edition of NFPA 1901 standards, the proposal shall specify whether the fire department or apparatus dealership shall provide required loose equipment. In order to ensure fair, ethical, and legal competition, neither original equipment manufacturer (O.E.M.) nor parent company of the O.E.M. shall have ever been fined or convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market. (No exception). Bids shall only be considered from companies that have an established reputation in the field of fire apparatus construction and have been in business for a minimum of 20 years. Number of years: 100 Bidder shall have and maintain a dedicated service facility within 250 miles of the City of Ashland for the repair and service of products. Evidence of such a facility shall be included in bid. Service Facility i Name: Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc. Address: 910 Shelley Street City/State: Springfield, Oregon 97477 Telephone: 541-747-0072 Each bidder shall furnish satisfactory evidence of their ability to construct the apparatus specified and shall state the location of the factory where the apparatus is to be built. The bidder shall also show that the company is in position to render prompt service and to furnish replacement parts. Factory Location (City/State): Appleton, Wisconsin Each bid shall be accompanied by a detailed set of Contractor's Specifications consisting of a detailed description of the apparatus and equipment proposed, and to which the apparatus furnished under contract shall conform. These specifications shall indicate size, type, model and make of all component parts and equipment. QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP The design of the apparatus shall embody the latest approved automotive engineering practices. The workmanship shall be of the highest quality in its respective field. Special consideration shall be given to the following points: Accessibility of the various components which require periodic maintenance; ease of operation (including both pumping and driving); and symmetrical proportions. Construction shall be rugged and ample safety factors shall be provided to carry the loads specified and to meet both on and off road ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 2 of 107 requirements and speed conditions as set forth under Performance Tests and / Requirements. Welding shall not be employed in the assembly of the apparatus ✓ in a manner that shall prevent the ready removal of any component part for service or repair. All steel welding shall follow American Welding Society D1.1-2004 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding shall follow American Welding Society and ANSI D1.2-2003 requirements for structural welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding shall follow American Welding Society B2.1-2000 requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Flux core arc welding to use alloy rods, type 7000, American Welding Society standards A5.20-E70T1. Employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet,American Welding Society codes upon hire and every three (3) years thereafter. The manufacturer shall be required to have an American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality. DELIVERY Apparatus, to insure proper break in of all components while still under warranty, shall be delivered under its own power - rail or truck freight shall / not be acceptable. A qualified delivery engineer representing the contractor shall deliver the apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in the proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered. INFORMATION REQUIRED The manufacturer shall supply at time of delivery, TWO (2) complete operation, maintenance and parts manuals covering the completed apparatus as delivered. A permanent plate shall be mounted in the driver's compartment which specifies the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle. SAFETY VIDEO Documentation provided at the time of delivery shall also include an apparatus safety video, in DVD format. This video shall address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus. Safety procedures for the following shall be included: vehicle pre trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, and maintenance. PERFORMANCE TESTS AND REQUIREMENTS A road test shall be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of ten (10) miles or more shall be made under all driving conditions, during which time the apparatus shall show no loss of power or overheating. The transmission drive shaft or shafts, and rear axles shall run quietly and be free from abnormal vibration or noise throughout the operating range of the apparatus. Vehicle shall adhere to the following parameters: A) The apparatus, when fully equipped and loaded, shall have not less than 25 percent or more than 50 percent of the weight on the front axle, and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle. B) The apparatus shall be capable of accelerating to 35 mph from a standing start within 25 seconds on a level concrete highway without exceeding the ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 3 of 107 maximum governed rpm of the engine. l C) The service brakes shall be capable of stopping a fully loaded vehicle in 35 feet at 20 mph on a level concrete highway. The air brake system shall conform to Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS) 121. D) The apparatus, fully loaded, shall be capable of obtaining a speed of 62 mph on a level concrete highway with the engine not exceeding its governed rpm (full load). E) Apparatus shall meet all NFPA Acceptance tests for pump, engine, and NFPA specific components. Should also include parking brake test on incline (per NFPA). FAILURE TO MEET TEST In the event the apparatus fails to meet the test requirements of these specifications on the first trial, second trials may be made at the option of the bidder within 30 days of the date of the first trial. Such trials shall be final and conclusive and failure to comply with these requirements shall be cause for . rejection. Failure to comply with changes to conform to any clause of the specifications, within 30 days after notice is given to the bidder of such changes, shall also because for rejection of the apparatus. Permission to keep or store the apparatus in any building owned or occupied by the purchaser or its use by the purchaser during the above-specified period with the permission of the bidder shall not constitute acceptance. VEHICLE STABILITY The stability of the vehicle shall be demonstrated by performing like product testing on tilt table testing. Vehicle shall be able to withstand up to 27 degrees, fully loaded before tires lift. Test documents shall be made available if requested. Actual like product testing must have been done. Calculations shall not be acceptable. LIABILITY The successful bidder shall defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION The apparatus shall be designed with due consideration to distribution of load between the front and rear axles. Weight balance and distribution shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the National Fire Protection Association. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE The successful bidder shall, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance: • Each Occurrence $1,000,000 • Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 4 of 107 • Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000 • General Aggregate $5,000,000 Coverage shall be written. on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy shall be written on an occurrence form and shall include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy. The policy shall include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE The successful bidder shall, during the performance of the contract keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance: Each Accident Combined Single Limit: $1,000,000 Coverage shall be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form. UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE The successful bidder shall, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance: • Aggregate: $25,000,000 • Each Occurrence: $25,000,000 The umbrella policy shall be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the Bidder's General Liability, Automobile Liability and Employer's Liability policies. The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met. Coverage shall be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Bests. All policies shall provide a 30 day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance shall provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice shall be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions. Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the covcrage's listed above along with its bid. The certificate shall show the purchaser as certificate holder. ISO COMPLIANCE The manufacturer shall operate a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001. These standards sponsored by the International. Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that shall be established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance shall be included with the bid. SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER Bids shall only be accepted from a single source apparatus manufacturer-The ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 5 of 107 definition of single source is a manufacturer that designs and manufactures their products using an integrated approach, including the chassis, cab and body being fabricated and assembled on the bidder's premises. The warranties relative to the chassis and body design (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) must be from a single source manufacturer and not split between manufacturers (i.e. body and chassis). The bidder shall provide a written statement that they comply with this requirement. NFPA STANDARDS This unit shall comply with the most current NFPA standards, except for fire department specifications that differ from NFPA specifications. These exceptions shall be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions. Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces shall be supplied with delivery of the apparatus. A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated shall be provided. This plate shall show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating. The manufacturer shall have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications. An official of the company shall designate, in writing, the name of the qualified individual who will witness and certify test results. INSPECTION TRIPS The bidder will provide for three (3) factory inspections trips for twelve (12) total customer representatives. The inspection trips will be scheduled at times mutually agreed upon between the manufacturer's representative and the customer. All costs such as travel, lodging and meals will be the responsibility of the bidder. NFPA COMPLIANCY Apparatus proposed by the bidder shall meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications shall be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA". TOTAL VEHICLE ASSESSMENT CERTIFICATION The apparatus shall be third-party, independent, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) to the current edition of NFPA 1901 standards. The certification includes: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of the apparatus and shall be delivered to the Fire Department upon delivery. (No exception) PUMP TEST The pump shall be tested, approved, and certified by Underwriter's Laboratory at the manufacturer's expense. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve; and the manufacturer's record of pump construction details shall be forwarded to the Fire Department upon delivery. GENERATOR TEST ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 6 of 107 If the unit has a generator, the generator shall be tested, approved, and certified / by Underwriters Laboratories at the manufacturer's expense. The test results ✓ shall be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery. AFTERMARKET SUPPORT WEBSITE A Customer Service website shall provide authorized dealers access to comprehensive information pertaining to the maintenance and service of their customer's apparatus. This tool shall provide the authorized dealer the ability to service and support their customers to the best of their ability with factory support at their fingertips. This website shall also be accessible to the end user through the guest login. Limited access is available and vehicle specific parts information accessible by entering a specific VIN number. All end users should see their local authorized dealer for additional support and service. The website shall provide the following to the designated individuals: • Authorized dealer and customer - ability to access truck detail information on the major components of the vehicle, warranty information, available vehicle photographs, vehicle drawings, sales options, applicable vehicle software downloads, etc. • Authorized dealer and customer - parts look-up capability, with the aid of digital photographs, part drawings, and assembly drawings. • Authorized dealer only - ability to electronically submit warranty claims directly to the factory for reimbursement. • Authorized dealer only - accessibility to multiple dealer reports that allow the dealership to maintain communication with the customer on the status of orders, claims, and phone contacts. • Authorized dealer and customer - access to all currently published Operation and Maintenance and Service publications. • Authorized dealer and customer - access to manufacturer Service Bulletins and Work Instructions containing information on current service topics and recommendations provided. • Authorized dealer and customer - access to upcoming training classes offered by the manufacturer. • Authorized dealer only - access to interactive electronic learning modules (Operators Guides) covering the operation of major vehicle components. • Authorized dealer only - access to customer service articles, corporate news, quarterly newsletters, and key contacts. BID BOND All bidders shall provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 10% bid bond to accompany their bid. This bid bond shall be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S. Treasury Departments list of acceptable ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 7 of 107 sureties as published in Department Circular 570. The bid bond shall be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and shall be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date o The bid bond shall include. language, which assures that the bidder/principal shall give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty, and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract. Bids received from bidders who do not manufacture the chassis shall provide a warranty that is issued jointly and severally by, and signed by, both the bidder and the chassis manufacturer and submit with bid. If the successful bidder does not manufacture the chassis, the bidder shall supply a warranty bond, in addition to their performance bond, along with their signed contract. This warranty bond shall guarantee all terms and conditions of the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty and names both the bidder and chassis manufacturer as co-principals. This warranty bond shall be issued for the contract amount and shall remain in force for a term which is consistent with the term of the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty. Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle shall apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle shall not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision shall prevail. PERFORMANCE BOND The successful bidder shall furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100 percent of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required. Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Bumper to Bumper warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond shall be simultaneously amended to 25 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type shall not exceed three (3) years from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Bumper to Bumper warranty period, whichever is shorter. ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 8 of 107 r ` APPROVAL DRAWING / A drawing of the proposed apparatus shall be provided for approval before construction begins. The sales representative shall also have a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing shall become part of the contract documents. This drawing shall indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc. A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus shall be prepared and submitted by the manufacturer to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. CHASSIS Chassis provided shall be a new, tilt-type, cab-forward, custom fire apparatus. The chassis and cab shall be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split warranty responsibility. To ensure years of reliable service, capacity for the intended load to be sustained, and the type of service required, the chassis shall be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, utilizing heavy duty 13.00" frame rails, cross members, and cab construction as described elsewhere in this specification. WHEELBASE / The wheelbase of the vehicle shall be no greater than 188.00". GVW RATING The gross vehicle weight rating shall be a minimum of 46,500 lbs. FRAME The chassis frame shall be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails shall have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to 10.75" over the rear axle. Each rail shall have a section modulus of 25.992 cubic inches and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 3,119,040 in-lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of 2,275,200 in-lb over the rear axle. The frame rails shall be constructed of 120,000 psi yield strength heat- treated .38" thick steel, with 3.50" wide flanges. FRAME REINFORCEMENT / In addition, a mainframe inverted V' liner shall be provided. It shall be heat- treated steel measuring 12.00" x 3.00" x .25". Each liner shall have a section modulus of 7.795 cubic inches, yield strength of 110,000 psi, and rbm of 857,462 in-lb. Total rbm at wheelbase center shall be 3,976,502 pounds per rail. The frame liner shall be mounted inside of the chassis frame rail and extend the full length of the frame. FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE / The front axle shall be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of 19,500 lb. Upper and lower control arms shall be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings shall be made of 100,000-psi yield strength 8630 steel and the lower control arm casting shall be made of 55,000-psi yield ductile iron. ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 9 of 107 The center cross members and side plates shall be constructed out of 80,000-psi yield strength steel. ` Each control arm shall be mounted to the center section using elastomeric bushings. These rubber bushings shall rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing shall also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations. There shall be nine (9) grease fittings supplied, one (1) on each control arm pivot and one (1) on the steering gear extension. The upper control arm shall be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative camber above rated load. Camber at load shall be zero degrees for optimum tire life. The ball joint bearing shall be of low friction design and be maintenance free. Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the chassis shall be provided. The wheel ends must have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle. The steering linkage shall provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase. . The axle shall have a third party certified turning angle of 45 degrees minimum. Front discharge, front suction, or aluminum wheels shall not infringe on this cramp angle. FRONT SUSPENSION Front independent suspension shall be provided with a minimum ground rating of 19,500 lbs. The independent suspension system shall be designed to provide maximum ride ✓ comfort. The design shall allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment. Each wheel shall have a torsion bar type spring. In addition, each front wheel end shall also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension. The suspension design shall be such that there are at least 10.00" of total wheel travel and a minimum of 3.75" before suspension bottoms. The torsion bar anchor lock system allows for simple lean adjustments, without the use of shims. One can adjust for a lean within fifteen minutes per side. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows for ride height adjustment on each side. The independent suspension shall have been put through a durability test that simulated a minimum of 140,000 miles of inner city driving. ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 10 of 107 SHOCK ABSORBERS Heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers (KONI or equivalent) shall be ✓ provided on the front suspension. OIL SEALS Oil seals with viewing window vented and waterproof shall be provided on the front axle. FRONT TIRES The front tires shall be two all season 385/65R22.50 radials, 18 ply wide base , tread, rated for 19,840 lb maximum axle load and 65 mph maximum speed. The tires shall be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x,12.25' polished aluminum disc- type wheels with a ten (10)-stud, 11.25' bolt circle. REAR AXLE The rear axle shall be a Meritor'rm, Model RS-24-160, with a capacity of 24,000 lb. TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE A rear axle ratio shall be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 68 MPH. REAR SUSPENSION The rear suspension shall be Standens, semi-elliptical, 3.00" wide x 53.00" long, / 12-leaf pack with a ground rating of 24,000 lbs. The spring hangers shall be castings. The two (2) top leaves shall wrap the forward spring hanger pin, and the rear of the spring shall be a slipper style end that shall ride in a rear slipper hanger. To reduce bending stress due to acceleration and braking, the front eye shall be a Berlin eye that shall place the front spring pin in the horizontal plane within the main leaf. A steel encased rubber bushing shall be used in the spring eye. The steel encased rubber bushing shall be maintenance free and require no lubrication. OIL SEALS Oil seals with viewing window vented and waterproof shall be provided on the rear axle. REAR TIRES / Rear tires shall be four (4) four all season 12822.50 radials, 16 ply "all ✓ position" tread, rated for 27,120 lb maximum axle load and 75 mph maximum speed. The tires shall be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 8.25' polished aluminum disc / wheels with a ten (10)-stud 11.25" bolt circle. TIRE BALANCE All tires shall be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads shall be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights. MUD FLAPS ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 11 of 107 Mud flaps shall be installed behind the front and rear wheels of the apparatus. / ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM The vehicle shall be equipped with a Wabco 4S4M, anti-lock braking system. The ABS shall provide a four (4) channel anti-lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels. A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology shall control the anti-lock braking system. Each wheel shall be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal shall be sent to the control unit. This control unit then shall reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti- lock brake system shall eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WARRANTY The Wabco ABS system shall come with a three (3) year or 300,000 mile parts and labor warranty provided by Meritor Wabco Vehicle Control Systems. BRAKES The service brake system shall be full air type. The front brakes shall be KnorrBendix disc type with a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance. The brake system shall be certified, third party inspected, for improved stopping distance. The rear brakes shall be KnorrBendix 16.50" x 7.00" cam operated with automatic slack adjusters. AIR COMPRESSOR. BRAKE SYSTEM / The air compressor shall be a Bendix BA-921.with 15.80 cubic feet per minute output at 1,250 RPM. The brake system shall include: • Bendix dual brake treadle valve with vinyl covered foot surface • Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer • Total air system capacity of 4,362 cubic inches • Two (2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi • Spring set parking brake system • Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve • A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel • Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, shall be provided with an automatic spring break application at 40 psi All wheels shall be locked when parking brake is activated. The air tank shall be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salts ray ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 12 of 107 test. - / To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank shall be mounted with stainless ✓ steel brackets. (No exception). • Wabco System Saver 1200 air dryer with spin-on coalescing filter cartridge • 100 Watt Heater BRAKE LINES Color-coded nylon brake lines shall be provided. The lines shall be wrapped in heat protective loom where necessary in the chassis. AIR INLET WITH AUTOMATIC EJECT One (1) air inlet with Kussmaul Air Eject shall be provided. It shall allow station air to be supplied to the apparatus brake system through a shoreline hose. The inlet shall automatically disconnect the air line when the truck is started. It shall be equipped with a male coupling. Location will be determined at pre- build meeting. A check valve shall be provided to prevent reverse flow of air. The inlet shall discharge into the "wet" tank of the brake system. A mating female coupling shall also be provided with the loose equipment. ENGINE The chassis shall be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below: • Make: Detroit Diesel • Model: DD13 • Power: 500 hp • Torque: 1650 ft-lbs plus • Governed Speed: 2080 rpm • Emissions Level: current EPA standards • Fuel: Diesel • Cylinders: Six (6) • Displacement: 781 cubic inches (12.8L) . • Starter: Delco 39MT • Fuel Filters: Dual cartridge style with check valve, water separator and water-in-fuel sensor. • Coolant Filter: Cartridge style with shut off valves on the supply and return line. REPTO DRIVE A rear engine power take off shall be provided to drive the water pump. A vibration dampener shall be provided between the REPTO and water pump. Transmission PTO's used to drive the water um shall not be allowed due to ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 13 of 107 their lower continuous torque ratings. To ensure reliability, the rear engine power take off shall be the same as used extensively throughout the construction industry. Rear engine PTO's allow for continuous (no exception) 200 hp and 435 lb-ft torque ratings needed for large pump applications. The rear engine power take off shall have the same warranty as the engine provided by the engine manufacturer. Based upon availability from the engine manufacturer at the time of booking, either an EPA 2010 or an EPA 2013 compliant engine shall be provided. LOCATION OF FILTERS For ease of serviceability, the following filters shall be mounted together, on a single bracket, along the left side frame rail. • Hydraulic Filter (if equipped) • Pump Transmission Oil Filter The following filters shall be located in one (1) central location on the engine: • Engine Oil Filter • Fuel Pre-Filter • Fuel Final Filter • Coolant Filter The filters shall be accessible while standing on the ground with the cab tilted. HIGH IDLE A high idle switch shall be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that shall automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch shall be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation. The high idle shall be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light shall be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light shall illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light shall be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." ENGINE BRAKE A Jacobs's engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. The driver shall be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low setting. The engine brake shall be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated. The ABS system shall automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required. HYDRAULIC FAN To reduce fan noise, provide on-demand cooling, and maximize cab space, the cooling shall be provided by a remote mounted hydraulic driven fan. ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 14 of 107 The fan speed shall be able to be controlled independent of the engine speed for higher cooling rates at low engine speeds when needed. ✓ The hydraulic pump shall be driven from the engine's accessory drive to free up PTO's for other applications. The hydraulic fan and cooling system shall be similar in design as those systems used in severe duty application such as construction, agriculture, and forestry, mining, and rail industries. ENGINE AIR INTAKE To facilitate deeper fording capabilities while protecting the engine, the air intake with ember separator shall be mounted on the right side of the apparatus. It shall be located above the cab wheel well yet below the window line so as not to limit sight lines and cause blistering inside the cab. The ember separator is designed to prevent road dirt and recirculation hot air from entering the engine. The ember separator shall be easily accessible without tilting the cab. The air intake filter shall be located above the front axle directly above the frame rail so as not to require blistering of the cab interior and to provide easy access while standing on the ground for inspection and maintenance. EXHAUST SYSTEM The exhaust system shall be stainless steel from the turbo to the inlet of the selective catalytic reduction (SCR) device, and shall be 4.00" in diameter. The exhaust system shall include a diesel particulate filter (DPF) and an SCR device to meet current EPA standards. An insulation wrap shall be provided on all exhaust pipe between the turbo and SCR to minimize the transfer of heat to the cab. The exhaust shall terminate out the top of the body. A tailpipe diffuser shall .be provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exists. Heat deflector shields shall be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser. Exhaust emissions system shall have manual Re-Gen capabilities. RADIATOR The radiator and the complete cooling system shall meet or exceed the engine manufacturer cooling system standards. The radiator core shall be sufficient to cool the DD 13 engine. Steel supply and return tanks shall be mounted to the core headers and steel side channels to complete the radiator assembly. The radiator shall be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions. The radiator shall be mounted in a location directly behind the cab and at the top of the body. This position shall allow for maximum room in the cab, improved visibility through lower windshields, and unobstructed access to repair or replace the radiator should the need occur. The radiator shall include an'integral desecration tank, with a remote mounted overflow tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator shall have a built-in sight glass. The radiator shall be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief cap. ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 15 of 107 A drain port shall be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system. A heavy-duty fan shall draw in fresh, cool air through the radiator. Shields or baffles shall be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. COOLANT LINES Silicone hoses shall be used for all engine/heater coolant lines installed by the chassis manufacturer. Hose clamps shall be stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They shall react to temperature changes in the cooling system and expand or contract accordingly while maintaining a constant clamping pressure on the hose. FUEL TANK A 75-gallon fuel tank shall be provided and mounted at rear of chassis. The tank shall be constructed of 12-gauge, hot rolled steel. It shall be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank shall be mounted with stainless steel straps. (No exception). A .75" drain plug shall be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet shall be located on the left hand side of the body and be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only." A .50" diameter vent shall be provided running from top of tank to just below fuel fill inlet. The tank shall meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements including a fill capacity of 95 percent of tank volume. All fuel lines shall be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK A minimum 4.5 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank shall be provided and mounted in the driver's side body rearward of the rear axle. The tank shall be constructed of 16-gauge type 304- L stainless steel. A .50" drain plug shall be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet shall be provided and marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only". The fill inlet shall be located adjacent to the engine fuel inlet behind a common hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door on the driver's side of the vehicle. The tank shall meet the engine manufacturer's requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the event of tank freezing. The tank shall include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing. TRANSMISSION An Allison Gen IV, Model EVS 4000, electronic torque converting automatic transmission shall be provided.. ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 16 of 107 Two (2) PTO openings shall be located on left side and top of converter housing / (positions nine (9) o'clock and three (3) o'clock). ✓ A transmission temperature gauge with red light and audible alarm shall be installed on the cab dash. TRANSMISSION SHIFTER A six (6)-speed push button electronic shift module shall be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator shall be indirectly lit for after dark operation. The transmission ratio shall be: 1st - 3.49 to 1.00, 2nd - 1.86 to 1.00, 3rd - 1.41 to 1.00, 4th - 1.00 to 1.00, 5th - 0.75 to 1.00, 6th = 0.65 to 1.00, R - 5.03 to 1.00. TRANSMISSION PROGRAMMING / The transmission shall be programmed to automatically shift the transmission to neutral when the parking brake is set to simplify operation and increase operational safety. (No exception). TRANSMISSION COOLER A shell and tube transmission oil cooler shall be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature. The cooler shall have an aluminum shell and copper tubes. The cooler shall be assembled using pressed in rubber tube sheets to mechanically create a reliable seal between the coolant and the oil. DRIVELINE Drivelines shall be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer 1710 universal joints. The shafts shall be dynamically balanced before installation. A splined slip joint shall be provided in each driveshaft, slip joint shall be coated with Glide coat or equivalent. STEERING / Dual Sheppard M110 steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, shall be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering shall incorporate an air to oil cooler and a Vickers V20F three (3)-line hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. A tilt and telescopic steering column shall be provided to improve fit for a / broader range of driver configurations. ✓ A letter from the hydraulic pump manufacturer stating they approve of the hydraulic pump selection and its operating temperature and flow shall be furnished with the bidder's proposal. STEERING WARRANTY The steering gear shall have a three (3) year parts and labor warranty. STEERING WHEEL The steering wheel shall be 18.00" in diameter have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a four (4)-spoke design. ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 17 of 107 There shall be a switch pod provided on each side of the steering wheel between / the spokes. The switch pods shall be an integral part of the steering wheel. Each ✓ switch pod shall contain four (4) switches. The following switches shall be provided: • Air hom • Emergency lighting • Area lighting • Front dome light • Rear dome light • Q2B siren activate • Q213 siren brake • Wiper mist • Full floating horn pad WHEEL CHOCKS There shall be one (1) pair of folding Zeugmatic SAC-44-E, aluminum alloy, and Quick-Choc wheel blocks with easy-grip handle provided. WHEEL CHOCK BRACKETS There shall be one (1) pair of Zeugmatic SQCH-44-H horizontal mounting i wheel chock brackets provided for the Zeugmatic SAC-44-E folding wheel chocks. The brackets shall be mounted install driver-side under the compartments and just forward of the rear wheels BUMPER A one (1) piece bumper manufactured from .25" formed stainless steel with a .38" bend radius shall be provided. The bumper shall be a minimum of 10.00" high with a 1.50" top and bottom flange, and shall extend 19.00" from the face of the cab. The bumper shall be 95.28" wide with 45 degree comers and side plates. To provide adequate support strength, the bumper shall be mounted directly to the front of the C channel frame. The frame shall be a bolted modular extension frame constructed of 50,000 psi tensile steel. GRAVELPAN A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum tread plate, shall be furnished between the bumper and the cab face. The pan shall be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration. LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS Mounted to the frame extension shall be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts shall be designed and positioned to adapt to certain tow truck lift systems. The lift and tow mounts with eyes shall be painted the same color as the frame. 2" receiver for rope rescue anchors on each side to be determined at re- ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 18 of 107 . construction meeting. / TOW HOOKS No tow hooks are to be provided. This truck shall be equipped with a lift and tow package with integral tow eyes front and rear. HOSE TRAY A hose tray, constructed of aluminum, shall be placed in the bumper extension. The tray shall have a capacity of 150' of 1.75" double jacket cotton-polyester hose. Black rubber grating shall be provided at the bottom of the tray. Drain holes are also provided. NOTE: INLET FRONT (pg 75) COVER HOSE TRAY A bright aluminum tread plate cover shall be provided over the one (1) hose tray. The cover shall be "notched" allowing the hose to be pre connected to hose connection. The cover shall be attached with a stainless steel hinge. A D-ring latch shall secure the cover in the closed position and a pneumatic stay arm shall hold the cover in the open position. CAB , The cab shall be designed specifically for the fire service and shall be manufactured by the chassis and body builder. The cab shall be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises (no exception). The cab shall be a cab-forward design that positions the driver and officer ahead of the engine tunnel, providing the greatest amount of room for the front occupants (no exception). For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab shall be of heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards. The cab shall have 12 main vertical structural members located in the A-pillar (front cab corner post), B-pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts) and rear wall areas. The A-pillar shall be constructed of .25" heavy wall extrusions joined by a solid A356-T6 aluminum joint casting. The B-pillar and C-pillar shall also be constructed from .25" heavy wall extrusions. The rear wall shall be constructed of 4.00" x 2.00" aluminum extrusions. All main vertical structural members shall run from the floor to 5.50" x 3.50" x .1875" thick roof extrusions to provide a cage-like structure with the A-pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a .50" thick corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly. ITB -Tire Pumper Specifications, Page 19 of 107 ' The front of the cab shall be constructed of a .25" thick frrewall, covered with a / .125" front skin (for a total thickness of .38"), and reinforced with a 95.00" wide / x 13.00" deep x.50" thick cross-cab support located just below the windshield. The cross-cab support shall run the full width of the cab and weld to each A- pillar, the .25" thick firewall, and the front skin. The cab floors shall be constructed of. 1875" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall with an additional .25" thick cross-floor support providing a total thickness of .44" of structural material at the front floor area. The front floor area shall also be supported with 4.00" x 8.00" x 1.00" thick tubing that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing shall run from the front of the cab to the .38" thick engine tunnel, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab. The cab shall be 96.00" wide (outside door skin to outside door skin) to maintain maximum maneuverability (no exception). The overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) shall be approximately 99.00". The overall height listed shall be calculated based on a truck configuration with a 41.00" frame height. The cab skirt height shall be approximately 23.00" ahead of the front wheels and 21.00" behind the front wheels. An 11.00" raised roof shall be provided. The raised portion shall start at the most forward point of the B-pillar and continue rearward to the back of the cab. The crew cab shall be of the totally enclosed design with access doors constructed in the same manner as the driver and passenger doors. The cab shall be a full tilt cab style. The engine shall be easily accessible and capable of being removed with the cab tilted. The cab shall have a three (3)-point rubber mounting and shall be tilted by a hydraulic pump connected to two (2) cab lift cylinders. The cab shall then be locked down by a two (2)-point automatic locking mechanism that actuates after the cab has been lowered. CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail shall be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail shall be constructed of bright polished extruded aluminum, and be bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail shall extend the full length of the cab roof. INTERIOR CAB INSULATION The cab shall include 1.50" insulation in the ceiling and side walls, and 2.00" insulation in the rear wall to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation. FENDER LINERS Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells shall be provided. WINDSHIELD A curved safety glass windshield shall be provided. The windshield shall be bonded in lace to prevent leaks and to increase safety within the cab (reference ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 20 of 107 NHTSA report number DOT HS 806 693). For the greatest visibility, the windshield shall be a minimum of 34.75' tall, be of one (1) piece design, and wrap approximately 8.00" around each end of the A-pillars. The bottom of the windshield shall be no higher than 61.00" from the ground. All cab glass shall be tinted. SUNVISORS Two (2) smoked Lexan® sun visors, 8.75' x 31.00" long, shall be provided. The sun visors shall be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab. WINDSHIELD WIPERS Windshield wipers with washer shall be provided that meet FMVSS and SAE requirements. The windshield wipers shall sweep-past the center of the windshield so as to provide maximum cover in inclement weather. The wipers shall clean a . minimum of 85 percent of the forward facing area of the windshield. The washer reservoir shall be able to be filled while standing on the ground and without raising the cab. CAB LIFT A hydraulic cab lift system shall be provided, consisting of an electric-powered hydraulic pump, fluid reservoir, dual lift cylinders, remote cab lift controls and all necessary hoses and valves. The cab lift controls shall be located on the left side in.the area of the pump operator's panel. The controls shall include a permanently mounted raise/lower switch. The rear of the cab shall be locked down by a two (2)-point, automatic, hydraulic, double hook mechanism that fully engages after the cab has been lowered (self-locking). The dual 2.25 diameter hydraulic cylinders shall be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the cab is in the tilt position. For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm shall be provided on the same side of the apparatus as the cab lift controls, between the chassis and cab' frame when cab is in the raised position. INTERLOCK CAB LIFT TO PARKING BRAKE The cab lift safety system shall be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt ° mechanism shall be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in'the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism shall be disabled. GRILLE A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a bright finished grille surround, shall be provided on the front center of the cab. There shall be an American flag colors embossed on the grill. DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES 1113 - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 21 of 107 All cab doorjambs shall be furnished with a brushed stainless steel scuff plate, / mounted on the striker side of the jamb.. TRIM BAND (cab face) A 10.00" band of 22 gauge pattern finish stainless steel trim is to be installed across the front of the cab, from door hinge to door hinge. The trim band shall be centered on the head lights and applied with two-sided tape. A.625" self adhesive trim strip shall be applied around the perimeter of the trim band. STRIPE (On Paint Break) There shall be a gold leaf stripe provided on the paint break in place of chrome molding. The stripe shall be on both sides of the cab and on the cab face with shield. MIRRORS One (1) Retrac brand Model# 613421 chrome mirror shall be mounted on each of the forward cab doors. The mirrors shall be with a full flat face. The flat glass in each mirror shall be heated and adjustable, with remote controls that are convenient to the driver. DOORS To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab doors shall be a minimum of 37.50" wide x 74.12" high. The crew cab doors shall be located on the sides of the cab and shall be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab doors shall measure a minimum of 34.75" wide x 83.75" high. The forward cab and crew cab doors shall be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of.125". The exterior door skins shall be constructed from.090" aluminum. Each forward cab and crew cab entry door shall contain a roll-down window. The forward cab door windows shall include a drop area at the front to enhance visibility. A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle shall be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The exterior handle shall be designed specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and shall provide 4.00" wide x 2.00" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands. Each door shall also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that shall be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles shall provide 4.00" wide x 1.25" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands. The cab doors shall be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FWSS standards. The locks shall be capable of activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors shall remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed. A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a.38" pin and 11 gauge leaf shall be provided on all cab doors. There shall be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 22 of 107 edges to ensure a weather-tight fit. The inner cab door panels shall be constructed of brushed stainless steel and be removable without requiring the disconnection of door and window mechanisms. A chrome handrail shall be provided on the inside each front cab door, for ease of entry. The cab steps at each cab door location shall be located inside the cab doors to protect the steps from weather elements. RECESSED POCKET WITH ELASTIC COVER To provide organized storage (clutter control) in the cab for miscellaneous equipment, the cab interior shall be provided with recessed storage pockets. The pockets shall be 6.50" wide x 2.12" high x 6.00" deep. The pockets shall be provided with a perforated elastic material cover to secure the equipment in the pocket. The pockets shall be installed in all available locations on the lower instrument panel console. ELECTRIC OPERATED CAB DOOR WINDOWS All four (4) cab doors shall be equipped with electric operated windows with one (1) flush mounted automotive style switch on each door. The driver's side door shall have four (4) switches, one (1) to control. each door window. ELECTRIC CAB DOOR LOCKS The front driver and officer doors shall have a door lock master switch. The master switches shall control all cab door locks. The rear cab doors shall have the standard manual lock control ' There shall be one (1) concealed switch located in an easily accessible chassis specific location that shall unlock all the doors. he lock system shall include two (4) key FOBs that allow for keyless entry into the vehicle. The key FOB system shall use code hopping technology for high security and be FCC part 15 compliant. CAB STEPS The forward cab and crew cab access steps shall be a full size two (2)-step design to provide the largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. (No exception). The bottom steps shall be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum tread plate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps shall be a bolt-in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The front cab steps shall be a _ minimum of 30.00" wide. The distance from the ground to the first cab step shall be approximately 20.00". The crew cab steps shall be 26.50" wide. The distance from the ground to the first crew cab step shall be approximately 22.00". All bottom steps shall have a depth of approximately 11.00". The distance from the bottom steps to the floor shall be approximately 16.00" in height and be limited to two (2) steps. (No exception). The leading edge of the to step shall be approximately 10.00" inboard from the leading edge of the ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 23 of 107 bottom step to provide a user-friendly angled (stair stepped) step. A slip- resistant handrail shall be provided adjacent to each cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. STEP LIGHTS For reduced overall maintenance costs compared to incandescent lighting, there shall be four (4) NPD, LED, and step lights provided. The lights shall be installed recessed in the cab step extrusion at each cab and crew cab door, one (1) per step, in the driver side front doorstep, driver side crew cab doorstep, passenger side front doorstep and passenger side crew cab doorstep. The lights shall be activated when the adjacent door is opened. FENDER CROWNS Stainless steel fender crowns shall be installed at the cab wheel openings. The fender crowns shall have a radius outside corner that allows the fender crown to extend beyond the side wall of the front tires and also allow the crew cab doors to open fully. CREW CAB WINDOWS One (1) fixed window with tinted glass shall be provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the front cab door. The windows shall be sized to enhance light penetration into the cab interior and visibility to the exterior. The windows shall be approximately 29.00" wide x 32.00" high. The top of the window shall align with the top of the glass in the rear doors. The bottom of the glass shall align with the bottom of the crew cab door window. STORAGE COMPARTMENTS Provided on each side of the crew cab, under the floor and accessible from the step area, shall be a storage compartment. The driver side compartment dimensions shall be approximately 26.00" wide x / 15.00" high x 10.25" deep with a clear door opening of 22.75" wide x 10.00" high. l The passenger side compartment dimensions shall be approximately 26.00" / wide x 15.00" high x 16.00" deep with a clear door opening of 22.75" wide x 10.00" high. There shall be a 8.00" x 8.00" 45 degree notch in the left rear corner of this compartment for engine exhaust clearance. The doors shall be located in the step well area of the crew cab steps and shall be made of tread plate with the compartment interior painted to match the cab interior. CAB INTERIOR The cab interior shall be constructed of primarily metal (painted aluminum) to withstand the severe duty cycles of the fire service. The officer side dash and center console shall be a flat top design with an upper beveled edge to provide easy maintenance and shall be constructed out of painted aluminum. The switch panel area located to the right of the driver shall be constructed of ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 24 of 107 painted aluminum with the switch panel being brushed stainless steel. / The engine tunnel shall be painted aluminum. Only the instrument cluster shall be surrounded with a high impact ABS plastic contoured to the same shape of the instrument cluster. The headliner shall be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. Headliner material shall be Imperial 1200 vinyl coated polyester. A sound barrier shall be part of its composition. Material shall be installed on aluminum sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling. All wiring shall be placed in metal raceways, routing through holes in tubing shall not be accepted due to chaffing that installation shall cause. CENTER CONSOLE ORGANIZER To allow for efficient storage of miscellaneous equipment that can be carried in he front of the engine a center console organizer will be designed. This will be designed at a pre-construction meeting. AP BOX map box will be installed between the front seats and designed to ccommodate the department's maps. Final design to be determined at the pre- construction conference. CAB HEADLINER UPHOLSTERY The cab headliner upholstery shall be black. INTERIOR PAINT (Cab) The cab interior metal surfaces shall be painted fire smoke gray, vinyl texture paint. The top of the center console, officer dash, and driver instrument cluster housing shall be a flat dark charcoal gray color to reduce windshield glare. CAB FLOOR The cab and crew cab floor areas shall be covered with PolydampTm acoustical floor mat consisting of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler. The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a .25" thick closed cell foam (no water absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. CAB DEFROSTER To provide maximum defrost and heating performance, a 54,961-BTU heater- defroster unit with 558 SCFM of air flow shall be provided inside the cab. The defroster unit shall be strategically located under the forward portion of the center console. For easy access, a removable metal cover shall be installed over the defroster unit. The defroster shall include an integral aluminum frame air filter, high performance dual scroll blowers, and ducts designed to provide maximum defrosting capabilities for the one (1) piece windshield. The defroster ventilation shall be built into the design of the cab dash instrument panel and ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 25 of 107 shall be easily removable for maintenance. The defroster shall be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at 0 degrees Fahrenheit for 10 . hours, and a 2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield. The defroster system shall meet or exceed SAE J382 (minimum defrosting system performance requirements). CAB/CREW CAB HEATER Two (2) 36,702-BTU auxiliary heaters with 276 SCFM (each unit) of air flow shall be provided inside the crew cab, one (1) in each outboard rear facing seat riser for easy service access. The heaters shall include high performance dual scroll blowers (one (1) for each unit). Outlets for the heaters shall be located below each rear facing seat riser and below the fronts of the driver and passenger seats, for efficient airflow. An extruded aluminum plenum shall be incorporated in the cab structure that shall transfer heat to the forward cab seating positions. The heater-defroster and crew cab heaters shall be controlled by an integral electronic control panel. The heater control panel shall allow the driver to control heat flow to the front and rear independently. The control panel shall include variable adjustment for temperature and fan control, and be conveniently located in the center console in clear view of the driver. The control panel shall include highly visible, progressive LED indicators for both fan speed and temperature. AIR CONDITIONING Due to the large space inside the cab, a high-performance, customized air conditioning system shall be furnished. A 19.1 cubic inch compressor shall be installed on the engine. The air conditioning system shall be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100 degrees Fahrenheit to 64 degrees Fahrenheit in the forward section of the cab, and 69 degrees Fahrenheit in the rear section of the cab, at 50 percent relative humidity within 30 minutes. The cooling performance test shall be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum of 4 hours. A roof-mounted condenser with a 63,000 BTU output that meets and exceeds the performance specification shall be installed on the cab roof. Mounting the condenser below the cab or body would reduce the performance of the system and shall not be acceptable. The evaporator unit shall be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel. The evaporator shall include two (2) high performance cores and plenums with multiple outlets, one (1) plenum directed to the front and one (1) plenum directed to the rear of the cab. The evaporator unit shall have a 49,000 BTU (4.08 tons) rating that meets and exceeds the performance specifications. Adjustable air outlets shall be strategically located on the evaporator cover per the following: • Four (4) shall be directed towards the drivers location ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 26 of 107 • Four (4) shall be directed towards the officers location • Nine (9) shall be directed towards crew cab area i The air conditioner refrigerant shall be R-1 34A and shall be installed by a certified technician. The air conditioner shall be controlled by dual zone integral electronic control panels for the heater, defroster and air conditioner. The cab control panel shall be located in the center console. For ease of operation, the control panels shall include variable adjustment for temperature and fan control. INTERIOR CAB INSULATION The cab walls, ceiling and engine tunnel shall be insulated in all strategic locations to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation. The cab shall be insulated with 2.00" insulation in the rear wall, 3.00" insulation in the side walls, and 1.50" insulation in the ceiling. Headliners.shall be constructed from a .20" high density polyethylene corrugated material. Each headliner shall be wrapped with a.25" thick foil faced poly damp low emissivity foam insulation barrier for acoustic and thermal control. Designed for maximum sound absorption and thermal insulation, the rear cab wall shall be insulated with a 1.50" thick open cell acoustical foam. The thermal protection of the foam shall provide and R-value of four (4) per 1.00" thickness. GRAB HANDLES A handrail approximately 24.00" long and contoured to follow the shape of the cab windshield post shall be mounted to the forward portion of the driver and officer door openings. A grab handle shall be mounted by the driver and passenger side crew cab doors to assist in entering the cab. The grab handle shall be securely mounted to the hinge side of the door frame. ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHT An engine compartment light shall be installed under the engine hood, of which the switch is an integral part. Light shall have a.125" diameter weep hole in its lens to prevent moisture retention. ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS To encourage preventive maintenance, the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, shall be accessible through a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door shall be on the driver's side of the engine tunnel and shall be easily accessible while standing on the ground. (No exception). The engine oil dipstick shall allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick shall allow for both checking and filling. An additional tube shall be provided for filling the engine oil. The door shall have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush latch shall be provided on the access door. For ease of handling in a fire station bay, the engine dipstick shall be no longer than 3 feet in length and the transmission dipstick shall be no longer than 6 feet ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 27 of 107 in length. (no exception) SEATING CAPACITY The seating capacity in the cab shall be six (6). DRIVER AND OFFICER SEAT A seat shall be provided in the cab for the driver and officer. The seat design shall be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat shall include electric controls to adjust the rake (15 degrees), height (1.12" travel) and horizontal (7.75 travel) position. Electric controls shall be located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver and officer configurations, the seat shall have a reclining back, adjustable from 20 degrees back to 45 degrees forward. The seat back shall be a high back style with manual lumbar adjustment lever, for lower back support, and shall include minimum 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat shall be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). The seat shall be furnished with a three (3)-point, shoulder type seat belt. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the seat belt shall have a minimum 120.00" shoulder length and 55.00" lap length. The seat belt tongue shall be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle shall be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt shall be furnished with dual automatic retractors that shall provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. To provide proper shoulder, elbow, and hip room, the driver and officer seats shall be positioned such that the center line of the lower cushion is no less than 15.00" from the door pan and the edge of the cushion is approximately 4:00" away from the door pan providing more room to reach the seat belt buckle and encourage seat belt use. (No exception). RADIO COMPARTMENT The radio amplifiers (2) and radio controll shall be located in the center console on shelf above battery conditioner (if equipped). REAR FACING DRIVER AND PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEATS AND FORWARD FACING DRIVER-SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT There shall be two (2) rear facing, and one (1) forward facing seat provided at the driver and passenger side outboard positions in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seats shall be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seats shall be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that shall activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat back shall be an SCBA back style with 7.50 degree fixed recline angle, and shall include minimum 4.50" wide x 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. The SCBA cavity shall be adjustable from front to rear in 1.00" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity shall be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 28 of 107 the desired location. The seats shall be furnished with a three (3)-point, shoulder type seat belt. To + provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the seat belt shall have a minimum 120.00" shoulder length and 55.00" lap length. The seat belt tongue shall be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The,seat belt receptacle shall be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt shall be furnished with dual automatic retractors that shall provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. To provide proper shoulder, elbow, and hip room, the crew area seat shall be positioned such that the center line of the lower cushion is no less than 13.75" from the door pan (no exception): FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT There shall be one (1) forward facing seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat shall be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat shall be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that shall activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. / . The seat shall be furnished with a three (3)-point, shoulder type seat belt. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the seat belt shall have a minimum 120.00 shoulder length and 55.00" lap length. The seat belt tongue shall be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle shall be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt shall be furnished with dual automatic retractors that shall provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. To provide proper shoulder, elbow, and hip room, the crew area seat shall be positioned such that the center line of the lower cushion is no less than 13.75' from the door pan (no exception). SEAT UPHOLSTERY All seat upholstery shall be black Turnout Tuff material. AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS All SCBA type seats in the cab shall have a "Hands-Free" auto clamp style bracket in its backrest: For efficiency and convenience, the bracket shall include an automatic spring clamp that allows the occupant to store the SCBA bottle by simply pushing it into the seat back. For protection of all occupants in the cab, in the event of an accident, the inertial components within the clamp shall constrain the SCBA bottle in the seat and shall exceed the NFPA standard of 96. Bracket designs with manual restraints (belts, straps, buckles) that could be inadvertently left unlocked and allow the SCBA to move freely within the cab during an accident, shall not be acceptable. All SCBA mounts shall accommodate A Scott Model: Air-Pak 75 SCBA, 4500psi, E-Z Flo w/QC regulator. ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 29 of 107 There shall be a quantity of three (3) SCBA brackets. SHOULDER HARNESS HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT All seating positions furnished with three (3)-point shoulder type seat belts shall include a height adjustment. This adjustment shall optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. A total of six (6) seating positions shall have the adjustable shoulder harness. SEAT BELTS All seating positions in the cab and crew cab shall have red seat belts. SEAT BELT MONITORING SYSTEM A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) shall be provided. The SBMS shall be capable of monitoring up to ten (10) seat positions indicating the status of each seat position with a green or red LED indicator as follows: Driver Seat: • Seat Occupied Buckled Green • No Occupant Unbuckled Not Illuminated The driver seat shall not include an occupant sensor. The display indication for the driver seat shall illuminate red any time the parking brake is released and the driver seat belt is not buckled. All Other Seats: • Seat Occupied Buckled Green • Seat Occupied Unbuckled Red • No Occupant Buckled Red • No Occupant Unbuckled Not Illuminated Alarm: The SBMS shall include an audible alarm that shall be activated when a red illumination condition exists and the parking brake is released, or a red illumination condition exists and the transmission is not in park. CAB INTERIOR LIGHTING Auxiliary lights shall be provided in the cab and consisting of.. Two (2) Weldon, Model 8080-8000-13, red/white LED dome lights with black bezels located, one (1) on the officer's side and one (1) on the driver's side, controlled by the following: • Clear forward light controlled by the door switch and the lens switch. • Red rearward light controlled by the lens switch. • Two (2) adjustable map lights with switches mounted on the cab ceiling. ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 30 of 107 CREW CAB DOME LIGHTS There shall be four (4) Weldon, Model 8081-8000-13, LED dome lights with grey bezels installed in the crew cab located one (1) each side, controlled by the following: • The forward, clear light shall be controlled by the door switch and the lens switch. • The rear, red light shall be controlled by the lens switch only. A courtesy light at each door opening, controlled by automatic door, switches. CAB INSTRUMENTATION The cab instrument panel shall consist of gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lights, alarms, control switches, and a diagnostic panel. The function of instrument panel controls and switches shall be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch shall illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps shall not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls shall be conveniently located within the forward cab section directly forward of the driver. Gauge and switch panels shall be designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership. GAUGES The gauge panel shall include the following ten (10) ivory gauges with chrome i bezels to monitor vehicle performance: • Voltmeter gauge (Volts) Low volts (11.8 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm High volts (15 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Very low volts (11.3 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Very high volts (16 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm • Tachometer (RPM) • Speedometer (Primary (outside) MPH, Secondary (inside) Km/H) • Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full infractions) Low fuel (1/8 full) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 31 of 107 Very low fuel (1/32) fuel / Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm ✓ • Engine oil pressure gauge (PSI) Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm • Front air pressure gauge (PSI) Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm • Rear air pressure gauge (PSI) Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm • Transmission oil temperature gauge (Fahrenheit) High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm • Engine coolant temperature gauge (Fahrenheit) High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarm I Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm • Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full infractions) Low fluid (1/8 full) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm All gauges and gauge indicators shall perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance. INDICATOR LAMPS To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps shall be integral to the gauge assembly and are located above and below the center gauges. The indicator lamps shall be "dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights shall have descriptive text or symbols. The following amber telltale lamps shall be present: • Low coolant • Trac Intl (traction control) (where applicable) • Check engine • Check trans (check transmission) • Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat) ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 32 of 107 • Air rest (air restriction) • Caution (triangle symbol) 1! • Water in fuel • DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration) • Wait to start (where applicable) • HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) • ABS (antilock brake system) • MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) • SRS (supplemental restraint system) fault (where applicable) DEF (low diesel exhaust fluid level) The following red telltale lamps shall be present: • Warning (stop sign symbol) • Seat belt • Parking brake • Stop engine I • Rack down The following green telltale lamps shall be provided: • Left turn • Right turn • Battery on The following blue telltale lamp shall be provided: • High beam ALARMS Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm shall be provided whenever a warning message is present. Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) shall be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present. Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm shall be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (3) to five (5) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms shall intermittently chirp every 30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp shall act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 33 of 107 Any new warning or caution condition shall enable the steady or pulsing tones / respectively. INDICATOR LAMP AND ALARM PROVE-OUT Telltale indicators and alarms shall perform prove-out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance. CONTROL SWITCHES For ease of use, the following controls shall be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reael of the driver. Emergency master switch: A molded plastic push button switch with integral indicator lamp shall be provided. Pressing the switch shall activate emergency response lights and siren control. A green lamp on the switch provides indication that the emergency master mode is active. Pressing the switch again disables the emergency master mode. Headlight / Parking light switch: A three (3)-position maintained rocker switch shall be provided. The first switch position shall deactivate all parking lights and the headlights. The second switch position shall activate the parking lights. The third switch position shall activate the headlights. Panel backlighting intensity control switch: A three (3)-position momentary rocker switch shall be provided. The first switch position decreases the panel backlighting intensity to a minimum level as the switch is held. The second switch position is the default position that does not affect the backlighting intensity. The third switch position increases the panel backlighting intensity to a maximum level as the switch is held. The following standard controls shall be integral to the gauge assembly and are located below the right hand gauges. All switches have backlit labels for low light applications. High idle engagement switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp shall be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position shall activate and deactivate the high idle function when pressed and released. The "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch shall indicate when the high idle function is engaged. "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light shall be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement. The following standard controls shall be provided adjacent to the cab gauge assembly within easy reach of the driver. All switches shall have backlit labels for low light applications. Ignition switch: A three (3)-position maintained/momentary rocker switch shall be provided. The first switch position shall deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position shall activate vehicle ignition. The third momentary position shall disable the Command Zone audible alarm if held for three (3) to ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 34 of 107 five (5) seconds. A green indicator lamp shall be activated with vehicle ignition. / Engine start switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch shall be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position shall activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation. 4-way hazard switch: A two (2)-position maintained rocker switch shall be provided. The first switch position shall deactivate the 4-way hazard switch function. The second switch position shall activate the 4-way hazard function. The switch actuator shall be red and includes the international 4-way hazard symbol. Heater, defroster, and optional air conditioning control panel: A control panel with membrane switches shall be provided to control heater/defroster temperature and heater, defroster, and air conditioning fan speeds. A green LED status bar shall indicate the relative temperature and fan speed settings. Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight and windshield wiper/washer controls shall be provided. The windshield wiper control shall have high, low, and intermittent modes. Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve shall be provided. Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control shall be provided through the center of the steering wheel. CUSTOM SWITCH PANELS he design of cab instrumentation shall allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There shall be positions for up to four (4) switch panels in the overhead console on the driver's side, up to four (4) switch panels in the engine tunnel console acing the driver, up to four (4) switch panels in the overhead console on the officer's side and up to two (2) switch panels in the engine tunnel console facing he officer. All switches shall have backlit labels for low light applications. DIAGNOSTIC PANEL A diagnostic panel shall be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel shall allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches shall allow engine and ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist. The diagnostic panel shall include the following: • Engine diagnostic port • Transmission diagnostic port • ABS diagnostic port • SRS diagnostic port (where applicable) . ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 35 of 107 • Command Zone USB diagnostic port • Engine diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on check engine telltale indicator) • ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) • Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) • Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) CAB LCD DISPLAY A digital four (4)-row by 20-character dot matrix display shall be integral to the gauge panel. The display shall be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display shall be split into three (3) sections. Each section shall have a dedicated function. The upper left section shall display the outside ambient temperature. The upper right section shall display, along with other configuration specific information: • Odometer • Trip mileage • PTO hours • Fuel consumption • Engine hours The bottom section shall display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages shall automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm. The LCD shall be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist. AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm shall be provided. SWITCH PANELS The emergency light switch panel shall have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel shall contain up to six (6) rocker-type switches each rated for two hundred thousand (200,000) cycles. Panels with less than six (6) switches shall include indicators or blanks. The switch panel(s) shall be located in the "overhead" position above the windshield on the driver side overhead to allow for easy access. The switches shall be rocker-type and include an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the switch shall be illuminated whenever the switch is active. A 2-ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch shall be placed below the switches. The label shall allow light to pass through the letters for improved visibility in low light conditions. Switches and light source are integral to the switch panel assembly. WIPER CONTROL ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 36 of 107 / For simple operation and easy reach, the windshield wiper control shall be an integral part of the directional light lever located on the steering column. The ✓ wiper control shall include high and low wiper speed settings, a one (1)-speed intermittent wiper control and windshield washer switch. The control shall have a "return to park" provision, which allows the wipers to return to the stored position when the wipers are not in use. SPARE CIRCUIT There shall be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires shall have the following features: • The positive wire shall be connected directly to the battery power. • The negative wire shall be connected to ground. • Wires shall be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC. • Power and ground shall terminate center dashboard between driver and officer. • Termination shall be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover. • Wires shall be sized to 125% of the protection. • This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. INFORMATION CENTER a An information center employing a 7.00" diagonal color LCD display shall be encased in an ABS plastic housing. The information center shall have the following specifications: • Operate in temperatures from -40 to 185 degrees Fahrenheit • An Optical Gel shall be placed between the LCD and protective lens • Five weather resistant user interface switches • Black enclosure with gray decal • Sunlight Readable • Linux operating system • Minimum of 400nits rated display • Display can be changed to an available foreign language OPERATION The information center shall be designed for easy operation for everyday use. The page button shall cycle from one screen to the next screen in a rotating fashion. A video button shall allow a NTSC signal into the information center to be displayed on the LCD. Pressing any button while viewing a video feed shall ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 37 of 107 return the information center to the vehicle information screens. / A menu button shall provide access to maintenance, setup and diagnostic ✓ screens. All other button labels shall be specific to the information being viewed. GENERAL SCREEN DESIGN Where possible, background colors shall be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information, If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background shall be used. If a caution or warning situation arises the following shall occur: • An amber background/text color shall indicate a caution condition. • A red background/text color shall indicate a warning condition. Every screen shall include the following: • Exterior Ambient Temperature • Time (12 or 24 hour mode) • Text Alert Center: • The information center shall utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages shall be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) text message occurs, the messages shall cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" shall change to indicate the severity of the "warning". message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color shall be shown for all alert center messages. • Button Labels: A label for each button shall exist. The label shall indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens shall have a button label with no text. PAGE SCREENS The Information center shall include the following screens: Load Manager Screen: A list of items to be load managed shall be provided. The list shall provide: • Description of the load • Individual load shed priority: The lower the priority number the earlier the device shall be shed should a low voltage condition occur. • Load Status: The screen shall indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a Glance" color features are utilized on this screen Do Not Move Truck: The Do Not Move Truck screen shall indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 38 of 107 e travel. The actual status of the following devices shall be indicated: / • Driver Side Cab Door ✓ • Passenger's Side Cab Door • Driver Side Crew Cab Door • Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door • Driver Side Body Doors • Passenger's Side Body Doors • Rear Body Door(s) • Ladder Rack (if applicable) • Deck Gun (if applicable) • Light Tower (if applicable) • Hatch Door (if applicable) • Stabilizers (if applicable) • Steps (if applicable) • Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved shall cause an "Alert Center" message if the parking brake is disengaged. Chassis Information: The following information shall be shown: • Engine RPM • Fuel Level • Battery Voltage • Engine Coolant Temperature • Engine Oil Pressure "At a Glance" color features are utilized on this screen Active Alarms List: This screen shall show a list of all active text messages. The list items text shall match the text messages shown in the "Alert Center". The date and time the message occurred is displayed with each message in the list. MENU SCREENS The following screens shall be available through the Menu button: View System Information: A detailed list of vehicle information: • Battery Volts ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 39 of 107 • Pump Hours • Transmission Oil Temperature i • Pump Engaged • Engine Coolant Level • Engine Oil Level o Oil level shall only be shown when the engine is not running • Power Steering Level Set daytime and nighttime Display Brightness: • Brightness: Increase and decrease • Default setting button Configure Video Mode: • Set Video Contrast • Set Video Color • Set Video Tint Set Startup Screen: • Choose the screen that shall be active at vehicle power-up Set Date & Time: • 12 or 24 hour format • Set time • Set date View Active Alarms: • Shows a list of all active alarms • Date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm • Silence alarms • All alarms are silenced System Diagnostics: • Module type and ID number • Module version • Module diagnostics information: • Input or output number ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 40 of 107 • Circuit number connected to that input or output / • Circuit name (item connected to the circuit) ✓ • Status of the input or output • Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. VEHICLE DATA RECORDER A vehicle data recorder (VDR) shall be provided. The VDR shall be capable of reading and storing vehicle information. The VDR shall be capable of operating in a voltage range from 8VDC to 16VDC. The VDR shall not interfere with, suspend, or delay any communications that may exist on the CAN data link during the power up, initialization, runtime, or power down sequence. The VDR shall continue operation upon termination of power or at voltages below 8VDC for a minimum of l Oms. The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A CD provided with the apparatus shall include the programming to download the information from the VDR. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The vehicle data recorder shall be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs: t • Vehicle Speed - MPH • Acceleration - MPH/sec • Deceleration - MPH/sec • Engine Speed - RPM • Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle • ABS Event - On/Off • Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position (7-12 Seating Capacity) • Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position (7-12 Seating Capacity) • Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off • Time - 24 Hour Time • Date - Year/Month/Day RADIO ANTENNA MOUNTS An antenna-mounting base, Model MATM, with 17 feet of coax cable and weatherproof cap shall be provided for two (2) two way radios. i The mount shall be located on the cab roof just to the rear of the officer seat. The cables shall be routed to the seat box on the officer side with enough cable ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 41 of 107 for customer to route to the instrument panel if needed. / ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM The primary power distribution shall be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting. Additional electrical distribution centers shall be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers shall be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers shall be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays shall be easily accessible. Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle shall contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership. Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, shall be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices shall be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers shall be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses shall be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid shall have a direct current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA. SOLID-STATE CONTROL SYSTEM A solid-state electronics based control system shall be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network shall consist of electronic modules located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system shall comply with SAE J1939-11 recommended practices. The control system shall operate as a master-slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system shall contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system shall utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEKNDXTM specifications providing a lower cost of ownership. For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules shall include the following attributes: • Green LED indicator light for module power • Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status • . Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation • No moving parts due to transistor logic • Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 42 of 107 indicators / • Integrated electrical system load management without additional components, • Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components • Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration • Factory and field reprogrammable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters • Complete operating and troubleshooting manuals • USB connection to the main control module for advanced troubleshooting To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules shall meet the following specifications: • Module circuit board shall meet SAE J771 specifications • Operating temperature from -40C to +70C • Storage temperature from -40C to +70C • Vibration to 50g • IP67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between 15 centimeters and one (1) meter) • Operating voltage from eight (8) volts to 16 volts DC • The main controller shall activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical. CIRCUIT PROTECTION AND CONTROL DIAGRAM Copies of all job-specific, computer network input and output (1/0) connections shall be provided with each chassis. The sheets shall indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information. ON-BOARD ADVANCEDNISUAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS The on-board information center shall include the following diagnostic information: • Text description of active warning or caution alarms • Simplified warning indicators • Amber caution light with intermittent alarm • Red warning light witli steady tone alarm ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 43 of 107 e All control system modules, with the exception of the main control module, / . shall contain on-board visual diagnostic LEDs that assist in troubleshooting. ✓ The LEDs shall be enclosed within the sealed, transparent module housing near the face of the module. One LED for each input or output shall be provided and shall illuminate whenever the respective input or output is active. Color-coded labels within the modules shall encompass the LEDs for ease of identification. The LED indicator lights shall provide point of use information for reduced troubleshooting time without the need for an additional computer. ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS An advanced, Windows-based, diagnostic software program shall be provided for this control system. The software shall provide troubleshooting tools to service technicians equipped with an IBM compatible computer. The service and maintenance software shall be easy to understand and use and have the ability to view system input/output (1/0) information. INDICATOR LIGHT AND ALARM PROVE-OUT SYSTEM A system shall be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. VOLTAGE MONITOR SYSTEM A voltage monitoring system shall be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system shall provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels. . The alarm shall activate if the system falls below 11.8 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes. DEDICATED RADIO EQUIPMENT CONNECTION POINTS There shall be three (3) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two-way radio equipment. The studs shall consist of the following: • 12-volt 40-amp battery switched power • 12-volt 60-amp ignition switched power • 12-volt 60-amp direct battery power There shall also be a 12-volt 100-amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center. ENHANCED SOFTWARE The solid-state control system shall include the following software enhancements: All perimeter lights and scene lights (where applicable) shall be deactivated when the parking brake is released. Cab and crew cab dome lights shall remain on for ten (10) seconds for improve visibility after the doors close. The dome lights shall dim after ten (10) seconds or immediately if the vehicle is put into gear. ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 44 of 107 Cab and crew cab perimeter lights shall remain on for ten (10) seconds for / improved visibility after the doors close. The dome lights shall dim after ten ✓ (10) seconds or immediately if the vehicle is put into gear. EMI/RFI PROTECTION To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system shall meet, at a minimum, SAE J551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system shall be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source. The apparatus shall have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system shall meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE JI 113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for I OKHz-1 GHz to 100 Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, shall provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and shall certify that the vehicle meets SAE J551/2 and SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for IOKHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself. EMI/RFI susceptibility shall be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system shall be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and high-powered two-way, radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing shall be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility. BATTERY SYSTEM Six (6) 12 volt, Exide Model 31 S950X3 W batteries that include the following features shall be provided: • 950 CCA, cold cranking amps • 190 amp reserve capacity • High cycle • Group 31 • Rating of 5700 CCA at 0 degrees Fahrenheit • 1140 minutes of reserve capacity • Threaded stainless steel studs Each battery case shall be a black polypropylene material with a vertically ribbed container for increased vibration resistance. The cover shall be manifold vented with a central venting location to allow a 45 degree tilt capacity. The inside of each battery shall consist of a "maintenance free" grid construction with poly wrapped separators and a flooded epoxy bottom ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 45 of 107 anchoring for maximum vibration resistance. BATTERY SYSTEM A single starting system shall be provided. An ignition switch and starter button shall be located on the instrument panel. MASTER BATTERY SWITCH A master battery switch, to activate the battery system, shall be provided inside the cab within easy reach of the driver. An indicator light shall be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system. BATTERY COMPARTMENTS Batteries shall be stored in a well-ventilated location under the cab, between the chassis frame rails, ahead of the front wheels. The battery compartments shall be constructed of 3/16" steel plate and be designed to accommodate a maximum of six (6) group 31 batteries in each compartment. The battery hold-downs shall be of a non-corrosive material. All bolts and nuts shall be stainless steel. Heavy-duty battery cables shall be used to provide maximum power to the electrical system. Cables shall be color-coded. Battery terminal connections shall be coated with anti-corrosion compound. Battery solenoid terminal connections shall be encapsulated with semi- permanent rubberized compound. JUMPER STUDS One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers shall be remotely located at the front left side comer of the cab for easy jumper cable access. BATTERY CHARGER A Charging Systems International, Dual Pro Charger; dual bank automatic battery charger shall be provided minimum 40 amp. This charging system shall include the single remote indicator. The battery charger shall be wired to the AC shoreline inlet through an AC receptacle adjacent to this battery charger. Battery charger shall be located under the center console area. The battery charger indicator shall be located on the driver's seat riser. KUSSMAUL AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE Two (2) 20 amp shoreline receptacles shall be provided to operate the dedicated 120-volt circuits on the truck without the use of the generator. The shoreline receptacle (s) shall be provided with a NEMA 5-20, 120 volt, 20 amp, straight blade Kussmaul Super auto eject plug with a red weatherproof cover. The cover is spring loaded to close, preventing water from entering when the shoreline is not connected. ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 46 of 107 The unit is completely sealed to prevent road dirt contamination. / A solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter is energized when the engine is started. / This instantaneously drives the plug from the receptacle. An internal switch arrangement shall be provided to disconnect the load prior to ejection to eliminate arcing of the connector contacts. Oneshoreline shall be connected to battery charger. The other shoreline will power the block heater. Each receptacle will be labeled. A mating connector body shall also be supplied with the loose equipment. The shoreline receptacle shall be located on the driver side of cab, above wheel. ALTERNATOR A C.E. Niehoff, model C680-1, alternator shall be provided. It shall have a rated output current of 430 amp as measured by SAE method J56. Also, it shall have a.custom three (3)-set point voltage regulator, manufactured by C. E. Niehoff. The alternator shall be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER An electronic load management (ELM) system shall be provided that monitors the vehicles 12-volt electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system. For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system shall be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components shall not be allowed. The system shall include the following features: • System voltage monitoring. • A shed load shall remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off. e Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels. • Priority levels can be sef for individual outputs. • High Idle to not be controlled by the load manager. o If enabled: ■ "Load Man Hi-Idle On" shall display on the information. center. ■ Hi-Idle shall not activate until 30 seconds after engine start up. • Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the articular load has ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 47 of 107 been shed. • The information center indicates system voltage. The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following: • Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition. • Individual load managed item condition: ■ ON = not shed • SHED = shed SEQUENCER A sequencer shall be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation shall allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire 12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator. For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system shall be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components shall not be allowed. Emergency light sequencing shall operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch. When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights shall be activated one by one at half-second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators shall flash while waiting for activation. When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer shall deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order. Sequencing of the following items shall also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at half-second intervals: • Cab.Heater and Air Conditioning • Crew Cab Heater (if applicable) Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable) • Exhaust Fans (if applicable) • Third Evaporator (if applicable) EXTERIOR LIGHTING Exterior lighting shall meet or exceed Federal Department of Transportation, Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and National Fire Protection Association requirements in effect at time of proposal. Front headlights shall be Dat-S-S st kit number XP4656-kit, Two 2) ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 48 of 107 rectangular lights each side of the cab, mounted in the front trim housing. The outside light on each side shall contain a HID low and halogen high beam. The inside light on each side shall contain a high beam light only. The LED directional lights shall wrap-around on the outside corners of the trim housing. The headlight and LED directional lights shall be in the same assembly. Five (5) LED clearance and marker lights shall be installed across the leading edge of the cab. WARNING LIGHTS (Cab Face) Four (4) Whelan Model M6*C LED flashing warning lights shall be installed o the cab face, above the headlights, mounted in a common bezel. The driver's side front outside warning light to be blue The driver's side front inside warning light to be red. The passenger's side front inside warning light to be red. The passenger's side front outside warning light to be red. All four (4) lights shall include a clear lens. All four (4) lights shall be controlled by a lighted switch in the cab on the switch panel. The inside lights may be load managed if colored or disabled if white, when the parking brake is set. LIGHT TOWER Will-Burt Night Scan Chief, Model NS 2.3-600 LED light tower shall be provided. This light tower shall include four (4) 12 volt DC, Whelan PCP2 LED spot/flood combination lamps that extends to 7.5;. The light tower shall be installed on the crew cab roof. There shall be a protective shroud around the mast when stowed. The control shall be in the engineer's area of the driver's side forward body compartment. label shall be provided at the operator's location to indicate mast operation instructions, warning information, extended tower height from the ground and bulb replacement data. This tower shall be connected to the Do Not Move Truck Indicator in the cab. BACK-UP ALARM A PRECO, Model 1040, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse shall be provided. The device shall sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) DBA above surrounding environmental noise levels. There shall be a Back up alarm disable switch provided located within reach of the driver. MANUAL FIRE APPARATUS PARTS ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 49 of 107 Two (2) custom parts manuals for the complete fire apparatus shall be provided in hard copy with the completed unit. The manual shall contain the following: • Job number • Part numbers with full descriptions • Table of contents • Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly • Parts section sorted in Alphabetical order • Instructions on how to locate a part The manual shall be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It shall not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. SERVICE PARTS INTERNET SITE The service parts information included in this manual is also available on the factory website. The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly. MANUALS, CHASSIS SERVICE Two (2) chassis service manuals containing parts and service information on major components shall be provided with the completed unit. The manuals shall contain the following sections: • Job number • Table of contents • Troubleshooting • Front Axle/Suspension • Brakes • Engine • Tires • Wheels • Cab • Electrical, DC ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 50 of 107 • Air Systems • Plumbing • Appendix The manual shall be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It shall not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. MANUALS, CHASSIS OPERATION Two (2)-chassis operation manuals shall be provided. ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS Two (2) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, shall be provided. AMP DRAW REPORT The bidder shall provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system. The manufacturer of the apparatus shall provide the following: • Documentation of the electrical system performance tests. • A written load analysis, which shall include the following: o The nameplate rating of the alternator. o The alternator rating under the conditions specified per: o Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). o The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per: o Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). o Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load. o Each individual intermittent load. All of the above listed items shall be provided by the bidder per the applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). WATER TANK Booster tank shall have a capacity of 500-750 gallons (largest possible for available space) and be constructed of UV stabilized ultra high impact polypropylene plastic by a manufacturer with a minimum of 20 years experience building tanks, is ISO 9001:2000 certified in all its manufacturing facilities, and has over 50,000 tanks in service. The tank shall be no wider than 39.00" at the base to allow for greater compartment depth and no wider than 53.00" at the top. Tank joints and seams shall be nitrogen welded inside and out. ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 51 of 107 Tank shall be baffled in accordance with NFPA Bulletin 1901 requirements. Baffles shall have vent openings at both the top and bottom to permit movement of air and water between compartments. Longitudinal partitions shall be constructed of .38" polypropylene plastic and shall extend from the bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow for positive welding. Transverse partitions shall extend from 4.00" off the bottom of the tank to the underside of the top cover. All partitions shall interlock and shall be welded to the tank bottom and sides. Tank top shall be constructed of .50" polypropylene. It shall be recessed .38" and shall be welded to the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions. Tank top shall be sufficiently supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions. Construction shall include 2.00" polypropylene dowels spaced no more than 30.00" apart and welded to the transverse partitions. Two (2) of the dowels shall , be drilled and tapped (.50" diameter, 13.00" deep) to accommodate lifting eyes. A sump that is 8.00" long x 8.00" wide x 6.00" deep shall be provided at the bottom of the water tank. Sump shall include a drain plug and the tank outlet. Tank shall be installed in a fabricated cradle assembly constructed of structural steel. Sufficient cross members shall be provided to properly support bottom of tank. Cross members shall be constructed of steel bar channel or rectangular tubing. Tank shall "float" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber cushions, .50" thick x 3.00" wide, shall be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on. Stops or other provision shall be provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle. Mounting system shall be approved by the tank manufacturer. Fill tower shall be constructed of .50" polypropylene and shall be a minimum of 8.00" wide x 14.00" long. Fill tower shall be furnished with a .25" thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover. An overflow pipe, constructed of 4.00" schedule 40 polypropylene, shall be installed approximately halfway down the fill tower and extend through the . water tank and exit to the rear of the rear axle. One (1) sleeve shall be provided in the water tank for plumbing to the rear. BODY HEIGHT ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 52 of 107 The height of the body shall be 89.00" from the bottom of the body to the top of the body. , AR BODY STEP-UP The rear portion of the body shall be stepped up 3" to allow for better departure clearance. ROSE BED The hose body shall be fabricated of.125"-5052 aluminum with a 38,000 psi tensile strength. Flooring of the hose bed shall be removable aluminum grating with the top surface corru-gated to aid in hose aeration. The grating slats shall be a minimum of .50" x 4.50" with spacing between slats for hose ventilation. The hose bed shall be directly above the rear compartment door. The dimension / from the ground shall be between 60" and 64" depending on the suspension and ✓ i equipment load. The hose bed shall be at a minimum 85" long. Hose bed shall accommodate 800' of 4.00", 800' of 3.0" Two (3) adjustable hose bed dividers shall be furnished for separating hose. Each divider shall be constructed of a.125" brushed aluminum sheet fitted and fastened into a slotted, 1.50" diameter radiuses extrusion along the top, bottom, and rear edge. Dividers shall be fully adjustable by sliding in tracks, located at the front and rear of the hose bed. Each divider will have machined holes at the rearward portion. The holes shall be made such to allow for use as hand grabbing devises. There shall be a hole toward the top and toward the bottom of each divider. Dividers shall be held in place by tightening bolts, at each end. Acorn nuts shall be installed on all bolts in the hose bed which have exposed threads. HOSE BED COVER / RESTRAINT A two (2) section hose bed cover, constructed of. 125" bright aluminum tread plate shall be furnished. The cover shall be hinged with full length stainless steel piano hinge. The sides shall be slanted down with the center of the cover supported by a stationary bridgework support. The cover shall be reinforced so that it can support the weight of a man walking on the cover. If access to water tank fill tower is blocked by the hose bed cover, then a hinged door shall be provided in it so that tank may be filled without raising cover doors. ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 53 of 107 Chrome grab handles and gas filled cylinders shall be provided to assist in / opening and closing the cover. Two (2) gas cylinders shall be provided on each ✓ section of the cover for a total quantity of four (4). For firefighter safety, a locking mechanism (bar) will be in place to keep the hose bed cover from accidentally being closed. HOSEBED RESTRAINT REAR There shall be a black vinyl flap installed at the rear of the hose bed. The flap shall be attached to the top hose bed frame with quarter turn fasteners. The flap shall have straps that loop through footman loops at the bottom of the hose bed and fasten with seat belt buckle fasteners and chain. LIGHT, FRONT OF HOSE BED Installed at the front of the hose bed shall be one (1) On Scene Solutions, Model Night Stik LED lights. Each light shall be 63" in length. The light(s) shall be installed on the cross divider centered. The light(s) shall be activated by a cup switch located at the rear of the vehicle under the flange of the front hose bed cross divider. UNDER HOSE BED COMPARTMENT There shall be a compartment under the hose bed that will hold 200' of 2 ''/z" hose and a Blitz fire appliance. A removable tray shall be provided for this compartment. The tray shall be constructed of black poly to provide a lightweight sturdy tray. Two (2) hand holds shall be in the floor and additional hand holes shall be provided in the sides for easy removal and installation from the compartment. The floor of the trays shall be perforated to allow for drainage and hose drying. Trays shall be held in place by a mechanical spring loaded stainless steel latch that automatically deploys upon loading the trays to hold the trays in place during transit. The compartment designed established at pre- construction meeting. A black 1.00" nylon webbing design with 2.00" box pattern shall be provided across the end of the compartment to secure the hose and nozzle during travel. The webbing shall be permanently attached at the front of the compartment bed. Two (2). vertical metal bars the height of the compartment bed shall hook onto footman loops at the top of the bed and 1.00" web straps shall loop through footman loops located at the bottom of the compartment bed. The straps shall attach to the bottom of the bar with a spring clip and hook fastener. UNDER HOSE BED BACK BOARD COMPARTMENT (stokes & backboard) There shall be a compartment to the right of the Blitz fire compartment to store a nested single back board, and stokes rescue basket. A black 1.00" nylon webbing design with 2.00" box pattern shall be provided across the end of the compartment to secure the hose and nozzle during travel. The webbing shall be permanently attached at the front of the compartment bed. Two (2) vertical metal bars the height of the compartment bed shall hook onto.footman loops at the top of the bed and 1.00" web straps shall loop through footman loops located at the bottom of the compartment bed. The straps shall attach to the ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 54 of 107 bottom of the bar with a spring clip and hook fastener. / RUNNING BOARDS ✓ Design of the vehicle shall be such that running boards shall not be required to . reach pre connects or other items on the side of the vehicle. TAILBOARD Rear step shall also be constructed of.125" bright aluminum tread plate and spaced .50" from the body, as well as supported by a structural steel assembly. The rear tailboard shall be 12.00" deep. The rear tailboard shall be angled 45 degrees back on the outside corners. The exterior side shall be flanged down and in. Flanges shall not be notched. Entire rear surface shall be covered with smooth aluminum. A handrail shall be provided on each side of the rear compartment for safe access to the platform. . TOW BAR A tow bar shall be installed under the tailboard at center of truck. Tow bar shall be fabricated of 1.00" CRS bar rolled into a 3.00" radius. Tow bar assembly shall be constructed of .38" structural angle. When force is applied to the bar, it shall be transmitted to the frame rail. . Tow bar assembly shall be designed and positioned to allow up to a 30-degree upward angled pull of 17,000 lb, or a 20,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. Tow bar design shall have been fully tested and evaluated using strain gauge testing and finite element analysis techniques. COMPARTMENTATION Body and compartments shall be formed sheet metal fabricated of. 125", 5052- H32 aluminum. Body shall be of welded construction to ensure greatest- longevity with no visible welds in compartment interior. Welded construction shall consist of 1.00" x .38" engineered plug weld holes that control the size, location, and the amount of weld required. The bodies shall . be assembled and welded from engineered prints that call out the size, location, and type of weld required. These prints shall be available upon request. Side compartments shall be an integral assembly with the rear fenders. Circular fender liners shall be provided. For prevention of paint chips and ease of suspension maintenance the fender liners shall be formed from brush finished 304L stainless steel, be unpainted, and removable for suspension maintenance. (No exception). Compartment flooring shall be of the sweep out design with the floor 1.00" ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 55 of 107 . higher than the compartment door lip. Drip protection shall be provided above the doors by means of aluminum extrusion, or formed bright aluminum tread plate. The top of the compartmeni shall be covered with bright aluminum tread plate rolled over the edges on the front, and rear. These covers shall have the comers welded. Top side compartment covers shall not be used to form the compartment ceilings, but rather they shall be a separate component. All screws and bolts, which are not Grade 8, shall be stainless steel and where they protrude into a compartment shall have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury. 11 body compartments will be power ventilated when plugged in to the shore line. Ventilation operation shall be on a timer. Operation periods will be decided at the pre-construction meeting. . UNDERBODY SUPPORT SYSTEM Due to the severe loading requirements of this pumper a method of body and compartment support suitable for the intended load shall be provided. The backbone of the body support system shall begin with the chassis frame rails which is the strongest component of the chassis and is designed for sustaining maximum loads. The support system shall include lateral frame rail extensions that are formed from .375" 80k high strength steel and bolted to the chassis frame rails with .625" diameter Grade 8 bolts. The vertical and horizontal members of the frame rail extensions are to be reinforced with welded gussets and extend to the outside edge of the body. The lateral frame extensions shall be electro-coated for superior corrosion resistance. The floating substructure shall be separated from the lateral frame extensions with neoprene elastomeric isolators. These isolators shall reduce the natural flex stress of the chassis from being transmitted to the body, and absorb road shock and vibration. The isolators shall have a broad load range, proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a failsafe design and allow for all necessary movement in three (3) transitional and rotational modes. The neoprene isolators shall be installed in a modified V three (3)-point mounting pattern to reduce the natural flex of the chassis being transmitted to the body. A minimum of 12 - 2.55" diameter isolators shall be provided, four (4) under each front compartment and two (2) under each rear side compartment. A minimum of four (4) 3.50" diameter isolators shall be provided under the rear compartment. A design with body compartments simply hanging/sifting on the chassis in an unsupported (cantilever) fashion shall not be acceptable. AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas shall ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 56 of 107 comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards. Documentation of the material meeting the standard shall be provided at time of delivery. LOUVERS All body compartments shall have a minimum of one (1) set of automotive style, dust resistant louvers pressed into a wall. The louvers shall incorporate a one (1)-way rubber valve that provides airflow out of the compartment and prevents water and dirt from gaining access to the compartment. Each louver shall be 3.00" wide x 8.50" tall. Compartments over the wheel shall not have louvers. TESTING OF BODY DESIGN Body structural analysis shall be fully tested. Proven engineering and test techniques such as finite element analysis and strain gauging have been performed with special attention given to fatigue life and structural integrity of the body and substructure. The body shall be tested while loaded to its greatest in-service weight. The criteria used during the testing procedure shall include: • Rising opposite corners of the vehicle tires 9.00" to simulate the twisting a truck may experience when driving over a curb. • Making a 90'degree turn, while driving at 20 mph to simulate aggressive driving conditions. • Driving the vehicle on at 35 mph on a washboard road. • 'Driving the vehicle at 55 mph on a smooth road. • Accelerating the vehicle fully, until reaching the approximate speed of 45 mph on rough pavement. Evidence of the actual testing techniques shall be made available upon request. FEA shall have been performed on all substructure components. COWARTMENTATION DRIVER'S SIDE There shall be one (1) full height, roll-up door compartment ahead of the rear wheels shall be provided. The pump operator's panel shall be located in this compartment. The interior dimensions of this compartment shall be 62.00" wide x 54.50" high x 25.88" deep. The area behind the roll up door spool shall be notched for exterior storage or larger capacity water tank tee. The depth of the compartment shall be calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment interior shall be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are required between the upper and lower sections. The clear door opening of this compartment shall be 59.00" wide x 54.50" high. To the right of the pump panel there shall be two (2) full depth adjustable roll out shelves and one (1) full depth adjustable roll out shelf. Closing of the door shall not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 57 of 107 mechanism and shall easily be accomplished with one hand. A roll-up door compartment over the rear wheels shall be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment shall be 60.00" wide x 23.00" high x25.88" deep. The area behind the roll up door spool shall be notched for exterior storage or larger capacity water tank tee. The, depth of the compartment shall be calculated with the compartment door closed. The clear door opening of this compartment shall be 57.00" wide x 23.00" high. The compartment will have a full length and depth adjustable shelf. Closing of the door shall not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and shall easily be accomplished with one hand. A full height, roll-up door compartment behind the rear wheels shall be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment shall be 52.00" wide x 50.50" high x 25.88" deep. The area behind the roll up door spool shall be notched for exterior storage or larger capacity water tank tee. The depth of the compartment shall be calculated with the compartment door closed. The. compartment interior shall be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are required between the upper and lower sections. The clear door opening of this compartment shall be 49.00" wide x 50.50" high. There shall be a full depth and width pull out shelf affixed to the floor of compartment, also there shall be one (1) full depth (minimum depth of the upper half of this compartment) and width adjustable shelf. Closing of the door shall not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any I mechanism and shall easily be accomplished with one hand. All compartments shall include a drip pan below the roll of the door. In all compartments ribbed rubber matting shall be provided on the compartment floor to stop wet equipment from sitting in water pools COMPARTMENTATION, PASSENGER'S SIDE A full height, jump off compartment with a roll-up door ahead of the rear wheels shall be provided, as convenient large storage compartment for often used items for the crew. The interior dimensions of this compartment shall be 62.00" wide x 54.5" high x 25.88" deep. The area behind the roll up door spool shall be notched for exterior storage or larger capacity water tank tee. The depth of the compartment shall be calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment interior shall be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are required between the upper and lower sections. The clear door opening of this compartment shall be 59.00" wide x 54.50" high. There shall be one (1) horizontally adjustable SCBA pull out blade mounts and one (1) full length and depth fixed shelf with one (1) full length vertical support for fixed shelf. On the forward side of the vertical support there shall be two full depth adjustable shelves. There shall be two SCBA mounts, one mounted to each side of the pull out blade mount. Pull out blade dimensions, adjustable and fixed shelf designs will be decided at pre-construction meeting. Closing of the door shall not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 58 of 107 mechanism and shall easily be accomplished with one hand. A roll-up door compartment over the rear wheels shall be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment shall be 60.00" wide x 23.00" high x 25.88" deep. The area behind the roll up door spool shall be notched for exterior storage or larger capacity water tank tee. The depth of the compartment shall be calculated with the compartment door closed. The clear door opening of this compartment shall be 57.00" wide x 23.00" high. There shall be two (2) full height and width swing out tool mounting grates in this compartment. Closing of the door shall not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and shall easily be accomplished with one hand. A full height, roll-up door compartment behind the rear wheels shall be provided.The interior dimensions of this compartment shall be 52.00" wide x 50.50" high x 25.88" deep. The area behind the roll up door spool shall be notched for exterior storage or larger capacity water tank tee. The depth of the compartment shall be calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment interior shall be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are required between the upper and lower sections. The clear door opening of this compartment shall be 49.00" wide x 50; 50" high. There shall be one (1) floor mounted pull out shelf, one (1) full width and depth adjustable shelf and one (1) swing out tool mounting grate, full width and encompassing the upper half of the compartment. Swing out tool mount measurements and final compartment measurements to be determined at pre-construction meeting. The intent of this i compartment is to hold a complement of rescue tools and cribbing. Actual dimensions will be determined at a pre-construction meeting based on the type and size of rescue tools for this apparatus. The tools and equipment to fit this compartment are detailed on pages 101 & 102 under the heading "Rescue Tool Extrication Tool Complement". - There will be a 115 volt duplex receptacle mounted in this compartment; this receptacle shall be powered by the shore line plug. Closing of the door shall not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and shall easily be accomplished with one hand. All compartments shall include a drip pan below the roll of the door. ROLL-UP DOOR, SIDE COMPARTMENTS Six (6) compartment doors shall be installed on the side compartments, double faced, aluminum construction, and painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by A&A Manufacturing (Gortite). Lath sections shall be an interlocking rib design and shall be individually replaceable without complete disassembly of door. Between each slat at the pivoting joint shall be a PVC inner seal to prevent metal to metal contact and prevent dirt or moisture from'entering the compartments. Seals shall allow door to operate in extreme temperatures ranging from plus 180 to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit. Side, top and bottom seals shall be provided to resist ingress of dirt and weather and be made of ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 59 of 107 Santoprene. All hinges, barrel clips and end pieces shall be nylon 66. All nylon components ✓ shall withstand temperatures from plus 300 to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit. Hardened plastic shall not be acceptable. A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model 75 Ito match all compartment doors and cab doors The lift bar shall be located at the bottom of door and have latches on the outer extrusion of the doors frame. A ledge shall be supplied over lift bar for additional area to aid in closing the door. Door(s) shall be constructed from an aluminum box section. The exterior surface of each slat shall be flat. The interior surfaces shall be concave to provide strength and prevent loose equipment from jamming the door from inside. To conserve space in the compartment(s), the spring roller assembly shall not exceed 3.00" in diameter. A roll-up door that retracts below the compartment ceiling (garage door style) shall not acceptable. The header for the roll-up door assembly shall not exceed 4.00". A heavy-duty magnetic switch shall be used for control of "open compartment door" warning lights. All mechanical components of the door shall be warranted to be free from . defects in materials and workmanship for the lifetime of the vehicle. All parts covered under this warranty shall be to the original owner. The roll up doors exterior paint finish shall be warranted against blistering, peeling, bubbling, lack of adhesion or any other manufacturing or material defect for a period of six (6) years. The roll up doors shall also be warranted against corrosion perforation for a period of ten (10) years. COMPARTMENTATION, REAR A roll-up door compartment above the rear tailboard shall be provided. Interior dimensions of this compartment shall be 36.74" wide x 32.38" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 24" of the compartment and 15.75" deep in the remaining upper portion. Depth of the compartment shall be calculated with the compartment door closed. A removable access panel shall be furnished on the back wall of the compartment. Rear compartment shall be open into the rear side compartments. The transverse opening shall be a minimum of 22.00" wide x 27.75" high. Clear door opening of this compartment shall be 36.75" wide x 32.38 high. There shall be a low profile hose reel plumbed and mounted to the upper portion of compartment with a 100' capacity. of 3/e" rubber hose. The 100' rubber hose will be provided b the vendor and will be coupled with 1" NPSH in lug ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 60 of 107 stele couplings. / Closing of the door shall not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and shall easily be accomplished with one hand. ROLL-UP DOOR, REAR COMPARTMENT The rear compartment shall have a roll-up door. ' The roll-up door shall be of an anodized satin finish, double faced, aluminum construction and manufactured by A&A Manufacturing (Gortite). Lath sections shall be an interlocking rib design and shall be individually replaceable without complete disassembly of door. Between each slat at the pivoting joint shall be a PVC inner seal to prevent metal to metal contact and prevent dirt or moisture from entering the compartments. Seals shall allow door to operate in extreme temperatures ranging from plus 180 to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit. Side, top and bottom seals shall be provided to resist ingress of dirt and weather and be made of Santoprene. All hinges, barrel clips and end pieces shall be nylon 66. All nylon components shall withstand temperatures from plus 300 to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit. Hardened plastic shall not be acceptable. A polished stainless steel lift bar shall be provided for opening door. Lift bar shall be located at the bottom of door and have latches on the outer extrusion of the doors frame. A ledge shall be supplied over lift bar for additional area to aid in closing the door. The door shall be constructed from an aluminum box section. The exterior surface of each slat shall be flat. The interior surfaces shall be concave to provide strength and prevent loose equipment from jamming the door from inside. A heavy-duty magnetic switch shall be used for control of "open compartment door" warning lights. All mechanical components of the door shall be warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for the lifetime of the vehicle. All parts covered under this warranty shall be to the original owner. HATCH COMPARTMENTS Hatch compartments with two (2) lift-up, top opening hatch doors shall be provided above the driver and passenger side body compartments. Each hatch compartment shall extend the full length of the side body compartment x 21.00" wide x 19.00" maximum depth. The compartments shall extend the full length of the side body compartment except for a 20.00" recessed step area at the rear of the compartment on the access ladder side. Sides of the compartments shall be constructed of the same material as the body and painted job color on the outside panels. Top of the compartments shall be constructed of bright aluminum tread plate. ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 61 of 107 Two (2) lift-up, bright aluminum tread plate doors shall be provided on the top / of each hatch compartment. Each door shall have a lever handle with a slam style latch to hold the doors in the closed position. These double pan doors shall have lipped edges with a rubber seal for weather resistance. Doors shall be hinged on the outboard side and shall be held open with pneumatic stay arms. The compartments shall have a 3/4" drain that extends to below the body. Ribbed rubber matting shall be provided on the compartment floor to stop wet equipment from sitting in water pools. HATCH COMPARTMENT LIGHTING There shall be On Scene Solutions, Night Stik LED strip lights mounted full length on the interior, hinged side of each compartment. Opening the hatch compartment door shall automatically turn the hatch / compartment lighting on. ALL NON ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT PULL-OUT TRAYS There shall be slide-out trays, without sides, and have a capacity of 500 pounds provided. Capacity rating shall be in the extended position. The trays shall be constructed of. 19" aluminum. The tray shall be painted to match the compartment interior. Slides shall be General Device ball bearing type, for ease of operation and years of dependable service. Automatic locks shall be provided for both the "in" and "but" positions. The trip mechanism for it shall be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. A heavy-duty assembly shall support the body under the compartment floor. It shall be attached to the chassis frame for load transfer and to reduce stress on body. ALL PULL-OUT ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT TRAY There shall be slide-out trays with 2.00" sides and a capacity of 500 pounds provided. Capacity rating shall be in the extended position. Slides shall be equipped with ball bearings for ease of operation and years of dependable service. The tray shall be painted to match the compartment interior. Automatic locks shall be provided for both the "in" and 'but' positions. The trip mechanism for it shall be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. Each tray shall be adjustable up and down within the compartment. DOUBLE SWING OUT TOOL GRID SYSTEM ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 62 of 107 A Gear Grid double swing out tool grid system shall be provided. / The framework shall be constructed of heavy gauge steel tubing with high strength 1/4" diameter wire. Two (2) full width swing out tool grids shall be mounted on pivoting devices. One grid shall swing out from the front wall of the compartment. The second grid shall swing out from the rear wall of the compartment. A third stationary grid shall be provided on the rear wall. The grid shall have positive lock in the stowed and extended position. There shall be an amber flashing LED light located on the end of each swing out grid. The tool grid system provided shall be a gray powder coat finish and installed in compartment over the wheels. The partition in the compartment adjacent to the pump house shall be reduced to 2.50" in width from a current width of 5.00". MOUNTING TRACKS There shall be recessed tracks installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s). Tracks shall not protrude into any compartment in order to provide the greatest compartment space and widest shelves possible. The tracks shall be provided in each compartment except for the one that contains the pump operator's panel. ADJUSTABLE SHELVES There shall be shelves, with a minimum capacity of 500 pounds provided. The shelf construction shall consist of. 188" thick aluminum with 2.00" sides. Each shelf shall be painted Spatter Gray. Each shelf shall be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track. The shelves shall be held in place by.12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts. RUB RAIL Bottom edge of the side compartments shall be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail. Trim shall be 3.12" high with 1.50" flanges turned outward for rigidity. The rub rails shall not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage. Rub rails shall be attached with bolts and spaced from the body with isolators that shall help to absorb any moderate impact without damaging the body. BODY FENDER CROWNS Polished stainless steel fender crowns shall be provided around the rear wheel openings. A brushed stainless steel unpainted fender liner shall be provided to avoid paint ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 63 of 107 chipping. The liners shall be removable to aid in the maintenance of rear / suspension components. / A dielectric barrier shall be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion. The fender crowns shall be held in place with stainless steel screws that thread directly into a composite nut and not directly into the parent body sheet metal to eliminate dissimilar metals contact and greatly reduce the chance for corrosion. HARD SUCTION HOSE Two 10' lengths and one 8' of 4" NH coupled light weight hard suction shall be provided.. AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Double) A total of three (3) air bottle compartments shall be provided. Recessed in body fender panels, one set driver side rearward, and two sets passenger side. The air bottle compartment shall be 15.00" wide x 7.50" tall x 26.00" deep. A stainless steel door with a chrome plated latch shall be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier shall be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal. AIR BOTTLE STORAGE INSERT A total of three (3) inserts shall be provided for the air bottle storage compartments. The inserts shall be "W" shaped and be formed from composite materials. AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Single) There shall be one (1) compartment for storage of a single air bottle ahead of the left side rear wheels. The air bottle storage area shall be approximately 7.50" wide x 7.50" tall x 26.00" deep and shall be covered by a stainless.steel door with a chrome plated latch. The stainless steel door shall cover the air bottle storage opening and the DEF tank access. A dielectric barrier shall be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal. EXTENSION LADDER There shall be a 28', two (2) section, aluminum, Duo-Safety, Series 900-A extension ladder provided. ROOF LADDER / There shall be a 14' aluminum, Duo-Safety, Series 775-A roof ladder provided. ✓ LADDER STORAGE The ladders shall be stored inside the upper section of the rear driver's side compartments. This ladder rack shall reduce the depth of the upper section in the side compartments. A partition shall be installed inside the compartment on the side of the rack to allow for equipment storage and to conceal the ladders. This partition shall be removable to allow for cleaning. The ladders shall be banked in separate storage troughs. The ladder storage assembly shall be fabricated of stainless steel track channels ITB -.Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 64 of 107 to aid in loading and removal of ladders. / Rear of the ladder storage area shall have a vertically hinged smooth aluminum door "D" Ring latches to contain the ladders. FOLDING LADDER One (1) 10' aluminum, Series 585-A Duo-Safety folding ladder shall be installed in a U-shaped trough inside the ladder storage compartment. PIKE POLE, 8' One (1) pike pole, 8' long Akron with a fiberglass handle, shall be provided and / located in long handle storage compartment below ladders on the driver side. ✓ PIKE POLE, 6' One (1) pike pole, 6' long Akron with a fiberglass I-beam shaped handle, shall be provided and located in long handle storage compartment below ladders on the driver side. PIKE POLE/FOLDING LADDER COMPARTMENT / One (1) pike pole compartment shall be provided, recessed in the upper, inside ✓ part of body compartment on the driver's side. The compartment shall be equipped with two (2) aluminum tubes to hold two (2) pike poles and a stainless steel trough for the folding ladder. The door shall be made of aluminum tread plate and have a lift and turn latch. One (1) compartment shall be provided, recessed in the upper, inside part of body compartment on the passenger's side for storage of long handle tools. The door shall be made of aluminum tread plate and have a lift and turn latch. PIKE POLE STORAGE Aluminum tubing shall be used for the storage of two (2) pike poles and shall be located in long handle storage compartment below ladders on officer side. If the head of a pike pole can come in contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuff plate shall be provided. LADDER, TOP ACCESS A wide easy climbing access ladder, constructed of aluminum rungs and ✓ extruded aluminum rails, shall be provided on the right side at the rear of the apparatus. The inside climbing area of the ladder shall be 13.75" wide The lower section of the ladder shall be retractable into the upper section to eliminate interference with the rear FMVSS lights. When lowered the bottom rung shall be lower than the body, approximately 16.00" to 20.00" from the ground to allow a lower first step height. The ladder shall be slanted when in use for easy access, and fold against the body for storage to reduce the overall length. Corrosion resistant, stainless steel spring-loaded locks shall hold the ladder in place. PUMP Pump shall be a low profile, 1500 gpm single stage mid-ship mounted centrifugal type, mounted below the cab. The pump shall have a 15 percent reserve capacity to allow for extended time between pump rebuild. To ensure efficient um /vehicle design the capacity to weight ratio shall not be less than ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 65 of 107 1.5:1. The pump casing shall consist of three (3) discharge outlets, one (1) to each side in line with the impeller and one (1) to the rear. The pump casing shall incorporate two (2) water strippers to maintain radial balance. Pump shall be the Class A type. Pump shall be certified to deliver the percentage of rated discharge from draft at pressure indicated below: • 100 percent of rated capacity at 150 psi net pump pressure • 70 percent of rated capacity at 200 psi net pump pressure • 50 percent of rated capacity at 250 psi net pump pressure The pump shall have the capacity to deliver the percentage of rated discharge from a pressurized source as indicated below: • 135 percent of rated capacity at 100 psi net pump pressure from a 5 psi source Pump body shall be fine-grained gray iron. Pump shall incorporate a heater/cooling jacket integral to the pump housing. The impeller shall be high strength vacuum cast bronze alloy accurately machine balanced and splined to a ten (10) spline stainless steel pump shaft for precision fit, exceptional durability, and efficiency. Double replaceable reverse flow labyrinth type bronze wear ring design shall help to minimize end thrust. The impeller shall be a twisted vane design to create higher lift. No keyed shafts shall be acceptable. The pump shall include o-ring gaskets throughout the pump. Deep groove radial type oversize ball bearings shall be provided. The bearings shall be protected at the openings from road dirt and water with an oil seal and water slinger. The pump shall have a flat, patterned area on the top of the pump intake wye to allow standing for plumbing maintenance. The main inlet manifold shall be 6.00" in diameter and shall have a low profile design to facilitate low cross lays and high flows. For ease of service, the pump housing, intake wye, impeller, mechanical seal, and gear case shall be accessible from above the chassis frame by tilting the cab. The intake wyes shall be removable without having to remove the main intake casting. Removal of the main inlet wyes shall provide access to the impeller, mechanical seal, and wear ring. (No exception). PUMP MOUNTING Pump shall be mounted to the chassis frame rails directly below the crew cab, to minimize wheelbase and facilitate service, using rubber isolators in a modified V pattern that include two (2) central mounted isolators located between the frame rails and one (1) on each side outside the frame rails. The mounting shall allow chassis frame rails to flex independent) without damage to the fire pump. ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 66 of 107 Each isolator shall be 2.55' in total outside diameter and shall be rated at 490 lb. The pump shall be completely accessible by tilting the cab with no piping located directly above the pump. MECHANICAL SEALS Silicon carbide mechanical seals shall be provided. The seals shall be spring loaded and self-adjusting. The seals shall have a minimum thermal conductivity of 126 W/m*K to run cooler. Seals shall have a minimum hardness of 2800 kg/mm2 to be more resistant to wear, and have thermal expansion characteristics of no more than 4.0 X106mm/mm*K to be more resistant to thermal shock. PUMP GEARCASE Pump gear case shall be a pressure-lubricated gear case to cool, lubricate, and filter the oil. The gear case shall include an auxiliary PTO opening. The gear case shall be constructed of lightweight aluminum, and impregnated with resin in accordance to MIL Spec MIL-I-17563. A dipstick, accessible by tilting the cab, shall be provided for easy fluid level checks. A filter screen shall be provided for long life. The gear case shall consist of two (2) gears to drive the pump impeller and one (1) for the auxiliary PTO. The auxiliary PTO opening shall provide for the addition of PTO driven accessories. The pump shall be driven through the rear engine power take-off and clutch. The rear engine power take-off drive shall be live at all times to allow for pump and roll applications. Rear engine power take-off allow for high horsepower and torque ratings needed for large pump applications, and is a proven drive system throughout the rugged construction industry. (No exception). CLUTCH There shall be a heavy-duty electric clutch mounted directly to the front of the pump to engage. and disengage the pump without gear clash. The clutch shall be a multiple disc design for maximum torque. The clutch shall be fully self- adjusting to provide automatic wear compensation, and consistent torque throughout the life of the clutch. Positive engagement and disengagement shall be provided through a high efficient and dependable magnetic system to assure superior performance. The clutch shall have a 500 lb-ft rating. Clutch shall be o a time-tested design used in critical military applications. (No exception). PUMPING MODE Pump shall provide for both pump and roll mode and stationary pumping mode. Stationary pumping mode shall be accomplished by stopping the vehicle, setting the parking brake and engaging the water pump switch on the cab switch panel. The transmission shall shift to "Neutral" range automatically when the parking brake is set. The "OK to Stationary Pump" indicator shall also illuminate when the parking brake is set. If the vehicle is equipped with a foam system or CAFS system, these systems shall be engaged from the cab switch panel as well. Pump and roll mode shall be accomplished by the use of the main um and ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 67 of 107 shall not require the use of a secondary pump. Pump and roll mode shall use the same operation sequence as stationary pumping mode with a few additional steps. After the vehicle is setup for stationary pumping, the operator shall leave the cab and setup the pump panel to discharge at the desired outlet(s). Upon returning to the cab, the operator shall disengage the parking brake. An "OK to Pump & Roll" indicator shall illuminate on the cab switch panel. First gear on the transmission gear selector shall be selected by the operator for pump and roll operations. The operator as needed shall apply the foot throttle. Pump and roll mode shall be maintained unless the transmission shifts out of first gear. Stopping either stationary pumping mode or pump and roll mode shall be accomplished by pressing the "Water Pump" switch down to disengage the I»p• PUMP SHIFT Pump shall be engaged in not more than two steps, by simply setting the parking brake, which shall automatically put the transmission into neutral, and activating a rocker switch in the cab. Switches in the cab shall also allow for water, foam, and activate the appropriate system to preset parameters. The engagement shall provide.simple two-step operation, enhance reliability, and completely eliminate gear clash. The shift shall include the indicator lights as mandated by NFPA. A direct override switch shall be located behind a door in the lower pump operator's panel. The switch shall automatically disengage when the door is closed. As the parking brake is applied, the pump panel throttle shall be activated and deactivate the chassis foot throttle. for stationary operation. Pump and roll operation shall be available by releasing the parking brake with the pump in the pumping mode. Releasing the parking brake shall activate the chassis foot throttle, and deactivate the pump panel throttle. To protect from accidental pump overheating, the pump shall automatically disengage when the truck transmission shifts into second gear. TRANSMISSION LOCK UP Transmission lock up is not required as transmission shall automatically shift to neutral as soon as the parking brake is set. AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM A supplementary heat exchange cooling system shall be provided to allow the use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. A water-to-coolant heat exchanger shall be used. INTAKE RELIEF VALVE An Akron relief valve shall be installed on the suction side of the pump preset at 150 psig , Relief valve shall have a working range of 75 psig to 200 psig. Outlet shall terminate below the frame rails with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter and shall have a "do not cap" warning tag. Control shall be located behind an access door at the right (passenger's) side ITB -Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 68 of 107 pump panel. / PRESSURE CONTROLLER A Pressure Governor shall be provided. An electric pressure governor shall be provided which is capable of automatically maintaining a desired preset discharge pressure in the water pump. When operating in the pressure control mode, the system shall automatically maintain the discharge pressure set by the operator (within the discharge capabilities of the pump and water supply) regardless of flow, within the discharge capacities of the water pump and water supply. A pressure transducer shall be installed in the water discharge of the pump. The transducer continuously monitors pump pressure sending a signal to the Electronic Control Module (ECM). The governor can be used in two (2) modes of operation, RPM mode and pressure modes. In the RPM mode, the governor can be activated after vehicle parking brake has been set. When in this mode, the governor shall maintain the set engine speed, regardless of engine load (within engine operation capabilities). In the pressure mode, the governor system can only operate after the fire pump has been engaged and the vehicle parking brake has been set. When in the pressure mode, the pressure controller monitors the pump pressure and varies engine speed to maintain a precise pump pressure. The pressure controller shall use a quicker reacting J1939 database for engine control (excluding Cat engines). A preset feature allows a predetermined pressure or rpm to be set. A pump cavitations protection feature is also provided which shall return the engine to idle should the pump cavities. Cavitations are sensed by the combination of pump pressure below 30 psi and engine speed above 2000 rpm for more than five (5) seconds. The throttle shall be a venire style control, with a large control knob for use with a gloved hand. A throttle ready light shall be provided adjacent to the throttle control. A large .75" RPM display shall be provided to be visible at a glance. Check engine, and stop engine indicator lights shall be provided for easy viewing. Large .75" push buttons shall be provided for menu, mode, preset, and silence selections. The water tank level indicator shall be incorporated in the pressure governor. A fuel level indicator shall be incorporated in the pressure controller. A pump hour meter shall be incorporated in the pressure controller. The pressure controller shall incorporate monitoring for engine temperature, oil pressure, fuel level alarm, and voltage. Pump monitoring shall include, pump ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 69 of 107 gear case temperature, error codes, diagnostic data, pump service reminders, and time stamped data logging, to allow for fast accurate trouble shooting. It shall also notify the driver/engineer' of any problems with the engine and the apparatus. Complete understandable messages shall be provided in a 20- character display, providing for fewer abbreviations in the messages. An automatic dim feature shall be included for night operations. The pressure controller shall include a USB port for easy software upgrades, which can be downloaded through a USB memory stick, eliminating the need for a laptop for software installations. A complete interactive manual shall be provided with the pressure controller. PRIMING PUMP The priming pump shall be a Trident Emergency Products compressed air powered, high efficiency; multistage Venturi based Air Prime System, conforming to standards outlined in the current edition of NFPA 1901. All wetted metallic parts of the priming system are to be of brass and stainless steel construction. Conforming to NFPA 1901 standards the primer will also be able to prime the front intake on the water source side with the front intake valve closed (in essence be able to draw water to the valve while pumping from the tank.) One (1) priming control shall open the priming valve and start the pump primer. PUMP MANUALS Two (2) pump manuals from the pump manufacturer shall be furnished in compact disc format with the apparatus. Manuals shall cover pump operation, maintenance, overhaul, and parts. PLUMBING All inlet and outlet plumbing; 3.00" and smaller, shall be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with high-tensile polyester braid. Small diameter secondary plumbing such as drain lines shall be stainless steel, brass or hose. Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for servicing, the piping shall be equipped with Victaulic or rubber couplings. Plumbing manifold bodies shall be ductile cast iron or stainless steel. All lines shall drain through a master drain valve or shall be equipped with individual drain valves. All individual drain lines for discharges shall be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame. All water carrying gauge lines shall be of flexible polypropylene tubing. MAIN PUMP INLETS A 6.00" pump manifold inlet shall be provided on each side of the vehicle. The suction inlets shall include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 70 of 107 provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump. Main pump inlets shall not be located on the main operator's panel and shall maintain a low connection height by terminating below the top of the chassis frame rail. The main pump inlets shall have National Standard Threads with a long handle chrome cap. The cap shall be the VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. (no exception) VALVES All ball valves shall be Akron Brass in-line valves. The Akron valves shall be the 8000 series heavy-duty style with a stainless steel ball and a simple two-seat design. No lubrication or regular maintenance is required on the valve. Valves shall have a ten (10) year warranty. INLET (Left side) On the left side pump panel shall be one (1) 2.50" auxiliary suction, terminating in 2.50" National Standard Hose Thread. The auxiliary suction shall be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. INLET (Right side) On the right side pump panel shall be one (1) 2.50" auxiliary suction, terminating in 2.50" National Standard Hose Thread. The auxiliary suction shall be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. The location of the valve for the one (1) inlet shall be recessed behind the pump panel. INLET (Rear) On the passenger side above the bumper shall be a 4" inlet with a Task Force brand 45 degree turn down with 4" Storz connection and cap. This discharge ` outlet shall be electrically controlled at the pump operator's control panel. Exact location to be determined at pre construction meeting. INLET (Front) On the driver's side and incorporated in the front bumper shall be a 4" plumbed t/ intake, threaded 4" Male NHT. The intake shall be mounted inward from the front portion of the bumper. It shall be built into a well in the front bumper and bumper extension. There shall be room enough in the well to allow for proper connection of a 4" hard suction and tools. Plumbing for this inlet shall be built such that allows for proper drafting from this inlet. This discharge outlet shall be electrically controlled at the pump operator's control panel. ANODE, INLET A pair of sacrificial zinc anodes shall be provided in the water pump inlets to protect the pump from corrosion. INLET CONTROL ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 71 of 107 Control for the side auxiliary inlet(s) shall be located at the inlet valve. INLET. BLEEDER VALVE A .75" bleeder valve shall be provided for each side gated inlet. The valves shall be located behind the panel with a swing style handle control extended to the outside of the panel. The handles shall be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle shall provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage. The water discharged by the bleeders shall be routed below the chassis frame rails. TANK TO PUMP The booster tank shall be connected to the intake side of the pump with heavy duty 4.00" piping and a quarter turn 3.00" full flow line valve with the control located at the operator's panel. A rubber coupling shall be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing. A check valve shall be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank. TANK REFILL A 1.50" combination tank refill and pump re-circulation line shall be provided, using a quarter-turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel. r DISCHARGE OUTLETS (Left Side) There shall be two (2) discharges with a 2.50" valves on the left side of the apparatus, terminating with a male 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter. Discharges shall be located below the cab, and shall be no higher than the top of the chassis frame rail. Discharges shall not be located on the pump operator's panel. Lever controls shall be provided at the valve. DISCHARGE OUTLETS (Rieht Side) There shall be one (1) discharge with a 2.50" valve on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a male 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter. The discharge shall be located below the crew cab, and shall be no higher than the top of the chassis frame rail. The discharge shall be electrically controlled at the pump operator's panel. DISCHARGE OUTLET. 4.00" There shall be a 4.00" discharge outlet with a 4.00" Akron valve body installed on the right side of the apparatus, below the cab, and shall be no higher than the top of the chassis frame rail, terminating with a 4.00" "TFT" brand 45 degree swivel locking Storz and cap. This discharge outlet shall be electrically controlled at the pump operator's control panel. DISCHARGE OUTLET (Front) There shall be a 1.50" gated discharge outlet plumbed to the top portion of the front bumper extension. The discharge shall have a 90-degree chrome swivel and terminate with 1.50" NHT. Plumbing shall consist of 2.00" piping with a 2.00" full flow ball valve ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 72 of 107 controlled at the pump operator's panel. / Automatic drains shall be provided at all low points in the plumbing. ✓ DISCHARGE OUTLET (Rear) / There shall be one (2) discharges piped to the rear of the hose bed, on the ✓ drivers / passenger's side, installed so proper clearance is provided for spanner wrenches or adapters. Plumbing shall consist of 2.50" piping along with a 2.50" full flow ball valve with the control from the pump operator's panel. Discharge shall terminate with 2.50" NST thread. Discharge piping shall be schedule 10 304L welded or formed stainless steel and routed through the water tank. DISCHARGE CAPS Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with chains shall be furnished for all side discharge outlets. The caps shall be the VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. (no exception) _ OUTLET BLEEDER VALVE A .75" bleeder valve shall be provided for each outlet 1.50" or larger. Automatic drain valves are acceptable with some outlets if deemed appropriate with the application. The valves shall be located behind the panel with a swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel. The handles shall be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle shall provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage. Bleeders shall be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They shall be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to. The water discharged by the bleeders shall be touted below the chassis frame rails. ELBOWS. REAR OUTLETS / The 2.50" discharge outlets, located at the rear of the apparatus, shall be furnished with a 2.50"(F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50"(M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow. The elbow will be the VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. (no exception) DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS The discharge outlets shall incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism shall indicate the position of the valve or an indicator shall be provided to show when the valve -is closed. The passenger side discharges shall be controlled by an Akron 9315 Navigator controller with the manual override located on the passenger side pump panel. In addition to valve position, each Akron 9315 Navigator controller shall include a pressure display. ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 73 of 107 l The controller unit shall have solid state electronics to provide easy, two (2) / button open and close valve position capability with valve position indicator lights, and current limiting valve motor stopping capability. The unit shall be in water resistant brass housing and shall come with all required installation cables and harnesses. All other outlets shall have manual swing handles that operate in a vertical up and down motion. These handles shall be able to lock in place to prevent valve creep under pressure. DELUGE RISER A 3.00" deluge riser shall be installed above the pump in such a manner that a monitor can be mounted and used effectively. 3.00" piping shall be installed securely so no movement develops when the line is charged. A 2.50" gated . valve shall be installed and controlled at the pump operator's panel and from riser area The deluge outlet shall flow a minimum 1000 GPM. The deluge riser shall have a 3.00" telescoping with quick disconnect Vendor shall provide TFT deck gun/monitor with quick disconnect, variable gallonage fog nozzle, set of smooth bore stacked tips, stream straightened, and portable monitor base. Portable monitor base inlet shall be plumbed with a 4" Storz locking swivel coupling. CROSSLAY HOSE BEDS Two (2) cross lays with 1.50" outlets shall be provided. Each bed to be capable of carrying 200 feet of 1.75" double jacketed hose and shall be plumbed with 2.00" i.d. schedule 10 304L welded or formed stainless steel pipe and gated with a 2.00" quarter turn ball valve. Threaded pipe shall not be acceptable. Cross lays shall be low mounted with the bottom of both cross lay trays no more than 19.25" above the frame rails for simple,; safe reloading and deployment. (No exception). The hose beds shall be full width of the body compartments. Outlets to be equipped with a 1.50" National Standard hose thread 90 degree swivel located in the hose bed so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus. The cross lay controls shall be at the pump operator's panel. A removable tray shall be provided for the cross lay hose bed. The cross lay tray shall be constructed of black poly to provide a lightweight sturdy tray. Two (2) hand holes shall be in the floor and additional hand holes shall be provided in the sides for easy removal and installation from the compartment. The floor of the trays shall be perforated to allow for drainage and hose drying. Trays shall be held in place by a mechanical spring loaded stainless steel latch that automatically deploys upon loading the trays to hold the trays in place during transit. HIGH RISE PACK STORAGE There shall be a full width compartment above the lower 1 '/4" cross lays. This compartment will allow for (2) two 100' 1 '/4" high rise packs with nozzles and ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 74 of 107 gated "Y They shall have access to packs from either side of the body. The floor of the compartment shall be perforated to allow for drainage and hose drying. CROSSLAY/ HIGH RISE PACK RESTRAINT There shall be a full length roll up door for restraint and access to both the cross lays and high rise packs. Doors will be on both passenger and drivers side. The compartment doors shall terminate flush with the body. FOAM PROPORTIONER A foam proportioning system shall be provided that is an on demand, automatic proportioning, single point, direct injection system suitable for all types of Class A and B foam concentrates, including the high viscosity (6000 cPs), alcohol resistant Class B foams. Operation shall be based on direct measurement of water flow, and remain consistent within the specified flows and pressures. The system shall automatically proportion foam solution at rates from 0.1 percent to 3.0 percent regardless of variations in water pressure and flow, up to the maximum rated capacity of the foam concentrate pump. The design of the system shall allow operation from draft, hydrant, or relay operation. Y System Capacity The system shall have the ability to deliver the following minimum foam solution flow rates at accuracies that meet or exceed NFPA requirements at a pump rating of 150 psi. • 100 gpm @ 3 percent • 300 gpm @ 1 percent • 600 gpm @ 0.5 percent Class A foam setting in .1 percent increments from .1 percent to 1 percent. Typical settings of 1 percent, .5 percent and .3 percent (maximum capacity shall be limited to the plumbing and water pump capacity). Control System The system shall be equipped with a digital electronic control display located on the pump operator's panel. Push button controls shall be integrated into the panel to turn the system on/off, control the foam percentage, and to set the operation modes. The percent of injection shall have a preset. This preset can be changed at the fire department as desired. The percent of injection shall be able to be easily changed at the scene to adjust to changing demands. Three (3).50 tall LEDs shall display the foam percentage in numeric characters. Three (3) indicator LEDs shall also be included, one (1) green, one (1) red, and one (1) yellow. The LEDs shall indicate various system operation or error states. The indications shall be: . ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 75 of 107 • Solid Green - System On • Solid Red -Valve Position Error I • Solid Yellow - Priming System • Flashing Green - Injecting Foam • Flashing Red - Low Tank Level • Flashing Yellow - Refilling Tank The control display shall house a microprocessor, which receives input from the systems water flow meter while also monitoring the position of the foam concentrate pump. The microprocessor shall compare the values of the water flow versus the position/rate of the foam pump, to ensure the proportion rate is accurate. One (1) check valve shall be installed in the plumbing to prevent foam from contaminating the water pump. Hydraulic Drive System The foam concentrate pump shall be powered by an electric over hydraulic drive system. The hydraulic system and motor shall be integrated into one unit. Foam Concentrate Pump The foam concentrate pump shall be of positive displacement, self-priming; linear actuated design, driven by the hydraulic system. The pump shall be constructed of brass body; chrome plated stainless steel shaft, with a stainless steel piston. In order to increase longevity of the pump, no aluminum shall be present in its construction. A relief system shall be provided which is. designed to protect the drive system components and prevent over pressuring the foam concentrate pump The foam concentrate pump shall have minimum capacity for 3 gpm with all types of foam concentrates with a viscosity at or below 6000 cPs including protein, fluoroprotein, AFFF, FFFP, or AR-AFFF. The system shall deliver only the amount of foam concentrate flow required, without re circulating foam back to the storage tank. Re circulating foam concentrate back to the storage tank can cause agitation and premature foaming of the concentrate, which can result in system failure. The foam concentrate pump shall be self-priming and have the ability to draw foam concentrate from external supplies such as drums or pails. External Foam Concentrate Connection An external foam pick-up shall be provided to enable use of a foam agent that is not stored on the vehicle. The external foam pick-up shall be designed to allow continued operation after the on-board foam tank is empty, or the use of foam different than the foam in the foam tank. Panel Mounted External Pick-Up Connection / Valve A bronze three (3)-way valve shall be provided. The unit shall be mounted to the pump panel. The valve unit shall function as the foam system tank to pump valve and external suction valve. The external foam pick-up shall be one (1) .75" male connection GHT (garden hose thread) with a cap. Pick-Up Hose ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 76 of 107 A .75" flexible hose with an end for insertion into foam containers shall be provided. The hose shall be supplied with a .75" female swivel GHT (garden hose thread) swivel connector. The hose shall be shipped loose. Discharges The foam system shall be plumbed to two (2) cross lays, the front 1 %2" outlet, hose reel, the deluge riser, and (2) two 2 %2" rear outlets. System Electrical Load The maximum current draw of the electric motor and system shall be no more than 55 amperes at 12 VDC. REFILL, SINGLE FOAM TANK The foam system's proportioning pump shall be used to fill the foam tank. This shall allow use of the auxiliary foam pick-up to pump the foam from pails or a drum on the ground into the foam tank. A foam shut-off switch shall be installed in the fill dome of the tank to shut the system down when the tank is full. The fill operation shall be controlled by a mode in the foam system controller. While the proportional pump is filling the tank, the controller shall display a flashing yellow LED to indicate that the tank is filling. When the tank is full, as determined by the float switch in the tank dome, the pump shall stop and the controller shall shut the yellow LED off. If it attempted to use tank fill and the refill valve and suction valve are in the wrong position(s), then a red LED shall illuminate to indicate the improper valve position(s). When the valves are positioned properly, then filling shall commence. FOAM TANK The foam tank shall be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell shall have a capacity of 30 gallons of foam with the intended use of Class A foam. The brand of foam stored in this tank shall be Ansul. The foam cell shall not reduce the capacity of the water tank. The foam cell shall have a screen in the fill dome and a breather in the lid. FOAM TANK DRAIN A system of 1.00" foam tank drains shall be provided, integrated into the foam systems strainer and tank to foam pump valve management system. The tank to pump hoses running from the tank(s) to the panel mounted strainer shall 1.00" diameter. The foam system controller shall have a mode that allows for a given foam valve to be opened at will. Flow of foam from the tank valve to the strainer shall be usable as a tank drain mode. An adaptor shall be supplied, that allows the 1.00" foam intake screen to assembly to be used as a drain outlet. The standard supplied 1.00" foam pick up hose shall be attached to the screen assembly by way of the adapter. The drain mode shall allow the operator to open and close the tank valve as required from the control head, to drain foam and re-fill foam containers through the connected hose, without foam spillage beneath the vehicle. PUMP CONTROL PANELS (Left Side Control) Pump controls and gauges shall be located mid ship at the left (driver's side of ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 77 of 107 the apparatus and properly identified. / The main pump operator's control panel shall be completely enclosed and ✓ located in the forward section of the body compartment, to protect against road debris and weather elements. The pump operator's panels shall be no more than 31.00" wide, and made in four (4) sections with the center section easily removable with simple hand tools. For the safety of the pump operator, there shall be no discharge outlets or pump inlets located on the main pump operators panel. Layout of the pump control panel shall be ergonomically efficient and systematically organized. The upper section shall contain the master gauges. This section shall be angled down for easy visibility. The center section shall contain the pump controls aligned in two horizontal rows. The pressure control device, engine monitoring gauges, electrical switches, and foam controls (if applicable) shall be located on or adjacent to the center panel, on the side walls for easy operation and visibility. The lower section shall contain the outlet drains. Manual controls shall be easy moving 8" long lever style controls that operate in a vertical, up and down swing motion. These handles shall have a 2.25" diameter knob and be able to lock in place to prevent valve creep under any pressure. Bright finish bezels shall encompass the opening, be securely mounted to the pump operator's panel, and shall incorporate the discharge gauge bezel. Bezels shall be bolted to the panel for easy removal and gauge service. The driver's side discharges shall be controlled directly at the valve. There shall be • no push-pull style control handles. (no exception) Identification tags for the discharge controls shall be recessed within the same bezel. The discharge identification tags shall be color coded, with each discharge having its own unique color. All remaining identification tags shall be mounted on the pump panel in chrome-plated bezels. All discharge outlets shall be color coded and labeled to correspond with the discharge identification tag. The pump panels for the mid ship discharge and intake ports shall be located ahead of the body compartments with no side discharge or intake higher than the frame rail. The pump panels shall be easily removable with simple hand tools. A recessed cargo area shall be provided at the front of the body, ahead of the water tank above the plumbing. PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION The pump panel configuration shall be arranged and installed in an organized manner that shall provide user-friendly operation. PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL The pump operators panel and gauge panels shall be constructed of stainless steel with a brushed finish. The pump panels on the driver and passenger's side ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 78 of 107 shall be constructed of stainless steel with a brushed finish. / PUMP AND PLUMBING ACCESS Simple access to the plumbing shall be provided through the front of the body area by raising the cab for complete plumbing service and valve maintenance. Access to valves shall not require removal of operator panels or pump panels. Access for rebuilding of the pump shall not require removal of more than the tank to pump line and a single discharge line. This access shall allow for fast, easy valve or pump rebuilding, making for reduced out of service times. Steps shall be provided for access to the top of the pump. Access to the pump shall be provided by raising the cab. The pump shall be positioned such that all maintenance and overhaul work can be performed above the frame and under the tilted cab. The service and overhaul work on the pump shall not require the removal of operator panels or pump panels. Complete pump casing and gear case removal shall require no more than removal of the intake and discharge manifolds, driveline, coolers and a single discharge line. The pump case and gear case shall be able to be removed by lifting upward without interference from piping and be removable in less than 3 hours. Engine monitoring graduated LED indicators shall be incorporated with the pressure controller. GAUGES. VACUUM and PRESSURE The pump vacuum and pressure gauges shall be liquid filled and manufactured by Class 1, Inc. The gauges shall be a minimum of 4.00" in diameter and shall have white faces with black lettering, with a pressure range of 30.00"-0-600#. Gauge construction shall include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut. The pump pressure and vacuum gauges shall be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel. Test port connections shall be provided at the pump operator's panel. One shall be connected to the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They shall have 0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and non-corrosive polished stainless steel or brass plugs. They shall be marked with a label. This gauge shall include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube. PRESSURE GAUGES _ The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges shall be interlude filled and manufactured by Class 1. - They shall be a minimum of 2.00" in diameter and shall have white faces with black lettering. Gauge construction shall include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut. ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 79 of 107 Gauges shall have a pressure range of 30"-0-400#. / The individual pressure gauge shall be installed as close to the outlet control as ✓ practical. This gauge shall include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube. WATER LEVEL GAUGE An electric water level gauge shall be incorporated in the pressure controller that registers water level by means of nine (9) LEDs. They shall be at 1/8 level increments with a tank empty LED. The LEDs shall be a bright type that is readable in sunlight, and have a full 180-degree of clear viewing. There also shall be installed 4 LED Whelan 500 water level light on each upper rear portions of the cab. To further alert the pump operator, the gauge shall have a warning flash when the tank volume is less than 25 percent, and shall have down chasing LEDs when the tank is almost empty. The level measurement shall be ascertained by sensing the head pressure of the fluid in the tank or cell. MIM SLAVE UNIT An electric water level gauge shall be provided in the cab that registers water level by means of five (5) LEDs. They shall be at 1/4 level increments with a tank empty LED. The LEDs shall be a bright type that is readable in sunlight, and have a full 180-degree of clear viewing. The water level gauge in the cab shall be activated when the [Activation, Water Level G]. FOAM LEVEL GAUGE An electronic foam level gauge shall be provided on the operator's panel that registers foam level by means of five colored LED lights. The lights shall be durable, ultra-bright five LED design viewable through 180 degrees. The foam level indicators shall be as follows: • 100% = Green • 75% = Yellow • 50% = Yellow • 25% = Yellow • Refill = Red The light shall flash when the level drops below the given level indicator to provide an eighth of a tank indication. To further alert the pump operator, the lights shall flash sequentially when the foam tank is empty. The level measurement shall be based on the sensing of head pressure of the fluid in the tank. ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 80 of 107 The display shall be constructed of a solid plastic material with a chrome plated die cast bezel to reduce vibrations that can cause broken wires and loose electronic components. The encapsulated design shall provide complete protection from foam and environmental elements. An industrial. pressure transducer shall be mounted to the outside of the tank. The display shall be able to be calibrated in the field and shall measure head pressure to accurately show the tank level. SIDE CONTROL PUMP OPERATOR'S/PUMP PANEL LIGHTING Illumination shall be provided for controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus and the equipment provided on it. External illumination shall be a minimum of five (5) foot-candles on the face of the device. Internal illumination shall be a minimum of four (4) foot lamberts. The pump panels shall be illuminated by a light on each side of the back of the cab. The pump operator's panel shall utilize strip lighting at the forward doorframe and an overhead light. ELECTRICAL HARNESSING INSTALLATION To ensure rugged dependability, all 12-volt wiring harnesses installed by the apparatus manufacturer shall conform to the following specifications: • SAE J1128 -Low tension primary cable i • SAE J1292 - Automobile, truck, truck-tractor, trailer and motor coach wiring • SAE J163 - Low tension wiring and cable terminals and splice clips • SAE J2202 - Heavy duty wiring systems for on-highway trucks • NFPA 1901 - Standard for automotive fire apparatus • FMVSS 302 - Flammability of interior materials for passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses • SAE J1939 - Serial communications protocol • SAE J2030 - Heavy-duty electrical connector performance standard • SAE J2223 - Connections for on board vehicle electrical wiring harnesses • NEC - National Electrical Code • SAE J561 - Electrical terminals - Eyelet and spade type • SAE J928 - Electrical terminals - Pin and receptacle type A For increased reliability and harness integrity, harnesses shall be routed throughout the cab and chassis in a manner which allows the harnessing to be laid into its mounting location. Routing of harnessing which requires pulling of ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 81 of 107 wires through tubes shall not be allowed. / Wiring shall be run in loom or conduit where exposed, and have grommets or other edge protection where wires pass through metal. Wiring shall be color, function and number coded. Wire colors shall be integral to each wire insulator and run the entire length of each wire. Harnessing containing multiple wires and uses a single wire color for all wires shall not be allowed. Function and number codes shall be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00". intervals. All wiring installed between the cab and into doors shall be protected by an expandable rubber boot to protect the wiring. Exterior exposed wire connectors shall be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids. Electrical wiring and equipment shall be installed utilizing the following guidelines: • All wire ends not placed into connectors shall be sealed with a heat shrink end cap. Wires without a terminating connector or sealed end cap shall not be allowed. • All holes made in the roof shall be caulked with silicon (no exception). Large fender washers, liberally caulked, shall be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof. • Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area shall be mounted in a manner that shall not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area shall be defined as any location outside of the cab or body. • For low cost of ownership, electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance shall be quickly accessible. For ease of use, a coil of wire shall be provided behind the appliance. to allow them to be pulled away from the mounting area for inspection and service work. • Corrosion preventative compound shall be applied to non-waterproof electrical connectors located outside of the cab or body. All non- waterproof connections shall require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation of the plug. • Any lights containing non-waterproof sockets in a weather-exposed area shall have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket.terminal area. • All electrical terminals in exposed areas shall have DOW 1890 protective Coating applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal. • Rubber coated metal clamps shall be used to support wire harnessing and battery cables routed along the chassis frame rails., • Heat shields shall be used to protect harnessing in areas where high temperatures exist. Harnessing passing near the engine exhaust shall be protected by a heat shield. • Cab and crew cab harnessing shall not be routed through enclosed metal tubing. Dedicated wire routing channels shall be used to protect harnessing therefore improving the overall integrity of the vehicle electrical system. The design of the cab shall allow for easy routing of additional wiring and easy access to existing wiring. • All braided wire harnesses shall have a permanent label attached for easy identification of the harness part number and fabrication date. ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 82 of 107 • All standard wiring entering or exiting the cab shall be routed through sealed bulkhead connectors to protect against water intrusion into the / cab. BATTERY CABLE INSTALLATION All 12-volt battery cables and battery cable harnessing installed by the apparatus manufacturer shall conform to the following requirements: • SAE J1127 -Battery Cable • SAE J561 - Electrical terminals, eyelets and spade type • SAE J562 - Nonmetallic loom • SAE J836A - Automotive metallurgical joining • SAE J1292 - Automotive truck, truck-tractor, trailer and motor coach wiring • NFPA 1901 - Standard for automotive fire apparatus Battery cables and battery cable harnessing shall be installed utilizing the following guidelines: • All battery cables and battery harnesses shall have a permanent label attached for easy identification of the harness part number and fabrication date. • Splices shall not be allowed on battery cables or battery cable harnesses. • For ease of identification and simplified use, battery cables shall be color coded. All positive battery cables shall be red in color or wrapped in red loom the entire length of the cable. All negative battery cables shall be black in color. • For ease of identification, all positive battery cable isolated studs throughout the cab and chassis shall be red in color. • For increased reliability and reduced maintenance, all electrical buss bars located on the exterior of the apparatus shall be coated to prevent corrosion. POWER CONVERTER There shall be two (2) Progressive Dynamics Model 2180 AC to DC power converters installed that shall convert 2600 watts of 120 volt AC power to 160 amps of 12 volt DC power for the Idle Reduction Technology system (IRT). The IRT system shall reduce idle time through the use of the power converters in conjunction with automatic diesel engine controls that shall shut down the chassis diesel engine during operations not requiring PTO activity. • This system shall be automated and shall not require intervention from the vehicle operator. • There shall be a time delay engine shut down feature that shall automatically shut down the chassis diesel engine and engage the diesel driven generator. ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 83 of 107 • This system shall reduce the amount of idle time for the chassis diesel / engine substantially reducing the fuel consumption. • The converter shall supply DC power to the DOT truck lighting; NFPA required emergency lights, step lights and compartment lights. The chassis diesel engine shutdown and diesel generator start up shall be activated under the following conditions: • The battery switch is on. • The emergency master switch is on. • The chassis transmission is in neutral. • The PTO is not active. • The parking brake is applied. There shall be two (2) switches to disengage the function of this system.. • One (1) switch shall be located in the cab on the switch panel. • One (1) switch shall be located in the body near the AC circuit breaker panel. POWER CONVERTER LOCATION The power converters shall be installed in the driver's side front compartment, high on the back wall with proper ventilation. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM GENERAL DESIGN for ALTERNATING CURRENT The following guidelines shall apply to the 120/240 VAC system installation: General Any fixed line voltage power source producing alternating current (ac) line voltage shall produce electric power at 60 cycles plus or minus 5 cycles. xcept where superseded by the requirements of NFPA 1901, all components, equipment and installation procedures shall conform to NFPA 70, National lectrical Code (herein referred to as the NEC). Line voltage electrical system equipment and materials included on the apparatus shall be listed and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's nstructions. All products shall be used only in the manner for which they have been listed. Groundin Grounding shall be in accordance with Section 250-6 "Portable and Vehicle ounted Generators" of the NEC. Ungrounded systems shall not be used. Only stranded or braided copper conductors shall be used for grounding and bonding. equipment grounding means shall be provided in accordance with Section 50-91 (Grounding Conductor Material) of the NEC. The grounded current carrying conductor (neutral) shall be insulated from the ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 84 of 107 equipment grounding conductors and from the equipment enclosures and other grounded parts. The neutral conductor shall be colored white or gray in accordance with Section 200-6 (Means of Identifying Grounding Conductors) of he NEC. In addition to the bonding required for the low voltage return current, each body and driving or crew compartment enclosure shall be bonded to the vehicle frame by a copper conductor. This conductor shall have a minimum amperage rating ofl 15 percent of the nameplate current rating of the power source specification label as defined in Section 310-15 (amp capacities) of the NEC. A single conductor properly sized to meet the low voltage and line voltage requirements shall be permitted to be used. 11 power source system mechanical and electrical components shall be sized to support the continuous duty nameplate rating of the power source. Operation Instructions that provide the operator with the essential power source operating instructions, including the power-up and power-down sequence, shall be permanently attached to the apparatus at any point where such operations can take place. Provisions shall be made for quickly and easily placing the power source into operation. The control shall be marked to indicate when it is correctly positioned for power source operation. Any control device used in the drive rain shall be equipped with a means to prevent the unintentional movement of . the control device from its set position. power source specification label shall be permanently attached to the apparatus near the operator's control station. The label shall provide the operator with the information detailed in Figure 19-4.10. Direct drive (PTO) and portable generator installations shall comply with Article 45 (Generators) of the NEC. Over current protection The conductors used in the power supply assembly between the output terminals of the power source and the main over current protection device shall not exceed 144 inches. (3658 mm) in length. For fixed power supplies, all conductors in the power supply assembly shall be type THHW, THW, or use stranded conductors enclosed in nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated for a minimum of 194 degree Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius). For portable power supplies, conductors located between the power source and he line side of the main over current protection device shall be type SO or type SEO with suffix WA flexible cord rated for 600-volts at 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius). Wiring Methods ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 85 of 107 Fixed wiring systems shall be limited to the following: • Metallic or nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated at not less than 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius) or • Type SO or Type SEO cord with a WA suffix, rated at 600 volts at not less than 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius) Electrical cord or conduit shall not be attached to chassis suspension components, water or fuel lines, air or air brake lines, fire pump piping, hydraulic lines, exhaust system components, or low voltage wiring. In addition he wiring shall be run as follows. • Separated by a minimum of 12 inches (305 mm), or properly shielded, from exhaust piping • Separated from fuel lines by a minimum of six (6) inches (152 mm) distance. Electrical cord or conduit shall be supported within six (6) inches (152 mm) of any junction box and at a minimum of every 24 inches (610 mm) of continuous n. Supports shall be made of nonmetallic materials or corrosion protected metal. All supports shall be of a design that does not cut or abrade the conduit or cable and shall be mechanically fastened to the vehicle. Wiring Identification i 11 line voltage conductors located in the main panel board shall be individually and permanently identified. The identification shall reference the wiring chematic or indicate the final termination point. When pre wiring for future power sources or devices, the un terminated ends shall be labeled showing functions and wire size. Wet Locations All wet location receptacle outlets and inlet devices, including those on hardwired remote power distribution boxes, shall be of the grounding type provided with a wet location cover and installed in accordance with Section 210- 7 "Receptacles and Cord Connections" of the NEC. 11 receptacles located in a wet location shall be not less than 24 inches (610 mm) from the ground. Receptacles on off-road vehicles shall be a minimum of 0 inches (762 mm) from the ground. The face of any wet location receptacle shall be installed in a plane from vertical o not more than 45 degrees off vertical. No receptacle shall be installed in a ace up position. Dry Locations 11 receptacles located in a dry location shall be of the grounding type.. Receptacles shall be not less than 30. inches (762 mm) above the interior floor height. ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 86 of 107 All receptacles shall be marked with the type of line voltage (120-volts or 240- volts) and the current rating in amps. If the receptacles are direct current, or other than single phase, they shall be so marked. istin I receptacles and electrical inlet devices shall be listed to UL 498, Standard for Safety Attachment Plugs and Receptacles, or other appropriate performance standards. Receptacles used for direct current voltages shall be rated for the appropriate service. Electrical System Testing he wiring and associated equipment shall be tested by the apparatus manufacturer or the installer of the line voltage system. The wiring and permanently connected devices and equipment shall be subjected to a dielectric voltage withstand test of 900-volts for one (1) minute. The test hall be conducted between live parts and the neutral conductor, and between live par ts and the vehicle frame with any switches in the circuit(s) closed. This test shall be conducted after all body work has been completed. Electrical polarity verification shall be made of all permanently wired equipment and receptacles to determine that connections have been properly made. Operational Test per Current NFPA 1901 Standard he apparatus manufacturer shall perform the following operation test and ensure that the power source and any devices that are attached to the line voltage electrical system is properly connected and in working order. The test shall be witnessed and the results certified by Underwriters Laboratories. he prime mover shall be started from a cold start condition and the line voltage electrical system loaded to 100 percent of the nameplate rating. he power source shall be operated at 100 percent of its nameplate voltage for a minimum of two (2) hours unless the system meets category certification as defined in the current NFPA 1901 standard. Where the line voltage power is derived from the vehicle's low voltage system, he minimum continuous electrical load as defined in the current NFPA 1901 standard shall be applied to the low voltage electrical system during the operational test. GENERATOR Model: Onan 12.0 kW, model HDKCD, diesel powered generator. Mounting: Permanent Frame Size: 41.50" length x 24.50" width x 25" height Weight: 660 pounds Fuel Requirements e fuel supply shall be the chassis fuel tank. ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 87 of 107 Exhaust he muffler shall be mounted outside the generator compartment and shall f discharge away from any operator's position. Type of Cooling System he generator shall be liquid cooled with discharge and intake air from the . bottom of the generator. Cooling Requirements The air outlet requirements shall not be less than 51 square inches. The fresh air inlet shall not be less than 216 square inches. Shutdown: Low oil pressure and high engine temperature. Continuous Duty Rating: 10,734 Watts @ 125 degrees F and 2500 feet. Volts: 120/240 Phase: Single Amperage: 100 amp's @ 120 VAC 50 amp's @ 240 VAC Cycles: 60 HZ Generator Monitors o properly monitor the generator performance and load demands during operation, the generator shall be equipped with a full instrument and control package. This panel shall be mounted adjacent to the load center. The following instruments shall be installed in the panel: • One (1) Voltmeter Two (2) Ammeters • One (1) Frequency Meter • One (1) Hour Meter • One (1) "Power On" Green Indicator Light • Two (2) Fuse Holders: With two (2) amp fuses for gauge protection Operating Criteria Rating at 104 degree F ambient. Intake and discharge cooling air from the bottom. Generator shall be mounted to compartment floor that is unobstructed below the body. The generator shall be located in an area for air intake, discharge, and muffler rom the bottom. Service side shall be the front, at the compartment door opening. ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 88 of 107 GENERATOR LOCATION The generator shall be permanently mounted in the forward area of the cargo area. Proper ventilation panels shall be.provided as necessary. I GENERATOR COVER OVER PUMP The generator shall be covered with an aluminum tread plate cover that will provide adequate ventilation. There shall be access doors provided for ease of maintenance. ELECTRIC START PROVISION Electric start provisions shall be furnished for the generator from the chassis battery system. GENERATOR REMOTE START Generator preheats along with a start and stop switch shall be. provided in the cab switch panel and on the pump panel in addition to the controls on the generator. A light shall be provided to indicate that the generator is running. ELECTRIC FUEL PUMP fuel pick-up tube shall be provided in the chassis fuel tank along with an electric fuel pump for the generator fuel system. A fuel line shall be provided from the fuel tank to the generator with a manual shutoff valve located at the generator. GENERATOR OIL DRAIN The generator oil drain shall extend through the floor exiting below the truck. GENERATOR EXHAUST The generator exhaust shall terminate above the pump area and capped with an exhaust flapper. CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL / circuit breaker panel shall be installed in the forward wall of the driver's side ✓ front brass compartment. A directory for each breaker shall be provided adjacent to the circuit breaker panel. Identification of circuits shall be done in a durable manner that provides years of service. ELECTRICAL COMPONENT INSTALLATION All lighting used on the apparatus shall be, at a minimum, a two (2) wire light grounded through a wired connection to the battery system. Lights using an apparatus metal structure for grounding shall not be allowed. An operational test shall be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order. The results of the tests shall be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. STEP LIGHTS There shall be two (2) white LED step lights shall be provided at the rear to illuminate the tailboard/step area. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light shall provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square laced ten 10) ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 89 of 107 inches below the light-and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light. . These step lights shall be actuated with the perimeter scene lights. All other steps on the apparatus shall be illuminated per the current edition of NFPA 1901. REAR FMVSS LIGHTING Three (3) pairs of wrap around LED lights shall be provided. Each group shall include a stop-tail light, a directional light and a backup light. The lights shall be mounted on the face of the rear body compartments. Four (4) red reflectors shall be provided. A Weldon, Model 23882-2600-00 license plate bracket shall be mounted on the driver's side above the warning lights. A Weldon, Model 9186-23882-30, step lamp shall illuminate the license plate. The three (3) identification lights located at the rear shall be installed per the / following: 1 • Truck-Lite, Model M250, LED • As close as practical to the vertical centerline. • Centers spaced not less than six (6) inches or more than twelve (12) inches apart. i • Red in color. • All at the same height. The four (4) clearance lights located at the rear shall be installed per the following: • Truck-Lite, Model 26250, LED • To indicate the overall width of the vehicle. • One (1) each side of the vertical centerline. • All at the same height. • As near the top as practical. • To be visible from the rear and the side. ■ One (1) each side, facing the side. ■ One (1) each side, facing the rear. Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements. LIGHT, INTERMEDIATE There shall be one (1) pair, of Truck-Lite, Model: 60115Y, amber, LED, turn signal, marker lights furnished, one (1) each side, horizontally in the rear fender ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 90 of 107 panel. A stainless steel trim shall be included with this installation. "DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR r A flashing red indicator light, located in the driving compartment, shall be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light shall be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On." The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator shall activate a pulsing alarm when the parking brake is released. DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES Messages shall be displayed on the gauge panel LCD located forward of the steering wheel directly in front of the driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages shall designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged). The following messages shall be displayed (where applicable): • Do Not Move Truck • DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open) • PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open) • DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open) I • PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) • DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open) • PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open) • Rear Body Door Open • Deck Gun Not Stowed • Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed) • Hatch Door Open • Handrail Not Stowed Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved shall be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged. COMPARTMENT LIGHTING / There shall be seven (7) compartments with ROM, Model V2 LED ✓ compartment light strips. There shall be two (2) strip lights installed vertically in each compartment, one (1) each side of the compartmeni door opening. The lights shall be provided in compartments all body compartments. The remaining compartments shall include 6.00" diameter Truck-Lite, Model: / 79384, lights in each enclosed compartment. Each light shall have a number ✓ 1076 one filament, two wire bulb. ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 91 of 107 Opening the compartment door, shall automatically turn the compartment lighting on. PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHT A pump compartment light shall be provided inside the plumbing area. A .125" weep hole shall be provided in each light lens, preventing moisture retention. CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS There shall be four (4) Truck-Lite, Model 44308C, and 4.00" white LED lights with Model 40700 grommets provided, one (1) for each cab and crew cab door. These lights shall be activated automatically when the battery switch is on and the exit doors are opened or by the same means as the body perimeter scene lights. PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS, BODY There shall be four (4) Truck-Lite, Model 44308C, 4.00" white LED lights with Model 40700 grommets provided on the apparatus. The lights shall be mounted in the following locations: • One (1) light shall be provided under the left rear step area shining to the . rear. • One (1) light shall be provided under the right rear step area shining to . the rear. • One (1) light shall be provided under the left pump panel running board. One (1) light shall be provided under the right pump panel running board. The lights shall be activated by a parking brake. 12 VOLT LIGHTING There shall be one (1) Fire Research Spectra, 12 volt LED floodlight(s) provided on the front visor, centered. The light(s) shall be controlled in the following way: • a switch at the passenger's side switch panel • a switch at the pump operator's panel • no additional switch location These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 12 VOLT LIGHTING There shall be two (2) Fire Research Spectra 900 12 volt LED recessed scene light(s) provided on the side of the body, rear of truck, as high as possible. The light(s) shall be controlled in the following way: • a switch at the passenger's side switch panel • a switch at the pump operator's panel ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 92 of 107 The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. AIR HORN SYSTEM Two (2) Grover air horns shall be provided and located, in the front bumper, recessed in front bumper, outside of the frame rails. The horn system shall be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve shall be installed in-line to prevent loss of air in the air brake system. AIR HORN CONTROL The air homs shall be actuated by the hom button in the steering wheel. The driver shall have the option to control the air horns or the chassis horns from the horn button by means of a selector switch located on the instrument panel. MECHANICAL SIREN, (Auxiliary) A Federal Q211 siren shall be furnished. A siren brake button shall be installed on the switch panel. The control solenoid shall be powered up after the emergency master switch is activated. The mechanical siren shall be mounted on the bumper deck plate. It shall be mounted on the left side. The siren mounting shall include a reinforcement plate. The mechanical siren shall be actuated by two (2) foot switches, one (1) located on the officer's side and one (1) on the driver's side. ELECTRONIC SIREN A Whelan, Model: 295SLSAI, electronic siren with noise canceling microphone shall be provided. This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on. SIDE WARNING LIGHTS There shall be two (2) Whelan, Model M6*C LED flashing warning light(s) with bezel(s) provided one each side behind crew cab doors, mid height both sides. The color of the lights shall be red. All of these lights shall include a clear lens. These lights shall be activated with the Side Zone Lower warning lights. Electronic siren head shall be located in the center console. Siren shall be actuated by two (2) foot switches, one (1) located on the officer's side and one (1) on the driver's side. SPEAKER There shall be two (2) speakers provided. Each speaker shall be a Whelan model SA315P black nylon composite, 100-watt, with through bumper mounting brackets. Each speaker shall be connected to the siren amplifier. ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 93 of 107 There shall be one speaker recessed in the passenger side and one speaker recessed in the driver side of the front bumper. CAB ROOF LIGHTBAR There shall be one (1) 82.00" Whelan Freedom, Model FN**QLED light bar mounted on the cab roof. The light bar shall include the following: • Six (6) red flashing forward facing LED modules. Two (2) clear flashing forward facing LED modules. • Two (2) blue flashing front corner LED modules. • One (1) red flashing driver end LED module. • One (1) red flashing pass end LED module. • OPTICOM lighting which automatically disables when vehicle is in neutral. All the lenses shall be clear. There shall be one (1) switch, located in the cab on the switch panel, to control this light bar. The white warning lights shall be disabled when the parking brake is set. HEADLIGHT FLASHER The high beam headlights shall flash alternately between the left and right side, with a control switch located on the cab instrument panel. The flashing shall automatically cancel when the hi-beam headlight switch is activated or when the parking brake is set. SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING There shall be four (4) Whelan LED flashing warning lights with bezels located in the following positions: • Two.(2) Model M9*C lights, one (1) each side on the bumper extension. The side front lights to be red. Two,(2) Model M6*C lights, rear body fender panel. The side rear lights to be red. All four (4) lights shall include a clear lens. All four (4) lights shall be controlled by a lighted switch on the cab switch panel. SIDE WARNING LIGHTS There shall be two (2) Whelan, Model M9*C LED flashing warning light(s) with bezel(s) provided front of body, high as possible. The color of the lights shall be red. All of these lights shall include a clear lens. ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 94 of 107 These lights shall be activated with the Side Zone Lower warning lights. REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING Two (2) Whelan, Model M9*C LED flashing warning lights with bezels shall be located at the rear of the apparatus. The driver's side rear light to be red. The passenger's side rear light to be red. Both lights shall include a lens that is clear. Both lights shall be controlled by a lighted switch on the switch panel. WARNING LIGHTS (Rear and Side upper zones) Four (4) Whelan, model M9*C LED flashing warning lights shall be provided at the rear of the apparatus. The side rear upper light on the driver's side to be red. The rear upper light on the driver's side to be red. The rear upper light on the passenger's side to be blue The side rear upper light on the passenger's side to be red. These lights shall include a lens that is clear. One (1) switch located in the cab on the switch panel shall-control these lights. The rear warning lights shall be mounted on stainless steel brackets with all wiring totally enclosed. These brackets shall also support the clearance/marker lights. MOBILE RADIO MOTOROLA o Substitution Quantity = Two (2) sets of the following: APX 7500 Dual band High Power Palm Microphone Remote mount cables Siren/PA switch box Astro Digital CAI OP APX VHF HP Primary Band 7/800 NHZ Secondary Band . ENH: Conventional Operation Aux. SPKR 7.5 Watt '/4 Wave Broadband ANT 146-174 ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 95 of 107 RF Preamp Advanced System Key- Software Key APX 05 Control Head Control Head Software here shall be one 1 moisture roof radiospeaker provided with on/off switch mounted at the um panel. Speaker switch will be located at the um panel as well. There will be Five 5 110v SUC Smart Chargers provided and installed. INTERCOM SYSTEM David Clark intercom system model U3800 or better will be provided. Intercom stations will be located at the driver, officer and 4 crew cab positions. The driver and officer positions will be interfaced with the radio and have a "push to talk" (PTT) button located on each headset. All other positions will have intercom only capability (VAC). System will utilize headset model H3432 or better. There will be six (6) headset hangers installed for the intercom system. e hangers will be installed two at the front and four at the rear here shall be a full installation of intercom components included. LEASE NOTE: ALL MOBILE RADIOS & COMPONENTS, INTERCOM SYSTEM AND PORTABLE RADIO CHARGER MOUNTING LOCATIONS WILL BE DISCUSSED AT THE PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING. LOOSE EQUIPMENT TO BE INCLUDED IN BID • One (1) bag of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers; as used in the construction of the unit. • Fittings & Valves o Three (3) 2 %2" Double female fittings w/ rocker lugs o Three (3) 2'/z" Double male fittings w/ rocker lugs o Two (2) 2 %2" to 1 '/2" reducers o One (1) 2 %2"'/4 turn ball valve, hydrant gate o Two (2) 2 '/2" to 1 %2" gated wyes o Two (2) 2 '/2" to 2 V2" gated wyes • Nozzles o Five (5) Task Force Tips HMD-TO nozzles o Five (5) Task Force Tips H-VITG shutoff • Suction Hose ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 96 of 107 o Three (3) Kochek suction hoses 4" w/ Storz fittings ■ Two (2) 10' long ■ One (1) 8' long with a detachable barrel strainer • Small Tools o One (1) Standard Allen Wrench Set o One (1) Screwdriver w/ changeable multiple bits o Vise grip pliers (locking) o One (1) 2 lb Rubber Mallet o Two (2) flat nail bars o One (1) Stiff bristle push broom 36" w/ detachable handle " o One (1) squeegee, at least 36" wide, w/ detachable handle o One (1) needle-nose pliers o One (1) diagonal cutting pliers o One (1) Fire shovel o One (1) Flat shovel o Two (2) bolt cutters ■ One (1) 36" One (1) 18" o. One (1) 8 lb sledge hammer o One (1) 18" pry bar o Two (2) Through the lock forcible entry kits ■ One (1) "A" tool w/ key tool ■ One (1) K-tool w/ key tools and carrying case o One (1) "marriage" ■ One (1) TNT forcible entry tool TN635 fiberglass handle ■ One (1) Halligan bar (Titanium preferred) ■ One (1) strap with carrying handle designed to hold both TNT tool and halligan bar together as a unit o Two (2) pick-head axes 6 lb w/ 32" fiberglass handle o Two (2) booster line pin spanners o Two (2) salvage covers 12' x 18' (fire, water, and mildew resistant) o One (1) Hall Runner salvage cover 30" x 25' (fire, water, and / mildew resistant) ✓ ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 97 of 107 SPANNER HOLDER ASSEMBLY / There shall be two (2) spanner and holder assembly, Akron 443, with two (2) style 410 and one style 415 spanner provided. The holder assembly shall be mounted on the angled area just above the pump panel's one on each side. A third spanner set with mount to be supplied loose. DT EQUIPMENT, SHIP LOSE Qnty 1 -PANASONIC TOUGHBOOK CF-31SALAXIM Qnty 1 - PANASONIC CF-WEB301M Port Replicator Qnty 1 - PANASONIC PA 1580-3564 do Power Supply Qnty 1 - Sierra Wireless AirLink GX440 LTE Qnty 1 - Optional WiFi Expansion Card Qnty 1 - Quad Band (Cell/GPS/WiF/700) Antenna Qnty 1 - Tri Band 700-800-1900 MHz Antenna with Coax Kit and NMO Mount Qnty 1 - Jotto Desk Large Truck 425-5131 with P2 Plate Qnty 2 - Jotto Desk 425-5238 Support Rod / PAINT ✓ The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure shall consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows: • Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body shall be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Surfaces that shall not be painted include all chrome plated; polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum tread plate. Each imperfection on the exterior metal surface shall be removed or filled and then sanded smooth for a smooth appearance. All seams shall be sealed before painting. • Chemical Cleaning and Treatment - The metal surfaces shall be properly cleaned using a high pressure and high temperature cleaning system. Surfaces are chemically cleaned to remove all dirt, oil, grease and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. An ultra pure water final rinse shall be applied to all metal surfaces at the conclusion of the metal treatment process. • Primer/Surface Coats - A two (2) component urethane primer/surface shall be hand applied to the chemically treated metal surfaces to provide a strong corrosion protective base coat and to smooth out the surface. • Hand Sanding - The primer/surface coat shall be lightly sanded to an ultra smooth finish. • Sealer Primer Coat - A two (2) component sealer primer coat shall be applied over the sanded primer. • Topcoat Paint - Urethane base coat shall be applied to opacity for correct color matching. • Clear coat - Two (2) coats of an automotive grade two (2) component urethane shall be applied. La style doors shall be clear coated to match ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 98 of 107 the body. Roll-up doors shall not be clear coated and the standard roll-up door warranty shall apply. All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, trim, etc. shall be removed and painted separately to insure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly shall be finish painted before assembly. The cab shall be two-tone, with the upper section painted white along with a shield design on the cab face and lower section of the cab and body painted red. Paint colors will be determined at pre build meeting. PAINT - ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT Contractor shall meet or exceed all current State (his) regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control shall include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls shall include the following conditions: • Topcoats and primers shall be chrome and lead free. • Metal treatment chemicals shall be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process shall be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals. • Particulate emission collection from sanding operations shall have a 99.99% efficiency factor. • Particulate emissions from painting operations shall be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter means is used, it shall have an efficiency rating of 98.00%. Water wash systems shall be 99.97% efficient. • Water from water wash booths shall be reused. Solids shall be removed mechanically on a continual basis to keep the water clean. • Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner. They are used as fuel in kilns used in the cement manufacturing process - thereby extracting energy from a waste material. • Empty metal paint containers shall be cleaned, crushed and recycled to recover the metal. • Solvents used in cleanup operations shall be collected, recycled on-site, or sent off-site for distillation and returned for reuse. Residue from the . distillation operation shall be used as fuel in off-site cement kilns. Additionally, the finished apparatus shall not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor shall, upon demand, present evidence that his manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his State EPA rules and regulations. PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY The chassis frame assembly shall be painted job color before the installation of the cab and body and before installation of the engine, drive shafts and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc. ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 99 of 107 Components that shall be included with the chassis frame assembly that shall be painted job color shall be frame rails, cross members, drivelines, axles, suspension, steering gear, fuel tank, body substructure supports, miscellaneous mounting brackets, etc. PAINT, COMPARTMENT INTERIOR Interior of compartment shall be painted with a gray spatter type paint. If available, interior of compartment may be coated with a "tough liner" coating for scratch resistance. To be determined at pre-build meeting. REFLECTIVE STRIPE One (1) reflective stripe shall be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body. The reflective band shall consist of a 8.00" white stripe. STRIPE, REFLECTIVE ON CAB FACE The reflective band provided on the cab face shall be located below the stainless steel trim band and the front bumper. CHEVRON STRIPING, REAR There shall be alternating chevron striping located on the rear-facing vertical surface of the apparatus. The rear surface, excluding the rear roll up door, shall be covered. The colors shall be red and fluorescent yellow green diamond grade. Each stripe shall be 6.00" in width. i' This shall meet the requirements of NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, which states that 50% of the rear surface shall be covered with chevron striping. OUTLINE, REFLECTIVE STRIPE A Black outline shall be applied on the top and the bottom of the reflective band. CHEVRON, INVERTED "V" STRIPING ON CAB AND CREW CAB DOORS There shall be alternating chevron striping located on the inside of each cab and crew cab door. The striping shall consist of the following colors: The first color shall be lemon yellow The second color shall be ruby red The size of the striping shall be 6.00". BODY STRIPE There shall be a genuine gold leaf stripe provided on each side of the body, over the fender. CAB STRIPE There shall be a genuine gold leaf stripe on each side of the cab, low and over ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 100 of 107 the fender. / LETTERING ✓ The lettering shall be totally encapsulated between two (2) layers of clear vinyl. LETTERING Forty-one (41) to sixty (60) genuine gold leaf lettering, 3.00" high, outlining and shading shall be provided. Will decide design at pre build meeting. Twelve (12) 6.00" high numbers with the vehicle ID provided along the reflective strip on the front and sides Four (4) 8.00" high numbers with the vehicle ID provided along the rear Two (2) Department seals (artwork to be provided) placed on the driver and passenger doors. Two (2) American flag decals to be provided on each side of vehicle. Type, size, and location to be determined at pre-construction conference. CAB GRILLE DESIGN An American flag design shall be painted on the cab grille. UNDERCOATING. CAB & BODY The apparatus shall be properly treated by an authorized Ziebart dealer. The underside of the apparatus shall be undercoated with an asphalt petroleum based material, dark in color. The undercoating material utilized on the apparatus shall be formulated to resist corrosion and deaden unwanted sound or road noise. Coating texture shall appear firm, flexible, and resistant to abrasion. Minimum dry film thickness shall be in the range of 8.00 to 12.00 mils. The material shall be applied to the following areas: • -Body and cab wheel well fender liners, on the back side only. • -Underside of body and cab sheet metal and structural components. • -Underside and vertical sides of all sheet metal compartment, including support angles. • -Structural support members under running boards, rear platforms, battery boxes, walkways, etc. • -Inside surfaces of the pump heat enclosure. (when installed) • -Suspension mounts. • -Transmission cooler fittings. • -Engine mounts. _ • -Bottom and outside of frame rails behind the forward edge of the water ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 101 of 107 PAP • Exclusions shall be: • -Engine • -Transmission • -Drive lines • -PTO's • -Schroeder valves and tank drains • -Intake valves • -Air Horns, sirens and back-up alarms • -Frame rails forward of the forward edge of the water pump. ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP Each new piece of apparatus shall be provided with a minimum one (1) year basic apparatus material and workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover such portions of the apparatus built by the manufacturer as being free from defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. A cony of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package. (No exception). FIFTY 50 YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The chassis frame and cross members shall be provided with a fifty (50) year material and workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover the chassis frame and cross members as being free from defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package (No .Exception). FRONT AXLE THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY Independent front suspension shall be provided with a three (3) year material and workmanship limited warranty. The manufacturer's warranty shall provide that the independent front suspension and steering gears be free from any defect related to material and workmanship on the portion of the apparatus built by the manufacturer that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package (No Exception). REAR AXLE TWO (2) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A MeritorTM Axle 2 year limited warranty shall be provided. A copy of the warranty certifcate shall be submitted with the bid package (No Exception). TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The new cab shall be provided with a ten (10) year material and workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover such portions of the cab built b the ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 102 of 107 manufacturer as being free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package (No Exception). TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION Each new piece of apparatus shall be provided with a ten (10) year pro-rated paint and corrosion limited warranty on the apparatus cab. The warranty shall cover painted exterior surfaces of the body to be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion, or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package (No Exception). FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The electronic modules and display(s) shall be provided with a five (5) year material and workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover electronic modules to be free from failures caused by defects in material and workmanship. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package (No Exception). RANSMISSION WARRANTY The transmission shall have a five (5). year/unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty is to be provided by Allison Transmission and not the apparatus builder. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package (No exception). TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY The Champ transmission cooler shall carry a five (5) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty shall also be in effect for the first three (3) years of the Champ warranty coverage and shall not exceed $10,000 per occurrence. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package (No exception). LIFETIME MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The UPF poly water tank shall be provided with a lifetime material and workmanship limited warranty. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package (No Exception). TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY Each new piece of apparatus shall be provided with a ten (10) year material and workmanship limited warranty on the apparatus body. The warranty shall cover such portions of the apparatus built by the manufacturer as being free from defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package (No Exception). SIX (6) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The pump and its components shall be provided with a six (6) year material and workmanship limited warranty. The manufacturer's warranty shall provide that ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 103 of 107 the pump and its components shall be free from failures caused by defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. A .copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package (No Exception). PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY The stainless steel plumbing components and ancillary brass fittings used in the construction of the water/foam plumbing system shall be warranted for a period of ten (10) years or 100,000 miles. This covers structural failures caused by defective design or workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion, provided the apparatus is used in a normal and reasonable manner. This warranty is extended only to the original purchaser for a period of ten years from the date o delivery. A copy of the warranty shall be submitted with the bid. (No exception) D' TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION Each new piece of apparatus shall be provided with a ten (10) year pro-rated paint and corrosion limited warranty on the apparatus body. The warranty shall cover painted exterior surfaces of the body to be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion, or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package (No Exception). THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The gold leaf lamination shall be provided with a three (3) year material and workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover the gold leaf lamination as being free from defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package (No Exception). ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer shall make available a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The written certification shall be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery. CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION The certification must state that the cab must meet or exceed the requirements below: • European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29 • SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks • SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks • Roof Crush The cab shall be subjected to a roof crush force of 120,000 lbs. This value shall be 450% of the ECE 29 criteria, which must beequivalent to the front axle ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 104 of 107 rating up to a maximum of 10 metric tons. • Side Impact The cab shall be subjected to dynamic preload with a 13,275 lb moving barrier is slammed into the side of the cab at 5.5 mph, striking with an impact of 13,000 ft-lbs of energy. This test shall closely represent the forces a cab shall see in a rollover incident. • Frontal Impact The cab shall withstand a frontal force produced from 65,200 ft-lbs of energy using a swing-bob type platen. The same cab shall withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area. The written certification shall be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery. CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors shall survive a 200,000 cycle door slam test where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The bidder shall certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. The written certification shall be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery. WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers shall survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE J198 Windshield Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The successful bidder shall certify prior to delivery that the wiper system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. The written certification shall be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Cab window roll-up systems can cause maintenance problems if not'designed for long service life. The window regulator design shall complete 30,000 complete up-down cycles and still function normally when finished. The bidder shall certify that sample doors and windows similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or significant component wear. The written certification shall be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design shall withstand 3000 lb of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages. The successful bidder shall certify prior to delivery that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. The written certification shall ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 105 of 107 be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery / SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH ✓ Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design shall be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The successful bidder shall certify prior to delivery that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. The written certification shall be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery CAB DEFROSTER CERTIFICATION Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system shall clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test. Procedure and Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder shall certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J381 criteria. The written certification shall be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery CAB HEATER CERTIFICATION Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. The cab heaters shall warm the cab 75 F from a cold-soak, within 30 minutes when tested using he coolant supply methods found in SAE J381. The bidder shall certify that a substantially similar heater has been tested and has met these criteria. The written certification shall be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT - To be priced separately on price sheets attached as Exhibit B and Exhibit C. Exhibit B - Motorola Portable Radios o Substitution TS 5000 136-174 MHZ 1-6W 1000 Chan LMTD -4 Each LT. Battery IMPRES NIMH FM Rugged 1700MAH - 4 Each DT Software DSP Based only - 4 Each Software Astro Digital CAI Operation - 4 Each NH: Enhanced PTT ID Display - 4 Each LT: Antenna HELICAL VHF 150.8-162 MHZ - 4 Each LT: Submersible- 6ft 2hrs (Rugged) - 4 Each D: Conventional Systems operation Software - 4 Each 1 emote speaker jack Mic, RX-Jack - 4 Each ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 106 of 107 Exhibit C - Holmatro Rescue and Extrication Tool Complement (No Substitution) olmatro SR 20 two tool pump, 50lbs w/Honda 3HP motor, CORFO Technology -1 Each olmatro CORE Hose, 32' Blue - 1 Each olmatro CORE Hose, 32' Orange - 1 Each E olmatro 4240 Spreader, 41.5lbs w/27" opening & 33,625lbs max spreading force -1 Each olmatro 4050NCT Cutter, 40lbs w/7.125" opening & 208,000lbs max cutting orce - 1 Each olmatro XR4360 Extendo Ram, 29.51bs (24.5" closed to 50" open) - I Each olmatro 4340 Telescopic Ram, 24lbs (12" closed to 23" open) -1 Each olmatro HRS22 NCT Ram Support - I Each Step Chock, Composite - 4 Each ITB - Fire Pumper Specifications, Page 107 of 107 EXHIBIT B MOTOROLA PORTABLE RADIOS Bidder instructions: Bidder shall provide unit prices, extended prices, shipping charges and the total cost for the specified equipment complete in the following table. MOTOROLA PORTABLE RADIOS (To be priced separately as specified on page 106 of the specifications.) Please note: Substitutions and/or exceptions for the Motorola portable radios will not be considered. Interoperability, training and safety concerns dictate the necessity for this equipment to be consistent within the Ashland Fire Department. In accordance with ORS 279B.215, it has been determined that the efficient utilization of existing equipment requires the acquisition of compatible Motorola equipment thereby making these items brand specific. Bids will only be considered for Motorola portable radios as specified. ITEM DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT EXTENDED PRICE PRICE I XTS 5000 136-174 MHZ 1-6W 1000 Chan LMTD 4 1,929.53 7,718.12 2 ALT. Batte 1MPRES NEVIH FM Rugged 1700MAH 4 r7' 36.90 147.60 3 ADT Software DSP Based only 4 7.85 31.40 4 Software Astro Digital CAI Operation 4 404.28 1,617.12 5 ENH: Enhanced PTT ID Display 4 58.88 235.52 6 ALT: Antenna HELICAL VHF 150.8-162 MHZ 4 0 0 7 ALT: Submersible- 6ft 2hrs 4 (Rugged) 196.25 785.00 S ADD: Conventional Systems operation Software 4 628.00 2,512.00 9 Remotes eaker'ack Mic, RX-Jack 4 P J 117.75 471.00 Subtotal 13,517.76 Shipping Charges (FOB Ashland) 0 TOTAL 13,517.76 `Option: Vehicular Charger - unit price $306.15 - extended price $1,224.60 - Revised total - $14,742.36 *"The items above cannot be ordered separately. All items are required for the radio to function properly. ITB - TYPE 1, FIRE PUMPER, EXHIBIT B, PAGE 1 of 1 EXHIBIT C HOLMATRO RESCUE & EXTRICATION TOOL COMPLEMENT Bidder instructions: Bidder shall provide unit prices, extended prices, shipping charges and the total cost for the specified equipment complete in the following table. HOLMATRO RESCUE & EXTRICATION TOOL COMPLEMENT (To be priced separately as specified on page 107 of the specifications.) Please note: Substitutions and/or exceptions for the Holmatro equipment will not be considered. Interoperability, training and safety concerns dictate the necessity for this equipment to be consistent within the Ashland Fire Department. In accordance with ORS 27913.215, it has been determined that the efficient utilization of existing equipment requires the acquisition of compatible Holmatro equipment thereby making these items brands specific. Bids will onl be considered for Holmatro a ui ment asspecified. ITEM DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT PRICE EXTENDED PRICE I Holmatro SR 20 two tool pump, 50lbs w/Honda 3HP 1 7,895.00 7,895.00 motor, CORE@ Technology 2 Hohnatro CORE Hose, 32' Blue 1 868.00 868.00 3 Holmatro CORE Hose, 32' Orange 1 868.00 868.00 4 Holmatro 4240 Spreader, 41.51bs w/27" opening & 1 6,836.00 6,836.00 33,625lbs max spreading force 5 Holmatro 405ONCT Cutter, 40lbs w/7.125" opening & 1 5,726.00 5,726.00 208,000lbs max cutting force 6 Holmatro XR4360 Extendo Ram, 29.5lbs (24.5" closed to 1 4,965.00 4,965.00 50" open) 7 Holmatro 4340 Telescopic Rain, 24lbs (12" closed to 23" 1 3,738.00 3,738.00 open) ,738.00 8 Holmatro HRS22 NCT Ram Support 1 545.00 545.00 9 Step Chock, Composite 4 122.00 122.00 Subtotal 31,563.00 Shipping Charges (FOB Ashland) 400.00 TOTAL 31,963.00 ITB - TYPE 1, FIRE PUMPER, EXHIBIT C, PAGE 1 OF 1 City of Ashland GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION ......................................s..............................................................9 QUALITYAND WORKMANSHIP .................................................:.......................................................................9 DELIVERY .............................................................................................................................................................10 MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION .......................................................................................................10 SAFETY VIDEO ....................................................................................................................................................10 PERFORMANCE TESTS ....................................................................................................................................10 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE ......................................................................................10 SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER ..............................................................................................................10 NFPA 2009 STANDARDS ...................................................................................................................................10 INSPECTION TRIPS ...........................................................................................................................................11 NFPA COMPLIANCY .........................................................................................................................................11 VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION ..............................................................:..................11 PUMP TEST ..........................................................................................................................................................11 GENERATOR TEST ............................................................................................................................................11 BREATHING AIR TEST ........................................................................................................:..............................11 SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT ..........................................................................................................11 BID BOND ............................................................................................:................................................................12 PERFORMANCE BOND, 1 YEAR .....................................................................................................................12 APPROVAL DRAWING .......................................................................................................................................13 DASH CF CHASSIS .............................................................................................................................................13 MAXIMUM OVERALL WEIGHT .........................................................................................................................13 WHEELBASE .......................................................................................................................................................13 GVW RATING 13 FRAME .................................................................................................................................................................13 FRAME REINFORCEMENT ...............................................................................................................................13 FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE .................................................................................................................................14 FRONT SUSPENSION ........................................................................................................................................14 SHOCK ABSORBERS ........................................................................................................................................15 OIL SEALS ............................................................................................................................................................15 FRONT TIRES ......................................................................................................................................................15 REAR AXLE ..........................................................................................................................................................15 TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE 15 REAR SUSPENSION ..........................................................................................................................................15 OIL SEALS ............................................................................................................................................................15 REAR TIRES .........................................................................................................................................................15 TIRE BALANCE ....................................................................................................................................................15 TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT ...................................................................................................................is LUG NUT COVERS .............................................................................................................................................16 MUD FLAPS ..........................................................................................................................................................16 ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM ...........................................................................................................................16 BRAKES ................................................................................................................................................................16 AIR COMPRESSOR, BRAKE SYSTEM ...........................................................................................................16 BRAKE SYSTEM 16 ALL WHEEL LOCK-UP ......................................................................................................................................17 BRAKE LINES ......................................................................................................................................................17 AIR INLET WITH AUTOMATIC EJECT ..........................................................................:..................................17 ENGINE .................................................................................................................................................................17 REPTO DRIVE ......................................................................................................................................................18 LOCATION OF FILTERS ....................................................................................................................................18 HIGH IDLE .............................................................................................................................................................18 ENGINE BRAKE ...................................................................................................................................................18 HYDRAULIC FAN ................................................................................................................................................19 ENGINE AIR INTAKE .........................................................................................................................:................19 One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 1 of 107 City of Ashland ...........19 EXHAUST SYSTEM RADIATOR ............................................................................................................................................................19 COOLANT LINES .................................................................................................................................................20 FUEL TANK ...........................................................................................................................................................20 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK .......................................................................................................................20 AUXILIARY FUEL PUMP ....................................................................................................................................20 FUEL COOLER ....................................................................................................................................................20 TRANSMISSION ..................................................................................................................................................20 TRANSMISSION SHIFTER ................................................................................................................................21 TRANSMISSION PROGRAMMING ..................................................................................................................21 TRANSMISSION COOLER ..........:.....................................................................................................................21 DRI VELINE ...........................................................................................................................................................21 STEERING ............................................................................................................................................................21 STEERING WARRANTY ....................................................................................................................................21 STEERING WHEEL .............................................................................................................................................21 LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON HORN BUTTON ...................................................................22 WHEEL CHOCKS ................................................................................................................................................22 WHEEL CHOCK BRACKETS ................................................................................................................:............22 BUMPER ...............................................................................................................................................................22 GRAVEL PAN .......................................................................................................................................................22 LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS ...................................................................................................................................22 ROPE RESCUE RECEIVERS ............................................................................................................................23 TOW HOOKS ........................................................................................................................................................23 HOSE TRAY .........................................................................................................................................................23 COVER, HOSE TRAY .........................................................................................................................................23 FRONT BUMPER NOTCH/TRAY ......................................................................................................................23 CAB ..............................................................................................................:........................................................23 CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL ..k .............................................................................................................:.......................24 INTERIOR CAB INSULATION ...........................................................................................................................24 FENDER LINERS .................................................................................................................................................24 WINDSHIELD ........................:..............................................................................................................................24 SUNVISORS .........................................................................................................................................................25 WINDSHIELD WIPERS .......................................................................................................................................25 ENGINE TUNNEL ................................................................................................................................................25 CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING 25 CAB LIFT ............:..................................................................................................................................................25 INTERLOCK, CAB LIFT TO PARKING BRAKE ...............................................................................................25 GRILLE ..................................................................................................................................................................26 DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES ...........................................................................................................................26 TRIM BAND (CAB FACE) 26 MIRRORS .............................................................................................................................................................26 DOORS 26 RECESSED POCKET WITH ELASTIC COVER 27 ELECTRIC OPERATED CAB DOOR WINDOWS ...........................................................................................27 ELECTRIC CAB DOOR LOCKS ........................................................................................................................27 KEY FOBS ADDITIONAL ....................................................................................................................................27 CAB STEPS ..........................................................................................................................................................27 CAB AND CREW CAB STEP LIGHTS ................................................................................................................27 FENDER CROWNS .............................................................................................................................................28 CREW CAB WINDOWS ..............................................'......................................................................................28 STORAGE COMPARTMENT .............................................................................................................................28 CAB INTERIOR ...................................................................................................................................................28 CENTER CONSOLE ORGANIZER ...................................................................................................................29 One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 2 of 107 City of Ashland ALLOWANCE PROVIDED FOR CENTER CONSOLE ORGANIZER (SEE'EXCEPTIONS/CLARIFICATIONS FOR MORE DETAIL'). THE DETAILS OF THE DESIGN TO BE DETERMINED AT THE PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 29 MAP BOX ..............................................................................................................................................................29 ALLOWANCE PROVIDED FOR A MAP BOX (SEE'EXCEPTIONS/CLARIFICATIONS FOR MORE DETAIL'). THE DETAILS OF THE DESIGN TO BE DETERMINED AT THE PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 29 CAB HEADLINER UPHOLSTERY .....................................................................................................................29 INTERIOR PAINT (CAB) ......................................................................................................................................29 CAB FLOOR .........................................................................................................................................................29 CAB DEFROSTER ...............................................................................................................................................29 CAB/CREW CAB HEATER .................................................................................................................................29 AIR CONDITIONING ...........................................................................................................................................30 INTERIOR CAB INSULATION ...........................................................................................................................30 GRAB HANDLES .................................................................................................................................................30 ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS ..................................................................................................................31 ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS ....................................................................................................................31 SEATING CAPACITY ..........................................................................................................................................31 DRIVER SEAT ......................................................................................................................................................31 OFFICER SEAT ....................................................................................................................................................32 RADIO COMPARTMENT ....................................................................................................................................32 REAR FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT .........................................................................................32 REAR FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT ...............................................................................33 FORWARD FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT ...............................................................................33 FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT .....................................................................33 SEAT UPHOLSTERY ..........................................................................................................................................34 AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS .....................................................................................................................................34 SHOULDER HARNESS HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT ...........................................................................................34 SEAT BELTS ........................................................................................................................................................34 SEAT BELT MONITORING SYSTEM ..............................................................................................................34 HELMET STORAGE ............................................................................................................................................35 CAB DOME LIGHTS ............................................................................................................................................35 CREW CAB DOME LIGHTS ...............................................................................................................................35 PORTABLE HAND LIGHTS, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT .............................................................35 CAB INSTRUMENTATION .................................................................................................................................35 GAUGES ...............................................................................................................................................................35 INDICATOR LAMPS ............................................................................................................................................37 ALARMS ................................................................................................................................................................38 INDICATOR LAMP AND ALARM PROVE-OUT ..............................................................................................38 CONTROL SWITCHES .......................................................................................................................................38 CUSTOM SWITCH PANELS ..............................................................................................................................39 DIAGNOSTIC PANEL ..........................................................................................................................................39 CAB LCD DISPLAY ..............................................................................................................................................40 AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR .......................................................................................................................40 SWITCH PANELS ................................................................................................................................................40 WIPER CONTROL .............................................................................................................................................:.40 SPARE CIRCUIT ..................................................................................................................................................41 INFORMATION CENTER ...................................................................................................................................41 OPERATION ...........................................:.............................................................................................................41 GENERAL SCREEN DESIGN ............................................................................................................................41 PAGE SCREENS .................................................................................................................................................42 MENU SCREENS ................................................................................................................................................43 VEHICLE DATA RECORDER ............................................................................................................................44 RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT ................................................................................................................................45 ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM ..................................................................................................45 One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 3 of 107 City of Ashland SOLID-STATE CONTROL SYSTEM .................................................................................................................45 CIRCUIT PROTECTION AND CONTROL DIAGRAM ....................................................................................46 ON-BOARD ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS .................................................................................:..46 ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS ..............................................................................................................................46 INDICATOR LIGHT AND ALARM PROVE-OUT SYSTEM ............................................................................47 VOLTAGE MONITOR SYSTEM .........................................................................................................................47 DEDICATED RADIO EQUIPMENT CONNECTION POINTS ........................................................................47 ENHANCED SOFTWARE ...................................................................................................................................47 EMI/RFI PROTECTION .......................................................................................................................................47 BATTERY SYSTEM .............................................................................................................................................48 BATTERY SYSTEM ............................................................................................................................................48 MASTER BATTERY SWITCH ............................................................................................................................48 BATTERY COMPARTMENTS ...........................................................................................................................48 JUMPER STUDS ..................................................................................................................................................49 BATTERY CHARGER .........................................................................................................................................49 KUSSMAUL AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE ................................................................................................49 ALTERNATOR ......................................................................................................................................................49 ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER ......................................................................................................................49 SEQUENCER ......................................................................................................................................................50 EXTERIOR LIGHTING .:......................................................................................................................................51 WARNING LIGHTS (CAB FACE)., 51 LIGHT TO WER ................................................................................................................................................:....52 ENCLOSURE AROUND NIGHT SCAN ............................................................................................................52 BACK-U P ALARM ................................................................................................................................................52 CD MANUAL, FIRE APPARATUS PARTS .......................................................................................................52 SERVICE PARTS INTERNET SITE ..................................................................................................................53 CD MANUALS, CHASSIS SERVICE .................................................................................................................53 CD MANUAL, CHASSIS OPERATION .............................................................................................................53 ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS ..................................................................................................................53 AMP DRAW REPORT .........................................................................................................................................53 WATER TANK ......................................................................................................................................................54 POLY SLIDES .......................................................................................................................................................55 BODY HEIGHT .....................................................................................................................................................55 REAR BODY STEP-UP .......................................................................................................................................55 HOSE BED ............................................................................................................................................................55 HOSE BED DIVIDER ...........................................................................................................................................55 CUTOUT, HANDHOLD .......................................................................................................................................55 HOSE BED COVER .............................................................................................:...............................................56 HOSE BED STAY ARM COVER ........................................................................................................................56 HOSEBED RESTRAINT REAR .........................................................................................................................56 LIGHT, HOSE BED .......................................................................:......................................................................56 EQUIPMENT STORAGE ....................................................................................................................................56 RUNNING BOARDS ...........................................................................................................................................57 TAILBOARD ..........................................................................................................................................................57 REAR WALL, BODY MATERIAL, PUC .............................................................................................................57 TOW BAR .............................................................................................................................................................57 COMPARTM ENTATION .....................................................................................................................................57 VENTILATION SYSTEM .....................................................................................................................................58 UNDERBODYAND WATER TANK SUPPORT SYSTEM ..............................................................................58 AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE ...............................................................................................................59 LOUVERS .............................................................................................................................................................59 . TESTING OF BODY DESIGN ............................................................................................................................59 COMPARTMENTATION, DRIVER'S SIDE ......................................................................................................59 One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 4 of 107 City of Ashland COMPARTMENTATION, PASSENGER'S SIDE .............................................................................................60 110 VOLT INTERIOR RECEPTACLE ...............................................................................................................61 ROLL-UP DOOR, SIDE COMPARTMENTS ....................................................................................................61 COMPARTMENTATION, REAR ........................................................................................................................62 ROLL-UP DOOR, REAR COMPARTMENT .....................................................................................................62 _ A HEAVY-DUTY MAGNETIC SWITCH WILL BE USED FOR CONTROL OF OPEN COMPARTMENT DOOR WARNING LIGHTS 62 HATCH COMPARTMENTS ................................................................................................................................62 HATCH COMPARTMENT LIGHTING ...............................................................................................................63 PULL-OUT TRAY .................................................................................................................................................63 PULL-OUT ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT TRAY .......................................................................................................63 SLIDE-OUT TOOLBOARD .................................................................................................................................64 DOUBLE SWING OUT TOOL GRID SYSTEM .................................................................................................64 MOUNTING TRACKS ..........................................................................................................................................65 ADJUSTABLE SHELVES ...................................................................................................................................65 PARTITION, VERTICAL COMPARTMENT ......................................................................................................65 PERMANENTLY MOUNTED SHELF ................................................................................................................65 ZICO CABINET MOUNTING BRACKETS ........................................................................................................65 RUB RAIL ..............................................................................................................................................................65 BODY FENDER CROWNS ..:..............................................................................................................................65 HARD SUCTION HOSE ......................................................................................................................................66 AIR BOTTLE STORAGE INSERT ......................................................................................................................66 AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (DOUBLE) ....................................................................................................................66 AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (SINGLE) .....................................................................................................................66 EXTENSION LADDER .......................................................................................................................................66 ROOF LADDER ....................................................................................................................................................66 LADDER STORAGE ............................................................................................................................................66 FOLDING LADDER ..............................................................................................................................................67 PIKE POLE, 8' .......................................................................................................................................................67 PIKE POLE, 6' 67 PIKE POLE/FOLDING LADDER COMPARTMENT ........................................................................................67 PIKE POLE STORAGE ...............................................................................................................:.......................67 LADDER, TOP ACCESS .....................................................................................................................................67 PUMP .....................................................................................................................................................................67 PUMP MOUNTING ..............................................................................................................................................68 MECHANICAL SEALS .......................................................................................................................................68 PUMP GEARCASE ..............................................................................................................................................68 CLUTCH ...............................................................................................................................................................69 PUMPING MODE .................................................................................................................................................69 PUMP SHIFT ........................................................................................................................................................69 TRANSMISSION LOCK UP ...............................................................................................................................70 AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM ........................................................................................................................70 INTAKE RELIEF VALVE .....................................................................................................................................70 SPECIAL SETTING, INTAKE RELIEF VALVES ..............................................................................................70 PRESSURE CONTROLLER ..............................................................................................................................70 PRIMING PUMP ...................................................................................................................................................71 RECIRCULATING LINE, WITH CHECK VALVE .............................................................................................71 PUMP MANUALS .................................................................................................................................................71 PLUMBING ........................................................................................................................:..................................71 MAIN PUMP INLETS ...........................................................................................................................................72 VALVES .................................................................................................................................................................72 INLET (LEFT SIDE) .................................................................................................................................................72 INLET (RIGHT SIDE) ...............................................................................................................................................72 One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 5 of 107 City of Ashland ANODE, INLET .....................................................................................................................................................72 INLET CONTROL ...........................................................................:.....................................................................72 INLET (REAR) ........................................................................................................................................................72 ADAPTER, REAR INLET ....................................................................................................................................73 CONTROL, REAR INLET ....................................................................................................................................73 INTAKE RELIEF VALVE .....................................................................................................................................73 ELBOW, REAR INLET .........................................................................................................................................73 INLET (FRONT) ......................................................................................................................................................73 FRONT INLET CONTROL ..........................................:..................:....................................................................73 INTAKE RELIEF VALVE .....................................................................................................................................73 5.00" x 4.00" ADAPTER ......................................................................................................................................73 INLET BLEEDER VALVE ....................................................................................................................................74 TANK TO PUMP ...................................................................................................................................................74 TANK REFILL ............................................................................................:..........................................................74 DISCHARGE OUTLETS (LEFT SIDE) .................................................................................................................74 DISCHARGE OUTLETS (RIGHT SIDE) ...............................................................................................................74 DISCHARGE OUTLET, 4.00.. .............................................................................................................................74 4.00" CAP, LARGE DIAMETER OUTLET 74 DISCHARGE OUTLET (FRONT) .........................................................................................................................74 DISCHARGE OUTLET REAR (HOSE BED) ........................................................................................................75 DISCHARGE CAPS .............................................................................................................................................75 OUTLET BLEEDERS ..........................................................................................................................................75 DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS .................................................................................................................75 DELUGE RISER ...................................................................................................................................................75 TELESCOPIC PIPING 75 MONITOR .............................................................................................................................................................76 CROSSLAY HOSE BEDS ...................................................................................................................................76 DEADLAY HOSE BEDS .........................................................:............................................................................76 ROLL-UP DOOR, CROSSLAY ENDS ...............................................................................................................76 BOOSTER HOSE REEL .....................................................................................................................................77 HUSKY 3 FOAM PROPORTIONER 77 SYSTEM CAPACITY 78 CONTROL SYSTEM 78 HYDRAULIC DRIVE SYSTEM 78 FOAM CONCENTRATE PUMP ..................................................................................................................................78 EXTERNAL FOAM CONCENTRATE CONNECTION 79 PANEL MOUNTED EXTERNAL PICK-UP CONNECTION / VALVE 79 PICK-UP HOSE .......................................................................................................................................................79 DISCHARGES 79 SYSTEM ELECTRICAL LOAD 79 REFILL, SINGLE FOAM TANK 79 FOAM SYSTEM TRAINING ................................................................................................................................79 FOAM CELL ..........................................................................................................................................................80 FOAM TANK DRAIN ............................................................................................................................................80 PUMP CONTROL PANELS (LEFT SIDE CONTROL) 80 PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION .....................................................................................................................81 PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL .............................................................................................................................81 PUMP AND PLUMBING ACCESS .....................................................................................................................81 GAUGES, VACUUM AND PRESSURE ..............................................................................................................81 PRESSURE GAUGES ........................................................................................................................................82 WATER LEVEL GAUGE........ 4.4 4 82 MINI SLAVE UNIT ................................................................................................................................................82 FOAM LEVEL GAUGE ........................................................................................................................................82 .One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 6 of 107 City of Ashland 47-5i~ SIDE CONTROL PUMP OPERATOR'S/PUMP PANEL LIGHTING ..............................................................83 ELECTRICAL HARNESSING INSTALLATION ...............................................................................................83 BATTERY CABLE INSTALLATION ...................................................................................................................84 POWER CONVERTER ...................................................................................................................................85 POWER CONVERTER LOCATION ..............................................................................................................86 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM GENERAL DESIGN FOR ALTERNATING CURRENT ..........................................86 GENERATOR .......................................................................................................................................................89 GENERATOR LOCATION ..................................................................................................................................90 GENERATOR COVER OVER HOSE BED .......................................................................................................90 ELECTRIC START PROVISION ........................................................................................................................90 GENERATOR REMOTE START .......................................................................................................................90 ELECTRIC FUEL PUMP .....................................................................................................................................90 CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL ..............................................................................................................................90 ELECTRICAL COMPONENT INSTALLATION ................................................................................................90 REAR FMVSS LIGHTING ...................................................................................................................................90 LICENSE PLATE BRACKET ..............................................................................................................................90 LIGHT, INTERMEDIATE .....................................................................................................................................91 "DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR ..................................................................................................91 DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES ...............................................................................................................91 COMPARTMENT LIGHTING .............................................................................................................................92 PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHT ........................................................................................................................92 CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS ..................................................................................................................92 PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS, BODY ..............................................................................................................92 STEP LIGHTS .......................................................................................................................................................92 12 VOLT LIGHTING .............................................................................................................................................92 12 VOLT LIGHTING .............................................................................................................................................93 12 VOLT LIGHTING .............................................................................................................................................93 DECK LIGHTS ......................................................................................................................................................93 REAR WORK LIGHTS .........................................................................................................................................93 AIR HORN SYSTEM ............................................................................................................................................93 AIR HORN CONTROL .........................................................................................................................................94 MECHANICAL SIREN, (AUXILIARY) 94 ELECTRONIC SIREN ..........................................................................................................................................94 SIDE WARNING LIGHTS ....................................................................................................................................94 SPEAKER .............................................................................................................................................................94 LIGHTBAR ..................................................................................................................................1.........................94 HEADLIGHT FLASHER ......................................................................................................................................95 SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING ........................................................................................................................95 SIDE WARNING LIGHTS ....................................................................................................................................95 REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING ......................................................................................................................95 WARNING LIGHTS (REAR AND SIDE UPPER ZONES) 96 REAR LIGHT MOUNTING ..................................................................................................................................96 MOBILE RADIO, MOTOROLA ...........................................................................................................................96 INTERCOM SYSTEM ..........................................................................................................................................96 LOOSE EQUIPMENT TO BE INCLUDED IN BID .........................................................:..................................97 SPANNER HOLDER ASSEMBLY .....................................................................................................................98 MDT EQUIPMENT, SHIP LOOSE .....................................................................................................................98 LOOSE EQUIPMENT ..........................................................................................................................................98 NFPA REQUIRED LOOSE EQUIPMENT, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT ......................................98 DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT ..................................................99 WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT .................................................................99 One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 7 of 107 City of Ashland AXE, FLATHEAD, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT ..............................................................................99 AXE, PICKHEAD, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT ...............................................................................99 PAINT- BODY PAINTED TO MATCH CAB ....................................................................................................100 PAINT- ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT .............................................................................................................101 PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY ...........................................................................................................101 COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT ............................................................:..................................................101 REFLECTIVE BAND .........................................................................................................................................102 STRIPE, REFLECTIVE ON CAB FACE ..........................................................................................................102 CHEVRON STRIPING, REAR ..........................................................................................................................102 REFLECTIVE OUTLINE STRIPE ....................................................................................................................102 CHEVRON, INVERTED "V" STRIPING ON CAB AND CREW CAB DOORS ............................................102 BODY STRIPE ....................................................................................................................................................102 CAB STRIPE .......................................................................................................................................................102 CAB STRIPE .......................................................................................................................................................102 LETTERING ........................................................................................................................................................102 LETTERING ........................................................................................................................................................102 LETTERING .......................................................................................................................................................102 LETTERING ........................................................................................................................................................103 DECAL INSTALLATION ....................................................................................................................................103 EMBLEMS ...........................................................................................................................................................103 CAB GRILLE DESIGN .......................................................................................................................................103 UNDERCOATING. CAB & BODY ....................................................................................................................103 ONE (1) YEAR MATERIALAND WORKMANSHIP .......................................................................................103 FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY ..............................................................................................103 STEERING GEAR WARRANTY ......................................................................................................................103 FRONTAXLE THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY .................................103 REAR AXLE TWO (2) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY ........................................104 TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY .................................................................................................104 TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINTAND CORROSION ...........................................................................104 FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP .......................................................................................104 TRANSMISSION WARRANTY ..........................................:.............................................................................104 TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY .......................................................................................................104 LIFETIME MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP .............................................:.................................................104 TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY .................................................................................................104 SIX (6) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP .........................................................................................104 TEN (10) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY .........................................................................................104 THREE (3) YEAR MATERIALAND WORKMANSHIP ..................................................................................105 ENGINE WARRANTY .......................................................................................................................................105 ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY ..................105 ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY ............................................................105 FOAM SYSTEM WARRANTY ......................................................................................................................:...105 TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION ...........................................................................105 CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION .................................................................................................................105 CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION ..................................................................................................106 WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION ................................................................................106 ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION .................................................................................106 SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH ................................................................................................................106 SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH .......................................................................................................................106 CAB DEFROSTER CERTIFICATION .............................................................................................................106 CAB HEATER CERTIFICATION ......................................................................................................................106 VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION .........................................................................................................106 ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION ...................................................................................................107 POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION ...........................................................................................................107 One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 8 of 107 City of Ashland Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. is pleased to submit a proposal to the City of Ashland for a Pierce@ multipurpose response vehicle per your request for quotation. The following paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed. This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications. PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in 1913. Si nce then we have been building bodies with one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over 60 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than 51,000 apparatus, including more than 27,000 on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 757,000 total square feet of floor space situated on approximately 97 acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has 300,000 square feet of floor space situated on approximately 38 acres of land. Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in our commitments to all with whom we do business and our ethical standards do not change. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we (nor our parent company) engage in or have been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market. Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification. In accordance with the current addition of NFPA 1901standards, this proposal will specify whether the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment. GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pump house module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system. QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D1.1-2004 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D1.2-2003 requirements for structural welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B2.1- 2000 requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000 and is performed to American Welding Society standards A5.20-E70T1. Furthermore, all employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (3) years thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality. Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 9 of 107 City of Ashland specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal. In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to insure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand. That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce. DELIVERY The apparatus will be delivered under its ow n power to insure proper break-in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty. MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transm ission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle. SAFETY VIDEO At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (1) 39-minute, professionally produced apparatus safety video, in DVD format. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when.they are driving, operating, and m aintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre-trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance. PERFORMANCE TESTS A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than ten (10) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent or more than 50 percent on the front axle, and not less than 50 percent or more than 75 percent on the rear axle. The apparatus will meet NFPA 1901 acceleration and braking requirements. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE Certification of insurance coverage will be enclosed. SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated appr oach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pump house (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operator's panel) and body will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer. Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product th at offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality. Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. NFPA 2009 STANDARDS This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2009, except for fire department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 10 of 107 City of Ashland Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus. A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating. The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications. An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results. INSPECTION TRIPS The bidder will provide three (3) factory inspection trips for a total of twelve (12) customer representatives. The inspection trips will be scheduled at times mutually agreed upon between the manufacturer's representative and the customer. All costs such as travel, lodging and meals will be the responsibility of the bidder. NFPA COMPLIANCY Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA". VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be third-party, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies with all applicable standards in the current edition of NFPA 1901. The certification will include: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus. A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. PUMP TEST Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the pump. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve; and the pump manufacturer's record of pump construction details will be forwarded to the Fire Department. GENERATOR TEST If the unit has a generator, Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the generator. The test results will be provided to the Fire Departm ent at the time of delivery. BREATHING AIR TEST If the unit has breathing air, Pierce M anufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and have the sam pie certified that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989, .Standard on Breathing Air Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection. SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT Pierce dealership support will be provided by Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc. by operating a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory-trained mechanics on staff versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within two hundred fifty (250) miles of the fire department. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 11 of 107 City of Ashland In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also m aintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000 square feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000 in parts dedicated to service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts. Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes. As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the com plate Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operators manual library is available for easy reference. Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel, dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a 24 hour 7 day a week toll free hot line, four (4) on staff EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year. BID BOND A bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 10% bid bond will be provided with the proposal. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S. Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570. The bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative. of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds, as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty, and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract. Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety bond related to th a sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail. PERFORMANCE BOND. 1 YEAR The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100 percent of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV.'In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required. Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond iss ued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 12 of 107 City of Ashland this bond will be simultaneously amended to 25 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed one (1) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter. APPROVAL DRAWING A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The P ierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc. A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. DASH CF CHASSIS The Dash® CF is a custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt-type, cab-forward, custom fire apparatus. The chassis and cab will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split warranty responsibility. To ensure years of reliable service, capacity for the intended load to be sustained, and the ty pe of service required, the chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, utilizing heavy duty 13.00" frame rails, cross members, and cab construction as described elsewhere in this proposal. MAXIMUM OVERALL WEIGHT The maximum overall weight of the apparatus will be the actual vehicle in-service weight cannot exceed more than 635# per inch of tire width on any tire on the vehicle per ODOT fire service weight exemption requirements. WHEELBASE The wheelbase of the vehicle will be 188.50". GVW RATING The gross vehicle weight rating will be 46,500#. FRAME The chassis frame will be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to f ive (5) cross members or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to 10.75" over the rear axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of 25.992 cubic inches and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 3,119,040 in-lb. over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of 2,275,200 in-lb. over the rear axle. The frame rails will be constructed of 120,000 psi yield strength heat-treated .38" thick steel, with 3.50" wide flanges. FRAME REINFORCEMENT In addition, a full-length mainframe internal "C" linerwill be provided. The linerwill be an internal "C" design that steps to a sm aller internal "C" design over the rear axle. It will be heat-treated steel measuring 12.50" x 3.00" x .25" through the front "C" portion of the liner, stepping to 9.38" x 3.00" x .25" through the rear "C" portion of the liner. Each liner will have a section modulus of 13.58 cu. in., yield strength of 110,000 psi, and rbm of 857,462 inch-pounds. Total rbm at wheelbase center will be 4,391,869 pounds per rail. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 13 of 107 City of Ashland The frame liner will be mounted inside of the chassis frame rail and extend the full length of the frame. FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE The Oshkosh TAK-40 front axle will be of the independent suspension design w ith a ground rating of 22,800 lb. Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of 100,000-psi yield strength 8630 steel and the lower control arm casting will be made of 55,000-psi yield ductile iron. The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000-psi yield strength steel. Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations. There will be nine (9) grease fittings supplied, one (1) on each control arm pivot and one (1) on the steering gear extension. The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative cam ber above rated load. Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life. The ball joint bearing will be of low friction design and be maintenance free. Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the chassis will be provided. The wheel ends will have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle. The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside w heel, based on the vehicle wheelbase. The axle will have a third party certified turning angle of 45 degrees. Front discharge, front suction, or aluminum wheels will not infringe on this cramp angle. FRONT SUSPENSION Front Oshkosh TAK-4T" independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of 22,800 lb. The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment. Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each front wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottom ing of the suspension, The suspension design will be such that there is at least 10.00" of total wheel travel and a minimum of 3.75" before suspension bottoms. One (1 or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 14 of 107 City of Ashland The torsion bar anchor lock system allows for simple lean adjustments, without the use of shims. One can adjust for a lean within 15 minutes per side. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows for ride height adjustment on each side. The independent suspension was put through a durability test that simulated 140,000 miles of inner city driving. SHOCK ABSORBERS Heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers (KONI) will be provided on the front suspension. OIL SEALS . Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. FRONT TIRES Front tires will be Goodyear 425/65R22.50 radials, 20 ply G296 tread, rated for 22,800 lb. maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed. The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc-type wheels with a ten (10)-stud, 11.25" bolt circle. REAR AXLE The rear axle will be a MeritorTM, Model RS-30-185, with a capacity of 31,000 lb. TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 68 MPH. REAR SUSPENSION The rear suspension will be Standens, semi-elliptical, 3.00" wide x 53.00" long, 12-leaf pack with a ground rating of 31,000 lbs. The spring hangers will be castings. The two (2) top leaves will wrap the forward spring hanger pin, and the rear of the spring will be a slipper style end that will ride in a rear slipper hanger. To reduce bending stress due to acceleration and braking, the front eye will be a berlin eye that will place the front spring pin in the horizontal plane within the main leaf. A steel encased rubber bushing will be used in the spring eye. The steel encased rubber bushing will be maintenance free and require no lubrication. OIL SEALS Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle. REAR TIRES Rear tires will be four (4) Goodyear 315/80822.50 radials with 20 ply G289 WHA tread, rated for 36,360 lb. maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed. The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 9.00" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10)-stud 11.25" bolt circle. TIRE BALANCE All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads w ill be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights. TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT There will be a VECSAFE LED tire alert pressure management system provided that will monitor each tire's pressure. A chrome plated brass sensor will be provided on the val ve stem of each tire for a total of six (6) tires. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 15 of 107 City of Ashland The sensor will calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between 20 and 120 psi. The sensor will activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that tire drops eight (8) psi. Removing the cap from the sensor will indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED will immediately start blinking. LUG NUT COVERS Stainless steel lug nut covers will be installed on all lug nuts in place of standard. MUD FLAPS Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the front and rear wheels. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM The vehicle will be equipped with a Wabco 4S4M, anti-lock braking system. The ABS will provide a four (4) channel anti-lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels. A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti-lock braking system. Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit then will reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control:' BRAKES The service brake system will be full air type. The front brakes will be Knorr/Bendix disc type with a 17.00" ventilated rotor f or improved stopping distance. The brake system will be certified, third party inspected, for improved stopping distance. The rear brakes will be MeritorTM 16.50" x 8.63" cam operated with automatic slack adjusters. AIR COMPRESSOR, BRAKE SYSTEM The air compressor will be a Bendix BA-921 with 15.80 cubic feet per minute output at 1,250 RPM. BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system will include: - Bendix dual brake treadle valve with vinyl covered foot surface - Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer - Total air system capacity of 5,198 cubic inches - Two (2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alar m, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi - Spring set parking brake system - Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve - A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 16 of 107 City of Ashland Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, will be provided with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test. To reduce the effects of corrosion,.the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. - Wabco System Saver 1200 air dryer with spin-on coalescing filter cartridge - 100 Watt Heater ALL WHEEL LOCK-UP An all-wheel lock-up system will be installed which will apply air to the front brakes and use the spring brake at the rear. Front brakes will apply when standard parking brake control 'valve is activated. The all wheel lock-up system will be operational only when the parking brake is applied, the truck transmission is in neutral and engine is running. BRAKE LINES Color-coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat. AIR INLET WITH AUTOMATIC EJECT One (1) air inlet with Kussmaul Air Eject will be provided. It will allow station air to be supplied to the apparatus brake system through a shoreline hose. The inlet will automatically disconnect the air line when the truck is started. It will be equipped with a male coupling and be located on the driver side exterior of cab, behind crew cab door. A check valve will be provided to prevent reverse flow of air. The inlet will discharge into the "wet" tank of the brake system. A mating female coupling will also be provided with the loose equipment. ENGINE The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below : Make: Detroit Diesel Model: DD13 Power: 500 hp at 1800 rpm Torque: 1650 lb-ft at 1200 rpm Governed Speed: 2080 rpm Emissions Level: EPA 2013 Fuel: Diesel Cylinders: Six (6) Displacement: 781 cubic inches (12.8L) Starter: Defeo 39MT Fuel Filters: Dual cartridge style with check valve, water separator, and water in fuel sensor One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 17 of 107 City of Ashland Coolant Filter: Cartridge style with shut off valves on the supply and return line The engine will include On-board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self-diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected. REPTO DRIVE A rear engine power take off will be provided to drive the water pump. A vibration dampener will be provided between the REPTO and water pump. The rear engine power take off will be the same as used extensively throughout the construction industry. Rear engine PTO's allow for continuous 240 hp and 480 lb-ft torque ratings needed for large pump applications. The rear engine power take off will have the same warranty as the engine provided by the engine manufacturer. LOCATION OF FILTERS For ease of serviceability,.the following filters will be mounted together, on a single bracket, along the left side frame rail: • PUC Pump Transmission Oil Filter • Foam System Hydraulic Filter (if equipped) The following filters will be located in one (1) centraHocation on the engine: Engine Oil Filter Fuel Pre-Filter Fuel Final Filter • Coolant Filter The filters will be accessible while standing on the ground with the cab tilted. HIGH IDLE A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deacti vation. The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator li ght will be.provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." ENGINE BRAKE A Jacobs engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low setting. The engine brake will be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated. The ABS system will automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device when required. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 18 of 107 City of Ashland HYDRAULIC FAN To reduce fan noise, provide on-demand cooling, and maximize cab space, the cooling will be provided by a remote mounted hydraulic driven fan. The fan speed will be able to be controlled independent of the engine speed for higher cooling rates at low engine speeds when needed. The hydraulic pump will be driven from the engine's accessory drive to free up PTO's for other applications. The hydraulic fan and cooling system will be similar in design as those systems used in severe duty application such as construction, agriculture, forestry, mining, and rail industries. ENGINE AIR INTAKE To facilitate deeper fording capabilities while protecting the engine, the air intake with ember separator will be mounted on the right side of the apparatus. It will be located above the cab wheel well yet below the window line so as not to limit sight lines and cause blistering inside the cab. The ember separator is designed to prevent road dirt a nd recirculating hot air from entering the engine. The ember separator will be easily accessible without tilting the cab. The air intake filter will be located above the front axle directly above the frame rail so as not to require blistering of the cab interior and to provide easy access while standing on the ground for inspection and maintenance. EXHAUST SYSTEM The exhaust system will include a diesel particulate filter (DPF) and a selective catalytic reduction (SCR) device to meet current EPA standards. The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the inlet of the SCR device and will be 5.00" in diameter. An insulation wrap will be provided on all ex haust pipe between the turbo and SCR to minimize the transfer of heat to the cab. The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the passenger side rear wheels. A tailpipe diffuser will be provided to reduce the tem perature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser. RADIATOR The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed the engine manufacturer cooling system standards. The radiator core will have a minimum frontal area of 1755 square inches. Steel supply and return tanks will be mounted to the core headers and steel side channels to complete the radiator assembly. The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions. The radiator will be mounted in a location directly behind the cab and at the top of the body. This position will allow for maximum room in the cab, improved visibility through lower windshields, and unobstructed access to repair or replace the radiator should the need occur. The radiator will include an integral deareation tank, with a remote mounted overflow tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief cap. A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 19 of 107 City of Ashland A heavy-duty fan will draw in fresh, cool air through the radiator. Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. COOLANT LINES Silicone hoses will be used for all engine coolant/heater lines installed by Pierce Manufacturing. Hose clamps will be the stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They will expand and contract according to coolant system temperature thereby keeping a constant clamping pressure on the hose. FUELTANK A 75 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at the rear of the chassis. The tank will be constructed of 12-gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps. A .75" drain plug will be located in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet will be located on the left hand side of the body and is covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only." A .50" diameter vent will be installed from tank top to just below fuel fill inlet. The fuel tank will meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements including a fill capacity of 95 percent of tank volume. All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK A 4.5 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the driver's side body forward of the rear axle. The tank will be constructed of 16-gauge type 304- L stainless steel. A .50" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet will be provided and marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only". The fill inlet will be located adjacent to the single air bottle stora ge behind a com mon door on the driver side of the vehicle. The tank will meet the engine manufacturer's requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the event of tank freezing. The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing. AUXILIARY FUEL PUMP An auxiliary electric fuel pump will be added to the fuel line for priming the engine. A switch located on the cab instrument panel will be provided to operate the pum p. FUEL COOLER An air to fuel cooler will be installed in the engine fuel return line. TRANSMISSION An Allison Gen IV, model EVS 4000P, electronic, torque converting, automatic transmission will be provided: The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 20 of 107 City of Ashland `-~tw_ i Two (2) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and 1 o'clock). A transmission temperature gauge with red light and buzzer will be installed on the cab instrument panel. TRANSMISSION SHIFTER A six (6)-speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation. The transmission ratio will be 1st - 3.51 to 1.00, 2nd - 1.91 to 1.00, 3rd - 1.43 to 1.00, 4th - 1.00 to 1.00, 5th - 0.75 to 1.00, 6th - 0.64 to 1.00, R - 4.80 to 1.00. TRANSMISSION PROGRAMMING The transmission will be programmed to automatically shift the transmission to neutral when the parking brake is set to simplify operation and increase operational safety. TRANSMISSION COOLER A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature. DRIVELINE Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped w ith Spicer 1810 universal joints. The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation. A splined slip joint will be provided in each drives haft, slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat or equivalent. STEERING Dual Sheppard M110 steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and an Eaton model VN20F hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings. A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations. STEERING WARRANTY See warranty information in separate section in our proposal. STEERING WHEEL The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a four (4)-spoke design. There will be a switch pod provided on each side of the steering wheel between the spokes. The switch pods will be an integral part of the steering wheel. Each switch pod will contain four (4) switches. The following switches will be provided: Air horn Emergency lighting Area lighting Front dome light i One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 21 of 107 City of Ashland C~ Rear dome light Q2B siren activate Q26 siren brake Wiper mist Full floating horn pad LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON HORN BUTTON The steering wheel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (3) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (8) characters in the first row, 11 characters in the second row and 11 characters in the third row. The first row of text will be: ASHLAND The second row of text will be: FIRE The third row of text will be: RESCUE WHEELCHOCKS There will be one (1) pair of folding Ziamatic SAC-44-E, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc wheel blocks, with easy-grip handle provided. WHEEL CHOCK BRACKETS There will be one (1) pair of Ziamatic SQCH-44-H horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets provided for the Ziamatic SAC-44-E folding wheel chocks. The brackets will be mounted under i the driver's side forward body compartment. BUMPER A one (1)-piece, ten (1) gauge, 304-213 type polished stainless steel bumper, a minimum of 10.00" high, will be attached to a bolted m odular extension frame constructed of 50,000 psi tensile steel C channel mounted directly behind it to provide adequate support stren gth. The bumper will be extended 19.00" from front face of cab. Documentation will be provided, upon request to show that the options selected have been engineered for fit-up and approval for this modular bumper extension. A chart will be provided to indicate the option locations and will include, but not be limited to the following options: air horns, mechanical sirens, speakers, hose trays (with hose capacities), winches, lights, discharge, and suction connections. GRAVEL PAN A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum tread plate, will be furnished between the bumper and cab face. The gravel pan will be properly supported from the underside to prevent f lexing and vibration of the aluminum tread plate. LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS Mounted to the frame extension will be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts will be designed and positioned to adapt to cer tain tow truck lift systems. The lift and tow mounts with eyes will be painted the same color as the frame. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 22 of 107 City of Ashland ROPE RESCUE RECEIVERS Two (2) 2.00" receivers will be installed under the front bumper extension of the apparatus. They will be located one (1) each end, under the extension, facing the side. Each receiver will be constructed of heavy steel tubing and reinforced to the bumper extension framework for the receiving portion. The winch receiver will be a class IV receiver. TOW HOOKS No tow hooks are to be provided. This truck will be equipped with a lift and tow package with integral tow eyes. HOSE TRAY A hose tray, constructed of aluminum, will be placed in the center of the bumper extension. The tray will have a capacity of 150' of 1.75" double jacket cotton-polyester hose. Black rubber grating will be provided at the bottom of the tray. Drain holes are also provided. COVER. HOSE TRAY A bright aluminum tread plate cover will be provided over the one (1) hose tray. The cover will be "notched" allowing the hose to be preconne cted to hose connection. The cover will be attached with a stainless steel hinge. A D-ring latch will secure the cover in the closed position and a pneumatic stay arm will hold the cover in the open position. The area of the hose tray to be covered will be the center. FRONT BUMPER NOTCH/TRAY A "California" style notch and tray will be provided on the passenger's side of the front bumper extension for the front inlet. CAB The cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and will be manufactured by the chassis and body builder. The cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises. The cab will be a cab-forward design that positions the driver and of ficer ahead of the engine tunnel, providing the greatest amount of room for the front occupants. For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be of heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards. The cab will have 12 main vertical structural members located in the A-pil far (front cab corner post), B-pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts) and rear wall areas. The A-pillar will be constructed of .25" heavy wall extrusions joined by a solid A356-T6 aluminum joint casting. The B-pillar and C-pillar will also be constructed from .25" heavy wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of 4.00" x 2.00" aluminum extrusions. All main vertical structural members will run from the floor to 5.50" x 3.50" x .1875" thick roof extrusions to provide a cage- like structure with the A-pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a .50" thick corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 23 of 107 City of Ashland The front of the cab will be constructed of a .25" thick firewall, covered with a .125' front skin (for a total thickness of .38"), and reinforced with a 95.00" wide x 13.00" deep x .50" thick cross- cab support located just below the windshield. The cross-cab support will run the full width of the cab and weld to each A-pillar, the .25" thick firewall, and the front skin. The cab floors will be constructed of .1875' thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall with an additional .25" thick cross-floor support providing a total thickness of .44" of structural material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with 4.00" x 8.00" x 1.00" thick tubing that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the front of the cab to the .38" thick engine tunnel, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab. The cab will be 96.00" wide (outside door skin to outside door skin) to maintain maximum maneuverability. The overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) will be approximately 99.00". The overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with a 41.00" frame height. The cab skirt height will be approximately 23.00" ahead of the front wheels and 21.00" behind the front wheels. An 11.00" raised roof will be provided. The raised portion will start at the most forward point of the B-pillar and continue rearward to the back of the cab. The crew cab will be of the totally enclosed design with access doors constructed in the same manner as the driver and passenger doors. The cab will be a full tilt cab style. The engine will be easily accessible and capable of being removed with the cab tilted. The cab will have a three (3)-point rubber mounting and will be tilted by a hydraulic pump connected to two (2) cab lift cylinders. The cab will then be locked down by a two (2)-point automatic locking mechanism that actuates after the cab has been lowered. CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail will be constructed of bright polished extruded alum inum, and be bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof. INTERIOR CAB INSULATION The cab will include 1.50" insulation in the ceiling and side walls, and 2.00" insulation in the rear wall to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation. FENDER LINERS Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells-will be provided. WINDSHIELD A curved safety glass windshield will be provided. The windshield will be bonded in place to prevent leaks and to increase safety within the cab (reference NHTSA report number DOT HS 806 693). For the greatest visibility, the windshield will be a minimum of 34.75' tall, be of one (1) piece design, and wrap approximately 8.00" around each end of the A-pillars. The bottom of the windshield will be no higher than 61.00" from the ground. All cab glass will be tinted. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 24 of 107 City of Ashland SUNVISORS Two (2) smoked Lexan® sun visors, 8.75" x 31.00" long, will be provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab. WINDSHIELD WIPERS Windshield wipers with washer will be provided that meet FMVSS and SAE requirements. The windshield wipers will sweep past the center of the windshield so as to provide maximum cover in inclement weather. The wipers will clean a minimum of 85 percent of the forward facing area of the windshield. The washer reservoir will be able to be filled while standing on the ground and without raising the cab. ENGINE TUNNEL Engine hood side walls are structural elements of the cab and will be constructed of .38" aluminum. The top will be constructed of .19" aluminum and will be tapered at the top for increased cab space. The engine tunnel will be no higher than 70.00" off the ground (calculated with a 41.00" frame height) and no higher than 32.00" off the crew cab floor. The forward portion of the cab will have a 'flat floor ahead of the engine tunnel area that will be transverse from the driver's door to the officer's door. This portion of the floor will be no greater than 36.00" from the ground. The engine hood will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. The noise insulation keeps the dB A level below the limits stated in the current NFPA series 1900 pamphlet. I CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum tread plate except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered. CAB LIFT A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided, consisting of an electric-powered hydraulic pump, fluid reservoir, dual lift cylinders, remote cab lift controls and all necessary hoses and valves. The cab lift controls will be located on the left side in the area of the pump operator's panel. T he controls will include a permanently mounted raise/lower switch. The rear of the cab will be locked down by a two (2)-point, automatic, hydraulic, double hook mechanism that fully engages after the cab has been lowered (self-locking). The dual 2.25" diameter hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the cab is in the tilt position. For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided on the same side of the apparatus as the cab lift controls, between the chassis and cab frame when cab is in the raised position. INTERLOCK, CAB LIFT TO PARKING BRAKE The cab lift safety system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. r One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 25 of 107 City of Ashland GRILLE A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behin d a bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab. DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES All cab door jambs will be furnished with a brushed stainless steel sc uff plate, mounted on the striker side of the jamb. TRIM BAND (Cab Face) T10.00" band of 22 gauge pattern finish stainless steel trim will be installed across the front of the cab, from door hinge to door hinge. The trim band will be centered on the head lights and applied with two-sided tape. A .625" self-adhesive trim strip will be applied around the perim eter of the trim band. MIRRORS A Retrac Model 613423 dual vision, motorized, west coast style mirror, with chrome finish, will be mounted on each side of the front cab door with spring loaded retractable arms. The flat glass and convex glass will be heated and adjustable with remote control within reach of the driver. DOORS To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab doors will be a minimum of 37.50" wide x 74.12" high. The crew cab doors will be located on the sides of the cab and will be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab doors will measure a minimum of 34.75" wide x 83.75" high. The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of.125". The exterior door skins will be constructed from .090" aluminum. The forward cab door windows will include a drop area at the front to enhance visibility. A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The exterior handle w ill be designed specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide 4.00" wide x 2.00" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands. Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide 4.00" wide x 1.25" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands. The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The locks will be capable of activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed. A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a .38" pin and 11 gauge leaf will be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit. A chrome handrail will be provided on the insi de each front cab door, for ease of entry. The cab steps at each cab door location w ill be located inside the cab doors to protect the steps from weather elements. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 26 of 107 City of Ashland DOOR PANELS There will be a full height brushed stainless steel door panel installed on the inside of all cab doors. The cab door panels will be removable without disconnecting door and window mechanisms. RECESSED POCKET WITH ELASTIC COVER To provide organized storage (clutter control) in the cab for miscellaneous equipment, the cab interior will be provided with recessed storage pockets. The pockets will be 6.50" wide x 2.12" high x 6.00" deep. The pock ets will be provided with a perforated elastic material cover to secure the equipment in the pocket. The pockets will be installed in all available locations on the lower instrument panel console. ELECTRIC OPERATED CAB DOOR WINDOWS All four (4) cab doors will be equipped with electric operated windows with one (1) flush mounted automotive style switch on each door. The driver's side door will have four (4) switches, one (1) to control each door window. ELECTRIC CAB DOOR LOCKS The front driver and officer doors will have a door lock master switch. The master switches will control all cab door locks. The rear cab doors will have the standard manual lock control. There will be one (1) concealed switch located in an easily accessible chassis specific location that will unlock all the doors. The lock system will include two (2) key FOBS that allow for keyless entry into the vehicle. The ' key FOB system will use code hopping technology for high security and be FCC part 15 compliant. KEY FOBS ADDITIONAL There will be two (2) additional key FOBS provided with each unit that allow for keyless entry into the vehicle. The key FOB system will use code hopping technology for high security and be FCC part 15 compliant. CAB STEPS The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two (2)-step design to provide the largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum tread plate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt-in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The front cab steps will be a minimum of 30.00" wide. The distance from the ground to the first cab step will be approximately 20.00". The crew cab steps will be 26.50" wide. The distance from the ground to the first crew cab step will be approximately 22.00". All bottom steps will have a depth of approximately 11.00". The distance from the bottom steps to the floor will be approximately 16.00" in height and be lim ited to two (2) steps. The leading edge of the top step will be approximately 10.00" inboard from the leading edge of the bottom step to provide a user-f riendly angled (stair stepped) step. A sli p-resistant handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab door opening t o assist during cab ingress and egress. CAB and CREW CAB STEP LIGHTS There will be four (4) white 12 volt DC 9.00" LED light strips provided. The lights will be installed recessed for protection into the top of the step extrusion: i One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 27 of 107 City of Ashland <<~J • One (1) strip will be installed in the driver's door step well. One (1) strip will be installed in the passenger's door step well. One (1) strip will be installed in the passenger's side crew cab door step well. One (1) strip will be installed in the driver's side crew cab door step well. The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the adjacent door is opened. FENDER CROWNS Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. The fender crowns will have a radius outside corner that will allow the fender crown to extend out further than the standard width crown, thus extending beyond the sidewall of the front tires and allow the crew cab doors to open fully. CREW CAB WINDOWS One (1) fixed window with tinted glass will be provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the front cab door. The windows will be sized to enhance light penetration into the cab interior and visibility to the exterior. The windows will be approximately 29.00" wide x 32.00" high. The top of the window will align with the top of the glass in the rear doors. The bottom of the glass will align with the bottom of the crew cab door window. STORAGE COMPARTMENT Provided on the driver side of the crew cab, under the floor and accessible from the step area, will be a storage compartment. The compartment dimensions will be approximately 26.00" wide x 15.00" high x 10.25" deep with a clear door opening of 22.75" wide x 10.00" high. The door will be located in the step well area of the crew cab step and will be made of tread plate with the compartment interior painted to match the cab interior. CAB INTERIOR The cab interior will be constructed of primarily metal (painted aluminum) to withstand the severe duty cycles of the fire service. The officer side dash and center console w ill be a flat top design with an upper beveled edge to provide easy maintenance and will be constructed out of painted aluminum. The switch panel area located to the right of the driver will be constructed of painted aluminum with the switch panel being brushed stainless steel. The engine tunnel will be painted aluminum.' Only the instrument cluster will be surrounded with a high impact ABS plastic contoured to the same shape of the instrument cluster. The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. Headliner material will be Imperial 1200 vinyl coated polyester. A sound barrier will be part of its composition. Material will be.installed on aluminum sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 28 of 107 City of Ashland CENTER CONSOLE ORGANIZER Allowance provided for center console organizer (see 'Exceptions/Clarifications for more detail'). The details of the design to be determined at the preconstruction conference. MAP BOX Allowance provided for a map box (see' Exceptions/Clarifications for more detail'). The details of the design to be determined at the preconstruction conf erence. CAB HEADLINER UPHOLSTERY The cab headliner upholstery will be black. INTERIOR PAINT (Cab) A rich looking interior will be provided by painting all the metal surfaces inside the cab fire smoke gray, vinyl texture paint. The top of the center console, officer dash, and driver instrument cluster housing will be a flat dark charcoal gray color to reduce windshield glare. CAB FLOOR The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with PolydampTM acoustical floor mat consisting of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler. The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a .25" thick closed cell foam (no water absorption) which offers.a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. CAB DEFROSTER To provide maximum defrost and heating performance, a 54,961-BTU heater-defroster unit with 558 SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The defroster unit will be strategically located under the forward portion of the center console. For easy access, a removable metal cover will be installed over the defroster unit. The defroster will include an integral aluminum frame air filter, high performance dual scroll blowers, and ducts designed to provide maximum defrosting capabilities for the one (1) piece windshield. The defroster ventilation will be built into the design of the cab dash instrument panel and will be easily removable for maintenance. The defroster will be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at 0 degrees Fahrenheit for 10 hours, and a 2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield. The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J382 (minimum defrosting system performance requirements). CAB/CREW CAB HEATER Two (2) 36,702-BTU auxiliary heaters with 276 SUM (each unit) of air flow will be provided inside the crew cab, one (1) in each outboard rear facing seat riser for easy service access. The heaters will include high performance dual scroll blowers (one (1) for each unit). Outlets for the heaters will be located below each rear facing seat riser and below the fronts of the driver and passenger seats, for efficient airflow. An extruded aluminum plenum will be incorporated in the cab structure that will transfer heat to the forward cab seating positions. The heater-defroster and crew cab heaters will be controlled by an integral electronic control panel. The heater control panel will allow the driver to control heat flow to the front and rear independently. The control panel will include variable adjustment for temperature and fan control, and be conveniently located in the center console in clear view of the driver. The control panel will include highly visible, progressive LED indicators for both fan speed and temperature. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 29 of 107 -City of Ashland AIR CONDITIONING Due to the large space inside the cab, a high-pe rformance, customized air conditioning system will be furnished. A 19.1 cubic inch compressor will be installed on the engine. The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100 degrees Fahrenheit to 64 degrees Fahrenheit in the forward section of the cab, and 69 degrees Fahrenheit in the rear section of the cab, at 50 percent relative.hum idity within 30 minutes. The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum of 4 hours. A roof-mounted condenser with a 63,000 BTU output that meets and exceeds the performance specification will be installed on the cab roof. The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel. The evaporator will include two (2) high performance cores and plenums with multiple outlets, one (1) plenum directed to the front and one (1) plenum directed to the rear of the cab. The evaporator unit will have a 49,000 BTU (4.08 tons) rating that meets and exceeds the performance specifications. Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the evaporator cover per the following: Four (4) will be directed towards the drivers location Four (4) will be directed towards the officers location Nine (9) will be directed towards crew cab area The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-134A and will be installed by a certified technician. i The air conditioner will be controlled by dual zone integral electronic control panels for the heater, defroster and air conditioner. The cab control panel will be located in the center console. For ease of operation, the control panels will include variable adjustment for temperature and fan control. INTERIOR CAB INSULATION The cab walls, ceiling and engine tunnel will be insulated in all strategic locations to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation. The cab will be insulated with 2.00" insulation in the rear wall, 3.00" insulation in the side walls, and 1.50" insulation in the ceiling. Headliners will be constructed from a .20" high density polyethylene corrugated material. Each headliner will be wrapped with a .25" thick foil faced poly darhp low emissivity foam insulation barrier for acoustic and thermal control. Designed for maximum sound absorption and th ermal insulation, the rear cab wall will be insulated with a 1.50" thick open cell acoustical foam. The thermal protection of the foam will provide and R-value of four (4) per 1.00" thickness. GRAB HANDLES A handrail approximately 24.00" long and contoured to follow the shape of the cab windshield post will be mounted to the forward portion of the driver and officer door openings. A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver and passenger side crew cab doors to assist in entering the cab. The grab handle will be securely mounted to the hinge side of the door frame. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 30 of 107 City of Ashland ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS There will be two (2) 12 volt DC incandescent engine com partment lights installed in the engine compartment. The lights will have a .125" diameter weep hole in its lens to prevent moisture retention. Each light will include a switch on the lens that is powered up after the battery switch is activated. • One (1) will be installed on the underside of the cab to illuminate the top of the engine. • One (1) will be installed behind the engine access door to illuminate the engine fluid level dip sticks. ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS To encourage preventive maintenance, the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, will be accessible through a door on the engine tunnel, inside the cr ew cab. The door will be on the driver's side of the engine tunnel and will be easily accessible while standing on the ground. The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling. An additional tube will be provided for filling the engine oil. The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush latch will be provided on the access door. For ease of handling in a fire station bay, the engine dipstick will be no longer than 3' in length and the transmission dipstick will be no longer than 6' in I ength. SEATING CAPACITY The seating capacity in the cab will be six (6). DRIVER SEAT A Pierce PS68 seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design w ill be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the s eat will include electric controls to adjust the rake (15 degrees), height (1.12" travel) and horizontal (7.75" travel) position. Electric controls will be located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have a reclining back, adjustable from 20 degrees back to 45 degrees forward. The seat back will be a high back style with manual lumbar adjustment lever, for lower back support, and will include minimum 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). The seat will be furnished with a three (3)-point, shoulder type seat belt. To provide quick, ea sy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the seat belt will have a minimum 120.00" shoulder length and 55.00" lap length. The seat belt tongue will be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle will be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, prov iding easy accessibility. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. To provide proper shoulder, elbow, and hip room, the driver seat will be positioned such that the center line of the lower cushion is no less than 15.00" from the door pan and the edge of the cushion is approximately 4.00" away from the door pan providing more room to reach the seat belt buckle and encourage seat belt use. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 31 of 107 City of Ashland \ OFFICER SEAT A seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design will be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include electric controls to adj ust the rake (15 degrees), height (1.12" travel) and horizontal (7.75 travel) position. Electric controls will be located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have a reclining back, adjustable from 20 degrees back to 45 degrees forward. The seat back will be a high back style with manual lumbar adjustment lever, for lower back support, and will include minimum 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). The seat will be furnished with a three (3)-point, shoulder type seat belt. To provide quick, ea sy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the seat belt will have a minimum 120.00" shoulder length and 55.00" lap length. The seat belt tongue will be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle will be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, prov iding easy accessibility. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. The officer seat will have 24.00" of leg room as measured from the front of the seat cushion to the modesty panel below the officer dash. Furthermore, to provide prope r shoulder, elbow, and , hip room, the officer seat will be positioned such that the center line of the lower cushion is no less than 13.75' from the door pan and the edge of the cushion is approximately 4.00" away from the door pan providing more room to reach the seat belt buckle and encourage seat belt use. RADIO COMPARTMENT The radio amplifier and radio control will be located in the center console on shelf above battery conditioner (if equipped). REAR FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT There will be one (1) rear facing, Pierce PS60 seat provided at the driver side outbo and position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat back will be an SCBA back style with 7.50 degree fixed recline angle, and will include minimum 4.50" wide x 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in 1.00" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location. The seat will be furnished with a three (3)-point, shoulder type seat belt. To provide quick, ea sy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the seat belt will have a minimum 120.00" shoulder length and 55.00" lap length. The seat belt tongue will be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle will be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, prov iding easy accessibility. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. To provide proper shoulder, elbow, and hip room, the crew area seat will be positioned such that the center line of the lower cushion is no less than 13.75' from the door pan. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 32 of 107 City of Ashland `J REAR FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT There will be one (1) rear facing, Pierce PS6® seat provided at the passenger side outboa rd position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat back will be an SCBA back style with 7.5 degree fixed recline angle, and will include minimum 4.50" wide x 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in 1.00" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location. The seat will be furnished with a three (3)-point, shoulder type seat belt. To provide quick, ea sy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the seat belt will have a minimum 120.00" shoulder length and 55.00" lap length. The seat belt tongue will be stored at waist'position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle will be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. To provide proper shoulder, elbow, and hip room, the crew area seat will be positioned such that the center line of the lower cushion is no less than 13.75" from the door pan. FORWARD FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT There will be one (1) forward facing, Pierce PS66 foldup seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. To maximize accessibility to the crew cab, the seat will be a minimum of 15.00" from the front of the cushion to the face of the seat back and the seat back will be provided with 0 degree fixed recline angle. To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacl e, that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat back will be an SC BA back style and be recessed into the rear wall. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in 1.00" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location. The seat will be furnished with a three (3)-point, shoulder type seat belt. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the seat belt will have a minimum 120.00" shoulder length and 55.00" lap length. The seat belt tongue will be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle will be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, prov iding easy accessibility. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. To provide proper shoulder, elbow, and hip room, the crew area seat will be positioned such that the center line of the lower cushion is no less than 13.75" from the door pan. FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT There will be one (1) forward facing, foldup, Pierce PS60 seat provided at the passenger side outboard position i n the crew cab. The seat back will be a high back style. To provide improved ride comfort, and maximize accessibility to the crew cab, the seat will be a minimum of 15.00" from the front of the cushion to the face of the seat back and the seat back will be provided with 0 degree fixed recline angle. To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 33 of 107 City of Ashland sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle, that w ill activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat will be furnished with a three (3)-point, shoulder type seat belt. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the seat belt will have a.minimum 120.00" shoulder length and 55.00" lap length. The seat belt tongue will be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle will be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, prov iding easy accessibility. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. To provide proper shoulder, elbow, and hip room, the crew area seat will be positioned such that the center line of the lower cushion is no less than 13.75" from the door pan. SEAT UPHOLSTERY All seat upholstery will be black Turnout Tuff material. AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS All SCBA type seats in the cab will have a "Hands-Free" auto clamp style bracket in its backrest. For efficiency and convenience, the bracket will include an automatic spring clamp that allows the occupant to store the SCBA bottle by simply pushing it into the seat back. For protection of all occupants in the cab, in the event of an accident, the inertial components within the clamp will constrain the SCBA bottle in the seat and will exceed the NFPA standard of 9G. Bracket designs with manual restraints (belts, straps, buckles) that could be inadvertently left unlocked and allow the SCBA to move freely within the cab during an accident, will not be acceptable. There will be a quantity of three (3) SCBA brackets. SHOULDER HARNESS HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT All seating positions furnished with three (3)-point shoulder type seat belts will include a height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. A total of six (6) seating positions will have the adjustable shoulder harness. SEAT BELTS All seating positions in the cab and crew cab will have red seat belts. SEAT BELT MONITORING SYSTEM A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided. The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to ten (10) seat positions indicating the status of each seat position with a green or red LED indicator as follows: Seat Occupied Buckled Green Seat Occupied Unbuckled Red No Occupant Buckled Red No Occupant Unbuckled Not Illuminated Alarm: The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will be activated when a red illumination condition exists and the parking brake is released, or a red illumination condition exists and the transmission is not in park. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 34 of 107 City of Ashland HELMET STORAGE Helmet storage will be located in a body compartment. CAB DOME LIGHTS There will be two (2) Weldon Model 8080-8000-13, LED dom e lights with black bezels installed in the cab. The lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer. The forward, clear, light will be controlled by the door switch and the lens switch. The rear, red, light will be controlled by the lens switch only. In addition, there will be two (2) adjustable map lights with an integral switch recessed into the cab ceiling. One (1) light will be located above the driver's seat and one (1) light will be located above the officer's seat. CREW CAB DOME LIGHTS There will be four (4) Weldon, Model 8080-8000-13 LED dome lights with black bezels installed in the crew cab and located one (1) each side, controlled by the following: • The forward, clear light will be controlled by the door switch and the lens switch. • 'The rear, red light will be controlled by the lens switch only. A courtesy light at each door opening, controlled by automatic door switches. PORTABLE HAND LIGHTS, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, section 5.8.3 requires two portable hand lights mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. The hand lights are not on the apparatus as m anufactured. The fire department will provide and mount these hand lights. CAB INSTRUMENTATION The cab instrument panel will consist of gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lights, alarms, control switches, and a diagnostic panel. The function of instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight.switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section directly forward of the driver. Gauge and switch panels will be designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership. GAUGES The gauge panel will include the following ten (10) ivory gauges with chrome bezels to monitor vehicle performance: Voltmeter gauge (Volts) Low volts (11.8 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assem bly with alarm High volts (15 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Very low volts (11.3 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assem bly with alarm One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 35 of 107 City of Ashland ~J Very high volts (16 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assem bly with alarm - Tachometer (RPM) - Speedometer (Primary (outside) MPH, Secondary (inside) Km/H) - Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions) Low fuel (1/8 full) Amber indicator on gauge assem bly with alarm Very low fuel (1/32) fuel Amber indicator on gauge assem bly with alarm - Engine oil pressure gauge (PSI) Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Front air pressure gauge (PSI) Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Rear air pressure gauge (PSI) i Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Transmission oil temperature gauge (Fahrenheit) High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber indicator on gauge assem bly with alarm Engine coolant temperature gauge (Fahrenheit) High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Em pty - Full in fractions) Low fluid (1/8 full) Amber indicator on gauge assem bly with alarm All gauges and gauge indicators will perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 36 of 107 City of Ashland INDICATOR LAMPS To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be integral to the gauge assembly and are located above and below the center gauges. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front' design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols. The following amber telltale lamps will be present: - Low coolant - Trac cnti (traction control) (where applicable) - Check engine - Check trans (check transmission) - Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat) - Air rest (air restriction) - Caution (triangle symbol) - Water in fuel - DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration) - Trailer ABS (where applicable) - Wait to start (where applicable) - HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) - ABS (antilock brake system) MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lam p) (where applicable) - SRS (supplemental restraint system) fault (where applicable) - DEF (low diesel exhaust fluid level) The following red telltale lamps will be present: -Warning (stop sign symbol) - Seat belt - Parking brake - Stop engine - Rack down The following green telltale lamps will be provided: - Left turn - Right turn - Battery on. The following blue telltale lamp will be provided: One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 37 of 107 City of Ashland High beam ALARMS Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present. Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present. Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (3) to five (5) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every 30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition w ill enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively. INDICATOR LAMP AND ALARM PROVE-OUT Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance. CONTROL SWITCHES For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. Emergency master switch: A molded plastic push button switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. Pressing the switch will activate emergency response lights and siren control. A green lamp on the switch provides indication that the emergency master mode is active. Pressing the switch again disables the emergency master mode. Headlight / Parking light switch: A three (3)-position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking lights and the headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch position will activate the headlights. Panel backlighting intensity control switch: A three (3)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position decreases the panel backlighting intensity to a minimum level as the switch is held. The second switch position is the default position that does not affect the backlighting intensity. The third switch position increases the panel backlighting intensity to a maximum level as the switch is held. The following standard controls will be integral to the gauge assembly and are located below the right hand gauges. All switches have backlit labels for low light applications. High idle engagement switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate and deactivate the high idle function when pressed and released. The "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged. "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement. The following standard controls will be provided adjacent to the cab gauge assembly within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 38 of 107 City of Ashland Ignition switch: A three (3)-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will disable the Command Zone audible alarm if held for three (3) to five (5) seconds. A green indicator lamp will be activated with vehicle ignition. Engine start switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental a ctivation. 4-way hazard switch: A two (2)-position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate the 4-way hazard switch function. The second switch position will activate the 4-way hazard function. The switch actuator will be red and includes the inter national 4-way hazard symbol. Heater, defroster, and optional air conditioning control panel: A control panel with membrane switches will be provided to control heater /defroster temperature and heater, defroster, and air conditioning fan speeds. A green LED status bar will indicate the relative temperature and fan speed settings. Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight and windshield wiper/washer controls will be provided. The windshield wiper control will have high, low, and intermittent modes. Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided. Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel. CUSTOM SWITCH PANELS The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (4) switch panels in the overhead console on the driver's s ide, up to four (4) switch panels in the engine tunnel console facing the driver, up to four (4) switch panels in the overhead console on the officer's side and up to two (2) switch panels in the engine tunnel consol a facing the officer. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications. i DIAGNOSTIC PANEL A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the drivers side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providi ng a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow engine and ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist. The diagnostic panel will include the following: - Engine diagnostic port - Transmission diagnostic port - ABS diagnostic port - SRS diagnostic port (where applicable) - Command Zone USB diagnostic port One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 39 of 107 City of Ashland - Engine diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on check engine telltale indicator) - ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) - Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) - Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) CAB LCD DISPLAY A digital four (4)-row by 20-character dot matrix display will be integral to the gau ge panel. The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (3) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function. The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature. The upper right section will display, along with other configuration specific information: - Odometer - Trip mileage = PTO hours Fuel consumption Engine hours The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm. The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist. AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm will be provided. SWITCH PANELS The emergency light switch panel will have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel will contain up to six (6) rocker-type switches each rated for two hundred thousand (200,000) cycles. Panels with less than six (6) switches will include indicators or blanks. The switch panel(s) will be located in the "overhead" position above the windshield on the driver side overhead to allow for easy access. The switches will be rocker-type and include an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the switch will be illuminated whenever the switch is active. A 2-ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed below the switches. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for improved visibility in low light conditions. Switches and light source are integral to the switch panel assembly. WIPER CONTROL For simple operation and easy reach, the windshield wiper control will be an integral part of the directional light lever located on the steering column. The wiper control will include high and low wiper speed settings, a one (1)-speed intermittent wiper control and windshield washer switch. The control will have a "return to park" provision, which allows the wipers to return to the stored position when the wipers are not in use. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 40 of 107 City of Ashland SPARE CIRCUIT There will be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate in the forward lower center dash console between the driver and passenger seat position s. Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. INFORMATION CENTER An information center employing a 7.00" diagonal color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing. The information center will have the following specifications: • Operate in temperatures from -40 to 185 degrees Fahrenheit • An Optical Gel will be placed between the LCD and protective lens • Five weather resistant user interface switches • Black enclosure with gray decal • Sunlight Readable • Linux operating system • Minimum of 400nits rated display • Display can be changed to an available foreign language OPERATION The information center will be designed for easy operation for everyday use. The page button will cycle from one screen to the next screen in a rotating fashion. A video button will allow a NTSC signal into the information center to be displayed on the LCD. Pressing any button while viewing a video feed will return the information center to the vehicle information screens. A menu button will provide access to maintenance, setup and diagnostic screens. All other button labels will be specific to the information being viewed. GENERAL SCREEN DESIGN Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is w ithin acceptable limits, a green background will be used. If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur: • An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition. • A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition. i One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 41 of 107 City of Ashland Every screen will include the following: • Exterior Ambient Temperature • Time (12 or 24 hour mode) Text Alert Center: • The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem (s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages. Button Labels: A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text. PAGE SCREENS The Information center will include the following screens: Load Manager Screen: A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide: Description of the load • Individual load shed priority: The lower the priority number the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur. • Load Status: The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a Glance" color features are utilized on this screen Do Not Move Truck: The Do Not Move Truck screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated: • Driver Side Cab Door Passenger's Side Cab Door • Driver Side Crew Cab Door • Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Driver Side Body Doors Passenger's Side Body Doors Rear Body Door • Ladder Rack (if applicable) Deck Gun (if applicable) • Light Tower (if applicable) Hatch Door (if applicable) Stabilizers (if applicable) • Steps (if applicable) Chassis Information: The following information will be shown: One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 42 of 107 City of Ashland Engine RPM • Fuel Level Battery Voltage • Engine Coolant Temperature Engine Oil Pressure "At a Glance" color features are utilized on this screen Active Alarms List: This screen will show a list of all active text messages. The list items text will match the text messages shown in the "Alert Center". The date and time the message occurred is displayed with each message in the list. MENU SCREENS The following screens will be available through the Menu button: View System Information: A detailed list of vehicle information: • Battery Volts • Pump Hours • Transmission Oil Temperature • Pump Engaged • Engine Coolant Level • Engine Oil Level • Oil level will only be shown when the engine is not running • Power Steering Level Set daytime and nighttime Display Brightness: • Brightness: Increase and decrease • Default setting button Configure Video Mode: • Set Video Contrast • Set Video Color • Set Video Tint Set Startup Screen: • Choose the screen that will be active at vehicle power-up Set Date & Time: 12 or 24 hour format • Set time Set date View Active Alarms: • Shows a list of all active alarms • Date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 43 of 107 City of Ashland • Silence alarms • All alarms are silenced System Diagnostics: • Module type and ID number • Module version Module diagnostics information: • Input or output number • Circuit number connected to that input or output • Circuit name (item connected to the circuit) • Status of the input or output • Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information: • Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. VEHICLE DATA RECORDER A vehicle data recorder (VDR) will be provided. The VDR will be capable of reading and storing vehicle information. The VDR will be capable of operating in a voltage range f rom 8VDC to 16VDC. The VDR will not interfere with, suspend, or delay any communications that may exist on the CAN data link during the power up, initialization, runtime, or power down sequence. The VDR will continue operation upon termination of power or at voltages below 8VDC for a minimum of 10ms. The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a I, convenient location determined by cab model. A CD provided with the apparatus will include the programming to download the information from the VDR. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The vehicle data record er will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs: _ Vehicle Speed - MPH. Acceleration - MPH/sec Deceleration - MPH/sec Engine Speed - RPM Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle ABS Event - On/Off Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position (7-12 Seating Capacity) Seat Belt Buckled Status -Yes/No by Position (7-12 Seating Capacity) Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off. Time - 24 Hour Time Date - Year/Month/Day One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 44 of 107 City of Ashland rim RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT There will be two (2) Maxrad, Model BMATM, antenna-mounting bases with 17.00' coax cable and weatherproof cap provided. The mounts will be located on the cab roof on the cab roof, behind the light bar centered with the second over the passenger's si de. The cable will be routed to the officer side seat box. ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting. Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible. Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership. Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA. SOLID-STATE CONTROL SYSTEM A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J1939-11 recommended practices. The control system will operate as a master-slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEKNDXTA1 specifications providing a lower cost of ownership. For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes: Green LED indicator light for module power Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status .Control system self-test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 45 of 107 City of Ashland Integrated electrical load sequencing sy stem without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field reprogrammable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters Complete operating and troubleshooting manuals USB connection to the main control module for advanced troubleshooting To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules will meet the following specifications: Module circuit board will meet SAE J771 specifications Operating tem perature from -40C to +70C Storage temperature from -40C to +70C Vibration to 50g IP67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also pro tected against the effect of temporary immersion between 15 centimeters and one (1) meter) Operating voltage from eight (8) volts to 16 volts DC The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical. CIRCUIT PROTECTION AND CONTROL DIAGRAM Copies of all job-specific, computer network input and output (1/0) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information. ON-BOARD ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Advanced on-board diagnostic messages will be provided to support rapid troubleshooting of the electrical power and control system. The diagnostic messages will be displayed on the information center located at the driver's position. The on-board information center will include the following diagnostic information: Text description of active warning or caution alarms Simplified warning indicators Amber caution light with intermittent alarm Red warning light with steady tone alarm ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS An advanced, Windows-based, diagnostic software program will be provided for this control system. The software will provide troubleshooti ng tools to service technicians equipped with an IBM compatible computer. This software is for the Pierce Command Zone system only, no other unit components. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 46 of 107 City of Ashland The service and maintenance software will be easy to understand and use and have the abi lity to view system input/output (1/0) information. INDICATOR LIGHT AND ALARM PROVE-OUT SYSTEM A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. VOLTAGE MONITOR SYSTEM A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels. The alarm will activate if the system falls below.11.8 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes. DEDICATED RADIO EQUIPMENT CONNECTION POINTS There will be three (3) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two-way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following: 12-volt 40-amp battery switched power 12-volt 60-amp ignition switched power 12-volt 60-amp direct battery power There will also be a 12-volt 100-am p ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center. ENHANCED SOFTWARE The solid-state control system will include the following software enhancements: All perimeter lights and scene lights (where applicable) will be deactivated when the parking brake is released. Cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors close. The dome lights will dim after ten (10) seconds or immediately if the vehicle is put into gear. Cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors close. The dome lights will dim after ten (10) seconds or immediately if the vehicle is put into gear. EMI/RFI PROTECTION To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source. The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C E MR for 10Khz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J551/2 and SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMIR for 10Khz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 47 of 107 City of Ashland requirements. Component and partial (incom plete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself. EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and high-powered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility. BATTERY SYSTEM Six (6) 12 volt, Exide Model 31 S950X3W batteries that include the following features will be provided: - 950 CCA, cold cranking amps - 190 amp reserve capacity High cycle Group 31 Rating of 5700 CCA at 0 degrees Fahrenheit 1140 minutes of reserve capacity Threaded stainless steel studs Each battery case will be a black polypropylene material with a vertically ribbed container for increased vibration resistance. T he cover will be manifold vented with a central venting location to allow a 45 degree tilt capacity. I The inside of each battery will consist of a "maintenance free" grid construction with poly wrapped separators and a flooded epoxy bottom anchoring for maximum vibration resistance. BATTERY SYSTEM A single starting system will be provided. An ignition switch and starter button will be located on the instrument panel. MASTER BATTERY SWITCH A master battery switch, to activate the battery system, will be provided inside the cab within easy reach of the driver. An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system. BATTERY COMPARTMENTS Batteries will be stored in a well-ventilated location under the cab, between the chassis frame rails, ahead of the front wheels. The battery compartments will be constructed of 3/16" steel plate and be designed to accommodate a maximum of six (6) group 31 batteries in each compartment. The battery hold-downs will be of a non-corrosive material. All bolts and nuts will be stainless steel. Heavy-duty battery cables will be used to provide maximum power to the electrical system. Cables will be color-coded. Battery terminal connections will be coated with anti-corrosion compound. Battery solenoid terminal connections will be encapsulated with semi-permanent rubberized compound. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 48 of 1,07 City of Ashland JUMPER STUDS One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be remotely located at the front left side corner of the cab for easy jumper cable access. BATTERY CHARGER A Charging Systems International, Dual Pro Charger, dual bank battery charger will be . provided. This charging system will include the single remote indicator. The battery charger will be wired to the AC shoreline inlet through an AC receptacle adjacent to this battery charger. Battery charger will be located under the center console area. .The battery charger indicator will be located near the driver's seat riser with special bracketry. KUSSMAUL AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE Two (2) shoreline receptacles will be provided to operate the dedicated 120-volt circuits on the truck without the use of the generator. The shoreline receptacles will be provided with a NEMA 5-20, 120 volt, 20 am p, straight blade Kussmaul Super auto eject plug with a red weatherproof cover. The cover is spring loaded to close, preventing water from entering when the shoreline is not connected. The unit is completely sealed to prevent road dirt contamination. A solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter is energized when the engine is started. This instantaneously drives the plug from the receptacle. An internal switch arrangement will be provided to disconnect the load prior to ejection to eliminate arcing of the connector contacts. The shoreline will be connected to the battery charger and any other 115 volt loads (except engine heater) on circuit #1 and the engine heater on circuit #2. A mating connector body will also be supplied with the loose equipment. The shoreline receptacle will be located on the driver side of cab, above wheel. ALTERNATOR A C.E. Niehoff, model C680-1, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 430 amp as measured by SAE method J56. It will also have a custom three (3)-set point voltage regulator, manufactured by C. E. Niehoff. The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12- volt electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system. For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 49 of 107 City of Ashland The system will include the following features: System voltage monitoring. A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off. Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels. Priority levels can be set for individual outputs. High Idle to activate before any electric loads are shed and deactivate with the service brake. If enabled: "Load Man Hiddle On" will display on the information center. Hi-Idle will not activate until 30 seconds after engine start up. Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed. The information center indicates system voltage. The information center includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following: Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition. Individual load managed item condition: ON = not shed SHED = shed SEQUENCER A sequencerwill be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dum ping the entire 12 volt load to prolong the Ii fe of the alternator. For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional com ponents to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed. Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch. When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at half-second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation. When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order. Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at half- second intervals: Cab Heater and Air Conditioning Crew Cab Heater (if applicable) One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 50 of 107 City of Ashland Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable) Exhaust Fans (if applicable) Third Evaporator (if applicable) EXTERIOR LIGHTING Exterior lighting will meet or exceed Federal Department of Transportation, Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and National Fire P rotection Association requirements in effect at time of proposal. Front headlights will be Dat-S-Syst kit number Bi-XP4656-Kit, rectangular lights mounted in the front trim housing. Headlights will consist of two (2) lights mounted in the front trim on each side of the cab grill. The outside light on each side will contain a HID low and halogen high beam. The inside light on each side will contain a high beam light only. The LED directional lights will wrap-around on the outside corners of the trim housing. The headlight and LED directional lights will be in the same assembly. Three (3) LED identification lamps will be installed in the center of the cab on the trim above the windshield. Four (4) LED clearance lamps will be installed, one (1) each side, facing forward and one (1) each side, facing the side on the trim above the windshield. The three (3) identification lights located at the rear will be installed per the following: Truck-Lite, Model 26250, LED As close as practical to the vertical centerline. Centers spaced not less than six (6) inches or more than twelve (12) inches apart. Red in color. All at the same height. The four (4) clearance lights loc ated at the rear will be installed per the following: Truck-Lite, Model 26250, LED To indicate the overall width of the vehicle. One (1) each side of the vertical centerline. All at the same height. As near the top as practical. To be visible from the rear and the side. One (1) each side, facing the side. One (1) each side, facing the rear. Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements. WARNING LIGHTS (Cab Face) Four (4) Whalen Model M6*C LED flashing warning lights will be installed on the cab face, above the headlights, mounted in a common bezel. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 51 of 107 City of Ashland/ The driver's side front outside warning light to be blue. The driver's side front inside warning light to be red. The passenger's side front inside warning light to be red. The passenger's side front outside warning light to be red. All four (4) lights will include a clear lens. All four (4) lights will be controlled by a lighted switch in the cab on the switch panel. The inside lights may be load managed if colored or disabled if white, when the parking brake is set. LIGHT TOWER T Will-Burt Night Scan Chief, Model NS 2.3-600 LED light tower will be provided. This light tower will include four (4) 12 volt DC, Whelen PFP2 LED flood lamps that extends to 7.5'. The light tower will be installed on the rear crew cab roof. The control will be a removable hand held controller located high and forward within the front driver side compartment. A label will be provided at the operator's location to indicate mast operation instructions, warning information, extended tower height from the ground and bulb replacement data. This tower will be connected to the Do Not Move Truck Indicator in the cab. ENCLOSURE AROUND NIGHT SCAN An enclosure will be installed on three (3) sides of the Night Scan light on the cab roof. The back side is open to prevent water and debris from collecting in the Night Scan area. The enclosure will be constructed out of.aluminum and painted to match the cab roof. The sides of the enclosure will be even with the top of the Night Scan light in the stored position. BACK-UP ALARM A PRECO, Model 1040, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dB A above surrounding environmental noise levels. CD MANUAL. FIRE APPARATUS PARTS Two (2) custom parts manual for the complete fire apparatus will be provided in C D format with the completed unit. The manual will contain the following: - Job number - Part numbers with full descriptions - Table of contents - Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly - Parts section sorted in Alphabetical order - Instructions on how to locate parts One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 52 of 107 City of Ashland The manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. SERVICE PARTS INTERNET SITE The service parts information included in this manual is also available on the factory website. The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly. CD MANUALS. CHASSIS SERVICE Two (2) CD format chassis service manuals containing parts and service information on major components will be provided with the completed unit. The manual will contain the following sections: - Job number - Table of contents - Troubleshooting - Front Axle/Suspension - Brakes - Engine - Tires - Wheels - Cab - Electrical, DC - Air Systems - Plumbing - Appendix The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. CD MANUAL, CHASSIS OPERATION Two (2) CD format chassis operation manuals will be provided. ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS Two (2) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided. AMP DRAW REPORT The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system. The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following: 1) Documentation of the electrical system performance tests. 2) A written load analysis, which will include the following: One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 53 of 107 City of Ashland A) The nameplate rating of the alternator. B) The alternator rating under the conditions specif ied per: Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). C) The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per: Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). D) Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load. E) Each individual intermittent load. All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the applicable NFPA 1901 or . 1906 (Current Edition). WATER TANK Booster tank will have a capacity of 750 gallons and be constructed of UV stabilized ultra-high impact polypropylene plastic by a manufacturer with a minimum of 20 years' experience building tanks, is ISO 9001:2000 certified in all its manufacturing facilities, and has over 50,000 tanks in service. The booster tank will be a form-fitting design that serves to keep the tank height as low as possible. The tank will be no wider than 39.00" at the base to a How for greater compartment depth and no wider than 53.00" at the top. Tank joints and seams will be nitrogen welded inside and out. 1 Tank will be baffled in accordance with NFPA Bulletin 1901 requirements. Baffles will have vent openings at both the top and bottom to permit movement of air and water between compartments. Longitudinal partitions will be constructed of.38" polypropylene plastic and will extend from the bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow for positive welding. Transverse partitions will extend from 4.00" off the bottom of the tank to the underside of the top cover. All partitions will interlock and will be welded to the tank bottom and sides. Tank top will be constructed of .50" polypropylene. It will be recessed .38" and will be welded to the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions. Tank top will be sufficiently supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions. Construction will include 2.00" polypropylene dowels spaced no more than 30.00" apart and welded to the transverse partitions. Two (2) of the dowels will be drilled and tapped (.50" diameter, 13.00" deep) to accommodate lifting eyes. A sump that is 8.00" long x 8.00" wide x 6.00" deep will be provided at the bottom of the water tank. Sump will include a drain plug and the tank outlet. Tank will be installed in a fabricated cradle assembly constructed of structural steel. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 54 of 107 City of Ashland Sufficient cross members will be provided to properly support bottom of tank. Cross members will be constructed of steel bar channel or rectangular tubing. Tank will "float" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber cushions, .50" thick x 3.00" wide, will be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on. Stops or other provision will be provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle. Mounting system will be approved by the tank manufacturer. Fill tower will be constructed of .50" polypropylene and will be a minimum of 8.00" wide x 14.00" long. l Fill tower will be furnished with a .25" thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover. An overflow pipe, constructed of 4.00" schedule 40 polypropylene, will be installed approximately halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit to the rear of the rear axle. POLY SLIDES Poly blocks will be added to the top of the water tank passenger side. The blocks will be approximately 0.50" thick, by the full width of the storage box. These blocks will be spaced approximately every 36.00". A drainage hole will be provided between each slide block to allow any accumulated debris to be washed out. One (1) sleeve will be provided in the water tank for plumbing to the rear. BODY HEIGHT The height of the body will be 89.00" from the bottom of the body to the top of the body. REAR BODY STEP-UP This section is addressed in the body compartment sections listed below. HOSE BED The hose body will be fabricated of .125"-5052 aluminum with a nominal 38,000 psi tensile strength. Flooring of the hose bed will be removable aluminum grating with the top surface corrugated to aid in hose aeration. The grating slats will be a minimum of.50" x 4.50" with spacing between slats for hose ventilation. Hose bed will accommodate 800' of 4.0" and 800' of 3.0" double jacketed hose. HOSE BED DIVIDER Three (3) adjustable hose bed dividers will be furnished for separating hose. Each divider will be constructed of a .125" brushed aluminum sheet fitted and fastened into a slotted, 1.50" diameter radiused extrusion along the top, bottom, and rear edge. Divider will be fully adjustable by sliding in tracks, located at the front and rear of the hose bed. Divider will be held in place by tightening bolts, at each end. Acorn nuts will be installed on all bolts in the hose bed which have exposed threads. CUTOUT, HANDHOLD A cutout with radiused corners w ill be provided at the rear of the three (3) hose bed dividers. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 55 of 107 City of Ashland HOSE BED COVER A two (2) section hose bed cover, constructed of .125" bright aluminum tread plate, will be furnished. The cover will be hinged with full length stainless steel piano hinge. The sides will be slanted down. The cover will be reinforced so that it can support the weight of a man walking on the cover. If access to water tank fill tower is blocked by the hose bed cover, then a hinged door will be provided in it so that tank may be filled without raising cover doors. Chrome grab handles and four (4) gas filled cylinders will be provided to assist in opening and closing the cover. A handrail is provided at the rear, in the center of the support, to assist in opening the cover. HOSE BED STAY ARM COVER An additional positive stay arm will be provided at the front of the cover. The additional stay arms will be a flat bar, mechanical design. HOSEBED RESTRAINT REAR There will be a black vinyl flap installed at the rea r of the hose bed. The flap will be attached to the top hose bed frame with quarter turn fasteners. The flap will have straps that loop through footman loops at the bottom of the hose bed and fasten with seat belt buckle fasteners and chain. LIGHT. HOSE BED There will be white 12 volt DC LED light strips with stainless steel protective cover, provided to light the hose bed area. I • One (1) light strip will be installed the entire length of the driver's side of the hose bed. • One (1) light strip will be installed the entire length of the passenger's side of the hose bed. There will be two (2) battery switch activated and labeled switches included to activate these lights. • One (1) switch will be located at the back of the apparatus no more than 62.00" from ground height. • One (1) switch will be located near the water tank fill dome so that it is protected from the hose. EQUIPMENT STORAGE An equipment storage rack will be provided below the hose bed for storage. The size and type of the equipment storage rack will be large enough to accommodate the equipment listed below and will be full width of the space between the body compartments. A removable tray will be provided on the left (driver's) side of this storage for storage of 200' of 2.50" hose and a Blitzfire portable deluge hose. The tray will be constructed of black poly to provide a lightweight sturdy tray. Two (2) hand holes will be in the floor and additional hand holes will be provided in the sides for easy removal and installation from the compartment. The floor of the tray will be perforated to allow for drainage and hose dry ing. Tray will be held in place by a mechanical spring loaded stainless steel latch that automatically deploys upon loading the trays to hold the trays in place during transit. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 56 of 107 City of Ashland A trough for storage of stokes basket 75" long x 25" wide x 11" deep in size will be provided passenger's side. A black 1.00" nylon webbing design with 2.00" box pattern will be provided across each opening of equipment to secure items during travel. The webbing will be permanently attached at the bottom of the crosslay/deadlay opening(s). 1.00" web straps will loop through footman loops located at the opposite end of the permanently attached webbing. The straps will attach with spring clip and hook fasteners. RUNNING BOARDS Design of the vehicle will be such that running boards will not be required to reach pre connects or other items on the side of the vehicle. TAILBOARD The tailboard will be constructed of .125" bright aluminum tread plate and spaced .50" from the body, as well as supported by a structural steel assembly. The tailboard area will be 12.00" deep and full width of the body. The exterior side will be flanged down and in for increased rigidity of tailboard structure. REAR WALL. BODY MATERIAL, PUC The rear wall will be smooth and the same material as the body. The rear wall body material will be painted. Unpainted aluminum overlays will be provided to allow for chevron application and to provide continuously smooth rear wall panels. The outboard edges of the rear wall will be trimmed in polished stainless steel. TOW BAR A tow bar will be installed under the tailboard at center of truck. Tow bar will be fabricated of 1.00" CRS bar rolled into a 3.00" radius. Tow bar assembly will be constructed of .38" structural angle. When force is applied to the bar, it will be transmitted to the frame rail. Tow bar assembly will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 30-degree upward angled pull of 1lb.000 lb., or a 20,000 lb. straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. Tow bar design will have been fully tested and evaluated using strain gauge testing and finite element analysis techniques. COMPARTMENTATION The apparatus body will be built of aluminum construction using a minimum of .125" thick, 5052- H32 aluminum. The body panel assembly will be constructed in a fixture and consist of formed sheet metal for the front and rear bulkheads, door frames, floors, ceilings, and back walls. These parts will be welded together to ensu re greatest longevity with no visible welds in compartment interior. Welded construction will consist of 1.00" x .38" engineered plug weld holes that control the size, location, and the amount of weld required. The bodies will be assembled and welded from engineered prints that call out the size, location, and type of weld required. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 57 of 107 City of Ashland In structural areas the sheet metal components will have flanges for welding. No butt joints will be allowed. Gussets and support posts will be provided for additional strength where needed. The fender panel will be an integral part of the complete welded body assembly. All light and compartment holes are pre punched prior to construction to provide accuracy and rounded corners to prevent stress risers in the material. Circular fender liners will be provided. For prevention of paint chips and ease of suspension maintenance the fender liners will be formed from brush finished 304L stainless steel, be unpainted, and removable for suspension maintenance. Compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor minimum of 1.00" higher than the compartment door lip. Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of aluminum extrusion, or formed bright aluminum tread plate. The top of the compartment will be sheet metal and covered with bright aluminum tread plate rolled over the edges on the front, and rear. These covers will have the comers welded. The aluminum tread plate covers will not make up the.ceiling of the compartment. All screws and bolts, which are not Grade 8, will be stainless steel and where they protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury. VENTILATION SYSTEM A compartment ventilation system will be incorporated in up to ten (10) compartments. The system will consist of a 400 c.f.m. twin fan motor located in the pump house area. PVC tubing will be used to force the air into each compartment. A timer will allow the system to operate two (2) hours on and four (4) hours off. UNDERBODY AND WATER TANK SUPPORT SYSTEM Due to the severe loading requirem ents of this pumper a method of body and compartment support suitable for the intended load will be provided. The backbone of the body support system will begin with the chassis frame rails which is the strongest component of the chassis and is designed for sustaining maximum loads. The support system will include lateral frame rail extensions that are formed from .375' 80k high strength steel and bolted to the chassi s frame rails with .625' diameter Grade 8 bolts. The water tank and body sub frame support system begins with two (2) full length structural steel channels. Across these main channels are a series of structural steel channels that support the water tank and the front section of the body compartments. This structure is spring loaded at the front and rear to allow the entire structure to flex during' frame flexing maneuvers when the vehicle is operating over uneven terrain. T hese spring loaded mounts will reduce the natural flex stress of the chassis from being transmitted to the body The support system at the rear will include lateral frame rail extensions that are formed from . .375' 80k high strength steel and bolted to the chassis frame rails with .625' diameter Grade 8 bolts. The vertical and horizontal members of the frame rail extensions are to be reinforced with welded gussets and extend to the outside edge of the body. The lateral frame extensions will be electro-coated for superior corrosion resistance. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF.Pumpers NH410 Page 58 of 107 City of Ashland The floating substructure at the rear will be separated from the lateral frame extensions with neoprene elastomer isolators. These isolators will reduce the natural flex stress of the chassis from being transmitted to the body, and absorb road shock and vibration. The isolators will have a broad load range, proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a failsafe design and allow for all necessary movement in three (3) transitional and rotational modes. The neoprene isolators will be installed in a modified V three (3)-point mounting pattern to reduce the natural flex of the chassis being transmitted to the body. A minimum of 8 - 2.55" diameter isolators will be provided, two (2) under each rear side compartment, and a minimum of four (4) 3.50" diameter isolators will be provided under the rear compartment. A design with body compartments simply hanging/sitting on the chassis in an unsupported .(cantilever) fashion will not be acceptable. AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards. Documentation of the material meeting the standard will be provided at time of delivery. LOUVERS All body compartments will have a minimum of one (1) set of automotive style, dust resistant louvers pressed into a wall. The louvers will incorporate a one (1)-way rubber valve that provides airflow out of the compartment and prevents water and dirt from gaining access to the compartment. Each louver will be 3.00" wide x 8.50" tall. Compartments over the wheel will not have louvers. TESTING OF BODY DESIGN Body structural analysis will be fully tested. Proven engineering and test techniques such as finite element analysis and strain gauging have been performed with special attention given to fatigue life and structural integrity of the body and substructure. The body will be tested while loaded to its greatest in-service weight. The criteria used during the testing procedure will include: - Raising opposite corners of the vehicle tires 9.00" to simulate the twisting a truck may experience when driving over a curb. - Making a 90 degree turn, while driving at 20 mph to simulate aggressive driving conditions. - Driving the vehicle on at 35 mph on a washboard road. - Driving the vehicle at 55 mph on a smooth road. - Accelerating the vehicle fully, until reaching the approximate speed of 45 mph on rough pavement. Evidence of the actual testing techniques will be made available upon request. FEA will have been performed on all substructure components. COMPARTMENTATION, DRIVER'S SIDE A full height, roll-up door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The pump operator's panel will be located in this compartment. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 62.00" wide x 54.50" high x 25.88" dee p. The area behind the roll up door One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 59 of 107 City of Ashland spool will be notched for exterior storage or larger capacity water tank tee. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment interior will be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are required between the upper and lower sections. The clear door opening of this compartment will be 59.00" wide x 54.50" high. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. A roll-up door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 60.00" wide x 23.00" high x 25.88" dee p. The area behind the roll up door spool will be notched for exterior storage or larger capacity water tank tee. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The clear door open ing of this compartment will be 57.00" wide x 23.00" high. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. A full height, roll-up door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 52.00" wide x 51.50" high x 25.88" deep. The area behind the roll up door spool will be notched for exterior storage or large r capacity water tank tee. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment interior will be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the com partment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are required bet ween the upper and lower sections. The clear door opening of this compartment will be 49.00" wide x 51.50" high. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. All compartments will include a drip pan below the roll of the door. Note: see section below for locations of all shelves, trays, etc. COMPARTMENTATION, PASSENGER'S SIDE A full height, jump off compartment with a roll-up door ahead of the rear wheels will be provided, as convenient large storage compartment for often used items for the crew. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 62.00" wide x 54.50" high x 25.88" deep. The area behind the roll up door spool will be notched for exterior storage or large r capacity water tank tee. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment interior will be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are required between the upper and lower sections. The clear door opening of this compartment will be 59.00" wide x 54.50 high. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. A roll-up door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 60.00" wide x 23.00" high x 25.88" dee p. The area behind the roll up door spool will be notched for exterior storage or larger capacity water tank tee. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The clear door open ing of this compartment will be 57.00" wide x 23.00" high. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 60 of 107 City of Ashland A full height, roll-up door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 52.00" wide x 51.50" high x 25.88" deep. The area behind the roll up door spool will be notched for exterior storage or large r capacity water tank tee. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment interior will be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are required between the upper and lower sections. The clear door opening of this compartment will be 49.00" wide x 51.50" high. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. All compartments will include a drip pan below the roll of the door. Note: see section below for locations of all shelves, trays, etc. 110 VOLT INTERIOR RECEPTACLE Receptacle will be a NEMA 5-15, 120 volt, 15 amp, three (3) wire duplex household type connected to the shoreline. There will be one (1) receptacle provided. One (1) in the P1 com partment, the exact location to be dete rmined at the preconstru ction conference. ROLL-UP DOOR: SIDE COMPARTMENTS There will be six (6) compartment doors installed on the side compartments. The doors will be double faced aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by A&A Manufacturing (Gortite). Lath sections will be an interlocking rib design and will be individually replaceable without complete disassembly of door. Between each slat at the pivoting joint will be a PVC inner seal to prevent metal to metal contact and prevent dirt or moisture from entering the compartments. Seals will allow door to operate in extreme temperatures ranging from plus 180 to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit. Side, top and bottom seals will be provided to resist ingress of dirt and weather and be made of Santoprene. All hinges, barrel clips and end pieces will be nylon 66. All nylon components will withstand temperatures from plus 300 to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit. A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model 751 to match all compartment and cab doors. Lift bar will be located at the bottom of door and have latches on the outer extrusion of the doors frame. A ledge will be supplied over lift bar for additional area to aid in closing the door. Doors will be constructed from an aluminum box section. The exterior surface of each slat will be flat. The interior surfaces will be concave to provide strength and prevent loose equipm ent from jamming the door from inside. To conserve space in the compartments, the spring roller assembly will not exceed 3.00" in diameter. The header for the roll-up door assembly will not exceed 4.00". A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 61 of 107 City of Ashland COMPARTMENTATION, REAR A roll-up door compartment above the rear tailboard will be provided. Interior dimensions of this compartment will be 36.75" wide x 33.38" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 25.00" of the compartment and 15.75' deep in the re maining upper portion. Depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. A removable access panel will be furnished on the back wall of the compartment. Rear compartment will be open into the rear side compartments. The transverse opening will be a minimum of 22.00" wide x 24.75' high. Clear door opening of this compartment will be 33.50" wide x 24.38" high. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. ROLL-UP DOOR, REAR COMPARTMENT The rear compartment will have a roll-up door. The doors will be double faced aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by A&A Manufacturing (Gortite). Lath sections will be an interlocking rib design and will be individually replaceable without complete disassembly of door. Between each slat at the pivoting joint will be a PVC inner seal to prevent metal to metal contact and prevent dirt or moisture from entering the compartments. Seals will allow door to operate in extreme temperatures ranging from plus 180 to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit. Side, top and bottom seals will be provided to resist ingress of dirt and weather and be made of Santoprene. All hinges, barrel clips and end pieces will be nylon 66. All nylon components will withstand temperatures from plus 300 to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit. A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model 751 to match all compartment and cab doors. Lift bar will be located at the bottom of door and have latches on the outer extrusion of the doors frame. A ledge will be supplied over lift bar for additional area to aid in closing the door. Doors will be constructed from an aluminum box section. The exterior surface of each slat will be flat. The interior surfaces will be concave to provide strength and prevent loose equipm ent from jamming the door from inside. To conserve space in the compartments,, the spring roller assembly will not exceed 3.00" in diameter. The header for the roll-up door assembly will not exceed 4.00". A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. HATCH COMPARTMENTS Hatch compartments with two (2) lift-up, top opening hatch doors will be provided above the driver and passenger side body compartments. Each hatch compartment will extend the full length of the side body compartmentation x 21.00" wide x 19.00" maximum depth. The compartments will extend the full length of the side body compartmentation except for a 20.00" recessed step area at the rear of the compartment on the access ladder side. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 62 of 107 City of Ashland Sides of the compartments will be constructed of the same material as the body and painted job color on the outside panels. Top of the compartments will be constructed of bright aluminum tread plate. Two (2) lift-up, bright aluminum tread plate doors will be provided on the top of each hatch compartment. Each door will have a lever handle with a slam style latch to hold the doors in the closed position. These double pan doors will have lipped edges with a rubber seal for weather resistance. Doors will be hinged on the outboard side and will be held open with pneumatic stay arms. The compartments will have a 3/4" drain that extends to below the body. Ribbed rubber m acting will be provided on the compartment floor to stop wet equipment from sifting in water pools. HATCH COMPARTMENT LIGHTING There will be LED strip lights mounted full length on the interior, hinged side of each compartment. Opening the hatch compartment door will automatically turn the hatch compartment lighting on. PULL-OUT TRAY There will two (2) slide-out trays, with 2" sides, and a capacity of 500 pounds provided. Capacity rating will be in the extended position. The tray will be constructed of .19" aluminum. Slides (a minimum of two per tray) will be an under mount-roller bearing type rated at 500lbs per pair with a factor of safety of 2. To ensure years of dependable service the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM 6117. To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50 pound force for push-in or pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker) test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition. Proof of compliance will be provided upon request. Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and 'but' positions. The trip mechanism for it will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. Each tray will be designed to be as wide and as deep as the compartment space will allow. Tray location will be D1, P1 compartments. A heavy-duty assembly will support the body under the compartment floor. It will be attached to i the chassis frame for load transfer and to reduce stress on body. PULL-OUT ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT TRAY There will be three (3) slide-out trays with 2.00" sides and a capacity of 500 pounds provided. Capacity rating will be in the extended position. Slides will be equipped with ball bearings for ease of operation and years of dependable service. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 63 of 107 City of Ashland The tray will be painted to match the compartment interior. Each tray will be designed to be as wide and as deep as the compartment space will allow. Tray location will be (3) D3, compartments. Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for it will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. Each tray will be adjustable up and down within the compartment. SLIDE-OUT TOOLBOARD A slide-out aluminum tool board will be provided. It will have a painted finish to match the compartment interior. It will be a minimum of 0.188" thick with 0.203" diameter holes in a pegboard pattern with 1.00" centers between holes. A 1.00" x 1.00" aluminum tube frame will be welded to the edge of the pegboard. The board will be mounted on an under mount-roller bearing type slide rated at 250 lb. with a factor of safety of 2. To ensure years of dependable service the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117. To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50 pound force for push-in or pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker) test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven. over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition. P roof of compliance will be provided upon request. The board will have positive lock in the stowed and extended position. The tool board will be mounted on adjustable tracks side to side within the compartment. There will be two (2) provided. The tool boards will be located in the P3 corn partment to hold three Zico SCBA holders. The exact locations and configurations to be determined at the preconstruction conference. DOUBLE SWING OUT TOOL GRID SYSTEM There will be one (1) Gear Grid double sw ing out tool grid system will be provided. The framework will be constructed of heavy gauge steel tubing with high strength 1/4" diameter wire. Two (2) full width swing out tool grids will be mounted on pivoting devices in each location. One grid will swing out from the front wall of the compartment. The second grid will swing out from the rear wall of the compartment. A third stationary grid will be provided on the rear wall. The grid will have positive lock in the stowed and extended position. There will be an amber flashing LED light located on the end of each swing out grid. The tool grid system provided will be a gray powder coat finish and installed in the upper P1 compartment above the fixed shelf. _ One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 64 of 107 City of Ashland MOUNTING TRACKS There will be recessed tracks installed vertically to support the adjustable shelves. Tracks will not protrude into any compartment in order to provide the greatest compartment space and widest shelves possible. The tracks will be provided in each compartment except for the one that contains the pump operator's panel. ADJUSTABLE SHELVES There will be four (4) shelves, with a capacity of 500 pounds provided. The shelf construction will consist of.188" thick aluminum with 2.00" sides. Each shelf will be painted Spatter Gray. Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track. The shelves will be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts. The location will be (1) D1 upper, (2) P3 forward of the fixed vertical divider, (1) P1 compartments. PARTITION. VERTICAL COMPARTMENT One (1) partition will be bolted in in the P3 compartment, specific details will be determined at the preconstruction conference. Each partition will be the full vertical height of the compartment. PERMANENTLY MOUNTED SHELF A permanently mounted compartment shelf will be provided. A total of two (2) will be installed (1) in the P3 compartment aft of the fixed vertical divider, (1) in the P1 compartment to provide a mounting point for the swing out tool board in the upper section. The exact locations Will be determined at the preconstruction conference. ZICO CABINET MOUNTING BRACKETS There will be three (3) brackets provided for mounting air bottles. Each bracket will be a Zico, Cabinet Mounting Bracket, Model CMB. The brackets will be installed on the two slide out tool boards in the P3 compartment. The exact locations to be determined at the preconstruction conference. RUB RAIL Bottom edge of the side compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail. Trim will be 3.12" high with 1.50" flanges turned outward for rigidity. The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage. Rub rails will be attached with bolts and spaced from the body with isolators that will help to absorb any moderate impact without damaging the body. BODY FENDER CROWNS Polished stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings. A brushed stainless steel unpainted fender liner will be provided to avoid paint chipping. The liners will be removable to aid in the maintenance of rear suspension components. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 65 of 107 City of Ashland Q The fender crowns will be held in place with stainless steel screws that thread directly into a composite nut and not directly into the parent body sheet metal to eliminate dissimilar metals contact and greatly reduce the chance for corrosion. HARD SUCTION HOSE Hard suction hose will not be required. - Two (2) vertical handrails will be located at the rear, one on each side of the rear compartment. AIR BOTTLE STORAGE INSERT A total of three (3) inserts will be provided for the air bottle storage compartments. The inserts will be "W" shaped and be formed from composite materials. AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Double) A quantity of three (3) air bottle compartments, 15.25" wide x 7.75" tall x 26.00" deep, will be provided on the driver side rearward of the rear wheels, on the passenger side forward of the rear wheels and on the passenger side rearward of the rear wheels . A polished stainless steel door with a chrome plated flush lift & turn latch will be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal. Inside the compartment, black rubber matting will be provided. AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Single) A quantity of one (1) air bottle compartment, approximately 7.50" wide x 7.50" tall x 26.00" deep, will be provided on the d river side forward of the rear wheels. The full width double door will cover the air bottle opening and the DEF tank access. The compartment will be square with angled corners. A polished stainless steel door with a chrome plated flush lift & turn latch will be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barr ier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal. Inside the compartment, black rubber matting will be provided. EXTENSION LADDER There will be a 24', two (2) section, aluminum, Duo-Safety, Series 900-A extension ladder provided. ROOF LADDER There will be a 14' aluminum, Duo-Safety, Series 775-A roof ladder provided. LADDER STORAGE The ladders will be stored inside the upper section of the driver's side compartments. This ladder rack will reduce the depth of the upper section in the side compartments. A partition will be installed inside the com partment on the side of the rack to allow for equipment storage and to conceal the ladders. The ladders will be banked in separate storage troughs. The ladder storage assembly will be fabricated of stainless steel track channels to aid in loading and removal of ladders. Rear of the ladder storage area will have a vertically hinged smooth aluminum door with lift-and- turn latches to contain the ladders. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 66 of 107 City of Ashland FOLDING LADDER One (1) 10' aluminum, Series 585-A Duo-Safety folding ladder will be installed in the driver side pike pole/folding ladder. PIKE POLE. 8' One (1) pike pole, 8' long Akron with a fiberglass handle, will be provided and located in the storage compartment on the upper driver's side of the rear of the body. PIKE POLE, 6' One (1) pike pole, 6' long Akron with a fiberglass handle, will be provided and located in the storage compartment on the upper driver's side of the rear of the body. PIKE POLE/FOLDING LADDER COMPARTMENT One (1) pike pole compartment will be provided, recessed in the up per, inside part of body compartment on the driver's side. The compartment will be equipped with two (2) aluminum tubes to hold two (2) pike poles and a stainless steel trough for the folding ladder. The door will be made of smooth aluminum and have a lift and turn latch. One (1) compartment will be provided, recessed in the upper, inside part of body compartment on the passenger's side for storage of long handle tools. The door will be made of smooth aluminum and have a lift and turn latch. PIKE POLE STORAGE Aluminum tubing will be used for the storage of two (2) pike poles and will be located in the passenger side rear upp er long storage com partment. If the head of a pike pole can com a in contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuff plate will be provided. LADDER. TOP ACCESS A wide easy climbing access ladder, constructed of aluminum rungs and extruded aluminum rails, will be provided on the right side at the rear of the apparatus. The inside climbing area of the ladder will be 13.75" wide The lower section of the ladder will be retractable into the upper section to elim inate interference with the rear FMVSS lights. When lowered the bottom rung will be lower than the body, approximately 16.00" to 20.00" from the ground to allow a lower first step height. The ladder will be slanted when in use for easy access, and fold against the body for storage to reduce the overall length. Corrosion resistant, stainless steel spring-loaded locks will hold the ladder in place. PUMP Pump will be a Pierce, low profile, 1500 gpm single stage midship mounted centrifugal type, mounted below the cab. The pump will have a 15 percent reserve capacity to allow for extended time between pump rebuild. To ensure efficient pump/vehicle design the capacity to weight ratio will not be less than 1.5:1. The pump casing will consist of three (3) discharge outlets, one (1) to each side in line with the impeller and one (1) to the rear. The pump casing will incorporate two (2) water strippers to maintain radial balance. Pump will be the Class A type. Pump will be certified to deliver the percentage of rated discharge from draft at pressure indicated below:, 100 percent of rated capacity at 150 psi net pump pressure One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 67 of 107 City of Ashland - 70 percent of rated capacity at 200 psi net pump pressure - 50 percent of rated capacity at 250 psi net pump pressure The pump will have the capacity to deliver the percentage of rated discharge from a pressurized source as indicated below: - 135 percent of rated capacity at 100 psi net pump pressure from a 5 psi source Pump body will be fine-grained gray iron. Pump will incorporate a heater/cooling jacket integral to the pump housing. The impeller will be high strength vacuum cast bronze alloy accurately machine balanced and splined to a 10 spline stainless steel pump shaft for precision fit, exceptional durability, and efficiency. Double replaceable reverse flow labyrinth type bronze wear ring design will help to minimize end thrust. The impeller will be a twisted vane design to create higher lift. The pump will include O-ring gaskets throughout the pump. Deep groove radial type oversize ball bearings will be provided. The bearings will be protected at the openings from road dirt and water with an oil seal and a water slinger. The pump will have a flat, patterned area on the top of the pump intake wye to allow standing for plumbing maintenance. The main inlet manifold will be 6.00" in diameter and will have a low profile design to facilitate low crosslays and high flows. For ease of service, the pump housing, intake wye, impeller, mechanical seal, and gear case will be accessible from above the chassis frame by tilting the cab. The intake wyes will be removable without having to remove the main intake casting. Removal of the main inlet wyes i will provide access to the impeller, mechanical seal, and wear ring. PUMP MOUNTING Pump will be mounted to the chassis frame rails directly below the crew cab, to minimize wheelbase and facilitate service, using rubber isolators in a modified V pattern that include two (2) central mounted isolators located between the frame rails, and one (1) on each side outside the frame rails. The mounting will allow chassis frame rails to flex independently without damage to the fire pump. Each isolator will be 2.55' in total outside diameter and will be rated at 490 lb. The pump will be completely accessible by tilting the cab with no piping located directly above the pump. MECHANICAL SEALS Silicon carbide mechanical seals will be provided. The seals will be spring loaded and self- adjusting. The seals will have a minimum thermal conductivity of 126 W/m*K to run cooler. Seals will have a minimum hardness of 2800 kg/mm2 to be more resistant to wear, and have thermal expansion characteristics of no more than 4.0 X106mm/mm*K to be more resistant to thermal shock. PUMP GEARCASE Gear case will be a pressure-lubricated gear case to cool, lubricate, and filter the oil. The gear case will include an auxiliary PTO opening. The gear case will be constructed of lightweight aluminum, and impregnated with resin in accordance to M IL Spec MIL-1-17563. A dipstick, accessible by tilting the cab, will be provided for easy fluid level checks. A filter screen will be provided for long life. The gear case will consist of two (2) gears to drive the pum p impeller and one (1) for the auxiliary PTO. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 68 of 107 City of Ashland The auxiliary PTO opening will provide for the addition of PTO driven accessories. The pump will be driven through the rear engine power take-off and clutch. The rear engine power take-off drive will be live at all times to allow for pump and roll applications. Rear engine power take-off allow for high horsepower and torque ratings needed for large pump applications, and is a proven drive system throughout the rug ged construction industry. CLUTCH Pierce "Sure Shift Technology" will incorporate a heavy-duty electric clutch mounted directly to the front of the pump to engage and disengage the pum p without gear clash. The clutch will be a multiple disc design for maximum torque. The clutch will be fully self-adjusting to provide automatic wear compensation, and consistent torque throughout the life of the clutch. Positive engagement and disengagement will be provided through a high efficient and dependable magnetic system to assure superior performance. The clutch will have a 500 lb-ft rating. Clutch will be of a time-tested design used in critical military applications. PUMPING MODE Pump will provide for both pump and roll mode and stationary pumping mode. Stationary pumping mode will be accomplished by stopping the vehicle, setting the parking brake and engaging the water pump switch on the cab switch panel. The transmission will shift to "Neutral" range automatically when the parking brake is set. The "OK to Stationary Pump" indicator will also illuminate when the parking brake is set. If the vehicle is equipped with a foam system or CAFS system, these systems will be engaged from the cab switch panel as well. Pump and roll mode will be accomplished by the use of the main pump and will not require the use of a secondary pump. Pump and roll mode will use the same operation sequence as stationary pumping mode with a few additional steps. After the vehicle is setup for stationary pumping, the operator will leave the cab and set-up the pum p panel to discharge at the desired outlet(s). Upon returning to the cab, the operator will disengage the parking brake. An "OK to Pump & Roll" indicator will illuminate on the cab switch panel. First gear on the transmission gear selector will be selected by the operator for pump and roll operations. The operator as needed will apply the foot throttle. Pump and roll mode will be maintained unless the transmission shifts out of first gear. Stopping either stationary pumping mode or pump and roll mode will be accomplished by pressing the "Water Pump" switch down to disengage the pum p. PUMP SHIFT Pump will be engaged in not m ore than two steps, by simply setting the parking brake, which will automatically put the transmission into neutral, and activating a rocker switch in the cab. Switches in the cab will also allow for water, foam, or CAFS if equipped, and activate the appropriate system to preset parameters. The engagement will provide simple two-step operation, enhance reliability, and completely eliminate gear clash. The shift will include the indicator lights as mandated by NFPA. A direct override switch will be located behind a door in the lower pump operator's panel. The switch will automatically disengage when the door is closed. As the parking brake is applied, the pump panel throttle will be activated and deactivate the chassis foot throttle for stationary operation. Pump and roll operation will be available by releasing the parking brake with the pump in the pumping mode. Releasing the parking brake will activate the chassis foot throttle, and One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 69 of 107 City of Ashland deactivate the pum p panel throttle. To protect f rom accidental pump overheating, the pump will automatically disengage when the truck transmission shifts into second gear. TRANSMISSION LOCK UP Transmission lock up is not required as transmission will automatically shift to neutral as soon as the parking brake is set. AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM A supplementary heat exchange cooling system will be provided to allow the use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. A water-to-coolant heat exchanger will be used. INTAKE RELIEF VALVE An Akron relief valve will be installed on the suction side of the pump. Relief valve will have a working range of 75 psig to 200 psig. Outlet will terminate below the frame rails with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter and will have a "do not cap" warning tag. Control will be located behind an access door at the right (p assenger's) side pump panel. SPECIAL SETTING. INTAKE RELIEF VALVES All of the intake dump relief valves will be set at 150 psig PSI. PRESSURE CONTROLLER A Pierce Pressure Governor will be provided. An electric pressure governor will be provided which is capable of automatically maintaining a desired preset discharge pressure in the water pump. When operating in the pressure control mode, the system will automatically maintain the discharge pressure set by the operator (within the discharge capabilities of the pump and water supply) regardless of flow, within the discharge capacities of the water pump and water supply. A pressure transducer will be installed in the water discharge of the pump. The transducer continuously monitors pump pressure sending a signal to the Electronic Control Module (ECM). The governor can be used in two (2) modes of operation, RPM mode and pressure modes. In the RPM mode, the governor can be activated after vehicle parking brake has been set. When in this mode, the governor will maintain the set engine speed, regardless of engine load (within engine operation capabilities). In the pressure mode, the governor system can only operate after the fire pump has been engaged and the vehicle park ing brake has been set. When in the pressure mode, the pressure controller monitors the pump pressure and varies engi ne speed to maintain a precise pump pressure. The pressure controller will use a quicker reacting J1939 database for engine control (excluding Cat engines). A preset feature allows a predetermined pressure or rpm to be set. A pump cavitation protection feature is also provided which will return the engine to idle should the pump cavitate. Cavitation is sensed by the combination of pump pressure below 30 psi and engine speed above 2000 rpm for more than five (5) seconds. The throttle will be a vernier style control, with a large control knob for use with a gloved hand. A throttle ready light will be provided adjacent to the throttle control. A large .75" RPM display will be provided to be visible at a glance. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 70 of 107 City of Ashland J Check engine, and stop engine indicator lights will be provided for easy viewing. Large .75" push buttons will be provided for menu, mode, preset, and silence selections. The water tank level indicator will be incorporated in the pressure governor. A fuel level indicator will be incorporated in the pressure controller. A pump hour meter will bey incorporated in the pressure controller. The pressure controller will incorporate monitoring for engine temperature, oil pressure, fuel level alarm, and voltage. Pump monitoring will include, pump gear case temperature, error codes, diagnostic data, pum p service reminders, and time stamped data logging, to allow for fast accurate trouble shooting. It will also notify the driver/engineer of any problems with the . engine and the apparatus. Complete understandable messages will be provided in a 20- character display, providing for fewer abbreviations in the messages. An automatic dim feature will be included for night operations. The pressure controller will include a USB port for easy software upgrades, which can be downloaded through a USB memorystick, eliminating the need for a laptop for software installations. A complete interactive manual will be provided with the pressure controller. PRIMING PUMP The priming pump will be a Trident Emergency Products compressed air powered, high efficiency, multi-stage venturi based AirPrime System, conforming to standards outlined in NFPA pamphlet #1901. All wetted metallic parts of the priming system are to be of brass and stainless steel construction. One (1) priming control will open the priming valve and start the pump primer. A second priming valve will be plumbed to the front suction piping. The second control will be located at the pump operator's panel. RECIRCULATING LINE, WITH CHECK VALVE A .50" diameter recirculating line, from the pump to the water tank, will be furnished with a control installed at the pum p operator's control panel. A check valve will be provided in this line to prevent the back flow of water from the tank to the pum p if the valve is left in the open position. PUMP MANUALS Two (2) pump manuals from the pump manufacturer will be furnished in compact disc format with the apparatus. The manuals will cover pump operation, maintenance, overhaul, and parts. PLUMBING All inlet and outlet plumbing, 3.00" and smaller, will be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with high-tensile polyester braid. Small diameter secondary plumbing such as drain lines will be stainless steel, brass or hose. . Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for servicing, the piping will be equipped with victaulic or rubber couplings. Plumbing manifold bodies will be ductile cast iron or stainless steel. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 71 of 107 City of Ashland tiJ All lines will drain through a master drain valve or will be equipped with individual drain valves. All individual drain lines for discharges will be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame. All water carrying gauge lines will be of flexible polypropylene tubing. MAIN PUMP INLETS A.6.00" pump manifold inlet will be provided on each side of the vehicle: The suction inlets will include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump. Main pump inlets will not be located on the main operator's panel and w ill maintain a low connection height by terminating below the top of the chassis frame rail. The main pump inlets will have National Standard Threads with a long handle chrome cap. The cap will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates a Pierce exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. VALVES All ball valves will be Akron Brass. The Akron valves will be the 8000 series heavy-duty style with a stainless steel ball and a simple two-seat design. No lubrication or regular maintenance is required on the valve. Valves will have a ten (10) year warranty. INLET (Left side) On the left side pump panel will be one (1) 2.50" auxiliary suction, terminating in 2.50" National Standard Hose Thread. The auxiliary suction will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. INLET (Right side) On the right side pump panel will be one (1) 2.50" auxiliary suction, terminating in 2.50" National Standard Hose Thread. The auxiliary suction will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. The location of the valve for the two (2) inlets will be recessed behind the pump panel. ANODE, INLET A pair of sacrificial zinc anodes will be provided in the water pump inlets to protect the pump from corrosion. INLET CONTROL Control for the side auxiliary inlets will be located at the inlet valve. INLET (Rear) A 4.00" inlet with screen will be provided using 4.00" piping and a 4.00" ball valve. The screen will provide cathodic protection against corrosion in the piping. The piping will contain only large radiused elbows, no mitered joints. The plumbing will be routed to the rear below the water tank and between the frame rails. The inlet will terminate along the on the passenger's side of the body above the tailboard side at the rear at tailboard height. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 72 of 107 City of Ashland A bleeder valve will be located at the threaded connection. ADAPTER, REAR INLET The rear 4.00" inlet will be furnished with a 4.00"(F) National Standard hose thread x 4.00" Storz elbow adapter with a Storz cap. CONTROL. REAR INLET The rear suction will be gated with an electric operated control at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism will be electric with a Akron controller with LED lights indicating the position of the valve will be provided. INTAKE RELIEF VALVE An intake relief valve, preset at 125 psig, will be installed on the inlet side of the valve. Relief valve will have a working range of 75 psig to 250 psig. Outlet will terminate below the frame rails. A .75" bleeder will be provided. ELBOW. REAR INLET The 4.00" inlet, located at the rear of the apparatus, will be furnished with a 4.00" (F) National Standard hose thread x 4.00" Storz elbow/adapter with a Storz cap. INLET (Front) A 5.00" inlet front inlet with die cast zinc screens will be provided using 5.00" stainless steel pipe 'and a 5.00" butterfly valve. Only radiused elbows will be used in the piping, no mitered joints. Drains are furnished in all the low points of piping and have .75" valves with push pull controls. A bleeder valve will be located at the threaded connection. The front suction will be located on the passenger side of the bumper extension. FRONT INLET CONTROL The front suction will be gated with an electric operated control located at the pump operator's panel. The controller will be an Akron Navigator model 9313, which will allow the valve to be gated for ease of operation. The controller will have individual red, yellow and green lights to show the valve position. INTAKE RELIEF VALVE An intake relief valve, preset at 125 psig, will be installed on the inlet side of the valve. Relief valve will have a working range of 75 psig to 250 psig. Outlet will terminate below the frame rails. The front inlet will have National Standard hose threads with a long handle chrom a plated cap. The cap will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates a Pierce exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. The piping for the front suction will terminate with a chrome plated National Standard hose thread adapter, within the front hose tray. 5.00" x 4.00" ADAPTER There will be a 5.00" FNST x 4.00" MNST chrome adaptor provided on the front inlet swivel. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 73 of 107 City of Ashland rm INLET BLEEDER VALVE A .75" bleeder valve will be provided for each side gated inlet. T he valves will be located behind the panel with a swing style handle control extended to the outside of the panel. The handles will be chrome plated and provide a vis ual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage. The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. TANK TO PUMP The booster tank will be connected to the intake side of the pump with heavy duty 4.00" piping and a quarter turn 3.00" full flow line valve with the control located at the operator's panel. A rubber coupling will be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing. A check valve will be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank. TANK REFILL A 1.50" combination tank refill and pump re-circulation line will be provided, using a quarter-turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel. DISCHARGE OUTLETS (Left Side) There will be two (2) discharges with a 2.50" valves on the left side of the apparatus, terminating with a male 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter. Discharges will be located below the cab, and will be no higher than the top of the chassis frame rail. Discharges will not be located on the pump operator's panel. Lever contro is will be provided at the valve. DISCHARGE OUTLETS (Right Side) There will be one (1) discharge with a 2.50" valve on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a male 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter. The discharge will be located below the crew cab, and will be no higher than the top of the chassis frame rail. The discharge will be electrically controlled at the pump operator's panel. DISCHARGE OUTLET. 4.00" There will be a 4.00" discharge outlet with a 4.00" Akron valve body installed on the right side of the apparatus, below the cab, and will be no higher than the top of the chassis frame rail terminating, with a male 4.00" National Standard hose thread. This discharge outlet will be electrically controlled at the pump operator's control panel. 4.00" CAP, LARGE DIAMETER OUTLET The large diameter outlet will have a National Standard hose thread adapter with a 4.00" rocker lug chrome plated cap and chain. The cap will be the V LH, which incorporates a patent pending thread design to autom atically relieve stored pressure in the I ine when disconnected. DISCHARGE OUTLET (Front) There will be one (1) 1.50" gated discharge outlet/s, w ith a swivel, piped to the center on top of the front bumper extension. Plumbing will consist of 2.00" piping and flexible hose according to the design requirements of the chassis. A fabricated weldment made of black iron pipe will be used in the plumbing where appropriate. A 2.00" full flow ball valve controlled at the pum p operator's panel will be used in the outlet plumbing. Automatic drains will be provided at all low points of piping. One, (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 74 of 107 City of Ashland DISCHARGE OUTLET REAR (Hose bed) There will be two (2) discharge outlets piped to the front of the hose bed, in the one on the driver's and one on the passenger's side of the hose bed. Plumbing will consist of 2.50" schedule 10 304L welded or formed stainless steel piping along with a 2.50" full flow ball valve with the control from the pump operator's panel. Discharge will terminate with 2.50" NST thread. DISCHARGE CAPS Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with chains will be furnished for all side discharge outlets. The caps will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates a Pierce exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. OUTLET BLEEDERS A .75" bleeder valve will be provided for each outlet 1.50" or larger. Automatic drain valves are acceptable with some outlets if deemed appropriate with the application. The valves will be located behind the panel with a swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel. The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage. Bleeders will be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They will be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to. The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS The discharge outlets will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position.of the valve or an indicator will be provided to show when the valve is closed. The passenger side discharges will be controlled by an Akron 9315 Navigator controller with the manual override located on the passenger side p ump panel. In addition to valve position, each Akron 9315 Navigator controller will include a pressure display. The controller unit will have solid state electronics to provide easy, two (2) button open and close valve position capability with valve position indicator lights, and current limiting valve motor stopping capability. The unit will be in water resistant brass housing and will come with all required installation cables and harnesses. All other outlets will have manual swing handles that operate in a vertical up and down motion. These handles will be able to lock in place to prevent valve creep under pressure. DELUGE RISER A 3.00" deluge riser will be installed above the pump in such a manner that a monitor can be mounted and used effectively. Piping will be installed securely so no movement develops when the line is charged. The riser will be gated and controlled at the pump operator's panel. A 2.50" valve will be provided. The deluge riser will allow flow for 1000 GPM. TELESCOPIC PIPING The deluge riser piping will include a 18.00" Task Force Model XG18 Extend-A-Gun extension. This extension will be telescopic to allow the deluge gun to be raised 18.00" increasing the range of operation. A triangular bracing structure will be installed to support the piping. Aluminum tread plate will be placed on the forward side of the bracing structure. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 75 of 107 City of Ashland J A position sensor will be provided on the telescopic piping that will activate the "do not move vehicle" light inside the cab when the monitor is in the raised position. MONITOR A Task Force Crossfire XFC-52 monitor package will be furnished and properly installed on the deluge riser. The monitor will include a M-R nozzle, 5" stream straightener and quad stacked tips. The portable base unit will have one (1) 4.00" Storz inlet. The monitor will be painted job color. The deluge riser Extend-a-Gun will have provisions for direct mounting a Task Force CrossFire monitor. . CROSSLAY HOSE BEDS Two (2) crosslays with 1.50" outlets will be provided. Each bed to be capable of carrying 200 feet of 1.75" double jacketed hose and will be plumbed with 2.00" i.d. schedule 10 304L welded or formed stainless steel pipe and gated with a 2.00" quarter turn ball valve. Threaded pipe will not be acceptable. Crossl ays will be low mounted with the bottom of both crosslay trays no more than 19.25" above the frame rails for simple, safe reloading and deployment. The hose beds will be full width of the body compartments. Outlets to be equipped with a 1.50" National Standard hose thread 90 degree swivel located in the hose bed so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus. The crosslay controls will be at the pump operator's panel. A removable tray will be provided for the crosslay hose bed. The crosslay tray will be constructed of black poly to provide a lightweight sturdy tray. Two (2) hand holes will be in the floor and additional hand holes will be provided in the sides for easy removal and installation from the compartment. The floor of the trays will be perforated to allow for drainage and hose drying. Trays will be held in place by a mechanical spring loaded stainless steel latch that automatically deploys upon loading the trays to hold the trays in place during transit. DEADLAY HOSE BEDS Two (2) deadlays without plumbing, will be provided above the pum p compartment capable of carrying 100' of 1.75" hose. The trays are to be as wide as space will allow to accommodate a gated wye that is preconnected to the hose . The deadlays will be located high mounted, full width of the body compartments. A removable tray will be provided for each deadlay hose bed. The deadlay tray will be constructed of black poly to provide a lightweight sturdy tray. Two (2) hand holes will be-in the floor and additional hand holes will be provided in the sides for easy removal and installation from the compartment. The floor of the trays will be perforated to allow for drainage and hose drying. Tray will be held in,place by a mechanical spring loaded stainless steel latch that automatically deploys upon loading the tray to hold the trays in place during transit. ROLL-UP DOOR, CROSSLAY ENDS The compartment doors will be roll-up style, double faced aluminum construction painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by A&A Manufacturing (Gortite). Lath sections will be an interlocking rib design and will be individually replaceable without complete disassembly of door. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 76 of 107 City of Ashland Between each slat at the pivoting joint will be a PVC inner seal to prevent metal to metal contact and prevent dirt or moisture from entering the compartments. Seals will allow door to operate in extreme temperatures ranging from plus 180 to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit. Side, top and bottom seals will be provided to resist ingress of dirt and weather and be made of Santoprene. All hinges, barrel clips and end pieces will be nylon 66. All nylon components will withstand temperatures from +300 to -40 degrees Fahrenheit. A polished stainless steel lift bar to be provided for each roll-up door. Lift bar will be located at the bottom of door and have latches on the outer extrusion of the doors frame. A ledge will be supplied over lift bar for additional area to aid in closing the door. Doors will be constructed from an aluminum box section. The exterior surface of each slat will be flat. The interior surfaces will be concave to provide strength and prevent loose equipm ent from jamming the door from inside. To conserve space i n the compartments, the spring roller assembly will not exceed 3.00" in diameter. The header for the roll-up door assembly will not exceed 4.00". A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. BOOSTER HOSE REEL A Hannay electric rewind booster hose will be installed high on the back wall in the rear compartment. The exterior finish of the reel will be painted #269 gray from the reel manufacturer. Roll-up door for this compartment will not interfere with the hose reel. A flip out polished stainless steel roll er and guide assembly will be provided so the booster hose does not rub against a painted surface. Discharge control will be provided at the purr p operator's panel. Plumbing to the reel will consist of 1.50" or larger Aeroquip hose, stainless steel pipe and a 2.00" valve. Reel motor_will be protected from overload with a sized automatic reset circuit breaker. Electric rewind control will be a rubber covered button adjacent to the reel. Booster hose, .75" diameter and 100 feet, with chrome plated Barway, or equal couplings will be provided. Working pressure of the booster hose will be a minimum of 800 psi. Capacity of the hose reel will be 100' of 0.75" nitrile rubber hose booster hose. HUSKY 3 FOAM PROPORTIONER A Pierce Husky@ 3 foam proportioning system will be provided. The Husky 3 is an on demand, automatic proportioning, single point, direct injection system suitable for all types of Class A and B foam concentrates, including the high viscosity (6000 cps), alcohol resistant Class B foams.. Operation will be based on direct measurement of water flow, and remain consistent within the specified flows and pressures. The system will automatically proportion foam solution at rates from .1 percent to 3.0 percent regardless of variations in water pressure and flow, up to the maximum rated capacity of the foam concentrate pump. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 . Page 77 of 107 City of Ashland The design of the system will allow operation from draft, hydrant, or relay operation. System Capacity The system will have the ability to deliver the following minimum foam solution flow rates at accuracies that meet or exceed N FPA requirements at a pump rating of 150 psi. 100 gpm @ 3 percent 300 gpm @ 1 percent 600 gpm @ 0.5 percent Class A foam setting in .1 percent increments from .1 percent to 1 percent. Ty pical settings of 1 percent, .5 percent and .3 percent (maximum capacity will be limited to the plumbing and water pump capacity). Control System The system will be equipped with a digital electronic control d isplay located on the pump operator's panel. Push button controls will be integrated into the panel to turn the system on/off, control the foam percentage, and to set the operation modes. The percent of injection will have a preset. This preset can be changed at the fire department as desired. The percent of injection will be able to be easily changed at the scene to adj ust to changing demands. Three (3).50 tall LEDs will display the foam percentage in numeric characters. Three (3) indicator LEDs will also be included: one (1) green, one (1) red, and one (1) yellow. The LEDs will indicate various system operation or error states. i The indications will be: Solid Green - System On Solid Red -Valve Position Error Solid Yellow - Priming System Flashing Green - Injecting Foam Flashing Red - Low Tank Level Flashing Yellow - Refilling Tank The control display will house a microprocessor, which receives input from the systems water flow meter while also monitoring the position of the foam concentrate pump. The microprocessor will compare the values of the water flow versus the position/rate of the foam pump, to ensure the proportion rate is accurate. One (1) check valve will be installed in the plumbing to prevent foam from contaminating the water pump. Hydraulic Drive System The foam concentrate pump will be powered by an electric over hydraulic drive system. The hydraulic system and motor will be integrated into one unit. Foam Concentrate Pump The foam concentrate pump will be of positive displacement, self-priming; linear actuated design, driven by the hydraulic system. The pump will be constructed of brass body; chrome One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 78 of 107 City of Ashland ' plated stainless steel shaft, with a stainless steel piston. In order to increase longevity of the pump, no aluminum will be present in its construction. A relief system will be provided which is designed to protect the drive system components and prevent over pressuring the foam concentrate pump. The foam concentrate pump will have minimum capacity for 3 gpm with all types of foam concentrates with a viscosity at or below 6000 cps including protein, fluoroprotein, AFFF, FFFP, or AR-AFFF. The system will deliver only the amount of foam concentrate flow required, without recirculating foam back to the storage tank. Recirculating foam concentrate back to the storage tank can cause agitation and premature foaming of the concentrate, which can result in system failure. The foam concentrate pump will be self-priming and have the ability to draw foam concentrate from external supplies such as drums or pails. External Foam Concentrate Connection An external foam pick-up will be provided to enable use of a foam agent that is not stored on the vehicle. The external foam pick-up will be designed to allow continued operation after the on- board foam tank is empty, or the use of foam different than the foam in the foam tank. Panel Mounted External Pick-Up Connection /Valve A bronze three (3)-way valve will be provided. The unit will be mounted to the pum p panel. The valve unit will function as the foam system tank to pump valve and external sucti on valve. The external foam pick-up will be one (1) .75" male connection GHT (garden hose thread) with a cap. Pick-Up Hose A .75" flexible hose with an end for insertion into foam containers will be provided. The hose will be supplied with a .75" female swivel GHT (garden hose thread) swivel connector. The hose will be shipped loose. Discharges The foam system will be plumbed to the lower rear crosslay, lower front crosslay, left side of front bumper, deluge, front of hose bed left side and front of hose bed right side. System Electrical Load The maximum current draw of the electric motor and system will be no more than 55 amperes at 12 VDC. REFILL, SINGLE FOAM TANK The foam system's proportioning pum p will be used to fill the foam tank. This will allow use of the auxiliary foam pick-up to pump the foam from pails or a drum on the ground into the foam tank. A foam shut-off switch will be installed in the fill dome of the tank to shut the system down when the tank is full. The fill operation will be controlled by a mode in the foam system controller. While the proportioner, pump is filling the tank, the controller will display a flashing yellow LED to indicate that the tank is filling. When the tank is full, as determined by the float switch in the tank dome, the pump will stop and the controller will shut the yellow LED off. If it attempted to use tank fill and the refill valve and suction valve are in the wrong position(s), then a red LED will illuminate to indicate the improper valve position(s). When the valves are positioned properly, then filling will commence. FOAM SYSTEM TRAINING The fire department will order one (1) vehicle with this foam system. The operation of the foam system will be demonstrated at the plant where the apparatus was manufactured. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 79 of 107 City of Ashland This demonstration will include: - A review of the foam system manual, emphasizing key areas - A walk around review of the system components on the finished truck - A hands-on foam system start-up and foam discharge session - Instructions on the use of the manual overrides - A demonstration explaining the proper way to shut down and flush the foam system. FOAM CELL The foam cell will be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell will have a capacity of 30 gallons of foam with the intended use of Class A foam. The brand of foam stored in this tank will be Ansul. The foam cell will not reduce the capacity of the water tank. The foam cell will have a screen in the fill dome and a breather in the lid. FOAM TANK DRAIN A system of 1.00" foam tank drains will be provided, integrated into the foam systems strainer and tank to foam pump valve management system. The tank to pump hoses running from the tank to the panel mounted strainer will 1.00" diameter. The foam system controller will have a mode that allows for a given foam valve to be opened at will. Flow of foam from the tank valve to the strainer will be usable as a tank drain mode. An adaptor will be supplied, that allows the 1.00" foam intake screen to assembly to be used as a drain outlet. The standard supplied 1.00" foam pick up hose will be attached to the screen assembly by way of the adapter. The drain m ode will allow the operator to open and close the tank valve as required from the control head, to drain foam and re-fill foam containers through the connected hose, without foam spillage beneath the vehicle. PUMP CONTROL PANELS (Left Side Control) Pump controls and gauges will be located midship at the left (driver's) side of the apparatus and properly identified. The main pump operator's control panel will be completely enclosed and located in the forward section of the body compartment, to protect against road debris and weather elements. The pump operator's panels will be no more than 31.00" wide, and made in four (4) sections with the center section easily removable with simple hand tools. For the safety of the pump operator, there will be no discharge outlets or pump inlets located on the main pump operators panel. Layout of the pump control panel will be ergonomically efficient and systematically organized. The upper section will contain the master gauges. This section will be angled down for easy visibility. The center section will contain the pump controls aligned in two horizontal rows. The pressure control device, engine monitoring gauges, electrical switches, and foam controls (if applicable) will be located on or adjacent to the center panel, on the side walls for easy operation and visibility. The lower section will contain the outlet drains. Manual controls will be easy moving 8" long lever style controls that operate in a vertical, up and down swing motion. These handles will have a 2.25" diameter knob and be able to lock in place to prevent valve creep under an y pressure. Bright finish bezels will encompass the opening, be securely mounted to the pump operator's panel, and will incorporate the discharge gauge bezel. Bezels will be bolted to the panel for easy removal and gauge service. T he driver's side discharges will be controlled directly at the valve. There will be no push-pull style control handles. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 80 of 107 City of Ashland Identification tags for the discharge controls will be recessed within the same bezel. The discharge identification tags will be color coded, with each discharge having its own unique color. All remaining identification tags will be mounted on the pump panel in chrome-plated bezels. All discharge outlets will be color coded and labeled to correspond with the discharge identification tag. The pump panels for the midship discharge and intake ports will be located ahead of the body compartments with no side discharge or intake higher than the frame rail. The pump panels will be easily removable with simple hand tools. A recessed cargo area will be provided at the f ront of the body, ahead of the water tank above the plumbing. PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION The pump panel configuration will be arranged and installed in an organized manner that will provide user-friendly operation. PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL The pump operators panel and gauge panels will be constructed of stainless steel with a brushed finish. The pump panels on the driver and passenger's side will be constructed of stainless steel with a brushed finish. PUMP AND PLUMBING ACCESS Simple access to the plumbing will be provided through the front of the body area by raising the cab for complete plumbing service and valve maintenance. Access to valves will not require removal of operator panels or pum p panels. Access for rebuilding of the pump will not require removal of more than the tank to pump line and a single discharge line. This access will allow for fast, easy valve or pump rebuilding, making for reduced out of service times. Steps will be provided for access to the top of the pump. Access to the pump will be provided by raising the cab. The pump will be positioned such that all maintenance and overhaul w ork can be performed above the frame and under the tilted cab. The service and overhaul work on the pump will not require the removal of operator panels or pump panels. Complete pump casing and gear case removal will require no more than removal of the intake and discharge manifolds, driveline, coolers and a single discharge line. The pump case and gear case will be able to be removed by lifting upward without interference from piping and be removable in less than 3 hours. GAUGES, VACUUM and PRESSURE The pump vacuum and pressure gauges will be liquid filled and manufactured by Class 1, Inc. The gauges will be a minimum of 4.00" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering, with a pressure range of 30.00"-0-600#. Gauge construction will include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded, retaining nut. The pump pressure and vacuum gauges will be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel. Test port connections will be provided at the pum p operator's panel. One will be connected to the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They will have One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 81 of 107 City of Ashland Q 0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and non-corrosive polished stainless steel or brass plugs. They will be marked with a label. This gauge will include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube. PRESSURE GAUGES The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges will be Class 1 interlube filled. They will be a minimum of 2.00" in diameter and have white faces with black lettering. Gauge construction will include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut. Gauges will have a pressure range of 30"-0-400#. The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the outlet control as practical. This gauge will include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube. WATER LEVEL GAUGE An electric water level gauge will be incorporated in the pressure controller that registers water level by means of nine (9) LEDs. They will be at 1/8 level increments with a tank empty LED. The LEDs will be a bright type that is readable in sunlight, and have a full 180-degree of clear viewing. To further alert the pump operator, the gauge w ill have a warning flash when the tank volume is less than 25 percent, and will have down chasing LEDs when the tank is almost empty. The level measurement will be ascertained by sensing the head pressure of the fluid in the tank or cell. MINI SLAVE UNIT An electric water level gauge will be provided in the cab that registers water level by means of five (5) LEDs. They will be at 1/4 level increments with a tank empty LED. The LEDs will be a bright type that is readable in sunlight, and have a full 18b-degree of clear viewing. The water level gauge in the cab will be activated when the pump is in gear. FOAM LEVEL GAUGE An electronic foam level gauge will be provided on the operator's panel that registers foam level by means of five colored LED lights. The lights will be durable, ultra-bright five LED design viewable through 180 degrees. The foam level indicators will be as follows: - 100% = Green - 75% = Yellow - 50% = Yellow - 25% = Yellow - Refill = Red The light will flash when the level drops below the given level indicator to provide an eighth of a tank indication. To further alert the pump operator, the lights will flash sequentially when the foam tank is empty. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 82 of 107 City of Ashland The level measurement will be based on the sensing of head pressure of the fluid in the tank. The display will be constructed of a solid plastic material with a chrome plated die cast bezel to reduce vibrations that can cause broken wires and loose electronic components. The encapsulated design will provide complete protection from foam and environmental elements. An industrial pressure transducer will be mounted to the outside of the tank. The display will be able to be calibrated in the field and will measure head pressure to accurately show the tank level. SIDE CONTROL PUMP OPERATOR'S/PUMP PANEL LIGHTING Illumination will be provided for controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus and the equipment provided on it. External illumination will be a minimum of five (5) foot-candles on the face of the device. Internal illumination will be a minimum of four (4) foot-lamberts. The pump panels will be illuminated by a light on each side of the back of the cab. The pump operator's panel will utilize strip lighting at the forward doorframe and an overhead light. ELECTRICAL HARNESSING INSTALLATION All 12-volt wiring and harnessing installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to specification PM-QA W-101: Pierce manufacturing Wiring Harness Specification. To ensure rugged dependability, all wiring harnesses installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to the following specifications: SAE J1128 - Low tension primary cable SAE J1292 -Automobile, truck, truck-tractor, trailer and motor coach wiring SAE J163 - Low tension wiring and cable terminals and splice clips SAE J2202 - Heavy duty wiring systems for on-highway trucks NFPA 1901 - Standard for automotive fire apparatus FMVSS 302 - Flammability of interior materials for passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses SAE J1939 - Serial communications protocol SAE J2030 - Heavy-duty electrical connector performance standard SAE J2223 - Connections for on board vehicle electrical wiring harnesses NEC - National Electrical Code SAE J561 - Electrical terminals - Eyelet and spade type SAE J928 - Electrical terminals - Pin and receptacle ty pe A For increased reliability and harness integrity, harnesses will be routed throughout the cab and chassis in a manner which allows the harnessing to be laid into its mounting location. Routing of harnessing which requires pulling of wires through tubes will not be allowed. Wiring will be run in loom or conduit where exposed, and have grommets or other edge protection where wires pass through metal. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 83 of 107 City of Ashland Wire colors will be integral to each wire insulator and run the entire length of each wire. Harnessing containing multiple wires and uses a single wire color for all wires will not be allowed. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. All wiring installed between the cab and into doors w ill be protected by an expandable rub ber boot to protect the wiring. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as.temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids. Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines: 1. All wire ends not placed into connectors will be sealed with a heat shrink end cap. Wires without a terminating connector or sealed end cap w ill not be allowed. 2. All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof. 3. Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body. 4. For low cost of ownership, electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will be quickly accessible. For ease of use, a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from the mounting area for inspection and service work. 5. Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to non-waterproof electrical connectors located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation of the plug. 6. Any lights containing non-waterproof sockets in a weather-exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area. 7. All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have DOW 1890 protective Coating appli ed completely over the metal portion of the terminal. 8. Rubber coated metal clamps will be used to support wire harnessing and battery cables routed along the chassis frame rails. 9. Heat shields will be used to protect harnessing in areas where high temperatures exist. Harnessing passing near the engine exhaust will be protected by a heat shield. 10. Cab and crew cab harnessing will not be routed through enclosed metal tubing. Dedicated wire routing channels will be used to protect harnessing therefore improving the overall integrity of the vehicle electrical system. The design of the cab will allow for easy routing of additional wiring and easy access to existing wiring. 11. All braided wire harnesses will have a permanent label attached for easy identification of the harness part number and fabrication date. 12. All chassis harnessing will be connected to the cab through sealed bulkhead connectors inside the chassis frame rails. BATTERY CABLE INSTALLATION All 12-volt battery cables and battery cable harnessing installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to the following requirements: SAE J1127 - Battery Cable SAE J561 - Electrical terminals, eyelets and spade type SAE J562 - Nonmetallic loom SAE J836A - Automotive metallurgical joining One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 84 of 107 City of Ashland SAE J1292 - Automotive truck, truck-tractor, trailer and motor coach wiring NFPA 1901 - Standard for automotive fire apparatus Battery cables and battery cable harnessing will be installed utilizing the following guidelines: 1. All battery cables and battery harnesses will have a permanent label attached for easy identification of the harness part number and fabrication date. 2. Splices will not be allowed on battery cables or battery cable harnesses. 3. For ease of identification and simplified use, battery cables will be color coded. All positive battery cables will be red in color or wrapped in red loom the entire length of the cable. All negative battery cables will be black in color. 4. For ease of identification, all positive battery cable isolated studs throughout the cab and chassis will be red in color. For increased reliability and reduced maintenance, all electrical buss bars located on the exterior of the apparatus will be coated to prevent corrosion. POWER CONVERTER There will be two (2) Progressive Dynamics Model 2180 AC to DC power converters installed that will convert 2600 watts of 120 volt AC power to 160 amps of 12 volt DC power for the Idle Reduction Technology system (IRT). The IRT system will reduce idle time through the use of the power converters in conjunction with automatic diesel engine controls that will shut down the chassis diesel engine during operations not requiring PTO activity. • This system will be automated and will not require intervention from the vehicle operator. • There will be a time delay engine shut down feature that will automatically shut down the chassis diesel engine and engage the diesel driven generator. • This system will reduce the amount of idle time for the chassis diesel engine substantially reducing the fuel consumption. • The converter will supply DC power to the DOT truck lighting, NFPA required emergency lights, step lights and compartment lights. The chassis diesel engine shutdown and diesel generator startup will be activated when all of the following conditions have been met for 10 consecutive minutes: • The battery switch is on. • The chassis transmission is in neutral. • No PTO activity. • The parking brake is applied. • The chassis engine is at idle. There will be two (2) switches to disengage the function of this system. • One (1) switch will be located in the cab on the switch panel. • One (1) switch will be located in the body near the AC circuit breaker panel. One (1.) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 85 of 107 City of Ashland POWER CONVERTER LOCATION The power converters will be installed in the driver's side front compartment, high on the back wall with proper ventilation. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM GENERAL DESIGN for ALTERNATING CURRENT The following guidelines will apply to the 120/240 VAC system installation: General Any fixed line voltage power source producing alternating current (ac) line voltage will produce electric power at 60 cycles plus or minus five (5) cycles. Except where superseded by the requirements of NFPA 1901, all components, equipment and installation procedures will conform to NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (herein referred to as the NEC). Line voltage electrical system equipment and materials included on the apparatus will be listed and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. All products will be used only in the manner for which they have been listed. - Grounding Grounding will be in accordance with Section 250-6 "Portable and Vehicle Mounted Generators" of the NEC. Ungrounded systems will not be used. Only stranded or braided copper conductors will be used for grounding and bonding. An equipment grounding means will be provided in accordance with Section 250-91 (Grounding Conductor Material) of the NEC. The grounded current carrying conductor (neutral) will be insulated from the equipment grounding conductors and from the equipment enclosures and other grounded parts. The neutral conductor will be colored white or gray in accordance with Section 200-6 (Means of Identifying Grounding Conductors) of the NEC. In addition to the bondin g required for the low voltage return current, each body and driving or crew compartment enclosure will be bonded to the vehicle frame by a copper conductor. This conductor will have a minimum amperage rating of 115 percent of the nameplate current rating of the power source specification label as defined in Section 310-15 (amp capacities) of the NEC. A single conductor properly sized to meet the low voltage and line voltage requirements will be permitted to be used. All power source system mechanical and electrical'components will.be sized to support the continuous duty nameplate rating of the power source. Operation Instructions that provide the operator with the essential power source operating instructions, including the power-up and power-down sequence, will be permanently attached to the apparatus at any point where such operations can take place. Provisions will be made for quickly and easily placing the power source into operation. The control will be marked to indicate when it is correctly positioned for power source operation. Any control device used in the drive train will be equipped with a means to prevent the unintentional. movement of the control device from its set position. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 86 of 107 City of Ashland A power source specification label will be permanently attached to the apparatus near the operator's control station. The label will provide the operator with the information detailed in Figure 19-4.10. Direct drive (PTO) and portable generator installations will comply with Article 445 (Generators) of the NEC. Overcurrent protection The conductors used in the power supply assembly between the output terminals of the power source and the main over current protection device will not exceed 144 inches. (3658 mm) in length. For fixed power supplies, all conductors in the power supply assembly will be type THHW, THW, or use stranded conductors enclosed in nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated for a minimum of 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius). For portable power supplies, conductors located between the power source and the line side of the main overcurrent protection device will be type SO or type SEO with suffix WA flexible cord rated for 600-volts at 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius). Wiring Methods Fixed wiring systems will be limited to the following: Metallic or nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated at not less than 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius) or - Type SO or Type SEO cord with a WA suffix, rated at 600 volts at not less than 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius) , Electrical cord or conduit will not be attached to chass is suspension components, water or fuel lines, air or air brake lines, fire pump piping, hydraulic lines, exhaust system components, or low voltage wiring. In addition the wiring will be run as follows: - Separated by a minimum of 12 inches (305 mm), or properly shielded, from exhaust piping - Separated from fuel lines by a minimum of six (6) inches (152 mm) distance. Electrical cord or conduit will be supported within six (6) inches (152 mm) of any junction box and at a minimum of every 24 inches (610 mm) of continuous run. Supports will be made of nonmetallic materials or corrosion protected metal. All supports will be of a design that does not cut or abrade the conduit or cable and w ill be mechanically fastened to the vehicle. Wiring Identification All line voltage conductors located in the main panel board will be individually and permanently identified. The identification will reference the wiring schematic or indicate the final termination point. When prewiring for future power sources or devices, the un-terminated ends will be labeled showing function and wire size. Wet Locations One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 87 of 107 City of Ashland All wet location receptacle outlets and inlet devi ces, including those on hardwired remote power distribution boxes, will be of the grounding type provided with a wet location cover and installed in accordance with Section 210-7 "Receptacles and Cord Connections" of the NEC. All receptacles located in a wet location will be not less than 24 inches (610 mm) from the ground. Receptacles on off-road vehicles will be a minimum of 30 inches (762 mm) from the ground. The face of any wet location receptacle will be installed in a plane from vertical to not more than 45 degrees off vertical. No receptacle will be installed in a face up position. Dry Locations All receptacles located in a dry location will be of the grounding type. Receptacles will be not less than 30 inches (762 m m) above the interior floor height. All receptacles will be marked with the type of line voltage (120-volts or 240-volts) and the current rating in amps. If the receptacles are direct current, or other than single phase, they will be so marked. Listing • All receptacles and electrical inlet devices will be listed to UL 498, Standard for Safety Attachment Plugs and Receptacles, or other appropriate performance standards. Receptacles used for direct current voltages will be rated for the appropriate service. Electrical System Testing The wiring and associated equipment will be tested by the apparatus manufacturer or the installer of.the line voltage system. The wiring and permanently connected devices and equi pment will be subjected to a dielectric voltage withstand test of 900 volts for one (1) minute. The test will be conducted between live parts and the neutral conductor, and between live parts and the vehicle frame with any switches in the circuit(s) closed. This test will be conducted after all body work has been completed. Electrical polarity verification will be made of all permanently wired equipment and receptacles to determine that connections have been properly made. Operational Test per Current NFPA 1901 Standards The apparatus manufacturer will perform the following operation test and ensure tha t the power source and any devices that are attached to the line voltage electrical system are properly connected and in working order. The test will be witnessed and the results certified by Underwriters Laboratories. The prime mover will be started from a cold start condition and the line voltage electrical s ystem loaded to 100 percent of the nameplate rating. The power source will be operated at 100 percent of its nameplate voltage for a minimum of two (2) hours unless the system meets category certification as defined in the current NFPA 1901 standard. Where the line voltage power is derived from the vehicle's low voltage system, the minimum continuous electrical load as defined in the current NFPA 1901 standard will be applied to the low voltage electrical system during the operational test. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 88 of 107 City of Ashland GENERATOR Model: Onan 12.0 kW, model HDKCD, diesel powered generator. Mounting: Permanent Frame Size: 41.50" length x 24.50" width x 25" height Weight: 660 pounds Fuel Requirements The fuel supply will be the chassis fuel tank or an additional tank, if so requested. Exhaust The muffler will be mounted outside the generator compartment and will discharge away from any operator's position. Type of Cooling System The generator will be liquid cooled with discharge and intake air from the bottom of the generator. Cooling Requirements The air outlet requirements will not be less than 51 square inches. The fresh air inlet will not be less than 216 square inches. Shutdown: Low oil pressure and high engine temperature. Continuous Duty Rating: 10,734 Watts @ 125 degrees F and 2500 feet Volts: 120/240 Phase: Single Amperage: 100 am p's @ 120 VAC 50 amp's @ 240 VAC Cycles: 60 HZ Generator Monitors To properly monitor the generator pe rrormance and load demands during operation, the generator will be equipped with a full instrument and control package. This panel will be mounted adjacent to the load center. The following instruments will be installed in the panel: - One (1) Voltmeter - Two (2) Ammeters - One (1) Frequency Meter - One (1) Hour Meter - One (1) "Power On" Green Indicator Light - Two (2) Fuse Holders: With two (2) amp fuses for gauge protection Operating Criteria One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 89 of 107 City of Ashland Rating at 104 degree F ambient. Intake and discharge cooling air from the bottom. Generator will be mounted to compartment floor that is unobstructed below the body. The generator will be located in an area for air intake, discharge, and muffler from the bottom. Service side will be the front, at the compartment door opening. GENERATOR LOCATION The generator will be permanently mounted over the water tank at the front of the hose bed. Proper ventilation panels will be provided as necessary. GENERATOR COVER OVER HOSE BED The generator will be totally enclosed with a cover constructed of .125" bright aluminum tread plate. The cover will be louvered to provide adequate ventilation and have any necessary access doors for maintenance or operation of the generator. ELECTRIC START PROVISION Electric start provisions will be furnished for the generator from the chassis battery system. GENERATOR REMOTE START Generator preheat along with a start and stop switch will be provided in the cab switch panel and on the pump panel in addition to the controls on the gene rator. A light will be provided to indicate that the generator is running. ELECTRIC FUEL PUMP A fuel pick-up tube will be provided in the chassis fuel tank along with an electric fuel pump for the generator fuel system. A fuel line will be provided from the fuel tank to the generator with a manual shutoff valve located at the generator. CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL A circuit breaker panel will be installed in the on the forward wall of the driver's side forward compartment, high on the wall. A directory•for each breaker will be provided adjacent to the circuit breaker panel. Identification of circuits will be done in a durable manner that provides years of service. ELECTRICAL COMPONENT INSTALLATION All lighting used on the apparatus will be, at a minimum, a two (2) wire light grounded through a wired connection to the battery system. Lights using an apparatus metal structure for grounding .will not be allowed. An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order. The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. REAR FMVSS LIGHTING Three (3) pairs of wrap around LED lights will be provided: Each group will include a stop-tail light, a directional light and a backup light. The lights will be mounted on the face of the rear body compartments. Four (4) red reflectors will be provided. LICENSE PLATE BRACKET There will be one (1) license plate bracket mounted on the driver's side above the warning lights. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 90 of 107 City of Ashland A white LED light will illuminate the license plate. A bright.finish light will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear. LIGHT. INTERMEDIATE There will be one (1) pair, of Truck-Lite, Model: 60115Y, amber, LED, turn signal, marker lights furnished, one (1) each side, horizontally in the rear fender panel. A stainless steel trim will be included with this installation. "DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR A flashing red indicator light, located in the driving compartment, will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On." The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a pulsing alarm when the parking brake is released. DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES Messages will be displayed on the gauge panel L CD located forward of the steering wheel directly in front of the driver whenever the Do N of Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged). The following messages will be displayed (where applicable): Do Not Move Truck DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open) PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open) DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Sid a Crew Cab Door Open) PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open) PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open) Rear Body Door Open DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down) PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down) Deck Gun Not Stowed Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed) Hatch Door Open Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold-A-Tank Not Stowed) Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed) Stabilizer Not Stowed Steps Not Stowed Handrail Not Stowed One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 91 of 107 City of Ashland Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged. COMPARTMENT LIGHTING There will be seven (7) compartments with Pierce LED compartment light strips. The strips will be centered vertically along each side of the door framing. The compartments with these strip lights will be located all body compartments with double pan hinged doors or roll up doors. Any remaining compartments will include 6.00" diameter Truck-Lite, Model: 79384 light in each enclosed compartment. Each light will have a number 1076 one filament, two wire bulb. Opening the compartment door will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHT A pump compartment light will be provided inside the plumbing area. A .125" weep hole will be provided in each I ight lens, preventing moisture retention. Engine monitoring graduated LED indicators will be incorporated with the pressure controller. CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS There will be four (4) Truck-lite, Model 44308C, 4.00" white LED lights with Model 40700 grommets provided, one (1) for the cab and crew cab door. These lights will be activated automatically when the battery switch is on and the exit doors are opened or by the same means as the body perimeter scene lights. PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS. BODY There will be four (4) Truck-Lite, Model 44308C, 4.00" white LED lights with Model 40700 grommets provided on the apparatus. The lights will be mounted in the following locations: One (1) light will be provided under the left rear step area shining to the rear. • One (1) light will be provided under the right rear step area shining to the rear. One (1) light will be provided under the left pump panel running board. One (1) light will be provided under the right pump panel running board. The lights will be activated by a parking brake. STEP LIGHTS There will be two (2) white LED step lights will be provided at the rear to illuminate the tailboard/step area. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the sam a ten (10) inch distance below the light. These step lights will be actuated with the perimeter scene lights. All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of NFPA 1901.. 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be one (1) Fire Research Evolution, Model FCA210-V12, 12 volt LED recessed scene light provided high on the passenger's side of the aft end of the body. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 92 of 107 City of Ashland The light will be controlled in the following way: a switch at the driver's side switch panel a switch at the pump operator's panel no additional switch location no additional switch location The light may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be one (1) Fire Research, Model SPA851-Q15, white 12 volt LED floodlight provided with a white bezel on the front visor, centered. The light will be controlled in the following way: a switch at the passenger's side switch panel a switch at the pump operator's panel no additional switch location These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be one (1) Fire Research Evolution, Model FCA210-V12,•12 volt LED recessed scene light provided high on the driver's side of the aft end of the body. The light will be controlled in the following way: a switch at the passenger's side switch panel a -switch at the pump operator's panel no additional switch location no additional switch location The light may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. DECK LIGHTS There will be one (1) 6.00" Unity AG deck light with swivel mount provided at the front of the hose bed, centered. This light will have a switch on the light head. The light will be furnished with a 6,000 candle power halogen flood bulb. REAR WORK LIGHTS There will be one (1) pair of Whelen, Model PELCC white 12 volt DC LED scene lights installed at the rear of the body to the outside of the rear compartment. The lights will be directed down ward by a 40 degree angle and m ounted with a chrome flange. The lights will be controlled by a control from a switch at the rear of the truck. AIR HORN SYSTEM Two (2) Grover air horns will be provided and located, in the f ront bumper, recessed one each side. The horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed in-line to prevent loss of air in the air brake system. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 93 of 107 City of Ashland r AIR HORN CONTROL The air horns will be actuated by the horn button in the steering wheel. The driver will have the option to control the air horns or the chassis horns from the horn button by means of a selector switch located on the instrument panel. MECHANICAL SIREN. (Auxiliary). T Federal Q213 siren will be furnished. A siren brake button will be installed on the switch panel. The control solenoid will be powered up after the emergency master switch is activated. The mechanical siren will be recessed in the front bumper on the left side. The siren will, be properly supported using the bumper framework. The mechanical siren will be actuated by two (2) foot switches, one (1) located on the officer's side and one (1) on the driver's side. ELECTRONIC SIREN A Whelen, Model: 295SLSA1, electronic siren with noise canceling microphone will be provided. This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on. Electronic siren head will be recessed in the overhead console above the engine tunn el on the officer side. Siren will be actuated by two (2) foot switches, one (1) located on the officer's side and one (1) on the driver's side. SIDE WARNING LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M9'C LED flashing warning lights with bezels provided high on each side of the cab aft of the crew cab doors. The color of the lights will be red. All of these lights will include a clear lens. These lights will be activated with the Side Zone Lower warning lights. SPEAKER There will be two (2) speakers provided. Each speaker will be a Whelen model SA315P black nylon composite, 100-watt, with through bumper mounting brackets. Each speaker will be connected to the siren amplifier. There will be one speaker recessed in the passenger side and one speaker recessed in the driver side of the front bumper. LIGHTBAR There will be one (1) 82.00" Whelen Freedom, Model FN"QLED, LED light bar mounted on the cab roof. The light bar will include the following: • Six (6) red flashing LED modules facing forward. Two (2) white flashing LED modules facing forward. Two (2) blue flashing corner LED modules, one (1) in each front corner. One (1) red flashing LED module facing the driver side. • . One (1) red flashing LED module facing the passenger side. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 94 of 107 City of Ashland • One (1) GTT Model 795 LED OpticomTM , traffic light controller with national standard high priority. The color of the lenses will be clear. There will be two (2) switches located on a cab switch panel to control this light bar. • One (1) switch will control all the warning lights. • One (1) switch will control the traffic light controller. The white warning lights and the traffic light controller will be disabled when the parking brake is set. The four (4) center LED modules may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. HEADLIGHT FLASHER The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side. There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on. The flashing will automatically cancel when the hi-beam headlight switch is activated or when the parking brake is set. SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING There will be four (4) Whelen LED flashing warning lights with bezels located in the following positions: Two (2) Model M9*C lights, one (1) each side on the bumper extension. The side front lights to be red. Two (2) Model M6*C lights, in the rear axle fender panel. The side rear lights to be red. All four (4) lights will include a clear lens. All four (4) lights will be controlled by a lighted switch on the cab switch panel. SIDE WARNING LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M6*C LED flashing warning lights with bezels provided aft of the crew doors, match the height of the M6 in the rear axle fender panel. The color of the lights will be red. All of these lights will include a clear lens. These lights will be activated with the Side Zone Lower warning lights. REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING Two (2) Whelen, Model M9*C LED flashing warning lights with bezels will be located at the rear of the apparatus. The driver's side rear light to be red. The passenger's side rear light to be red. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 _ Page 95 of 107 City of Ashland Both lights will include a lens that is clear. Both lights will be controlled by a lighted switch on the switch panel. WARNING LIGHTS (Rear and Side upper zones) Four (4) Whelan, model M9`C LED flashing warning lights will be provided at the rear of the apparatus. The side rear upper light on the driver's side to be red. The rear upper light on the driver's s ide to be red. The rear upper light on the passenger's si de to be blue. The side rear upper light on the passenger's side to be red. These lights will include a lens that is clear. One (1) switch located in the cab on the switch panel will control these lights. REAR LIGHT MOUNTING The rear warning lights will be mounted on the rear side sheet flange and rear bulkhead of the body as high as possible with all wiring totally enclosed. MOBILE RADIO. MOTOROLA Quantity = Two (2) sets of the following: APX 7500 Dual band High Power Palm Microphone Remote mount cables Siren/PA switch box Astro Digital CAI OP APX VHF HP Primary Band 7/800 NHZ Secondary Band ENH: Conventional Operation Aux. SPKR 7.5 Watt % Wave Broadband ANT 146-174 RF Preamp Advanced System Key- Software Key APX 05 Control Head Control Head Software There shall be one (1) moisture proof radio speaker provided with on/off switch mounted at the pump panel. Speaker switch will be located at the pum p panel as well. There will be Five (5) UOv SUC Smart Chargers provided and installed. INTERCOM SYSTEM A David Clark intercom system model U3800 will be provided. Intercom stations will be located at the driver, officer and 4 crew cab positions. The driver and officer positions will be interfaced with the radio and have a "push to talk" (PTT) button located on each headset. All other positions will have intercom only capability (VAC). System will utilize headset model H3432. There will be six (6) headset hanger s installed for the intercom system. The hangers will be installed two at the front and four at the rear. There shall be a full installation of intercom components included. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 96 of 107 City of Ashland PLEASE NOTE: ALL MOBILE RADIOS & COMPONENTS, INTERCOM SYSTEM AND PORTABLE RADIO CHARGER MOUNTING LOCATIONS WILL BE DISCUSSED AT THE PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING. LOOSE EQUIPMENT TO BE INCLUDED IN BID The loose equipment in this section will be provided loose, not installed. It will be the responsibility of the customer to install the equipment. • One (1) bag of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit. • Fittings & Valves • Three (3) 2 Yz" Double female fittings w/ rocker lugs • Three (3) 2'/2" Double male fittings w/ rocker lugs • Two (2) 2 ''/2' to 1 reducers . • One (1) 2 1/2" Ya turn ball valve, hydrant gate • Two (2) 2 '/2" to 1 Y" gated wyes • Two (2) 2'/2" to 2'/" gated wyes • Nozzles • Five (5) Task Force Tips HMD-TO nozzles • Five (5) Task Force Tips H-VITG shutoff • Suction Hose • Three (3) Kochek suction hoses 4" w/ Storz fittings • Two (2) 10' long • One (1) 8' long with a detachable barrel strainer • Small Tools • One (1) Standard Allen Wrench Set • One (1) Screwdriver w/ changeable multiple bits • Vise grip pliers (locking) • One (1) 2 lb Rubber Mallet • Two (2) flat nail bars • 'One (1) Stiff bristle push broom 36" w/ detachable handle • One (1) squeegee, at least 36" wide, w/ detachable handle • One (1) needle-nose pliers • One (1) diagonal cutting pliers • One (1) Fire shovel • One (1) Flat shovel • Two (2) bolt cutters • One (1) 36" • One (1) 18" • One (1) 81b sledge ham mer • One (1) 14" pry bar • Two (2) Through the lock forcible entry kits • One (1) "A" tool w/ key tool • One (1) K-tool w/ key tools and carrying case • One (1) "marriage" • One (1) TNT forcible entry tool TN635 fiberglass handle • One (1) Halligan bar (Titanium preferred) • One (1).strap with carrying handle designed to hold both T NT tool and halligan bar together as a unit • Two (2) pick-head axes 6 lb w/ 32" fiberglass handle • Two (2) booster line pin spanners • Two (2) salvage covers 12' x 18' (fire, water, and mildew resistant) One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 97 of 107 City of Ashland • One (1) Hall Runner salvage cover 36" x 25' (fire, water, and mildew resistant) SPANNER HOLDER ASSEMBLY There shall be two (2) spanner and holder asse mbly, Akron 443, with two (2) style #10 and one style #15 spanner provided. The holder assembly shall be mounted on the angled area just above the pump panel's one on each side. A third spanner set with mount to be supplied loose. MDT EQUIPMENT, SHIP LOOSE Qnty 1- PANASONIC TOUGHBOOK CF-31SALAX1M Qnty 1- PANASONIC CF-WEB301M Port Replicator Qnty 1- Lind Input Car Adaptor 120 Watt 12-2 Volt CF-LNDDC 120 Qnty 1 - Sierra Wireless AirLink GX440 LTE Qnty 1 - Optional WiFi Expansion Card Qnty 1- Quad Band (Cell/GPS/WiFi/700) Antenna Qnty 1 - Tri Band 700-800-1900 MHz Antenna with Coax Kit and NMO Mount Qnty 1 - Jotto Desk Large Truck 425-5131 with P2 Plate LOOSE EQUIPMENT The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit: One (1) bag of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit. NFPA REQUIRED LOOSE EQUIPMENT, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, section 5.8.2 and 5.8.3 will be provided by the fire department. All loose equipment will be installed by the fire department on the apparatus before placed in emergency service, unless the fire department waives NFPA section 4.21. 800ft.t (60 m) of 2.50" (65 mm) or larger fire hose. 400 ft. (120 m) of 1.50" (38 mm), 1.75" (45 mm), or 2.00" (52 mm) fire hose.' • . One (1) hand line nozzle, 200 gpm (750 L/min) minimum. • Two (2) hand line nozzles, 95 gpm (360 L/min) minimum. • One (1) play pipe with shutoff and 1.00" (25 mm), 1.125" (29 mm), and 1.25"(32 mm) tips. • One (1) SCBA complying with NFPA 1981, Standard on Open-Circuit Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus for Fire and Emergency Services, for each assigned seating position, but not fewer than four (4), mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus or stored in containers supplied by the SCBA manufacturer. • One (1) spare SCBA cylinder for each SCBA carried, each mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus or stored in a specially designed storage space. • One (1) first aid kit. • Four (4) combination spanner wrenches mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. • Two (2) hydrant wrenches mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. • Four (4) ladder belts meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983, Standard on Fire Service Life Safety Rope and System Components (if equipped with an aerial device). • One (1) double female 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. • One (1) double male 2.50' (65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. • One (1) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 98 of 107 City of Ashland • Two (2) salvage covers each a' minimum size of 12 ft. - 14 ft. (3.7 m - 4.3 m). • One (1) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 207, Standard for High Visibility Public Safety Vests, and have a five-point breakaway feature that includes two (2) at the shoulders, two (2) at the sides, and one (1) at the front. • Five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than 28.00" (711 mm) in height, each equipped with a 6.00" (152 mm) retro-reflective white band no more than 4.00" (152 mm) from the top of the cone, and an additional 4.00" (102 mm) retro-reflective white band 2.00" (51 mm) below the 6.00" (152 mm) band. • Five (5) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities. • One (1) automatic external defibrillator (AED). • If the supply hose carried does not use sexless couplings, an additional double female adapter and double male adapter, sized to fit the supply hose carried, will be carried mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. • If none of the pump intakes are valved, a hose appliance that is equipped w ith one or more gated intakes with female swivel connection(s) compatible with the supply hose used on one side and a swivel connection with pump intake threads on the other side will be carried. Any intake connection larger than 3.00" (75 mm) will include a pressure relief device that meets the requirements of 16.6.6. • If the apparatus does not have a 2.50" National Hos a (NH).intake, an adapter from 2.50" NH female to a pump intake will be carried, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the intake. • If the supply hose carried has other than 2.50" National Hose (NH) threads, adapters w ill be carried to allow'feeding the supply hose from a 2.50" NH thread male discharge and to allow the hose to connect to a 2.50" NH female intake, mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the discharge or intake. DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, section 5.8.3 requires one (1) approved dry chemical portable fire extinguisher with a minimum 80-B:C rating mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher. WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, section 5.8.3 requires one (1) 2.5 gallon or larger water extinguisher mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher. AXE, FLATHEAD, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, Section 5.8.3 requires one (1) flathead axe mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe. AXE, PICKHEAD. PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, Section 5.8.3 requires one (1) pick head axe mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 99 of 107 City of Ashland The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe. PAINT - BODY PAINTED TO MATCH CAB The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows: 1. Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the custom body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Surfaces that will not be painted include all chrome plated, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum tread plate. Each imperfection on the exterior metal surface will be removed or filled and then sanded smooth for a smooth appearance. AI I seams will be sealed before painting. 2. Chemical Cleaning and Treatment - The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned using a 4-phase, high pressure and high temperature acid etching system. All steel surfaces will be properly treated using a 3-phase, high temperature, cleaning/phosphatiz ing system. Surfaces are chemically cleaned to remove all dirt, oil, grease and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. An ultra-pure water final rinse of 25 parts per million solids or less, will be applied to final rinse all metal surfaces at the conclusion of the metal treatment process. This final rinse ensures all chemical residues are removed and that no minerals, (salts), from the water dry onto the metal surface and remain under the primers and topcoats. These salts can lead to blistering and under film corrosion. 3. Primer/Surfacer Coats - A minimum of two (2) mil dry, (.002), of two component urethane primer/surfacer will be hand applied to the chem ically treated metal surfaces to provide a strong corrosion protective base coat and to smooth out the surface. The primer is a high solids and low VOC paint. 4. Hand Sanding to Ultra-Fine Finish - The primer/surfacer coat is lightly sanded with mild abrasive paper to an ult ra-smooth finish. This hand finish process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat. 5. Sealer Primer Coat - A two- (2) component sealer primer coat is applied over the sanded primer to again build toward the final smooth finish. This layer of primer sealer also gives additional corrosion protection. 6. Topcoat Paint - Two (2) coats of an automotive grade, two component acrylic urethane paint are applied to provide the lasting beauty and durability. The acrylic urethane topcoat contains a clear coat resin chemistry that creates the high gloss and depth of image. This type of topcoat provides the best resistance against acid rain and other more common chemicals. 7. Clearcoat - Two (2) coats of an automotive grade two (2) component urethane will be applied. Lap style doors will be clear coated to match the body. Roll-up doors will not be clear coated and the standard roll-up door warranty will apply. A cyclic corrosion test, (General Motors test GM-9540), of 40 cycles will be required before making changes to the exterior coating process. Exterior coating systems, (excluding the undercarriage components), must achieve a 1116 or less m aximum creep from the scribe for aluminum and an 1/8 or less maximum creep from the scribe for galvanneal after 40 cycles in the General Motors GM-9540 test. Each batch of color topcoat, together with the finish painted vehicle, is tested for precise color match. Visual color match will be checked following ASTM D-1729, (American Standard Testing Methods), procedures using CIE, (International Commission on Illumination), D75 Northern One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 100 of 107 City of Ashland Daylight light source. Instrumental color match will follow ASMT D-2244 procedures with a maximum delta E of 1.0 for whites, 1.4 for yellows, blues, greens and 1.5 for reds. All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, trim, etc. will be removed and painted separately to insure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly. The cab will be two-tone, with the upper section painted White #10 (to match previous job 14201) along with a shield design on the cab face and lower section of the cab and body painted Red #145 (to match previous job 14201). PAINT - ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT Contractor will meet or exceed all current State (his) regulations concerning paint oper ations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions: - Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free. - Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals. - Particulate emission collection from sanding operations must have a 99.99% efficiency factor. - Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter means is used, it must have an efficiency rating of 98.00%. Water wash systems will be 99.97% efficient. - Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed mechanically on a continual basis to keep the water clean. - Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner. They are used as fuel in kilns used in the cement manufacturing process - thereby extracting energy from a waste material. - Empty metal paint containers will be cleaned, crushed and recycled to recover the metal. - Solvents used in clean-u p operations will be collected, recycled on-site, or sent off-site for distillation and returned for reuse. Residue from the distillation operation will be used as fuel in off-site cement kilns. Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. C ontractor will, upon demand, present evidence that his manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his State EPA rules and regulations. PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY The chassis frame assembly will be painted black before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc. Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly will be painted black are frame rails, cross members, axles, suspension, steering gear, fuel tank, body substructure supports, miscellaneous mounting brackets, etc. COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT The compartment interior will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 101 of 107 City of Ashland REFLECTIVE BAND An 8.00" white reflective band will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the cab and body. STRIPE, REFLECTIVE ON CAB FACE The reflective band provided on the cab face will be located below the stainless steel trim band and the front bumper. CHEVRON STRIPING, REAR There will be alternating chevron stri ping located on the rear-facing vertical surface of the apparatus. The rear surface, excluding the rear roll up door and swing down tailboard, will be covered. The colors will be red and fluorescent yellow green diamond grade. Each stripe will be 6.00" in width. This will meet the requirements of NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, which states that 50% of the rear surface will be covered with chevron striping. REFLECTIVE OUTLINE STRIPE A .25' black reflective outline will be applied to the top and th a bottom of the reflective band. There will be one (1) set of outline stripes required. CHEVRON, INVERTED "V" STRIPING ON CAB AND CREW CAB DOORS There will be alternating chevron striping located on the inside of each cab and crew cab door. The striping will consist of the following colors: I The first color will be ruby red The second color will be lemon yellow The size of the striping will be 6.00". BODY STRIPE There will be a genuine gold leaf stripe provided on each side of the body, located along the bottom of the compartment doors. CAB STRIPE There will. be a genuine gold leaf stripe provided on both sides of the cab in place of the chrome molding and on the cab face with shield. CAB STRIPE There will be genuine gold, leaf stripe on each side of the cab, along the bottom edge of the cab doors. _ LETTERING The lettering will be totally encapsulated between two (2) layers of clear vinyl. LETTERING Forty-one (41) to sixty (60) genuine gold leaf lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided. LETTERING There will be reflective lettering, 6.00" high, with no outline or shade provided. There will be 12 letters provided. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 102 of 107 City of Ashland LETTERING There will be reflective lettering, 8.00" high, with no outline or shade provided. There will be four (4) letters provided. DECAL INSTALLATION There will be one (1) pair of decals furnished by the fire department and applied by the apparatus manufacturer. EMBLEMS An American flag emblem, 7.00" high x 11.00" wide, will be installed to be determined at the preconstruction conference. The flag will appear to be moving in the wind. CAB GRILLE DESIGN An American flag design will be painted on the cab grille. UNDERCOATING. CAB & BODY The apparatus will be properly treated by an authorized Ziebart dealer. The underside of the apparatus will be undercoated with an asphalt petroleum based material, dark in color. The undercoating material utilized on the apparatus will be formulated to resist corrosion and deaden unwanted sound or road noise. Coating texture will appear firm, flexible, and resistant to abrasion. Minimum dry film thickness will be in the range of 8.00 to 12.00 mils. The material will be applied to the following areas: Body and cab wheel well fender liners, on the back side only. Underside of body and cab sheet metal, and structural components. Underside and vertical sides of all sheet metal compartmentation, including support angles. Structural support members under running boards, rear platforms, battery boxes, walkways, etc. Inside surfaces of the pump heat enclosure, (when installed). ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA0008, is included with this proposal. FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce custom chassis frame and cross members limited warranty certificate, WA0038, is included with this proposal. STEERING GEAR WARRANTY A Sheppard three (3) year limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. FRONT AXLE THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY The Pierce TAK-4 suspension limited warranty certificate, WA0050, is included with this proposal. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 103 of 107 City of Ashland REAR AXLE TWO (2) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor axle limited warranty certificate, WA0046, is included with this proposal. TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA0012, is included with this proposal. TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce cab limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0055, is included with this proposal. FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA0014, is included with this proposal. TRANSMISSION WARRANTY The transmission will have a five (5) year/unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission. Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations. TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY The transmission cooler will carry a five (5) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (3) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed $10,000 per occurrence. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. LIFETIME MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP A UPF poly water tank limited warranty certificate, WA0195, is included with this proposal. TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA0009, is included with this proposal. SIX (6) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP A Pierce PUC pump limited warranty certificate, WA0039, is included with this proposal. TEN (10) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY Except as provided below, and provided the vehicle will have been placed in service within sixty (60) days after delivery to the original purchaser as established by our original invoice, for a period ending on the first to occur of the expiration of ten years or 100,000 miles of vehicle use after delivery to the original purchaser, Pi erce Manufacturing Inc. ("Pierce") warrants to the user that the stainless steel piping that is 3.00" and smaller in diameter in its first Fire and Rescue Apparatus vehicles will be free of structural failures caused by defective design, workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion. This limited warranty will apply only if the vehicle is properly maintained and used in service which is normal to the particular vehicle. Normal service means service which does not subject the vehicle to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from the careful use of the vehicle or chassis. If the buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery. This limited warranty is not transferable by the first user. Pierce's obligation under this warranty is limited to repairing or replacing without charge, as Pierce may elect, the stainless steel piping or components which Pierce determines to have failed due to defective design, workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion. A limited warranty certificate, WA0035, is included with this proposal. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 104 of 107 City of Ashland `~J THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP ' The Pierce Goldstar gold leaf lamination limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA0018, is included with this proposal. ENGINE WARRANTY A Detroit Diesel five (5) year limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, WA0180, is included with this proposal. ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor WabcoTM ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA0232, is included with this proposal. ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Gortite roll-up door limited warranty will be provided. The mechanical components of the roll- up door will be warranted against defects in material and workmanship for the lifetime of the vehicle. A six (6) year limited warranty will be provided on painted and satin roll up doo rs. The limited warranty certificate, WA0190, is included with this proposal. FOAM SYSTEM WARRANTY The Husky 3 foam system limited warranty certificate, WA0231, is included with this proposal. TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce body limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0057, is included with this proposal. CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION The certification must state that the cab must meet or exceed the requirements below: i - European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29 - SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks - SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks - Roof Crush The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 120,000 lbs. This value will be 450% of the ECE 29 criteria, which must be equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of 10 metric tons. - Side Impact The cab will be subjected to dynamic preload with a 13,275 lb. moving barrier is slammed into the side of the cab at 5.5 mph, striking with an impact of 13,000 ft.-Ibs. of energy. This test will closely represent the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident. - Frontal Impact The cab will withstand a frontal force produced from 65,200 ft.-Ibs. of energy using a swing-bob type platen. The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area. The certification will be available at the time of delivery. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 105 of 107 . 1 City of Ashland CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000 cycle door slam test . where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and h ave met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE J198 Windshield Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The successful bidder will certify prior to delivery that the wiper system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Cab window roll-up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long service life. The window regulator design will complete 30,000 complete up-down cycles and still function normally when finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and windows similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or significant component wear. SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor.design will withstand 3000 lb. of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages. The successful bidder will certify prior to delivery that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The successful bidder will certify prior to delivery that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. CAB DEFROSTER CERTIFICATION Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure and Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J381 criteria. CAB HEATER CERTIFICATION Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. The cab heaters will warm the cab 75 F from a cold- soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant suppl y methods found in SAE J381. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar heater has been tested and has met these criteria. VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA 1901, current edition, section 4.13, Vehic le Stability. The certification will be provided at the time of bid. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 106 of 107 City of Ashland ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be available prior to the time of delivery. POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification will be provided at the time of bid. One (1) or Two (2) Dash CF Pumpers NH410 Page 107 of 107 I I City of Ashland Invitation to Bid #2013-101 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Options Option Option # Price Front Hub Covers 3245 $ 79.78 Rear Hub Covers, High Hat 1960 $ 168.06 Cover, Kussmaul Air Eject 60852 $ 126.65 Running Board, PUC 525658 $ 591.02 1 e City of Ashland Invitation to Bid #2013-101 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Exceptions and Clarifications Page 6. GC3 Payment. Clarification Payment will be due thirty days after the unit leaves the factory forrdelivery. This should be sufficient time for acceptance testing and pay ment. Page 6, GC4, Risk of Loss, Clarification The City will be responsible for any damage to the apparatus, caused by the City, after it has been delivered to the City's facility even if acceptance has not been made. Page 10, Payment, Exception Payment will be due thirty days after the unit leaves the factory for delivery. This should be sufficient time for acceptance testing and pay ment. Exhibit A Page 3, Delivery. Exception The delivery engineer will not be providing a delivery training class upon delivery. The following delivery orientation DVD will be provided in place of a training class: An orientation video of the completed apparatus will be provided. The video will be of the completed apparatus afterthe final inspection and after all work is complete at the factory. The video will be of the actual subject unit. The video will portray all options related to the cab interior and exterior, the pump operator's panel if applicable and the body interior and exterior.' Very basic operation of these options may be discussed as they apply to the daily use by the apparatus operator. In addition, some steps and components involved in a daily inspection by the apparatus operator will be discussed. The video will NOT be intended to replace any training that may be necessary for proper operation of any component on the apparatus. The content of the video will be for an introduction only to an apparatus operator. Two copies of the completed video will be provided within two weeks after the apparatus departs the factory and will be on DVD. Page 9. Wheelbase. Exception Per our current calculations, the wheelbase will be 188.50". We hope the half inch difference will be acceptable. Page 9. Frame Reinforcement. Exception Pierce is recommending a C shaped frame liner in lieu of the L shaped reinforcement. It is a better fit for this chassis and body configuration and will provide for a higher rbm (4,391,869 vs. 3,976,502). We hope that will be acceptable. Page 9, Front Non Drive Axle. Exception Per an initial weight review by Pierce engineering, the front axle capacity will have to be increased to 22,800#. This will provide reserve capacity per the axle and tire OEM load limits. Please note that the estimated in-service weight will be very close to ODOT limit of 635# per inch of tire width. Exceptions and Clarifications Page 1 of 8 Page 10, Front Suspension. Exception As noted in the axle section above, the weight capacity of the front suspension will need to be increased to 22,800#. Page 11. Front Tires, Exception As noted in the axle section above, the front axle capacity has increased. 425/65R22.50 Goodyear G296 tires will have to be provided. Note that the estimated in-service weight will be very close to the maximum allowable per ODOT fire service weight exemption formula. This should be reviewed during preconstruction. Page 11, Front Tires. Clarification There is a discrepancy between the front tire specification that states the maximum speed of the tire shall be 65 mph and the section below that states that the top speed of the vehicle is to be 68 mph. It is our belief that the latter is the intended preference. Please advise if this is otherwise. Page 11. Rear Axle, Exception Pierce engineering has performed an initial weight review on this project and they indicate that the rear axle load will exceed the capacity of the 24,000# rear axle option. For that reason, we have provided a 31,000# rear axle. Page 11, Rear Suspension. Exception Pierce engineering has performed an initial weight review on this project and they indicate that the rear axle load will exceed the capacity of the 31,000# rear axle option. For that reason, we have provided a 27,000# rear axle and suspension. Page 11, Rear Tires. Exception Due to the change in the re ar axle capacity from 24,000# to 31,000# the tires had to change to 315/80R22.50. These will not only meet the OEM tire manufacturer's weight requirements but also leave reserve capacity to meet the ODOT fire service weight exemption guidelines. Page 12, Brakes, Exception .The axle that has been requested and is being provided is Meritor brand. Meritor will only provide it with its own brake system. Knorr-Bendix cannot be provided unless the axle brand is changed to Bendix. We do not believe this was the intent and have provided the Mentor axle with Meritor brakes. Also note that due to the change to the large r rear axle, the width of the brakes has changed from 7.00" to 8.63". Page 15, Exhaust System Exception Given the cab, engine and cooling system that has been requested, a vertical exhaust is not physically possible. The cooling system sits directly above the pump house which is where the vertical exhaust is normally routed. The exhaust cannot be moved further rearward due to conflicts with the water tank and body. We have provided a horizontal exhaust as a result which we hope will be acceptable. Page 15, Radiator, Clarification Our guess is that spell check changed the tank description in the last paragraph from deareation to desecration. Hopefully we do not have to desecrate the tank. Exceptions and Clarifications Page 2 of 8 Page 17, Transmission Shifter. Exception Note that the transmission ratios on the Allison 4000 transmission are 3.51, 1.91, 1.43, 1.00, .75, and .64 which deviates slightly from the specification. The ratios are not changeable on the Allison 4000 which leads us to believe that something is amiss. Regardless we can only provide the ratios as noted. Page 17, Transmission Cooler. Exception Pierce has recently changed the transmission cooler on certain configurations to a Modine unit. The construction is slightly different than the one requested but it carries the same warranty including the collateral damage warranty for the transmission. We hope this will be acceptable. Page 17. Driveline. Exception The higher torque of the DD-13 engine requires a more robust driveshaft than the Spicer 1710. The heavier Spicer 1810 has been provided for this reason. We hope this will be acceptable. Page 17. Steering Exception Pierce recently has switched from the Vickers to the Eaton pump for the power steering to reduce warranty issues. All other requirements have been met. We hope that the Eaton pump will be acceptable. Page 22. Doors, Clarification In the cab door section it is noted that the doors are to have manual cranks for the windows but on page 23 it specifically requires electric windows which do not come with a manual crank for safety reasons. We believe the intent is for the electric lifts and have thus provided them. Please advise if otherwise is required. Page 23. Electric Cab Door Locks. Clarification This section requires'two (4)' key FOBS to be provided. We have assumed that the intent is to have four FOB'S which is what we have provided. Please advise if this is not correct. Page 24. Storage Compartments. Exception Compartments below the floor of the driver and passenger side crew steps have been requested. A front inlet has also been requested. The plumbing for the front inlet is routed through the space that the passenger side com partment is located. For this reason, we can only provide the driver's side compartment. We hope this will be acceptable. Page 25. Center Console Organizer. Clarification Due to the fact that we cannot cost out an option until we know what the design scope will be, we have plugged an option i nto the proposal so that funds are provided for the eventual design. We have allocated $720.00. Any cost variation with the final design will be treated as an add or delete to the final invoice price. Page 25. Map Box, Clarification Due to the fact that we cannot cost out an optio n until we know what the design scope will be, we have plugged an option i nto the proposal so that funds are provided for the eventual design. We have allocated $630.00. Any cost variation with the final design will be treated as an add or delete to the final invoice price. Exceptions and Clarifications Page 3 of 8 Page 28, Forward Facing Driver Side Outboard Seat, Exception The seat base will be 15" deep instead of 17". The seat will also be a flip up base cushion. This seat will also not have a 7.50° fixed recline angle but will be approximately 90°. These are intended to insure that th a door opening is not i mpeded by this seat position. Page 29. Forward Facing Passenger Side Outboard Seat, Exception The seat base will be 15" deep instead of 17". The seat will also be a flip up base cushion. Both are intended to insure that the door opening is not impeded by this seat position. Page 49. Light Tower. Clarification We have noted that a 12 kW diesel generator has been requested along with the idle reduction technology (IRT) in addition to a 12 volt LED light tower. Please note that this light tower may create too high a load for the two requested power converters. This will not be an issue if there is not intent for the light mast to be operational w hen the chassis is in IRT mode. If that is not the case, it would be best to consider a 120 or 240 volt light m ast. The cost will be similar but the generator will be able to drive the mast more efficiently. Page 50, Manual, Fire Apparatus, Clarification Per Item 10. Manuals on page 10 the manuals are preferred format is a CD or DVD versus a hard copy. Per this section it states that they are to be provided in hard copy. We believe the intent is for a CD format and we have provided that option. PI ease advise if otherwise is required. Page 52. Body Height. Clarification The requested body height is 89" which would be the recommended height for a cab with a flat roof. Given the requested 10" raised roof Pierce suggests increasing the height to 92". Note that the body height does not impact the unit cost. Aesthetically the taller body will look better with the raised roof cab. Additionally, given the size of the 12 kW generator, the taller the body the deeper the dunnage area which will allow for the generator to be more out of sight than would be the case with a shorter body. Our recommendation would be to change the height to 92". Please advise. Page 53, Hose Bed. Exception There are conflicting requests between the storage compartments below the hose bed noted on page 54 and this request. Based on the response to this question noted in Addendum #1, we have provided a rear co mpartment that approximates what has been requested, the storage for the stokes/back board/hose tray requested on page 54, a 750 gallon tank and provided a hose bed that is as low as the aforementioned will allow. The hose bed as currently configured will be approximately 79.25' to 81" from the ground. Do note that changes to the water tank capacity.will not change the height of the hose bed it will however change the length of the hose bed. With the 750 gallon tank, the hose bed will be approximately 92" long. A 500 gallon tank will provide for a 104.5' hose bed. The two components that are driving the height of the hose bed are the size of the rear compartment and the storage rack below.the hose bed. Making changes to those components will allow the height to be reduced. Page 54, Light Front of Hose Bed, Exception A single light was requested (On Scene Night Stick 63" LED) for the front of the hose bed. Pierce has determined that a single light in that location w ill not meet the NFPA 1901 lighting requirement. For that reason we have provided two Pierce 63" LED strip lights, mounted them up under the aluminum hose bed cover structure so that they more adequately illuminate the entire hose bed as was the intent of NFPA 1901. Exceptions and Clarifications Page 4 of 8 Q Page 54, Light. Front of Hose Bed. Clarification There was also a request that the I ights be controlled by a cup switch only in a location that is at the front of the hose bed. NFPA requires that controls be no more than 62" off the ground so we have provided the following: • One (1) switch shall be located at the back of the apparatus no more than 62.00" from ground height. • One (1) switch shall be located near the water tank fill dome so that it is protected from the hose. Page 54. Under Hose Bed Compartments Clarification The verbiage detailing the webbing restraint system seems to reflect a crosslay configuration with its references to "front" and "back". Also the metal bar is a reference to a crosslay restraint that is tall and narrow. We have provided the netting restraint that m ost closely matches this request. Any final details can be ironed out during the preconstruction conference. Page 55, Running Boards. Clarification Even though the requested design does not require a running board, we would recommend a running board step to make access for reconnecting the preconnects and accessing the upper storage more accessible. See the option worksheet for cost details. Page 57. Compartmentation, Driver's Side, Clarification In the first paragraph, it states that two full depth adjustable roll out shelves will be provided and then asks for another one. We have provided a total of three (3) but given the way this was written it seems like that the third shelf may have been intended to be different. Please advise. Page 60, Compartmentation, Rear. Exception Please note that the rear door openin g of the compartment that has been requested will be 24.38" due to the roll up door header. All other dimensions will be met or exceeding. We hope this will be acceptable. Pape 62, Hatch Compartment Lighting, Exception Pierce is now providing their own LED compartment lighting which mirrors the On Scene light option at a significant cost savings. Given the track record of the product and the cost advantage we have provided the Pierce option. We hope this will be acceptable. Page 64, Extension Ladder. Exception A 28' two section 900A Duo-Safety extension ladder is required and it is to be stored in compartment that runs down the driver's side of the body and is accessed from the rear of the body. The first challenge is that Duo-Safety does not make 900A 28' extension ladder. They do make a 1200A. The second more critical issue is that a 28' two section ladder is 195.25" long when closed. Elsewhere in the specification a 189" pumper body is required. This means that the ladder will be 6.25" longer than the body. A three section 1225A 28' ladder w ill fit the length of the body but then you will lose 4" of compartment depth and it encroaches on other components as well. Given all these variables we.have provided a 24' Duo-Safety 900A two section ladder. We hope this will be acceptable. Page 65. Pike Pole. 8'. Exception There is a requirement that pike pole storage be provided on the driver side of the body under the ladder storage. Since the ladder storage essent ially sits directly above the air bottle storage compartments there is not enough room to accommodate this request. Also confusing is that a Exceptions and Clarifications Page 5 of 8 storage compartment for the same items is requested above the ladder storage which is a standard option that uses dead space inboard of the side compartment roll up door assemblies. The requested upper storage has been provided but the low er cannot be. We hope this is acceptable. Page 65. Pike Pole. 6". Exception See pike pole issue above. Page 65. Pike Pole Storage. Exception Pike pole storage is called for under the ladder storage on th a passenger's side of the body. Two things are problematic. The first is that no ladder storage is requested on the passenger's side. The second is that as noted a bove there would not be room for it if there was ladder storage due to space conflicts with the air bottle storage. We do provide standard long tool (pike pole) storage in the inboard upp er corner of the passenger side body that uses dead space inboard of the side compartment roll up door assemblies. This has been provided as well as the tubes for two pike poles. We hope this will be acceptable. Page 71, Inlet (Rear), Clarification The location of the rear inlet has been requested on the passenger side o f the rear of the body. The access ladder has also been requested for the passenger side as well. In all probability, there will not be room for both unless the inlet is routed under the tail board which we do not believe to be your intent. This is an item that will need to be addressed as a preconstruction issue. Page 71, Inlet (Front), Exception All requirements for the front inlet can be provided except for the location. A driver's side front inlet on this chassis is not possible due to a space conflict with the steering box. The front inlet can and has been located on the passenger's si de of the bumper. We hope this will be acceptable. Page 73, Discharge Outlet (Rear). Exception Two discharges are required to be routed to the rear of the hose bed. Given the requirements for ultralow hose bed, rear inlet, access ladder, driver's side rear ladder storage, etc. our options for locating the discharges at the rea r are limited. For this reason we have located them at the front of the hose bed. This is something that can be revisited as a preconstruction discussion item. We hope this will be acceptable. Page 73, Elbows Rear Outlets. Exception As noted below, we are only able to provide rear discharges to the front of the hose bed. For this reason elbows would not be user friendly at that location. Should the above issue be resolved, elbows will be.provided at no additional cost. We hope this will be acceptable. Pape 77. Foam System, Discharges. Clarification This section notes that the foam system is supposed to be plum bed to the hose ree I and the deluge riser. Since no hose reel has been requested elsewhere in the specification, we are assuming that this reference is in error. Regarding the delug e, we have plumbed the foam system to the deluge but we want to note that plumbing the deluge through the f oam system will limit flow through the deluge to approximately 750 gpm. This is regardless of whether it is flowing foam or water only. The deluge can be plum bed with a water bypass circuit to allow a higher flow when flowing water than when flowing foam. The cost to add that option is approximately $2,022. Exceptions and Clarifications Page 6 of 8 Page 87, Generator. Clarification The generator requested output is 12kw. Please note that the anticipated load on t his system between the IRT power converters and the high voltage connected loads w ould allow a 7.5kw unit to be installed. There is a cost savings of $1,975 for the 7.5 kw unit. This unit is also slightly shorter which will limit how far it extends above the top of the body. Page 89. Generator Location, Exception Because the chassis cooling system is located over the pump, the generator will have to be located over the water tank. We hope this will be acceptable. Page 89. Generator Oil D rain. Exception This section requires that an oil drain be extended below the body which is common when the generator is located above the pum p. As noted above, the generator will be located over the water tank which prevents the drain from extending to below the chassis frame rails. A standard drain as provided by the engine manufacturer will have to be provided with this package. Page 89. Generator Exhaust. Exception This section requires that the generator exhaust be extended up throug h the pump house and assumes the diesel generator is installed in a body compartment. As noted above, the generator will be located above the water tank. For this reason there is no reason to extend the exhaust to the top of the truck when it is already located there. The standard exhaust as provided with the generator package will be provided. Page 90. Rear FMVSS Lighting. Exception The Truck-Lite models 9186 and 26250 have been replaced by the P25. This LED light meets all current FMVSS requirements. We hope this will be acceptable. Page 91. Compartment Lighting Exception Pierce LED compartment lighting has been provided for the hatch compartments and other locations on the vehicle. This lighting mirrors the ROM V2 light option at a significant cost savings and the added benefit of consistency. Given the track record of the product and the cost advantage we have provided the P ierce option. We Hope this will be acceptable. Page 95. Warning Lights (Rear and Side Upper Zones) Exception The specification states in the last paragraph that the M series lights are to be mounted on metal brackets. These metal brackets are used when a beacon style light is used. The M series lights are to be surface mounted. We believe this is an inadvertent error. Please advi se if otherwise. Pages 96-98. Loose Equipment to be Included in Bid. Clarification The equipment in this section will not be mounted/installed on the unit (with the exception of the spanner holder assembly on page 98). It will be the responsibility of the customer to mount all of this equipment. Page 97. Loose Equipment to be Included in Bid. Exception We are unable to get a price for an 18" pry bar. We have included the price for a 14" pry bar instead. Page 97, Loose Equipment to be Included in Bid. Exception We included a 36"x 25' salvage cover in our bid price. This size is standard and significantly cheaper than a custom size of 30" x 25'. Exceptions and Clarifications Page 7 of 8 Q Page 98, MDT Equipment, Line 3, Clarification We were unable to location the part number for the DC power supply. We have included the cost of an alternative part (Lind Input Car Adaptor 120 Watt 12-2 Volt CF-LNDDC120). We hope this is acceptable. 0 Exceptions and Clarifications Page 8 of $ ~IPJrCe Proposal Option List 3/15/2013 Customer: Ashland Fire & Rescue Bid Number: 410 Representative Hendricks, Nick Job Number: Organization: Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc Bid Date: 03-19-2013 Requirements Manager: Stock Number: Description: Pumper, Dash CF, Ashland - Body: Pumper, PUG, Aluminum Chassis: Dash CF Chassis, PUC (Big Block) Line Option Type Option Description Qty 7 0659545 Boiler Plates, PUC Pumper 1 Fire Department/Customer - Ashland Fire & Rescue Operating/In conjunction W-Service Center - Operating Miles - 250 Miles Number of Fire Dept/Municipalities - 25 Bidder/Sales Organization - Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc. Delivery - Delivery representative Dealership/Sales Organization, Service - Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc. 8 0661794 Single Source Compliance 1 9 0584456 Manufacture Location: Appleton, Wisconsin 1 10 0584452 RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin 1 11 0588609 Vehicle Destination, US 1 12 0533316 Comply NFPA 1901 Changes Effective Jan 1, 2009, With Exceptions 1 13 0533347 Pumper/Pumper with Aerial Device Fire Apparatus - 1 14 0588611 Vehicle Certification, Pumper 1 15 0661778 Agency, Apparatus Certification, Pumper Tanker, U.L. 1 16 0008036 Career/Paid Department 1 17 0093797 PENALTY CLAUSE IN CONTRACT 1 19 0000114 Inspection Trip(s) 3 Qty, - 03 Fill in Blank - four 20 0537375 Unit of Measure, US Gallons 1 21 0529326 Bid Bond, 10%, Pierce Built Chassis 1 22 0582800 Performance Bond, 100 Percent w/25 Percent Warranty Bond, 1 Yr, and Payment Bond 1 23 0000007 Approval Drawing 1 24 0002928 Electrical Diagrams 1 25 0686406 Dash CF Chassis, PUC (Big Block) 1 26 0057446 Maximum Overall Weight 1 Fill in Blank - the actual vehicle inservice weight cannot exceed more than 635# per inch of tire width on any tire on the vehicle per ODOT fire service weight exemption requirements 27 0000110 Wheelbase 1 Wheelbase - 188.50" 28 0000070 GVW Rating 1 GV W rating - 46,500# 29 0000203 Frame Rails, 13.38 x 3.50 x.375, DLX/Qtm/Enf/AXT/ImpNel/Dash CF 1 30 0682026 Frame Liner, Internal "C" 12.50" x 3.00" x.25", Reduced "C" At RR 1 31 0018453 Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non Drive, 22,800 Ib, DLX/Enf/Qtm/AXT/DCF. 1 32 0010427 Suspension, Front TAK-4, 22,800 lb, DLX/Enf/Qtm/AXT/ImpNel/Dash CF 1 33 0087572 Shock Absorbers, KONI, on TAK-4 DLX/Qtm/AXT/Enf/Imp/Vel/Dash CF 1 34 0000322 Oil Seals, Front Axle 1 35 0594821 Tires, Front, Goodyear, G296 MSA, 425/65822.50, 20 ply 1 36 0019611 Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x 12.25', Aluminum, Hub Pilot 1 37 0530467 Axle, Rear, Mentor RS30-185, 31,000 Ib, Imp/Vel/Dash CF 1 38 0544253 Top Speed of Vehicle, 68 MPH 1 39 0122074 Suspen, Rear, Standens, Spring, 31,000 lb, ImpNel/Dash CF 1 40 0000485 Oil Seals, Rear Axle 1 41 0585004 Tires, Rear, Goodyear, G289 WHA, 315/8OR22.50, 20 ply, Single 1 42 0019668 Wheels, Rear, Alcoa, 22.50" x 9.00", Aluminum, Hub Pilot, Single 1 43 0568081 Tire Balancing, Counteract Beads 1 3/15/2013 8:21 AM Bid 410 Pagel Line Option Type Option Description Qty 44 0545391 Tire Pressure Monitoring Valve Cap 1 Qty, Tire Pressure Ind - 6 45 0072050 Lug Nut Covers, Stainless Steel IPO Standard 1 46 0002045 Mud Flaps, w/logo front & rear 1 47 0544802 Chocks, Wheel, SAC-44-E, Folding 1 Qty, Pair-01 49 0544806 Mounting Brackets, Chocks, SAC-44-E, Folding, Horizontal 1 Location, Wheel chock - under the driver's side forward body compartment Qty, Pair-01 50 0010670 ABS Wabco Brake System, Single rear axle 1 51 0030185 Brakes, Knorr/Bendix 17", Disc, Frt, TAK-4, DLX/Enf/Qtm/AXT/ImpNeVDash CF 1 52 0000740 Brakes, Mentor, Cam, Rear, 16.50 x 8.63" - 1 53 0058463 Air Compressor, Brake, Bendix 15.8 CFM 1 54 0000786 Brake Reservoirs, Four 1 55 0568012 Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver 1200, 2010 - 1 56 0000790 Brake Lines, Nylon 1 58 0000856 Air Inlet, with Kussmaul Air Eject 1 Location, Air Coupling(s) - d) DS Crew Cab Qty, Air Coupling (s) - 1 59 0675244 SP All Wheel Lock-up, Single Parking Brake Control 1 60 0666584 Engine, DDC DD13, 500 hp, 1650 ft-lb, W/OBD, EPA 2013, W/REPTO, Dash CF 1 61 0678767 Filter Location, DD13 w/Repto Engine, Dash CF 1 62 0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom 1 63 0675883 Converter, Power, AC to DC, Dual Progressive Dynamics PD2180, 160 Amp 1 64 0672448 Location, Power Converter, Idle Reduction Technology, DS Front Compt, High - 1 65 0674922 SP Approved, Idle Reduction System 1 66 0590300 Engine Brake, Jacobs, DD13 1 Switch, Engine Brake - f) DD13 67 0693247 Fan, Hydraulic Drive, Dash CF 1 68 0695216 Air Intake, w/Ember Separator, Dash CF 1 69 0565965 Exhaust System, 5", 2010 DD13, ISX engine, Horizontal, Officer Side 1 70 0695621 Radiator, Dash CF - - 1 71 0001091 Cooling Hoses, Silicone - Custom 1 72 0051125 Fuel Tank, 75 Gallon, Left Side Fill, DLX/Qtm/AXTNel/Imp/Dash CF 1 73 0001129 Lines, Fuel 1 74 0656102 DEF Tank, 4.5 Gallon, DS Fill, Fwd of Axle, DD13 ISL9 ISX, Common Air Bottle Dr 1 75 0552777 Fuel Pump for Repriming 1 76 0552712 Not Required, Shutoff Valve, Fuel Line 1 77 0553019 Cooler, Engine Fuel, ImpNel, AXT, Qtm, Saber, Dash CF 1 78 0551837 Trans, Allison Gen IV 4000 EVS P, ImpNelNel SLT/Dash CF With Prognostics 1 79 0510876 Transmission, Shifter, 6-Spd, Push Button 1 Trans, ratio - 4000 EVS, 6Spd 80 0517604 Transmission Programming, Park to Neutral, PUC 1 81 0684459 Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine, External 1 82 0001375 Driveline, Spicer 1810 1 83 0669988 Steering, Sheppard M110 w/tilt, TAK-4, Eaton Pump, w/ Cooler 1 84 0001544 Not Required, Steering assist cylinder on front axle 1 85 0509231 Steering Wheel, 4 Spoke with Controls 1 88 0550144 Logo/Emblem, on Horn Button 1 Text, Row One - ASHLAND Text, Row Two - FIRE Text, Row Three - RESCUE 89 0550016 Bumper, 19" Extended, AXT, Dash CF 1 90 0510226 Lift & Tow Package, ImpNel, AXT, Dash CF 1 91 0522573 No Tow Hooks Required, Due to Lift and Tow package 1 93 0012256 Tray, Hose center, 19" bumper w/outside Air Horns 1 Grating, Bumper extension - Grating, Rubber . Capacity, Bumper Tray - 21) 150' of 1.75 94 0653598 SP Receiver, Rope Rescue Anchors, (2), One Each End, Front Bumper Extension 1 97 0072354 Cover, Alum Treadplate, (notched), Hose Tray, D-Ring 1 Location - center 3/15/2013 8:21 AM Bid 410 Page 2 Line Option Type Option Description qty 97 Qty, Hose Tray Covers - 1 Stay arm, Tray Cover - b) Pneumatic stay arm 98 0022322 Notch/Tray, "California" Style Front Inlet 1 99 0696031 Cab, Dash CF, 7011 Raised Roof, PUC 1 100,0684776 Engine Tunnel, DD13, Dash CF 1 101 0677478 Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Aluminum Treadplate 1 102 0695979 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Dash CF 1 103 0695930 Grille, Bright Finished, Front of Cab, Dash CF 1 104 0002224 Scuffplates, S/S At Cab Door Jambs 1 Material Trim/Scuffplate - b) S/S, Brushed 105 0032508 Trim, s/s band across cab face 1 Material Trim/Scuffplate - e) S/S, Patterned . . 106 0015440 No Chrome Molding, On side of cab 1 107 0521669 Mirrors, Retrac, West Coast Style, Htd/Rmt, w/Htd/Rmt Convex 1 108 0695998 Door, Full Height, Dash CF Cab, Raised Roof 1 109 0655593 Door Panel, Brushed Stainless Steel, Dash CF Cab 1 110 0695425 Storage Pockets w/ Elastic Cover, Recessed, Dash CF 1 111 0695990 Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows, 4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Dash CF 1 112 0528247 Electric Door Locks, Cab Doors, 2 Fob's QXS, AXT, Sab, Dash CF 1 113 0674754 SP Key FOB, Electric Door Locks, Two (2) Additional, AXT, Dash CF 1 114 0695976 Steps, 4-Door Cab, Dash CF 1 115 0674526 Lights, Cab & Crew Cab Access Steps, LED, Recessed, 1 Lt, Per Step, Dash CF 1 116 0005772 Fenders, S/S on cab, w/Radius corner, 2.00" wide 1 117 0695725 Window, Side of C/C, Fixed, Dash CF 1 118 0695218 Not Required, Windows, Front of raised roof, Dash CF 1 119 0694506 Not Required, Windows Rear of Crew Cab, Dash CF 1 121 0654278 Bracket, Zico, Cabinet Mounting Brackets (CMB) 3 Qty, - 03 location - on the two slide out tool boards in the P3 compartment. The exact locations to be determined at the precwnstruction conference 122 0665407 Compt, Storage, Driver Side Crew Cab, Under Floor, Dash CF 1 123 0032244 Enclosure Around Night Scan on Cab Roof (Painted) 1 124 0693311 Cab Interior, Metal, imperial 1200 Headliner, Dash CF 1 Color, Cab Interior Vinyl/Fabric - c) Black 125 0696028 -Cab Interior, paint color, Dash CF - 1 ' Color, Cab Interior Paint - i) fire smoke gray 126 0509532 Floor, Rubber Padded Cab & Crew Cab, ImpNel, Dash CF 1 127 0695989 Heater/defroster, Dual Zone Control, Dash CF 1 128 0695970 Air Conditioning, Dash CF, Dual Zone Control, Center Mount 1 129 0695363 Grab Handles, Driver, Officer and Crew Cab Door Posts, Dash CF 1 . 130 0674790 Light, Engine Compt, Dash CF, 21ts 1 131 0696003 Fluid Check Access, Dash CF 1 132 0656030 SP Map box, 5 bin, 30 degree slant, Storage, Cup Holders, Dash CF 1 133 0694910 Map box, 6 bin, 30 degree slant, 3.00" wide bins, Dash CF 1 134 0583039 Not Required, Side Roll and Frontal Impact Protection 1 135 0000109 Seating Capacity, Cab - 6 Qty, - 06 136 0692901 Seat, Driver, Pierce PS6, Premium, Air Ride Hi-Back, Dash CF 1 137 0653082 SP Seat, Officer, Pierce PS6, Premium, Elect Controls, Air Ride Hi-Back, Dash CF 1 138 0695918 Radio Compt, Center Console, Dash CF 1 139 0695761 Not Required, Seat, Forward Facing Front, Center 1 140 0692871 Seat, Rr Facing C/C, DS Outboard, Pierce PS6, Premium, SCBA, Dash CF 1 141 0692863 Seat, Rr Facing C/C, PS Outboard, Pierce PS6, Premium, SCBA, Dash CF 1 142 0695279 Seat, Forward Facing C/C, DS Outbrd, Pierce PS6, Base, Foldup,SCBA Recessed, DCF 1 143 0103319 Not Required, Seat, Forward Facing C/C, Center 1 144 0692857 Seat, Forward Facing C/C, PS Outbr6, Pierce PS6, Base, Hi-Back, Foldup, Dash CF _ 1 145 0566653 Upholstery, Seats In Cab, Turnout Tuff 1 Color, Cab Interior Vinyl/Fabric - c) Black 146 0543991 Bracket, Air Bottle, Hands-Free 11, Cab Seats 3 Qty, - 03 3/15/2013 8:21 AM Bid 410 Page 3 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 147 0553393 Seat Belt Height Adjustment, ImpNel, Dash CF 6 Qty, - 06 148 0547293 Seat Belts, Red 1 149 0691237 Seat Belt Monitoring System 1 150 0543914 Helmets Stored in Body Compartment 1 151 0546692 Lights, Dome, Weldon, 8080-8000-13, 2-Dual LED Lights, Black Bez 1 152 0532633 Lights, Dome CC, (4) Weldon, 8080-8000-13, LED, Red/Clear, Blk Bezel 1 153 0544332 Portable Hand Light, Provided by Fire Department, Pumper NFPA Classification 1 154 0568369 Cab Instruments, Ivory Gauges, Chrome Bezels, ImpelNelocity 2010, Dash CF 1 155 0509511 Air Restriction Indicator, ImpNel, AXT, Dash CF 1 156 0543751 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus 1 Alarm, Do Not Move Truck - a)alarm 157 0509042 Messages, Open Door/Do Not Move Truck, ImpNel, Vel SLT, AXT, Dash CF 1 . 158 0551600 Switching, Cab, Rocker MUX,.ImpelNelocity, AXT MUX, Dash CF 1 Location, Emerg Sw Pnls - Driver's Side Overhead 159 0555915 Wiper Control, 2-Speed with Intermittent, ImpelNelocity, Dash CF 1 163 0548004 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 1st 2 Qty, - 02 12vdc power from - a) battery direct - Wire termination - p) 15 amp power point plug Location - in the forward lower center dash console between the driver and passenger seat positions 164 0087852 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color Display, MUX 1 165 0543930 Vehicle Data Recorder, Dual Module 1 168 0505836 Antenna Mount, Custom Chassis, Maxrad BMATM, Location Feature 2 Location - on the cab roof, behind the lightbar centered with the second over the passenger's side Qty, - 02 Location, Antenna Cable - officer seat box 169 0509967 Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics and Control System 1 170 0687336 Electrical System, Dash CF 1 171 0079211 Batteries, (6) Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA each, Threaded Stud 1 172 0008621 Battery System, Single Start, All Custom Chassis 1 173 0696026 Battery Compartment, Dash CF 1 174 0531307 _ Charger, Sngl Sys, Dual Bank, Dual Pro Charger 1 175 0695064 Location, Charger, Under Center Console Area, Dash CF 1 176 0531403 Location, Battery Charger Indicator, Driver's Seat with Bracket 1 179 0016857 Shoreline, 20A 120V, Kussmaul Auto Eject, "Super" 2 Color, Kussmaul Cover- b) red , Connection, Shoreline - the battery charger and any other 115 volt loads (except engine heater) on circuit #1 and the engine heater on circuit #2 Qty, Shoreline - 2 180 0026800 - Shoreline Location 1 Location,.Shoreline (s) - 25) DS Cab Side 181 0566294 Alternator, 430 amp, Niehoff C680-1 1 182 0092582 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX - 1 Enable/Disable Hi-Idle - e)High Idle enable 183 0678609 Cab Lighting, P25 LED, Dash CF, Rectangular HID Head Lights 1 184 0088869. Lights, Identification/Clearance, Rear, Truck-Lite, 26250 LED 1 185 0517025 Lights, Tail, Wrap-around, Three LED Lights 1 186 0085910 Lights, Backup Included in Signal Cluster 1 187 0664481 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25 LED 1 188 0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040 1 189 0521285 Light, Directional/Marker, Intermediate Light, Truck-Lite Model 60115Y LED 1 190 0693287 Lights, Truck-Lite 44308C, LED Grommet Mt, Cab Perimeter 4 Dr 1 191 0693301 Lights, Perimeter Scene, Truck-Lite 44308C LED Grommet Mt, Body 4 Lts 1 Switch, Location, Perim - Parking brake 192 0556337 Lights, Step, P25 LED at Rear Tailboard, 21ts 1 197 0692068 Light, Visor, FRC, 12V SPA851-Q15 LED 1st 1 Qty, - 01 Location, driver's/passenger's/center- centered Switch, Lt Control 1 DC,1 - f) PS Switch Panel Switch, Lt Control 2 DC,2 - 0 Pump Operator's Panel 3/15/2013 8:21 AM Bid 410 Page 4 Line Option Type Option Description CRY 197 Switch, Lt Control 3 DC,3 - d) No Control 203 0690456 Light, FRC, 12V FCA210-V12, LED, Recessed 1st 1 Location, lights - high on the passenger's side of the aft end of the body Qty, - 01 Switch, Lt Control 1 DC,1 - a) DS Switch Panel Switch, Lt Control 2 DC,2 - f) Pump Operator's Panel Switch, Lt Control 3 DC,3 - d) No Control _ Switch, Lt Control 4 DC,4 - d) No Control 209 0690455 Light, FRC, 12V FCA210-V12, LED, Recessed 2nd 1 Location, lights - high on the drivers side of the aft end of the body Qty, - 01 Switch, Lt Control 1 DC,1 - f) PS Switch Panel Switch, Lt Control 2 DC,2 - f) Pump Operator's Panel Switch, Lt Control 3 DC,3 - d) No Control Switch, Lt Control 4 DC,4 - d) No Control 210 0663835 Light, Deck, Unity AG, Frt HB, Whalen PELCC LED Work Lights, PUC 1 Switch, Scene Lt Cntrl - h)switch at rear 211 0518282 Pumper, PUC, Aluminum 1 212 0554271 Body Skirt Height, 20" 1 213 0501271 Tank, Water, 750 Gallon, Poly, Rectangular Form Fitting, PUC 1 214 0003405 Overflow, 4" Water Tank, Poly 1 215 0028104 Foam Cell Required 1 216 0599598 SP Reinforcement, Poly Tank- for Compt Over Tank 1 217 0044431 Sleeve through Tank - Up to 3" Plumbing 1 Qty, Sleeve - 1 218 0553729 Not Required, Restraint, Water Tank, Heavy Duty 1 219 0003429 No Direct Tank Fill Req'd 1 220 0003424 (No Dump Valve required) 1 221 0048710 Jet Assist Not Req'd 1 222 0030007 (No Dump Chute Required) 1 223 0514778 Not Required, Switch, Tank Dump Master 1 224 0597043 Body Height, PUC 1 Body Height - 89.00" 225 0199241 Hose Bed, Alum, Pumper, PUC 1 226 0003482 Hose bed Capacity, Additional 1 Capacity, Hosebed - 800' of 4.0" and 800' of 3.0" double jacketed hose 227 0003488 Divider, Hose Bed, Unpainted 3 Qty, Hosebed Dividers - 3 235 0652595 SP Equipment Storage Below Hose Bed, Hose Tray/Stokes Storage, 1" Heavy Nylon Web 1 i Location - on the left (driver's) side of this storage Size - 200' of 2.50" hose and a Blitzfire portable deluge Fill in Blank - large enough to accommodate the equipment listed below and will be full width of the space between the body compartments - Location, Backboard Comp - Pass Side i Type of fastener - spring clip and hook Size, Stokes Basket - 75" long x 25" wide x 11" deep Nylon Web Color- Black Restraint Location - Bottom (towards the ground) 236 0089471 Cutout, Handhold, in Hose Bed Divider 3 Qty, - 03 237 0663365 Lights, Hose Bed, Sides, Dual LED Light Strips 1 238 0530804 Cover, Hose Bed, Alum Treadplate 1 239 0060884 Stay Arm, Hose Bed Cover, Mechanical, 1/4 Flatbar 1 243 0587696 Hose Restraint, Hosebed, One Piece Vinyl Flap, Strap Fastener, Hosebed Frame,Rear 1 Color, Vinyl Cover - c) black Type of fastener - seat belt buckle - bottom of hosebed Type of fastener, Rear - quarter turn - Rear of Hosebed Vinyl flap weight- chain 244 0515525 Not Required, Runningboard, PUC 1 245 0685334 Tailboard, 12" Deep, Full Width, PUC 1 246 0690029 Wall, Rear, Body Material, PUC, PUC Tanker 1 247 0003531 Tow Bar, Under Tailboard 1 248 0656692 Construction, Compt, Alum, Pumper, PUC, Dash CF 1 249 0680940 SP . DS 189" Rollup, (1) 62" Fwd, (1) 52" Rr, FH/FD Front & Rear, Raised Rear 3", PUC 1 3/15/2013 8:21 AM Bid 410 Page 5 I Line Option Type Option Description Qty 250 0680939 SP PS 189" Rollup, (1) 62" Fwd, (1) 52" Rr, FH/FD Front & Rear, Raised Rear 3", PLC 1 253 0692733 Doors, Gortite, Roll-up, Side Compartments 6 Qty, Door Accessory - 06 _ Color,Gortite,Roll-upDoor - Painted Latch, Gortite, Roll-up - locking, 751, AXT/Otm/Dash CF/Saber Cab 254 0652944 SP Rear - Rollup Dr/30.50" FF, w/ Tailboard, Raised 3" @ Rear, PLC 1 256 0692743 Door, Gortite, Roll-up, Rear Compartment, PUC 1 Color,Gortite,Roll-upDoor - Satin finish Latch, Gortite, Roll-up - locking, 751, AXT/Qtm/Dash CF/Saber Cab 258 0689549 Lights, Compt, Pierce LED, Dual Light Strips, Each Side of Door 7 Location - all body compartments with double pan hinged doors or roll up doors Qty, - 07 259 0515679, 189" Hatch, (2) Lift-up, 21" Wide, Both Sides, PUC 1 Size, Hatch Compt, Height - 19.00" 260 0688124 Lights, Hatch Compt, Pierce LED Strip Light, 189" PUC, Both Sides 1 261 0687145 Shelf Tracks, Recessed, PUC/3rd Generation 1 263 0687108 Shelves, Adjustable, 500 lb Capacity, Full Width/Depth, Painted, 3rd Gen 4 Qty, Shelf - 04 Location, Shelf - (1) D1 upper, (2) P3 forward of the fixed vertical divider, (1) P1 . compartments 265 0524307 SP Tray, 500 lb Slide-out, 2" Sides, 3/16" Alum, Full Depth/Width, Flr Mtd, 3G 2 Location - D1, P1 compartments Qty, Tray (slide-out) - 02 267 0589465 SP Tray, 500 lb Slide-out, 2" Sides, Painted, Full Depth/Width, Adj. Height, 3G 3 Location - (3) D3, compartments Qty, Tray (slide-out) - 03 270 0555437 Toolboard, Slide-out, Alum, .188", Peg Board, Painted, 3G 2 location - in the P3 compartment to hold three Zico SCBA holders. The exact locations and configurations to be determined at the preconstruction conference Qty - 2 Mounting, Toolboard - Adjustable side-side 272 0682352 Tool Grid System, Gear Grid, Double Swing-Out 1 location - in the upper P1 compartment above the fixed shelf Qty - 1 274 0013908 Partition, Vertical Compartment 1 Location - in the P3 compartment, specific details will be determined at the preconstruction conference Qty, Partition - 01 276 0023847 Shelf, Permanently Mounted 2 Location - (1) in the P3 compartment aft of the fixed vertical divider, (1) in the Pt compartment to provide a mounting point for the swing out toolboard in the upper section. The exact locations will be determined at the preconstruction conference Qty, Comp. Accessory - 02 277 0526811 SP - Ventilation System, Compt, PUC 1 278 0063064 Rubrail, Aluminum Extruded, Side of Body, 3rd Gen Body 1 279 0515441 Fender Crowns, Rear, S/S, W/Removable Fender Liner, Pumper, 3rd Gen 1 280 0519849, Not Required, Hose, Hard Suction 1 281 0022041 No Handrails Req'd @ Side Pump Panel, No Pump Module 1 282 0664688 Handrail, (2), Rear,-PUC - 1 283 0000941 No Handrail, Rear Above Hose Bed Req'd. 1 284 0062640 Insert, Air Bottle Compt, "W" Shaped 3 Qty, - 03 291 0657651 Compt, Air Bottle, Double, Fender Panel 3 Qty, Air Bottle Comp - 3 Door Finish, Fender Compt - Polished Location, Fender Compt - Double - DS Rear, Double - PS Fwd and Double - PS Rear Location, Fender Compt - Double - DS Rear, Double - PS Fwd and Double - PS Rear Location, Fender Compt - Double - DS Rear, Double - PS Fwd and Double - PS Rear Latch, Air Bottle Compt - Flush Lift & Turn Insert, Air Bottle Compt - Rubber Matting 296 0656100 Compt, Air Bottle, Single, Common Double Door, Fender Panel 1 Qty, Air Bottle Comp - 1 Door Finish, Fender Compt - Polished Location, Fender Compt - Single - DS Fwd - DEF Combo Latch, Air Bottle Compt - Flush Lift & Turn Insert, Air Bottle Compt - Rubber Matting 3/15/2013 8:21 AM Bid 410 Page 6 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 297 0004225 Ladder, 24' Duo-Safety 900A 2-Sect 1 298 0004230 Ladder, 14' Duo-Safety 775A Roof 1 299 0568383 Rack, Ladders, in DS Full Depth Body, PUC, Smooth Aluminum Door 1 300 0014245 Ladder, Folding, 10' 585A, Duo-Safety, w/Mtg 1 Location, Fold Ladder-.In DS Pike Compt 302 0548184 Pole, Pike 8' Akron, Fiberglass 1 Qty, Pike Poles - 1 Location - in the storage compartment on the upper driver's side of the rear of the body 304 0548205 Pole, Pike 6' Akron, Fiberglass 1 Qty, Pike Poles - 1 Location - in the storage compartment on the upper driver's side of the rear of the body 305 0539402 Compt, Pike Poles/Fld Ldr In Upper Bdy (1) DS, Long Storage (1) PS, Sm Alum, PUC 1 307 0004361 Tubes, Alum, Pike Pole Storage 2 Location - in the passenger side rear upper long storage compartment Qty, Pike Pole Tubes - 02 308 0521734 No Steps Required, Front Of Body, PUC 1 309 0515519 Ladder, Top Access, Alum, RH Rear, PUC 1 310 0692213 Pump, Pierce, 1500 Single Stage, Dash CF PUC 1 311 0515822 Mechanical Seals, Silicon Carbide 1 312 0091446 Pump Setup Charges N/A 1 313 0515705 Gearcase, Pierce Pump, REPTO-Clutch Drive 1 314 0521309 Pumping Mode, Pump and Roll/Stationary, Basic, PUC 1 315 0515829 Pump Shift, Sure-Shift 1 316 0515833 Transmission Lock-up, Not Req'd, Park to Neutral, Pump, PUC 1 317 0515835 Auxiliary Cooling System, PUC 1 318 0014486 (No Transfer Valve Required on 1 Stage Pump) 1 j 319 0013050 Valve, Relief Intake, Akron 1 320 0515838 Controller, Pressure, Pierce, PUC 1 321 0072170 Primer, Trident, Air Prime, Air operated, w/(1) Additional Priming Valve 1 inlet extra primer - Front Inlet 322 0676824 SP All Intake Relief Valve, Set at Specific PSI 1 Fill in Blank - 150 psig 323 0044552 Line, .50" Recirculating w/Check Valve 1 324 0516694 Manuals, Pump (2), CD, Pierce Pump 1 325 0519952 Plumbing, Stainless Steel & Hose, PUC 1 326 0064656 Not Required, Black Iron Pipe with S/S Plumbing 1 327 0517852 Inlets, 6.00" - 1500 GPM, Pierce Pump 1 328 0004646 Cap, Long Handle Pump Inlet, NST - VLH 1 329 0084610 Valves, Akron 8000 series- All 1 330 0004660 Inlet, LH Side, 2.50" Gated 1 331 0004680 Inlet, RH Side, 2.50" Gated 1 332 0520002 Valve, Inlet(s) Recessed, Side Cntrl, PUC 2 Qty, Inlets-2 333 0521137 Anode, Zinc, Pair, Pump Inlets, PUC 1 334 0004700 Control, Inlet, at Valve 1 336 0544957 Inlet, 4" to 6" Front w/5" S/S plumbing, w/Bleeder Valve, Saber, AXT, Imp, Vel 1 Inlet, Size - Five Drain, Suction - Push/Pull 337 0553017 Control, Electric, Front Inlet, Akron 9313 Controller 1 338 0009620 Intake Relief Valve, Front Inlet 1 339 0004788 Cap, Long Handle - Front Inlet - VLH 1 340 0099230 SP Piping to Terminate in Hose Tray 1 342 0681562 Inlet, Rear, 4"-6" w/4" Plmb, Tailboard Height, w/Bleeder Valve, Dash CF PUC 1 Location - on the passengers side of the body above the tailboard - Inlet, Size - Four 343 0068728 Elbow, 4"FNST x 4" Storz & Cap, Rear Suction 1 344 0538012 Control, Akron Electric, Rear Large Inlet, w/LED Position Indicators - 1 345 0009662 Intake Relief Valve, Rear Inlet 1 i 346 •0079115 SP Adapter, 5" (FNST) x 4" (MNST), Front Inlet 1 I 3/15/2013 8:21 AM Bid 410 Page 7 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 347 0653410 SP Elbow, Rear Inlet, 4" (FNST) x 4" Storz 1 348 0092568 No Rear Inlet (auxiliary) Requested 1 349 0563738 Valve, .75 Bleeder, Aux. Side Inlet, Swing Handle 1 350 0520277 Line, (1) 3.00" Valve/4.00" Plumbing, Tank to Pump, PUC 1 351 0595508 Outlet, 1.50" Tank Fill, PUC 1 352 0516755 Outlet(s), LH Side, 2.50" (2), PUC 1 353 0556669 Outlet(s), RH Side, 2.50", (1), Electric Control, PUG 1 354 0556677 Outlet, 4.00" w/4.00" Akron Valve, Right, Electric, PUC 1 356 0024934 Outlet, Front, 1.50" w/2.00" Plumbing, Swivel Top of Bumper 1 Location, Outlet - d) center Qty, -1 357 0092575 No Rear Outlet Requested 1 358 0537394 No Rear Outlet (Added) Requested 1 360 0516824 Outlet, 2.5", Front of Hosebed, PUC 2 Qty, Discharges-02 . location - one on the driver's and one on the passengers side of the hose bed 361 0085076 Caps for 1.50" - 3.00" Discharges - VLH 1 362 0563739 Valve, .75 Bleeder, Discharges, Swing Handle 1 363 0055095 Not Required, 2.5" Elbows, LH 1 364 0021134 Not Required, Elbows, RH 1 365 0045099 No Elbows Req'd, Rear Outlets 1 366 0537395 No Elbows Req'd, Added Rear 1 367 0527969 Cap, 4.00", IPO Elbow, Large Diameter Discharge - 1 368 0552943 Control, Outlets, Swing Handle, Elect PS Outlets, Akron 9315, Press Display, PUC 1 369 0516280 Outlet, 3.00" Deluge w/2.50" Valve, w/TFT Extend-a-Gun XG18 riser, PUG 1 370 0025562 SP Monitor, TFT Xfire XFC-52, 4" Storz inlet, Package 1 371 0047175 No Additional Nozzle Req'd 1 372 0046857. Deluge Mount,TFT Crossfire for extend-a-gun only 1 373 0692107 Crosslays, Low Mount, (2) 1.50", Full Width, Std. Cap, w/Poly Trays, PUC, DCF 1 374 0029196 No 2.50" Crosslay Requested 1 375 0533672 Not Required, Hose Restraint, Crossley, PUC 1 377 0692796 Doors, Crosslay, Roll-up Gortite, Each End, Full Height, PUC 1 Color,Gortite,Roll-upDoor - Painted Latch, Gortite, Roll-up - Non-locking Liftbar 378 0653495 SP Deadlay (2) No Plumbing, Spcl. Capacity, W/Poly Tray, High Mount, FW, DCF 1 Capacity, Special Xlay - 100' of 1.75" hose. The trays are to be as wide as space will allow to accommodate a gated wye that is preconnected to the hose 379 0537414 SP Reel, Booster, Steel, Rear Tailboard Compartment, Rear Wall High, PUG 1 Finish, Reel - Painted Gray 380 0005279 Switch, Reel Rewind - One at Reel 1 381 0652763 Hose, Booster- 100' of .75"/800 PSI 1 382 0005245 Capacity, Hose Reel Special 1 Capacity, Reel - 100' of 0.75" nitrile rubber hose 383 0007428 Nozzle for Booster Reel Not Req'd 1 389 0676021 Foam Sys, Husky 3, Single Agent, PUC, Multi Select Feature 1 Discharge, Foam Locations - Crossley Lower Rear, Crosslay Lower Front, Front Bumper Left Side, Deluge, Front of Hose Bed Left Side and Front of Hose Bed Right Side Discharge, Foam Locations - Crosslay Lower Rear, Crosslay Lower Front, Front Bumper Left Side, Deluge, Front of Hose Bed Left Side and Front of Hose Bed Right Side Discharge, Foam Locations - Crosslay Lower Rear, Crosslay Lower Front, Front Bumper Left Side, Deluge, Front of Hose Bed Left Side and Front of Hose Bed Right Side Discharge, Foam Locations - Crosslay Lower Rear, Crosslay Lower Front, Front Bumper Left Side, Deluge, Front of Hose Bed Left Side and Front of Hose Bed Right Side Discharge, Foam Locations - Crosslay Lower Rear, Crosslay Lower Front, Front Bumper Left Side, Deluge, Front of Hose Bed Left Side and Front of Hose Bed Right Side Discharge, Foam Locations - Crosslay Lower Rear, Crosslay Lower Front, Front Bumper Left Side, Deluge, Front of Hose Bed Left Side and Front of Hose Bed Right Side 390 0012126 Not Required, CAF Compressor 1 391 0592527 Refill, Foam Tank, Integral, Husky 3 1 392 0031894 Demonstration, Foam System, at Factory 1 Vehicle, Qty, Training, P - 1 vehicle 394 0530519 Foam Cell, 30 Gallon, Non-Reducing, PUC - 1 Type of Foam - Class "A" 3/15/2013 8:21 AM Bid 410 Page 8 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 394 Foam, Brand Name - Ansul 395 0697589 Drain, 1.00", Foam Tank #1, Husky 3 Foam System 1 396 0091079 Not Required, Foam Tank #2 1 397 0091112 Not Required, Foam Tank Drain - 1 398 0515692 Pump Operators Panel, 31 " Control Zone", PUC 1 399 0032479 Pump Panel Configuration, Control Zone 1 400 0516975 Panel, Pump, Gauge, Operators, Brushed S/S, PUC 1 401 0516978 Pump and Plumbing Access, Simple Tilt Service, PUC 1 402 0520016 Not Required, Pumphouse Structure, PUC 1 403 0520326 Light, Pump Compt, PUC 1 404 0516983 Engine Indicators, Included With Pierce Pressure Controller, PUC 1 405 0005601 Throttle Included w/ Pressure Controller 1 406 0549333 Indicators, Engine, Included with Pressure Controller 1 407 0511078 Gauges, 4.0" Master, Class 1, 30"-0-600psi 1 408 0511100 Gauge, 2.0" Pressure, Class 1, 30"-0-400psi 1 409 0517009 Gauge, Water Level, Pierce, In pressure Controller, W/ Mini Slave, PUC - 1 Activation, Water Level G - pg) pump in gear 410 0062992 Gauge, Foam Level, (1) Tank, Class 1 1 411 0520243 Light, Pump Operator & Panel, Side Ctrl, PUC 1 412 0066052 Air Horns, (2) Grover in Bumper Outside Frame 1 Location, Air Horn (bmpr) - one each side 413 0046064 Control, Air Horn, Horn Ring Only 1 414 0525667 Siren, Whelan 295SLSA1, 100 or 200 Watt 1 415 0510206 Location, Elect Siren, Recessed Overhead in Console 1 Location, Elec Siren - Overhead, Above Eng Tunnel PS 416 0006150 Control, Elec Siren, DS & PS Foot Sw 1 418 0561882 Speaker, Whelan SA315P, 100 watt 2 Qty, Speakers - 2 Connection, Speaker - siren head 419 0548457 Location, Recessed in the Front Bumper, Driver and Passenger Side 1 420 0016080 Siren, Federal Q2B 1 421 0006097 Location of Siren, Recessed in Bumper 1 Location, Siren, Mach - a) Left 422 0026163 Control, Mach Siren, DS & PS Foot Sw 1 i 425 0653488 SP Lightbar, Whelan, Freedom, FN"QLED, 8-R, 2-W, 2-13C, LED Opt 1 Length, Wln Lightbar -82" Opticom Priority - b) High Color, Lens, LED's - c)clear 426 0016380 No Additional Lights Req'd, Side Zone Upper 1 430 0540460 Light, Front Zone, Whelen M6'C LED, Clear Lens, 41ts Q Bezel 1 Color, Lt DS Frnt Outside - b) DS Front Outside Blue Color, Lt PS Fmt Outside - r) PS Front Outside Red Color, Lt DS Front Inside - r) DS Front Inside Red Color, Lt PS Front Inside - r) PS Front Inside Red ' 431 0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating 1 Headlt flash deactivation - a)w/high beam 435 0596614 SP Lights, Side Zone Lower, Whalen M9`C Frnt, M6'C LED Rear, Clear Lens 2pr 1 l Location, lights rear - in the rear axle fender panel Location, lights frt side - b)each side bumper Color, Lt Side Front - r) Side Front Lt Red Color, Lt Side Rear - r) Side Rear Lt Red 438 0540769 Lights, Side, Whelan M6'C LED, Clear Lens, 1st 2 Location, lights - aft of the crew doors, match the height of the M6 in the rear axle fender panel Qty, - 02 Color, Lights, Warning - gla) red - 441 0540774 Lights, Side, Whalen M9'C LED, Clear Lens 2 Location, lights - high on each side of the cab aft of the crew cab doors Qty, - 02 Color, Lights, Warning - gla) red 443 0540781 Lights, Rear Zone Lower, Whalen M9'C LED, Clear Lens 1 Color, Lt DS Rear - r) DS Rear Lt Red Color, Lt PS Rear- r) PS Rear Lt Red 3/15/2013 8:21 AM Bid 410 Page 9 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 447 0541155 Lights, Rear/Side Up Zone, Whelan M9'C LED, Clear Lens 41ts 1 Color, Lt, Side Far Up DS - Side Rear Upper Red Color, Lt, Side Rer Up PS - r) Side Rear Upper Red Color, Lt, Far Up DS - r) DS Rear Upper Red Color, Lt, Rer Up PS - b) PS Upper Rear Blue 448 0006551 Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper Zone Blocking 1 449 0537807 Mtg, Rear Warn Lts,. Side Sheets & Rear of Body Bulkheads 1 450 0521537 SP Electrical System, A/C, General Design, THW Wiring - 1 451 0060479 Generator, Onan 12kW HDKCD Commercial Quiet Diesel, (CMQD) - 1 452 0593716 SP Mounting, Diesel Generator Over Water Tank, PUC 1 453 0652049 SP Cover, Diesel Generator, Above Hosebed 1 454 0006750 Electric Start, Generator 1 455 0006760 Remote Start, Diesel Generator - 1 Location, Remote Start - d) cab/pp 456 0006745 Pump, Fuel, w/Pick-Up Tube for Generator 1 . 457 0016767 Not Required, Oil Drain Extension, Generator 1 458 0016771 Not Required, Routing Exhaust, Generator 1 459 0520110 Circuit Breaker Panel w/Generator, Non Standard Location, PUC 1 Location, CB Panel - on the forward wall of the driver's side forward compartment, high on the wall - 461 0656310 Light, Will-Burt Night Scan Chief NS 2.3-600 WHL LED, 4-PFP2 Lt Hd, 12 VDC, 75 1 Controller, Lt Tower - c) Remov Hnd hid Location, Lt Tower, Fold - b)Rear Crew Cab Roof 463 0076629 Receptacle, 15A 120V 3-Prong SB Dup, Shoreline Int 1 Location, Receptacles.- (1) in the P1 compartment, the exact location to be determined at the preconstruction conference Qty, Receptacles - 01 464 0519934 Not Required, Brand, Hydraulic Tool System 1 465 0007150 Bag of Nuts and Bolts 1 Qty, Bag Nuts and Bolts - 1 466 0532883 NFPA Required Loose Equipment, Pumper, Provided by Fire Department 1 467 0540114 Soft Suction Hose, Provided by Fire Department, Pumper NFPA Classification 1 i 468 0027023 No Strainer Required 1 469 0533269 Extinguisher, Dry Chemical, Pumper, Provided by Fire Department 1 470 0533278 Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized Water, Pumper, Provided by Fire Department 1 471 0532921 Axe, Flathead, Pumper, Provided by Fire Department 1 472 0532924 Axe, Pickhead, Pumper, Provided by Fire Department 1 474 0559682 Paint, Two Tone, Cab, w/Shield, Custom Cab 1 Paint, Color - Red #145 (to match previous job 14201) Paint Color, Upper Area - White #10 (to match previous job 14201) 475 0017241 Paint Chassis Frame Assy. Black; Std. 1 476 0693797 No Paint Required, Aluminum Front Wheels 1 477 0693792 No Paint Required, Aluminum Rear Wheels 1 478 0007230 Compartment, Painted, Spatter gray 1 479 0544099 Reflective Band, 8" 1 Color, Reflect Band - A - a) white 480 0077356 Reflective, Cab Face, Below the S/S Trim Band 1 481 0593732 Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Diamond Grade, Pumper, PUC 1 Color, Rear Chevron DG - fluorescent yellow green 483 0009131 Stripe, .25" Reflective Outline on Reflective Band 1 Color, Reflect Band - A - e) black Qty, - 1 486 0509398 - Stripe, Reflective, Chevron, Cab and Crew Cab Doors Interior 1 Color, Reflect Band - B - u) lemon yellow Size, Chevron Striping - 06 Color, Reflect Chev - A - c) ruby red 487 0067291 Stripe, Gold Leaf, Side of Body, Low 1 488 0680371 Stripe, Gold Leaf, Two-Tone Paint Break with Shield, IPO Chrome Molding 1 489 0067277 Stripe, Gold Leaf, Side of Cab, Low 1 490 0027372 Lettering Specifications, (GOLD STAR Process) 1 491,0686428 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 3.00", (41-60) 1 Outline, Lettering - Outline and Shade 3/15/2013 8:21 AM Bid 410 Page 10 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 493 0686013 Lettering, Reflective, 6.00", Each 12 Qty, Lettering - 12 Outline, Lettering - No Outline or Shade 495 0686002 Lettering, Reflective, 8.00", Each 4 - Qty, Lettering - 04 Outline, Lettering - No Outline or Shade 496 0017268 Decals, Customer furnished, Pierce installed, Per Pair 1 Qty, - 1 498 0077042 Emblem, American Flag, 7.OOH x 11.OOW 2 Qty, - 02 Location, Emblem - to be determined at the preconstruction conference 499 0516701 Emblem, American Flag Painted on Cab Grille, All Custom Chassis 1 500 0002838 Undercoating, Cab & Body, Ziebart 1 501 0529225 Manual, Two (2) CD, Fire Apparatus Parts, Custom Chassis 1 502 0531636 Manual, Two (2) CD, Chassis Service, Custom 1 503 0531638 Manual, Two (2) CD, Chassis Operation, Custom 1 504 0030008 Warranty, Basic, 1 Year, Apparatus, WA0008 1 505 0595239 (No Pick Required) 1 506 0696696 Warranty, Engine, Detroit DD13, 5 Year, WA0180 1 507 0684953 Warranty, Steering Gear, Sheppard M110, 3 year WA0201 1 508 0595767 Warranty, Frame, 50 Year, Velocity/Impel, Dash CF, WA0038 1 509 0595245 (No Pick Required) 1 510 0595698 Warranty, Axle, 3 Year, TAK-4, WA0050 1 511 0530524 Warranty, Axle, 2 Year, Mentor, General Service, WA0046 1 512 0652758 Warranty, ABS Brake System, 3 Year, Meritor Wabco, WA0232 1 513 0019914 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom Cab, WA0012 1 514 0595813 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, Pro-Rate, WA0055 1 515 0524627 Warranty, Electronics, 5 Year, MUX, WA0014 1 516 0046369 Warranty, 5-year EVS Transmission, Standard Custom, WA0187 1 517 0685945 Warranty, Transmisson Cooler, WA0216 1 . 518 0688798 Warranty, Water Tank, Lifetime, UPF, Poly Tank, WA0195 1 519 0596025 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Body, WA0009 1 520 0693127 Warranty, Gortite, Roll-up Door, 6 Year, WA0190 1 521 0516693 Warranty, Pump, 6 Year, PUC, WA0039 1 522 0032998 Warranty, 10 Year S/S Pumbing, WA0035 1 523 0657990 Warranty, Foam System, Husky 3 1 524 0595820 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Body, Pro-Rate, WA0057 1 525 0595421 Warranty, Goldstar, 3 Year, Apparatus, WA0018 1 526 0683627 Certification, Vehicle Stability, CDO089 1 527 0690482 Certification, Engine Installation, Dash CF, DDC DD13 1 528 0686786 Certification, Power Steering, CDO098 1 529 0696029 Certification, Cab Integrity, Dash CF 1 I 530 0695966 Certification, Cab Door Durability, Dash CF 1 531 0695932 Certification, Windshield Wiper Durability, Dash CF 1 532 0695965 Certification, Electric Window Durability, Dash CF 1 533 0695933 Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and Mounting, Dash CF 1 534 0695964 Certification, Cab Heater and Defroster, Dash CF 1 535 0545073 Amp Draw Report, NFPA 2009 Edition _ 1 536 0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA Radio Allowance 1 537 0000048 Engineering Attribute - PUMPERITANKER, 3rd Gen 1 538 0000012 PIERCE CHASSIS 1 539 0562778 DD13 ENGINE 1 540 0046396 EVS 4000 Series TRANSMISSION 1 541 0520324 PIERCE PUMP 1 I 542 0020009 POLY TANK 1 543 0028048 FOAM SYSTEM 1 544 0020006 SIDE CONTROL 1 545 0020007 AKRON VALVES 1 546 0020014 FRONT SUCTION 1 3/15/2013 8:21 AM Bid 410. Page 11 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 547 0020015 ABS SYSTEM 1 548 0658751 Manufacturing Attribute 1 3/15/2013 8:21 AM Bid 410 Page 12 ~Lpe Electrical Analysis 3/15/2013 Bid 410 Sales Rep: Hendricks, Nick Desc: Pumper, Dash CF, Ashland Organization: Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc Option Description Type` Minimum Intermittent Total Load Load Connected 0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom 0.00 1.20 0.00 0006745 Pump, Fuel, w/Pick-Up Tube for Generator _ 0.00 3.00 0.00 0006760 Remote Start, Diesel Generator 0.00 1.20 0.00 0010670 ABS Wabco Brake System, Single rear axle 0.00 6.00 0.00 0016080 Siren, Federal Q2B 0.00 100.00 0.00 0046064 Control, Air Horn, Horn Ring Only 0.00 0.83 0.00 0062992 Gauge, Foam Level, (1) Tank, Class 1 0.00 0.00 1.00 0072170 Primer, Trident, Air Prime, Air operated, w/(1) Additional Priming Valve 0.00 0.01 0.00 0079211 Batteries, (6) Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA each, Threaded Stud 0.00 3.00 0.00 0085910 Lights, Backup Included in Signal Cluster 0.00 4.20 0.00 0515679 189" Hatch, (2) Lift-up, 21" Wide, Both Sides, PUC 0.00 3.25 3.25 0520326 Light, Pump Compt, PUC 0.00 1.80 0.00 0537414 Reel, Booster, Steel, Rear Tailboard Compartment, Rear Wall High, 0.00 36.00 0.00 0540769 Lights, Side, Whelen M6'C LED, Clear Lens, 1st 0.00 2.70 1.80 0540774 Lights, Side, Whelen M9"C LED, Clear Lens 0.00 3.60 2.40 0543751 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus 0.00 2.00 0.00 0544332 Portable Hand Light, Provided by Fire Department, Pumper NFPA 0.00 0.50 0.00 0548004 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 1st 0.00 0.00 30.00 0549333 Indicators, Engine, Included with Pressure Controller 0.00 0.35 0.00 0552777 Fuel Pump for Repriming 0.00 6.00 0.00 0553017 Control, Electric, Front Inlet, Akron 9313 Controller 0.00 2.50 0.00 0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040 0.00 0.50 0.00 0590300 Engine Brake, Jacobs, DD13 0.00 0.42 0.00 0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating 0.00 0.00 0.08 0656310 Light, Will-Burt Night Scan Chief NS 2.3-600 WHL LED, 4-PFP2 Lt Hd, 0.00 0.00. 48.00 0674790 Light, Engine Compt, Dash CF, 21ts 0.00 1.60 0.00 0676021 Foam Sys, Husky 3, Single Agent, PUC, Multi Select Feature 0.00 55.00 0.00 0690455 Light, FRC, 12V FCA210-V12, LED, Recessed 2nd 0.00 0.00 13.00 0690456 Light, FRC, 12V FCA210-V12, LED, Recessed 1st 0.00 0.00 13.00 0692068 Light, Visor, FRC, 12V SPA851-Q15 LED 1st - 0.00 0.00 13.00 0695970 Air Conditioning, Dash CF, Dual Zone Control, Center Mount 0.00 0.00 96.50 0695979 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Dash CF 0.00 180.00 0.00 0695989 Heater/defroster, Dual Zone Control, Dash CF 0.00 0.00 12.10 0695990 Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows, 4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Dash CF 0.00 26.00 0.00 0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA Radio Allowance NFPA 5.00 0.00 0.00 0087852 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color Display, MUX NFPA 1.20 0.00 0.00 0088869 Lights, Identification/Clearance, Rear, Truck-Lite, 26250 LED NFPA 0.25 0.25 0.50 0092582 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX NFPA 0.56 0.56 0.00 0515838 Controller, Pressure, Pierce, PUC NFPA 1.70 0.00 0.00 0516983 Engine Indicators, Included With Pierce Pressure Controller, PUC NFPA 0.30 0.00 0.00 0517009 Gauge, Water Level, Pierce, In pressure Controller, W/ Mini Slave, NFPA 1.23 0.00 0.00 0517025 Lights, Tail, Wrap-around, Three LED Lights NFPA 2.60 7.80 0.00 0520243 Light, Pump Operator & Panel, Side Ctrl, PUC NFPA 7.84 0.00 0.00 0521285 Light, Directional/Marker, Intermediate Light, Truck-Lite Model 60115Y NFPA 0.25 0.25 0.00 0525667 Siren, Whelen 295SLSA1, 100 or 200 Watt NFPA 1.56 14.06 0.00 0532633 Lights, Dome CC, (4) Weldon, 8080-8000-13, LED, Red/Clear, Blk NFPA 0.80 0.80 0.00 0540460 Light, Front Zone, Whelen M6"C LED, Clear Lens, 41ts Q Bezel NFPA 1.80 5.40 1.80 0540781 Lights, Rear Zone Lower, Whelen M9'C LED, Clear Lens - NFPA 2.40 3.60 0.00 0541155 Lights, Rear/Side Up Zone, Whelen M9'C LED, Clear Lens 41ts NFPA 4.80 7.20 0.00 0546692 Lights, Dome, Weldon, 8080-8000-13, 2-Dual LED Lights, Black Bez NFPA 0.40 0.40 0.00 0551837 Trans, Allison Gen IV 4000 EVS P, ImpNelNel SLT/Dash CF With NFPA 2.00 2.00 0.00 0555915 Wiper Control, 2-Speed with Intermittent, ImpeWelocity, Dash CF NFPA 2.10 8.40 0.00 ` UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 1 I ~lPJlle Electrical Analysis 3115/2013 Bid 410 Sales Rep: Hendricks, Nick Desc: Pumper, Dash CF, Ashland Organization: Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc Option Description Type* Minimum Intermittent Total Load Load Connected 0556337 Lights, Step, P25 LED at Rear Tailboard, 21ts NFPA 0.50 0.00 0.00 0568012 Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver 1200, 2010 NFPA 7.81 0.00 0.00 0568369 Cab Instruments, Ivory Gauges, Chrome Bezels, ImpelNelocity 2010, NFPA 1.26 0.00 0.00 0596614 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Whelen M9'C Frnt, M6'C LED Rear, Clear NFPA 4.20 6.30 0.00 0652944 Rear - Rollup Dr/30.50" FF, w/ Tailboard, Raised 3" @ Rear, PUC NFPA 0.90 • 0.00 0.90 0653488 Lightbar, Whelen, Freedom, FN'QLED, 8-R, 2-W, 2-BC, LED Opt NFPA 8.82 2.74 5.44 0656102 DEF Tank, 4.5 Gallon, DS Fill, Fwd of Axle, DD13 ISL9 ISX, Common NFPA 0.60 11.40 0.00 0663365 Lights, Hose Bed, Sides, Dual LED Light Strips NFPA 2.52 0.00 0.00 0663835 Light, Deck, Unity AG, Frt HB, Whelen PELCC LED Work Lights, PUC NFPA 5.17 0.00 0.00 _ 0664481 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25 LED NFPA 0.07 0.00 0.00 0666584 Engine, DDC DD13, 500 hp, 1650 ft-lb, W/OBD, EPA 2013, NFPA 6.00 0.00 0.00 0674526 Lights, Cab & Crew Cab Access Steps, LED, Recessed, 1 Lt, Per NFPA 1.00 0.00 1.00 0678609 Cab Lighting, P25 LED, Dash CF, Rectangular HID Head Lights NFPA 5.93 7.86 0.00 0680939 PS 189" Rollup, (1) 62" Fwd, (1) 52" Rr, FH/FD Front & Rear, Raised NFPA 6.00 0.00 6.00 0680940 DS 189" Rollup, (1) 62" Fwd, (1) 52" Rr, FH/FD Front & Rear, Raised NFPA 6.00 0.00 6.00 0682352 Tool Grid System, Gear Grid, Double Swing-Out NFPA 0.06 0.06 0.00 0688124 Lights, Hatch Compt, Pierce LED Strip Light, 189" PUC, Both Sides NFPA 1.73 1.73 0.00 0693287 Lights, Truck-Lite 44308C, LED Grommet Mt, Cab Perimeter 4 Or NFPA 2.00 0.00 0.00 0693301 Lights, Perimeter Scene, Truck-Lite 44308C LED Grommet Mt, Body 4 NFPA 2.00 0.00 0.00 0696031 Cab, Dash CF, 7011 Raised Roof, PUC NFPA 6.80 10.20 0.00 0566294 Alternator, 430 amp, Niehoff C680-1 S 0.00 0.00 0.00 Load Totals: 106.16 532.67 255.77 Note: Minimum Continous Load is in'Blocking Right of Way" mode.(Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Intermittent Load items are not factored in on any alternator load comparisons. These items are included on the report for reference only and should be looked at as amp draw exclusion items. (Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Total Connected Load "Demand" represents Total Connected Load minus any Load Managed items Alternator Output at Idle: 297.00 Alternator Output at Governed Speed: 377.00 .Minimum Continuous Load Total Connected Load 'Supply: - 297.00 i Supply: 377.00! Demand: i 106.16' Demand: "-361.6-31 Variance: 190.84! Variance: _15 OT UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply. 2 Turning Performance Analysis 03/15/2013 Bid Number: 410 Chassis: Dash CF Chassis, PUG (Big Block) Department: Ashland Fire & Rescue Body: Pumper, PUG, Aluminum Parameters: Inside Cramp Angle: 45' Axle Track: 82.92 in. Wheel Offset: 4.68 in. Tread Width: 17.4 in. Additional Bumper Depth Chassis Overhang: 74 in. ' whAxl. Track el orc..t Additional Bumper Depth: 19 in. Cramp An91e Front Overhang: 93 in. cha..i. o..rh.av Tr..a width Wheelbase: 193 in. I - Calculated Turning Radii: Inside Turn: 14 ft. 0 in. Curb to curb: 29 ft. 2 in. ~•O0 Wall to wall: 33 ft. 11 in. W heelbaee / °•s/~O6m r~/r^~/•a,~ Comments: 0 9i~BR a/~o r Inelde Turning Radlu. Category Option Description Axle, Front, Custom 0018453 Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non Drive, 22,800 lb, DLX/Enf/Qtm/AXT/DCF Wheels, Front 0019611 Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x 12.25', Aluminum, Hub Pilot Tires, Front 0594821 Tires, Front, Goodyear, G296 MSA, 425/65R22.50, 20 ply Bumpers 0550016 Bumper, 19" Extended, AXT, Dash CF Notes: Actual Inside cramp angle may be less due to highly specialized options. Curb to Curb turning radius calculated for 9.00 inch curb. - I I i Definitions: Inside CrampAngle Maximum turning angle of the front inside fire. Axle Track King-pin to King-pin distance of front axle. Wheel Offset Offset from the center line of the wheel to the King-pin. Tread Width Width of the tire tread. Chassis Overhang Distance of the center line of the front axle to the front edge of the cab. This does not include the bumper depth. Additional Bumper Wheel Depth that the bumper assembly adds to the front overhang. Wheelbase Distance between the center lines of the vehicles front and rear axles. Inside Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle can turn. Curb to Curb Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures assumes a curb height of 9 inches. Wall to Wall Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures takes into account any front overhang due to chassis , bumper extensions and or aerial devices. - - J Fire and Rescue Apparatus One (1) Year Material and Workmanship Basic Apparatus Limited Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Subject to the limitations and exclusions set form below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade aconsones of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, Including but not limited to engines, transmissions, dtvelines, ales, water pumps and generators with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierre shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any. made by the respective mandison rers thereof; Coverage: Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be dd any vehicle, chassis, or component pan. attachment or accessory damaged by - free from defects in material and workmanship misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, sell environment, improper maintenance. accident cash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, eaMquake, variation, hail, flood. war or not; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person arc entry other than Pierre Warranty Begins: The date the apparatus is placed In service, or 60 days from which, in the sole judgment of Pierre, adversely affects the performance, stability or the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first. purpose for which it was manufacturetl; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced Warranty Period Twelve (12) months. during the waranty pence, including, but not limited to, time, III gaskets and light Ends After: bulbs. Pierre assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its pans or subassemblies r into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this waranty, in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftennarket pans added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Conditions and If the product fails to conform to the warranty set foM in paragraph 1 during the warranty Exclusions: pence, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect accident or improper No specific exclusions apply maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, See Also arm shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent- At Paragraphs the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be retumed to Pierre by 2 thru 4 Buyer for examination andbr repair. Buyer shall be responsible for Me cost of such transportation, and for risk of toss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable 6me, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierces option antl expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a reality approved in advance in wnfing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4 EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce art, Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of tre foregoing, Pierce This limited warranty, shall apply only if the product is property maintained in accordance specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, with Pierre's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is damages for lost profi6 or revenues, lass of vehicles or products or any associated normal to the paNcular model. Normal serace means service which does not subject the equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-gene, delay damages, any other product to dresses or impacts greater Man normally result from careful use. If the Buyer types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE Note: Any Surety Bond, ilapart at the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER warranty is provided, applies only to this Plerce Basic One Year Limited Womanly for OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (ft any) or to the warranties (it any) made by anymanufactuneriethef than Pierce) ofanypart, component, attachment oraccessorythat is incorporated into or attached 0 the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0008 . 4 j Fire and Rescue /apparatus Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity Apparatus Body Limited Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein. Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or title accessories of or to the protluct that are not manufactmed by Pierce, including but rot limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments add accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; r Coverage: The apparatus body shall be free from structural failures (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, Par( atllchment or accessory damaged by caused by defects in material and workmanship misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance , accident, crash, or form majeure such as nature? disaster, Ilghtnlng, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood war or dot: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part attachment or accessory that has been repaired altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice (Issued when 0e which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or product ships from the factory). purpose for which it was manufactured or Ten (10) Years (d) products or pans which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced Warranty period during the warranty period including, but not limited to, tires, fields, gaskets ant light 100,000 Miles ulbs. Pierre assumes no responsibility for the assembly of ifs pans or subassemblies Ends After: b into fnishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The odgsel purchaser may void Mrs warranty in part or in its entirely if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftennarket pans added after manufacture without the weloriumbon of Pierce may vad this warranty. i 2 DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES. WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING VITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY. ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Conditions and This warranty applies only to the body tubular support and If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph l during the warranty Exclusions: mounting structures and other structural components of Me period and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper body of the vehicle model, as Identified In the Pierce maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the gme period specified in paragraph 1, See Also specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus. and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent At Paragraphs the request of Pierce, any allegedly detective product shall be returned to Pierce by 2 thru 4 This womanly does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. Buyer for examination anc ar repair. Buyer shall bra responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Whin a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (al Pierces option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a fai approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. _ 4 EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. NoWthsterding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce antl Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generally of he foregoing, Pierce This limited warranty shall apply only if Me product is properly maintained in accordance specifically disclaims any liability for pmparty or personal injury damages, penalties, with Plerce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is damages for last profits or revenues, loss of vefudes or products w any associated normal to the particular model. Normal serves means service which does not subject he equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, cloven me, delay damages, any other product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer types of economic loss, orfor any claims by any third party for any such tlamagesi discovers a detect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to he expiration of he warranty period, THIS LI MITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE Note: Any Surety Bond if a part of the sale of the vefliele as to which this limited TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQU ENT USER OR PURCHASER warranty is provided, applies only to this Prerce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierre in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, camper enf, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 218/2010 WA0009 - - ~J Fire and Rescue Apparatus Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity Custom Cab Limited Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no womanly whatsoever as to. Subject to the warranty to and exclusions set forty below, Pierce Manufacturing prwitles the following wananty to the Buyer (a) arty integral pans, components, attachments n of or to the product a Wide that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but t not ot limited ited 0 to engines, Vensmissions, dnvalk axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, allachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Coverage: The Pierce Custom Cab shall be free from structured failures (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, pan. attachment or accessory damaged by caused by defects In material and workmanship misuse, neglect fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, ardent, crash, or forte majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or dot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component. part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other Nan Pierce Warranty Begins: The data of the original purchase invoice (issued when the which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or product ships from the factory). purpose for which it was manufactured; or Ten Years (d) products or pans which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced Warranty Pedotl (10) during the warranty penod, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light Ends After: _or_ bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for tie assembly of its pans or subassemblies 100,000 Miles into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this wananty in pan or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without poor written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Departsiem; or (b) at a reality which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket pans added after manufacture without the authorization of Piece may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Conditions and This warranty applies only to the cab tubular support and If rise product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paagraph l during the wananty Excluslons: mounting structures and other structural components of the period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper cab of the vehicle model, as Identified in the Pierce maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within Me time period speafed in paragraph 1, See Also specifications fordse Fire and Rescue Apparatus., and shall make the product available for inspection by Piems or its designated agent. At Paragraphs the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be retumed to Pierce by 2 thrud This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. Buyer for examination mother repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transporal and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Whin a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pia¢e s option and expense) any nonconforming or defective pans. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4 EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce am Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD.BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. W thout limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce This llmiled warranty shall apply only if the product is property maintained In accordance specifically disclaims any llaNlity for property or personal injury damages, penalties, with Pieroe s maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the equipment, coal of substitute vehicles or products, doom llme, delay damages, any other product to stresses or impacts greater Nan normally result from careful use. If the Buyer types of ecenomic loss, or fa any claims by any Mat party for any such damages. discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS U NOTED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWSE Note, Aoy Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER womanly is we wood, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited! Woman I/ for OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. such vehicle, end not to other warmntes made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated Into or attached red the vehicle. 2/8/2010 MOM - File and Rescue Apparatus Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship Command Zone Electronics Limited Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein. Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to Subject to the limitations and exclusions sat forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides a the following warranty to the Buyer: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, ddvelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such pans, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Coverage: Command Zone control modules shall be free from failures (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by caused by defects in material and workmanship misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic envimmnent, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, good, war or dot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or product ships tram be factory). purpose for which it was manufaclraeQ or \ (d) products or pans which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced Warranty Period Five (s)Yean during the warranty period, including, but not limited to,timafull gaskets and light Ends After: bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void Nis warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a faality which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, Modifications, alterations or aftermarkel parts added after manufacture without the authodamon 0 Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCI-AIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Conditions and This limited warranty applies to all of the control modules for If the product fails to canfomn to the warmly set form in paragraph t during the warranty Exclusions: the Command Zone system, Including the full color graphic behind, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper displays. Related wire harnesses, cables and connectors are maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within me time period specified in paragraph 1, See Also not covered under this limited warranty and are Instead and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent- Al Paragraphs covered under the Pieme One Year Basic Apparatus Limited the request of Pierce, any allegedly defcbme product shall be returned to Pierce by 2 third 4 Warranty. Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for nsk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time. Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierces opgon antl expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a reality approved in advance in wn0g by Pierre. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4 EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to to canimry herein or in any agreement between Pierre add Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. W9hout limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is property maintained in catch ll speafically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, with Pierce's mainteoarse instrvdions and manuals and is used in service which is damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products car any associated normal to the particular model. Normal sel means service which does not subject the equipment, cast of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other product to stresses or impacts greater Nan normally result from careful use. If the Buyer types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (W) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS U MITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE Note: Any Surety Bond, it a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER warranty is provided applies only ro this Rene Basic One Year Limited Warranty W OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Peace in a separate document (if any) ork the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 218/2010 WA0014 - - Fire and Rescue Apparatus Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship Goldstar@ Gold Leaf Lamination ~t%riasled G1~'ariea~r.~y 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to Subject to the limitations and exclusions set ford belaw, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (a) any Integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, inducing but rat limited to engines, transrrissibds, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators: with respect to all such pans, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the mspactive manufacturers thereof: Each Goldstar gold leaf lamination shall be free from (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component. pan; attachment or accessory damaged by Coverage: defects in material and workmanshiP misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, adI environment improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component pan, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other tan Pierre Warranty Begins: The date ofthe original purchase Invoice (issued when the which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance , stability or product ships from the factory), purpose for winch it was manufactured, or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced Warranty Penod - doing the warranty period, including, but not fimitetl to, bras, fluids, gaskets and light Ends After: Thme(3)Years bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for tine assembly ofits pans or subassemblies Into finishing products orvehidas unless the assembly is perionmed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void bs warranty in part at in its entirely if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket pans added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2 DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH I IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING W THOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Conditions and if the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty Exclusions: This warranty, does not cover damage from lack of period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect accident or improper maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the Hand period sped9ed in paragraph f, See Also procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent At Paragraphs maintenance manual). the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by 2 thm 4 Buyer for examination anchor repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cast of such transportation, and for nsk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. W thin a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierces option and expense) any nonconforming m defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by e facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4 EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES NorvarStanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL. SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WTH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS - THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is property maintained in accordance specifically disdaims any liability for property or personal injury tlamages, penalties, with Pierces maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in served which is damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or my associated normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time. delay damages, any other product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer types of economic loss, or for any claims by any thib party for any such damages. discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must natty Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of Ne warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE Note: Any Surety Bond, if a Part ofthe sale of the vehicle as to which this limited TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) Frio the warranties litany) made by any manufacturer (other than R'erce) of anypart, component attachment or accessory that is incomonnedinto or attached to the vehicle. 2122/2010 WA0018 Fare and Rescue Apparatus Ten (10) Year Material and Workmanship Stainless Steel Piping Limited Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes rg warranty whatsoever as to Subject to the Iimifations and exclusions set loath below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivemes, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such pares, components, attachments and accessions, Pierce shall assgn to Buyer the applicable Stainless steel PIPin9 shall be tree from structural failures warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof, Coverage: caused by defects in and workmanship, or (b) any vehicle, chassis, orcomponent, part, attachment or caccessory hemical conditions, dem ci material Federation caused by corrosion. misuse, neglect, lire, exposure to to severe ammonerental or chemical oas acidic errv ster, ht improper maintenance, accident dent crash. , o or force reassure sMuch as natural disaster, IigMnirg, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or not; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part attachment or accessory that has been repaired, shard! or assembled in any way by arty person or entity other Nan Pierce Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, aciversey affects the performance, stability or product ships from the factory), purpose for which it was manufactured; or Ten 10 Yea. (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced Warranty Petlotl ( ) during the wzmnty ParbQ Including, but not/lorded to. tires, fangs, gaskets and light Ends After: -orr bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies 100,000 Miles into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The m inel purchaser may void Nis warranty in Part or in Bs entirety d the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or oftermarket parts added after manufacture minoul the authaim on of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 11S THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY. ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. Plerces obligation under this warranty is limited to repairing or replacing without charge, as Pierce may elect, the 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Conditions and stainless steel piping or components which Pierce If the product fails to conform to the warranty set foM in paragraph l during the warranty Exclusions: determines to have failed due to defective material and period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, rallied, accident or improper workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion. maintenance, Buyer must hotly Pierce witllen the time period specified in paragraph 1, Sae Also and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At Paragraphs This warranty does not cover the use of Buaropmteln(FP) the request of Pierce, any allegedly selective product shall be retuned to Pierce by 2 in.4 type foam. The sodium chloride within FP foam can cause Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such longterm damage to system components If not thoroughly transportation, and for risk of loss of a damage to the product during tansportetlon, hushed immediately after use. W man a reasonable Me. Pierce shall repair replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or detective pans. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a reality approved in advance in wnting by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4 EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF IAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. W Ihout trimming the generality of the This limited warranty shall apply only if the Product Is property maintained in accordance foregoing, Pierce specifcaly disclams any liability per property or Femoral injury with Place's maintenance instructions and mamas ands used in service which is damages. Penalties, damages fa lost profits or revenues, loss of vendes or products a normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the any associatetl equipment, cast of submMe vehicles or products, dawmtime, delay product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer damages. any other types of economic loss, or for any daims by any third parry for any discovers a tlefact or nerconfomity, it must notify Pierce in writing wimin MAY (30) days such damages. after me date of discovery, but in any event poor to the uVinition of the warranty pence. THIS UM ITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWSE Note Any SuretyBO.{ Ilapart athe sale ofthe vaMcleas lowhiortldstimded TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Bask One Year United Werranly for OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pkroe in a separam decumenf (if I any) or to the warranties(if any) made by any mavulactu or(other than Pierce) of any L part, component, attachment or accessary that is inco,aammd into or affacr se to the 3/22/2012 WA0035 eNGe. - Fire and Rescue Apparatus Lifetime Fifty (50) Year Structural Integrity Chassis Frame & Crossmembers ~naile~L ~'aiuaerf~y 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein. Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to Subject to the limitations and exclusions set torn below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to Me Buyer (a) any integral parts, components, attachment or trade a xessories of or to Me product net are not manufactured by Pierce, inducing but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respactive manufacturers thereof; Custom chassis frame ail and cross members manufactured Coverage: by Pierce shall be free from defects In material and (b) arty vehicle, chassis, or component part, adadlment or accessory damaged by workmanship misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions. acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as naturel disaster. lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or dot; (c) any vehice, chassis or component, part attachment or accessory net has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other Man Pierce Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the which, in Me sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or product ships from the factory). purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or pads which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced Warranty Period Fifty (w) Years during the warranty period including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light Ends After: (Expected Life of Apparatus) bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing product or vehicles unless Me assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or afterrnarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Conditions and If the product fails to conform to the warranty set form in paragraph 1 during the warranty Exclusions: period, and such norranfonnity is not due to misuse, neglect acddenl or improper This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. maintenance. Buyer must ratify Pierce within the fine period specified in paragraph 1, See Also and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent At Paragraphs the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be retuned to Pierce by 2 vim / Buyer for examination andlw repair. Buyer shall as responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Whin a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Farce's option and expense) any nonconforming or detective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in wrong by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4 EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT. OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES W W.TSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. WMout limiting the generality of Me foregoing, Pierce This limited womanly shall apply only if Me product is properly maintained in accordance specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated normal to the particular model. Normal serves means service which does not subject the equipment cast of substitute vehicles or products, down-fine, delay damages, any other product to stresses or impacts greater Man normally result from careful use. If Me Buyer types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages, discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, Our in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS U MITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWSE Note: Any Surety Bond, its pad of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER womanly is provided, applies only to ha's Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Piece in a separate document fit any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any pad, 1 component, allwhm ant or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/16/2010 WA0038 Fire and Rescue Apparatus Six (6) Year Material and Workmanship PUC Pump yir,"" wa"~ 1 LIMITED WARRANTY Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as m: Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing proadtles the following warranty to the Buyer (a) any integral pans, components, attachments or made accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce , including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with reaped to all such parts, components, attachments aryl accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable The PUC Pump and its components manufactured under the warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Coverage: Pierce brand in its Fire and Rescue Apparatus vehicle shall bs (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component. paM attachment or accessory damaged by tree fmmfailures caused by defects In material and misuse, neglect,fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic workmanship emindment. improper maintenance, socidant, crash, or forte majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, goad, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, parL attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entry other than Pierce Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase Invoice (issued when the which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the partormance, stability or product ships from the factory). purpose for which it was manufactureQ or Six (6) Years (d) products or parts which may in the Ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced Warranty period during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light Ends After: -or. Pump Hours bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the Product is reclaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or afiermarkd parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierre may vdd this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS. IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WTHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. This limited waranty applies to the PUC Pump and all Its 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Conditions and components manufactured under the Pierce brand. Items not If the protluct fails to conform to the warranty set font in paragraph l during the warranty Exclusions: manufactured under the pierce brand such as valves, relief period, antl such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper valves or mar Items such as wear rings, seals, bearings or maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, See Also rusts of removal ,[ransporting, storing, or reinstallin are and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At Paragraphs Ion the request of Pierce, any allegedly detective product shall be returned to Pierce by 2 thru4 covered eretl under untlero this the Pierce Basic six-year limited warranty and am y. Buyer for examination anchor repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such One Year ear Limited Warranty. transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product tlurinq mansportation. Within a reasonable rime, Pierce shell repair or replace (at Pierces option and expense) any nonconforming or defective pans. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding amphing to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER. WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WTH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Vvlihoul limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, with Pierre's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other product to stresses or impacts greater Nan normally result from careful use. If the Buyer types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS U MITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWI BE Note: Any Surety Bond to part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER warranty is provided applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. such vehicle, antl not to other warranties made by Pierre in a separate document (ifany) or to the warranties (it any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incarpomi into or attached to the vehicle. 218/2010 WA0039 Fire and Rescue Apparatus Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship TAK-4 Suspension UmRed Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever Subject to the limitations and exclusions set to" below, Pierce Manufacturing provides as to: Me following warranty to the Buyer (a) any integral parts, components, aftachmenta or trade arcessones of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, dnvoines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such Pans, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable wannithw, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The TAK4 Front Independent Suspension and Steering Gears (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, For, attachment or accessory damaged by Coverage: shall be free from dialects in material and workmanship. misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical renditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accltlen, crash, or forte majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, warn no, (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other Nan Pierce Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice (Issued when the which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or product ships from the factory). purpose for which it was manufactured, or Three (3) Years (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced Warranty Period during the womanly period, including, but not limited to, tins fluids, gaskets and light Ends After: aor. Miles bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of IN parts or subassemblles into finishing products or vehicles unless he assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void His warranty in part or in its entirely if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without pear written approval of he Pierce Customer Service Department or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftennarkat parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void his warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WTHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Conditions and If the product fails to conform to the warranty set form in paragraph 1 during the warranty Exclusions: period, and such norconfornity, is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper This limited warranty excludes brake pads, bake rotors, seal maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce withn the time period sped0ed in paegaph 1, See Also boots and shock absorbers. and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated Silent. At Paragraphs the request of Pierce, any allegedly detective product shall be ratumed to Pierce by 2 thru 4 Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for ask of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Piercers option and expense) any rencenfonning ar selective parts. Repair or replacement shall bra made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4 EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Plerce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,' INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WLTH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Will limaing the generality of the foregoing, Pierce This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages perefies, with Piercers maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in Service which is damages for last profits or revenues, lass of vehicles or products Or any associated normal to he particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the equipment cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-tune, delay damages, any other product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer types of economic loss, orfor any claims by any third party for any such damages_ discovers a defect or nonso nfoimiy, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the exgration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE Note. Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER wamenly is provided, applies only I. this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (/any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than game) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 218/2010 WA0050 74 :11!_~ J Fire and Rescue Apparatus Ten (10) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion Cab ~ZIiG64~ ~X'a~eaB~i 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer. (a) any integral parts, components, attachments ar trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, cal lines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts. components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable Exterior surfaces of the cab painted by Pierce shall be free warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof, Coverage: from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion (b) any vehicle, chassis, an component part, attachment or accessory damaged by defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint misuse, neglect, fim, exposure to severe emirmxnental or chemical conditions, acidic material selection. environment Improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force metal such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood. war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component pad, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entry other than Pierre Warranty Begins: The dale of the original purchase invoice (issued when the which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or product ships from the factory). purpose for which it was manufactured, or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced Warranty Period Ten (10) Years during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light Ends After: bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its pads or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly Is performed by Piece. The original purchaser may void his warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle In the repaired or replaced (8) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service following percentage costs of warranty repair, If any: Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, eltermons or aftennarid parts added after Topcoat Due llity B Appearance: Glass, Color Retention d manufacture without the authonzatim of Pierce may void this warranty. Cracking 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES 0-72 months 100% 73-96 months 50% THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE 97-120 months 25% WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLI ED OR STATUTORY, Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, BlisteringlBUbbling INCLUDING WITHOUT LI M ITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABI LITY, ANY 0.36 months 100% WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES 37-84 months 50% ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 95-120 months 25% 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Conditions and Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph l during the warranty Exclusions: 038 months 100% period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper 1]-98 months 50% maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, See Also and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent- At Paragraphs 4912 months 25% the request of Pierce , any allegedly defective product shall be m umetl to Pierce by 1 third 4 ]}120 months 10% Buyer for examination anchor repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such Corrosion Perforation transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. 0-120 months 100% Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement sh21I he made only by a This limited warranty applies only to ededor paint. Paint on faality approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE the vehicle's interior Is warranted only under the Pierce Basic EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. One Year Limited Warranty. 4 EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES Items not covered by this warranty Include: Notwithstandng anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierre and (a) Damage from lack or maintenance and cleaning (proper Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT. OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, Pierce operation and maintenance manual). WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (b) W paint fade. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW (c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce. OR EQUITY, Vv1TH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Vdihour limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is property maintained in accordance specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, with Flai s maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result tram careful use. If the Buyer types of economic lass, or far any claims by any third party for any such damages. discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must rmtify Pierce in writing within tarty (30) days after the date of oiscovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIM ITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE Note: Any Surety Bond, it a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER womanly is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (it any) or to the warranties (it any) made by any manufayumr (other than Pierre) of any pan, component, of ischm nt or acceadal that is incoralted into w attached to the valleys. 218/2010 WA0055 Fire and Rescue Apparatus Ten (10) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion Custom Body Limited Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Notwithstanding anything to the commory herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to Subject to the limitations and exclusions set font below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following womanly to the Buyer (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, ttransmisslons, drivelines, exists, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such pans. components, statements and accessories, Pierre shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respecil manufacturers thereof; Exterior surfaces of the body shall be free from blistering, Coverage: peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, paid, attachment or accessory damaged by detective manufacturing methods or paint material selection. misuse, neglect, fire , exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or farce majeure such as natural disaster. lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, food, war or not; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component pan, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce Warranty Begins' The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the winch, in the sole judgment of Pierre, adversely affects the performance, stability or protluct ships from the factory). purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced Warranty Period during the warranty period, including. but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light Ends After: Ten (10) Years bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its pans or subassemblies into firtlshing products a vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any: Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability . Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket pans added after Topcoat Durability B Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention& manufacture without the authonza6on of Pierce may wid this warranty. Cracking 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES 0-72moinds 1005 7Y96 months 50% THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE 97-120 months 25% WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, Integrity of Coaling System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling INCLUDING W THOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY 036 months 100% WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES 37-84 months 50% ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 85120 monms 25% 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Conditions and Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice If me product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty Exclusions: D-36 months 100% period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper 3748 months 50% maintenance , Buyer must notify Pierce within the tlme period specified in paragraph 1, See Alan 49-72 months 25% and shall make the product available fa inspection by Pierce or its designated agent At Paragraphs the request of Pierce, any allegedly defeotiw product shall be returned to Pierce by 2 third 73'120 months l0% Buyer for examination andfor repair, Buyer shall be responsible for the cast of such Corrosion Perforation transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the Product during transportation. 0-120 months 100% Wind a reasonable time. Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierces option and expense) any nonconforming or defec8ve parts. Repair or replacement shall W made only by a This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on facility approved in adlimeam wnOng by Pierces. THIS REM EDY SHALL BE THE the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REM EDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. One Year Limited Warranty. 4 EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Items not covered by this warranty include: Notwithstanding anything to the commry herein at in any agreement between Pierce and (a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER. Pierce operation and maintenance manual). WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (b) UV paint face. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW (c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce. OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, _ REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES- Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce This limited warranty shall apply only If the product is properly maintained in accordance specifically disdains any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, with Pimeys maintenance Instructions and manuals and is used in service which is damages for lost prefits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject me equipment cast of substitute vehicles or products, down time, delay damages, any other product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. if the Buyer types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages, discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to me expiration of me warranty period. THIS U MITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE Note: Any Surety Bond, it a part of the sale of the vehicle asio which this limited TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER womanly is provided, applies ontyto this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty fa - ORTOANYOTHER PERSON ORENTITY. such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document(ifany) or to the warranties (it any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is Incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/812010 WA0057 Limited Warranty on New Detroit Diesel M DD13 Engines ©EiF Used In Fire Truck or Crash Vehicle Applications DIESEL Terms of Coverage: This Warranty Does Not Cover: Uses Repairs Due To Accidents, Misuse, Alteration, Storage This warranty applies to the first retail purchaser and subsequent own- Damage, Negligence Or Certain Modifications ers during the WARRANTY PERIOD of new DD13 Engines (referred Repairs due to an accident, misuse, alteration, misapplication, to as Engine) manufactured by Detroit Diesel and/or supplied by storage damage, negligence or modification exceeding Detroit Diesel Detroit Diesel or Detroit Diesel of Canada Limited (which are collect- specifications, are not covered by this warranty. tively referred to as Detroit Diesel) for use in fire truck or crash vehicle applications. Maintenance Detroit Diesel is not responsible for the cost of maintenance or repairs Defects due to lack of performance of required maintenance services or the This warranty covers Engine REPAIRS to correct any malfunction failure to use fuel, oil, lubricants and coolant meeting Detroit Diesel- occurring during the WARRANTY PERIOD resulting from defects in recommended specifications. Performance of the required mainte- material or workmanship. nance and use of proper fuel, oil, lubricants and coolant are the responsibility of the owner. See the Engine Operator's Guide for full Repairs details. To obtain warranty repairs, you must request the needed repairs with- in the WARRANTY PERIOD from an authorized Detroit Diesel service Incidental or Consequential Damages outlet. Only new genuine parts, remanufactured parts or components Detroit Diesel is not responsible for incidental or consequential costs supplied or approved by Detroit Diesel will be used. Detroit Diesel may, or expenses which the owner may incur as a result of a malfunction at its discretion, replace rather than repair components. A reasonable or failure covered by this warranty, such as communication expenses, time must be allowed to perform the warranty repair after taking the meals, lodging, overtime, loss of use of the Engine or vehicle ("down- engine to the authorized service outlet. Repairs will be performed dur- time"), loss of time, inconvenience, cargo loss or damage, and other ing normal business hours. similar costs and expenses. Warranty Period Other Limitations The WARRANTY PERIOD begins on the date the Engine is delivered The performance of REPAIRS is the exclusive Owner's remedy under to the first retail purchaser or put in use prior to sale at retail, whichev- this warranty. Detroit Diesel does not authorize any person to assume er date occurs first, and ends at the time or mileage/kilometer limits or create for it any other obligation or liability in connection with the shown below: Engine or the Accessories. wnRRaMTr veRgoo THIS LIMITED WARRANTYAND THE EMISSIONS CONTROL WAR- WARRANTY ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES APPLICABLE TO THE warranty Limitations Repair Charge To Be ENGINE AND ACCESSORIES AS USED IN FIRE TRUCK OR Item (whlcheveroccunFirsn Paid BylTMner CRASH VEHICLE APPLICATIONS. DETROIT DIESEL MAKES NO MONTHS MIUS4tM PARTS IABOR OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY Engine 060 0-100.000 rri No Charge No Charge IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FORA 0463.misa PARTICULAR PURPOSE. DETROIT DIESEL SHALL NOT BE Aecer.ar' 024 tlso,x0 rn No Charge No Charge LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES 160.000 tan ' Tire Commander warranty is two year/unlimited mileage. AS DESCRIBED ABOVE. Some states do not allow the limitation of how long this warranty may Service Supplies last or the limitation or exclusion of incidental or consequential dam- The cost of service supplies such as coolant, oil and filters which are ages, so the above may not apply to you. This warranty gives you spe- cific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which may vary from state to state. Like Replacement Engine Engine(s) supplied by Detroit Diesel as a replacement for an Engine still under warranty will assume the identity of the Engine being replaced and be entitled to the remaining warranty coverage. Engine Removal and Reinstallation Reasonable labor costs for engine removal and reinstallation, when necessary to make a warranty repair, are covered by this warranty. Towing During the base warranty period reasonable towing costs to the near- DETROIT DIESEL est authorized service outlet are covered by the warranty when due to DEMAND PERFORMANCE" warrantable failure and the engine is either inoperable, cannot be 13400 Outer Drive, West/ Detroit, Michigan 482394001 safely operated or continued operation would cause further damage Telephone: 313-592-5000 to the Product. werw.detroitdiesel.com g1lim, Fill 1100111110 swmgm DDC-WAR-PAR-0019-0609 Specifications are subject to change without notice. Detroit Diesel Corporation is registered to IS09001:2001. Copyright® 2006, Detroit Diesel Corporation. All rights mscrvcd. Detroit Diesel Corporation is a Daimler company. pn pn rv~ fa rv~ ,I[?roommu!a meFORKP ram r~MIMI MU t<?e, ~D t~ NEW PRODUCT WARRANTY 00, On PARTICIPATING OEM SALES 1Y8nS1n1SS n DISTRIBUTOR SALES LIMITED WARRANTY ON NEW ALLISON AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS USED IN EMERGENCY VEHICLE APPLICATIONS Allison Transmission will provide for repairs or replacement, at its option, during the warranty period of each new Allison transmission err listed below that is installed in an Emergency Vehicle in accordance with the following terms, conditions, and limitations. WHAT IS COVERED - • WARRANTY APPLIES - This warranty is for new Allison transmission models listed below installed in an Emergency Vehicle and 9 is provided to the original and any subsequent owner(s) of the vehicle during the warranty period. • REPAIRS COVERED -The warranty covers repairs or replacement, at Allison Transmission's option, to correct any transmission =7 malfunction resulting from defects in material or workmanship occurring during the warranty period. Needed repairs or replacements will be performed using the method Allison Transmission determines most appropriate under the circumstances. LEI • TOWING - Towing is covered to the nearest Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer only when necessary to prevent L c; further damage to your transmission. • PAYMENT TERMS - Warranty repairs, including parts and labor, will be covered per the schedule shown in the chart contained in t' section "APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE." • OBTAINING REPAIRS-To obtain warranty repairs, take the vehicle to any Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer within a reasonable amount of time and request the needed repairs. A reasonable amount of time must be allowed for the Distributor or u Dealer to perform necessary repairs. • TRANSMISSION REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION - Labor costs for the removal and re-installation of the transmission, when necessary to make a warranty repair, we covered by this warranty. • WARRANTY PERIOD - The warranty period for all coverages shall begin on the date the transmission is delivered to the first retail purchaser, with the following exception: 517 Demonstration Service - A transmission in a new truck or bus may be demonstrated to a total of 5000 miles (8000 kilometers). M If the vehicle is within this limit when sold to a retail purchaser, the warranty start date is the date of purchase. Normal warranty - El services are applicable to the demonstrating Dealer. Should the truck or bus be sold to a retail purchaser after these limits are reached, the warranty period will begin on the date the vehicle was first placed in demonstration service and the purchaser will be entitled to the remaining warranty. APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE WARRANTY LIMITATIONS ADJUSTMENT CHARGE TO BE APPLICABLE hichever occurs first PAID BY THE CUSTOMER 9 MODELS Transmission Miles ~fj Months Or Kilometers Parts Labor 7 MT, MD 3000, 3200, 3500, 3700 0-24 No Limit No Charge No Charge 27 2M 2:1 HT with Hydraulic Controls 0-24 No Limit No Charge No Charge Ifil D u AT, 1000 SeriesTM, 2000 Series'r'M, 0-36 No Limit No Charge No Charge S ,1 2400 SeriesTM n a E HT with Electronic Controls 0-60 No Limit No Charge No Charge c, Ri HD 1000 EVS, 2100 EVS, 2200 EVS 2350 EVS, 2500 EVS, 2550 EVS, ' 3000 EVS, 3500 EVS, 4000, 0-60 No Limit No Charge No Charge 4000 EVS, 4500, 4500 EVS, 4700, _ r 4700 EVS, 4800, 4800 EVS - ~c tJ 9 _ Pagel of2 L, 0 MOW~~'~'la FPO V'e'»MF010 WMArnm_ L`0JU2 is WHAT IS NOT COVERED ~7 • DAMAGE DUE TO ACCIDENT, MISUSE, or ALTERATION - Defects and damage caused as the result of any of the following are not covered: E Flood, collision, fire, thef3, freezing, vandalism, riot, explosion, or objects striking the vehicle; Misuse of the vehicle; - Installation into unapproved applications and installations; L ct - Alterations or modification of the transmission or the vehicle, and 91, 9 - Damage resulting from improper storage (refer to long-term storage procedure outlined in the applicable Allison Service Manual) 27 Anything other than defects in Allison Transmission material or workmanship NOTE: This warranty is void on transmissions used in vehicles currently or previously titled as salvaged, scrapped, junked, or totaled. F CHASSIS, BODY, and COMPONENTS-The chassis and body company (assemblers) and other component and equipment manufacturers 70 are solely responsible for warranties on the chassis, body, component(s), and equipment they provide. Any transmission repair caused by an l alteration(s) made to the Allison transmission or the vehicle which allows the transmission to be installed or operated outside of the limits defined in the appropriate Allison Installation Guideline is solely the responsibility of the entity making the alteration(s). c • DAMAGE CAUSED by LACK of MAINTENANCE or by the USE of TRANSMISSION FLUIDS NOT RECOMMENDED in 9 ED] u cl the OPERATOR'S MANUAL - Defects and damage caused by any of the following are not covered: : d - Failure to follow the recommendations of the maintenance schedule intervals applicable to the transmission; ' - Failure to use transmission fluids or maintain transmission fluid levels recommended in the Operator's Manual u~ • MAINTENANCE -Normal maintenance (such as replacement of filters, screens, and transmission fluid) is not covered and is the c c owner's responsibility. REPAIRS by UNAUTHORIZED DEALERS - Defects and damage caused by a service outlet that is not an authorized Allison Transmission Distributor or Dealer are not covered. r] USE of OTHER THAN GENUINE ALLISON TRANSMISSION PARTS -Defects and damage caused by the use of parts that are not genuine Allison Transmission parts are not covered. i L • EXTRA EXPENSES -Economic loss and extra expenses are not covered. Examples include but are not limited to: loss of vehicle use; inconvenience; storage; payment for loss of time or pay; vehicle rental expense; lodging; meals; or other travel costs. • "DENIED PARTY" OWNERSHIP - Warranty repair parts and labor costs are not reimbursed to any participating or non-participating OEMs, dealers or distributors who perform warranty work for, or on behalf of, end users identified by the United States as being a "denied E parry" or who are citizens of sanctioned or embargoed countries as defined by the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control. Furthermore, warranty reimbursements are not guaranteed if the reimbursement would be contrary to any United States export control 51T rl laws or regulations as defined by the U.S. Department of Commerce, the U.S. Department of State, or the U.S. Department of Treasury. F0 I 1 OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO CONSUMERS AS DEFINED by the MAGNUSON-MOSS WARRANTY ACT HIT This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. F Allison Transmission does not authorize any person to create for it any other obligation or liability in connection with these transmissions. ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLICABLE TO 3 THESE TRANSMISSIONS IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY. icy PERFORMANCE OF REPAIRS AND NEEDED ADJUSTMENTS IS THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY UNDER THIS WRITTEN t~ 1 WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR to `7 CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (SUCH AS, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOST WAGES OR VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES) RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY.** C Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty will last or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or 77 consequential damages, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. Er OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO OTHER END-USERS v c= THIS WARRANTY IS THE ONLY WARRANTY APPLICABLE TO THE ALLISON TRANSMISSION MODELS LISTED q ABOVE AND IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY F] d IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ALLISON 11 t7 TRANSMISSION DOES NOT AUTHORIZE ANY PERSON TO CREATE FOR IT ANY OTHER OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY E01 IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH TRANSMISSIONS. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL `"1 OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY. 37 QUESTIONS 579 If you have any questions regarding this warranty or the performance of warranty obligations, you may contact any Allison Transmission Distributor or Dealer or write to: 9 F9 Allison Transmission, Inc. 1 P.O. Box 894 F Indianapolis, IN 46206-0894 Attention: Warranty Administration PF-9 a Form SE0616EN (201009) El Page 2 oft NIT v. a -ea~sz ree~ra ec~~_t-~e~ r~ r=~ servo ;A&A MANUFACTURING Pierce Warranty Statement for Gortite Roll Up Doors Rev 212412011 All mechanical components of the door shall be warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for the lifetime of the vehicle. All parts covered under this warranty shall be to the original owner. A&A manufacturing warrants that painted doors shall be free of blistering, peeling, bubbling, or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection. The time period for the coverage shall be 6 years from date of door shipment to Pierce. Satin anodized finish doors shall be warranted for 6 years against corrosion defects from date of door shipment to Pierce. Replacement of decals/Scotchlite is not covered. The maximum amount A&A will reimburse for labor is $60.00 per hour and the maximum amount of time allowed for repair is as follows: Door 1.0 Hr. Slat Replacement 1.0 Hr. Pennant Plate Replacement 1.0 Hr. Roller Replacement .5 Hr. Seal Replacement .5 Hr. Switch/Magnet Replacement 1.0 Hr. Travel Time 4.0 Hr. A&A Manufacturing Co., Inc. 2300 S. Calhoun Road - New Berlin, WI S3151 Phone (262) 786-1 500 - Fax (262) 786-3280 Effective 1 August, 2009 V _ LIFETIME SERVICE WARRANTY W United Plastic Fabricating, Inc. (hereinafter called "UPF") warrants each Z G POLY-TANK®, Booster/Foam Tank POLYSIDEO Wetside Tank, Integrator Z Tank/Body, ELLIPSETm Elliptical Tank, EllipT Tank Tank and DEFENDERT^^ - W li Skid Tank to be free from defects in material and workmanship for the service W life of the original vehicle (vehicle must be actively used in an emergency re- 0 sponse for fire suppression). All UPF Tanks must be installed and operated in accordance with the UPF Installation and Operating Guidelines. Failure to do Z F so can void the warranty. Z Every UPF Tank is inspected and tested before leaving our facility. Should F your UPF Tank require service, please notify UPF via email, fax, in writing or by calling UPF at 1-978-975-4520. Please provide the serial number, a de- scription of the service request, the location along with the phone number and V ..IL name of the contact person. Our goal is to have scheduled work completed J within a reasonable time period. W Under a valid warranty claim, UPF will cover the cost to repair the UPF Tank 's" including the customary and reasonable costs to make the tank accessible W such as the removal and reinstallation of the tank if authorized in advance U) (pre-approved) by UPF. The warranty will not cover tanks that have been im- properly installed, operated, misused, abused, or modified from its intended J or designed use. Serial number must not have been altered, defaced or re- LL W moved. Tanks that are not stored or installed properly which results in the tank V suffering UV damage will not be covered by this agreement. 69 Should UPF determine that the service claim is valid under this warranty for a ' F tank located outside of the United States and Canada, UPF will assume the costs for labor and material for the warranty repair as described above plus N all travel costs to the U.S. port of embarkation. Costs for airline travel outside of the U.S. and Canada will not be the responsibility of UPF. W J F' In the event the tank shall become stationed in an area of the world that is Z considered to be a war zone or where unsafe conditions exist for the safe passage of United States Nationals, as reported by the United States Depart- . ' W ment of State, (http://www.state.gov), and a request to perform service or Q warranty repairs, UPF reserves the right to refuse to honor such requests. It H is the purchaser's responsibility to relocate the tank to an area where such repairs can be performed without undue risk to UPF employees or their des- W J ignee. UPF will make every reasonable effort to support our products though L_ 0 0 alternative means. ' For Ellipse TM elliptical tanks, a separate five year warranty provided by the Z subcontractor is applied to the sub-frames, chute linings (rubber isolation Z strips) and metal components. The stainless steel wrap provided by UPF D Q shall be warranted by the subcontractor performing the wrap installation in accordance with their warranty in place at the time of the installation. UPF Dow, J will not be liable for any warranty costs associated with the wrap, sub-frames, C chute linings (rubber isolation strips) and metal components but will assist ' n, with all claims on behalf of its customer. For PolySideO wetsided tanks and IntegratorTm Tank/Body units, all polypro- _ C 00 - 0 pylene components related to the tank shall carry the standard UPF lifetime Continued on bock IE service warranty. Other polypropylene components, including but not limited V _ OC to compartments, wheel wells, fenders and other body related components W shall be warranted by UPF for a period of ten years. The warranty for the Z Z PolySide® and Integrator TM units excludes paint or hardware, which shall be W covered by the manufacturer of the paint/hardware. I.L. ` W All UPF tanks 50 gallons or less utilized for non-fire applications and installed 0 on specialty vehicles such as ATVs, trailers, boats, etc. are covered under a aad separate warranty policy available from UPF. Further, UPF ProtectorTM foam Z~and water trailers are warranted under a separate warranty policy available Z from UPF. a This UPF warranty is transferable within the United States only with prior writ- Z ten approval by UPF (except an original apparatus manufacturer may assign H this warranty to the first titled owner/lessee of the apparatus). CL J UPF will NOT reimburse any unnecessary work and/or work that has V • not been pre-approved. Any and all third party charges must be pre- W authorized and approved in writing by UPF prior to commencing the work. Any unauthorized third party repairs, alterations, actions or modi- fications will not be covered and can void the warranty. UPF will be the y sole determining authority as to whether a service claim will be valid ' I C and covered under this warranty. LL W In no event will UPF be liable for an amount in excess of the purchase price of the booster/foam tank at the time of manufacture or for any loss or dam- s° age, whether direct, indirect, incidental, consequential, or otherwise arising r/ Cg out of failure of its product. Loss of contents (water, foam, etc.) shall not be Q the responsibility of UPF. Further, UPF is not responsible for costs associated . ' with service repairs to chassis, sub-frames, bodies, valves, dumps, hoses, pressure vacuum vents, and other components (i.e. liquid level transducers, Q etc.). Further, UPF will not cover the cost for travel of the vehicle to and from W a repair facility. I- J Z This warranty contains the entire warranty. It is the sole warranty and price agreements or representation, whether oral or written, are either merged . ' W herein or expressly cancelled. UPF neither assumes, nor authorizes any per- Q son supposing to act on its behalf to change, nor assume for it, any warranty !2 or liability concerning its product. H W j This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other Q rights which vary from state to state: Some states do not allow exclusion or d limitation or incidental or consequential damage, so the above limitation or I ® exclusion may not apply to you. Since some states do not allow limitations on Z Y the length of an implied warranty, the above limitation may not apply to you. a THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, WHICH EX- Z TEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION OF THE FACE HEREOF. THERE IS J NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR A WOW, Q WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ADDITION- -000 d ALLY, THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER OBLIGATION OR LIABILITIES ON THE PART OF UPF. Q POLYTANK•,& POLYSIDE" are registered trademarks of UPF, Inc. INTEGRATOR'"", ELLIPSE'", I.L. -ELLIPT-TANK'"&DEFENDER'°are trademarks of UPF,Inc. 008/01/09 UPF, Inc. Printed in the USA R. H. SHEPPARD CO., INC. 101 Philadelphia St. Hanover, PA 17331 Pierce Manufacturing Inc. 2600 American Drive Appleton, WI 54912 LIMITED WARRANTY: The R. H. Sheppard Co. Inc., ("Sheppard") warrants all MI IOPKG1 and MI IOSAUI steering gears manufactured and sold to Pierce Manufacturing Inc. ("Pierce") for application on Pierce TAK-4 equipped vehicles to be free from defects of workmanship and material under normal use and service for a period of thirty six months from the in service date of the vehicle to its original owner. Vehicle applications where Sheppard product is used require an application approval before production build. If Pierce uses Sheppard product for any purpose or application which has not been approved by Sheppard in advance, including aftermarket devices (defined as a device added to the steering system directly or indirectly affecting the performance or operation of the Sheppard product in its approved application) not tested and approved by Sheppard this limited warranty SHALL NOT APPLY AND SHALL BE VOID. SHEPPARD MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. SHEPPARD EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR USE OR PURPOSE WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. SHEPPARD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OR FOR LOSS OR DAMAGE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING FROM THE USE OF A PRODUCT. Pierce expressly acknowledges its obligation to inform all users (customers) of the above disclaimer. CONDITIONS: Claims under this Limited Warranty may only be made by Pierce. In no event shall Sheppard be held liable for warranty charges by unauthorized persons. No allowance will be made for repairs or alterations, unless made with the written consent of Sheppard. Authorized Pierce dealers shall be the only authorized repair facility for Sheppard products applied to Pierce vehicles. Any warrantable repair made under this Limited Warranty must be made on or before 36 months of the in-service date for the Product to which the claim relates. Sheppard shall not be liable for claims made after such date. Sheppard product fitted to Pierce vehicles that are repaired at a repair facility other than an authorized Pierce dealer within the warranty period will be considered for payment under the guidelines of this agreement only by joint written consideration of Sheppard and Pierce warranty departments. It shall be the responsibility of the Pierce warranty department to notify Sheppard if and when this situation occurs. Sheppard will not be held responsible for damage to other steering components such as but not limited to pumps and reservoirs due to improper adjustment of steering gear relief plungers. Vehicle downtime and towing will not be considered under warranty. REMEDIES: The sole and exclusive remedy of Pierce for Sheppard's breach of the foregoing warranty is limited to the return and repair or reimbursement as follows: R. H. SHEPPARD CO., INC. WARRANTY Pierce Manufacturing Inc. Page 2 Warranty Support: In support of the Pierce dealer network, Sheppard will provide a toll-free "Hotline" service to assist in the diagnosis and troubleshooting of steering problems. The R. H. Sheppard Co., Inc. Field Service Department can be reached at 1-800-274-7437 for assistance. Sheppard will require that Pierce dealers contact this toll-free "Hotline" for approval before product is removed from a vehicle in a warranty situation. When contacted regarding a warranty situation, the Sheppard representative will provide an authorization number for removal of the product. This Returned Goods Authorization (RGA) number must be included in all warranty correspondence and attached to all returned goods. Procedure: In the event of a warranty situation, the servicing dealer shall contact the Sheppard Hotline and receive an RGA number before replacing any steering gear. For M I I OPKG 1 and Ml IOSAUI steering gear models, the dealer will first obtain an RGA number from Sheppard, and then order the replacement gear from Pierce. Replacement MI I OPKG1 and MI I OSAUI steering gears shall be shipped from Pierce once those models are in full production. A warranty claim for both parts and labor will then be generated by the dealer and sent to Pierce. After reviewing the claim, Pierce will submit it to Sheppard for reimbursement. Parts Reimbursement: Sheppard agrees to reimburse Pierce at Pierce's purchase price plus 30% mark-up for parts found to be defective within the warranty period. Parts being returned for warranty consideration shall be sent to the R. H. Sheppard Company, 447 E. Middle St., Hanover, PA 17331 ATTN: Warranty Dept. Sheppard's determination as to whether the part is covered by the foregoing warranty is final and conclusive. Sheppard requires the return of complete steering gears only. Individual seals replaced under warranty should not be returned unless specifically requested by Sheppard. All parts being returned for warranty consideration must be clearly tagged with all pertinent warranty information including but not limited to (1) Returned Goods Authorization number (RGA)' (2) claim number, (3) date in service, (4) date of failure; (5) mileage; (6) Hart number; (7) labor hours; (88) dealer labor rate and, (9) dollar amount claimed. Claims submitted without prior authorization are subject to rejection under this agreement. Labor: Labor to repair Sheppard product found to be defective within the warranty period will be reimbursed at not more than 10 hours per vehicle. Labor shall be reimbursed at the rate of $85.00 USD per hour for MI10PGKl and MI IOSAUI steerirg gears. Freight: Pierce will collect MI IOPGKI and MI IOSAUI warranty material at a designated collection point. Inbound freight to the Pierce collection point will be the responsibility of Pierce. All warranty material should be returned from the Pierce collection point to R. H. Sheppard Co. Freight Collect by a Sheppard-specified common carrier based on location of the Pierce collection point. Sheppard does not require the return of failed seals. Any freight charges incurred for the return of seals will be the responsibility of Pierce. Parts returned for warranty consideration without prior authorization are subject to rejection under this agreement and may be subject to a charge back of inbound freight charges. Parts rejected under this warranty will be returned to Pierce Freight Collect or scrapped by Sheppard at Pierce's discretion. R. H. SHEPPARD CO., INC. WARRANTY Pierce Manufacturing Inc. Page 3 Outside Purchases: Pierce authorized dealers shall be the only outlet for repair, warranty service and parts for Sheppard products applied to Pierce vehicles. Sheppard will not be responsible for consumables such as hoses, belts, fluids, fittings or miscellaneous shop material that may be required for the repair of the product. Warranty Documentation: Warranty credit memos will be issued monthly to the Pierce Warranty Department. Monthly credit memos will include (1) claim number; (2) part number; (3) parts reimbursement; (4) labor reimbursement; (5) any applicable Pierce reference number and; (6) reason for rejection or acceptance of the claim. Credit memos will be issued in U.S. funds. Debits for warranty claims will not be accepted under this agreement. Claim disposition will constitute the final and conclusive resolution of warranty claims. Parts Retention: Sheppard will retain parts submitted for warranty consideration for a period of sixty (60) days for any material found to be rejected for warranty. Sheppard will notify Pierce within sixty (60) days of receipt of Sheppard's determination as to whether any such part is covered by this warranty. Warranty reimbursement will be issued within thirty days of receipt of material at Sheppard. Good-Will Requests: Good-Will requests will be considered jointly between Sheppard and Pierce for equitable compensation. RECALLS: Sheppard retains the right to review information regarding federal motor vehicle recall and /or product repair programs if Sheppard products fitted to Pierce vehicles are alleged to be non- compliant with federal motor vehicle safety standards. Sheppard retains the right to review any claims of product defect or non-compliance before participating in reimbursement of expenses incurred as a result of alleged non-compliance or defect of its products. Sheppard agrees to negotiate in good faith for the reimbursement of expenses incurred by Pierce for all administrative, material and labor cost and expense associated with any recall where Sheppard product is found to be defective or non-compliant with federal motor vehicle standards. MISCELLANEOUS: This writing constitutes the full complete and final statement of Sheppard's limited warranty for Ml l0PKG1 and Ml 10SAU1 products sold to Pierce. All prior oral or written correspondence, test data, negotiations, representations, understandings and the like regarding products are merged in this writing and extinguished by it. This limited warranty may not be altered, amended extended or modified except by a writing signed by the President or Vice President of Sheppard. No employee, vendor, dealer, distributor or other representative of Sheppard has authority to make statements to extend, expand, alter or amend the terms of this Limited Warranty. Sheppard expressly disclaims any statements contrary to the Limited Warranty. Sheppard's failure at any time to enforce any of the terms and conditions stated herein shall not constitute a waiver of any provisions herein. This Limited Warranty shall be governed by and construed in accordance with-the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. R. H. SHEPPARD CO., INC. WARRANTY Pierce Manufacturing Inc. Page 4 Any legal actions which may arise as a result of disputes, controversies or claims arising out of or related to this limited warranty shall be in such forum as Sheppard and Pierce shall agree, or, in the absence of agreement, in a court of appropriate jurisdiction other than in the county in which either party is located. This Limited Warranty shall not be assigned by Pierce. COOPERATIVE EFFORT: Sheppard and Pierce agree to work cooperatively toward expanding this warranty coverage to a period of sixty months from the in service date. These cooperative efforts shall focus on examining the effects of increased heat generated by 2007 model engines and its impact on the entire power steering system. AGREEMENT: This agreement is effective April 3, 2006 and may be modified by mutual agreement between Sheppard and Pierce of a signed amendment to be attached to the original Limited Warranty. There are no third party beneficiaries to this Limited Warranty. This warranty agreement applies to Pierce authorized dealers only. It does not encompass any special arrangements that Pierce may now have or that Pierce may enter into, with any other segments of the trucking industry. This warranty agreement does not apply to non-conforming product removed at Pierce assembly plants. This Limited Warranty agreement between the R. H. Sheppard Co., Inc and Pierce Manufacturing Inc. may be terminated by either party with thirty days written notice prior to termination. Signed at Pierce Manufacturing Inc., Appleton, WI this day of 12006. R. H. SHEPPARD CO., INC. PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC. Authorized Signature Authorized Signature Title Title Fore and Rescue Apparatus I - Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship - Transmission Oil Cooler Three (3) Year Collateral Damage Coverage Limited Warranty 1 LIMFTEDWARRANTY Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides as d'. Its following warranty to the Buyer (a) any integral pads, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drive roes, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to at such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer me applicable The transmission cooler shall be free from component or warranties, if any, made by the mrpecfe manufacturers thereof, Coverage: structural failures caused by defects in material and/or (b) any vehicle, chassis, or compared, part, attachment or accessory damaged by workmanship. Collateral damage upto $10,000 per misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic occurrence is available for the first three (3) years. environment, improper maintenance. Accident, crash, or force majeure such as mdoal disasteq lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, food, war or not; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, par, attachment or accessary that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person of entity other than Pierce Warranty Begins: The date of delivery to the first retail purchaser. which, in the sale judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactureQ or (it) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced Warranty Period Five J5) Years on Oil Cooler and three (3) years on collateral during rile warranty period, including, but not limited to, fires fil gaskets and light Ends After. damage coverage bulbs. Pierce assumes no respffedelity for the assembly of is parts or subassemblies into finishing product or vehicles unless the assembly is performetl by Pierce. The original purchaser may void One wanany in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modNcarons, alterations or aftermarket parts added after r manufacture without the aN semo do of Pierce may void this warranty. This warranty does not cover repair due to accidents, 2 DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES misuse, and excessive vibration, flying debris, storage THE WARRANTY SET FORTH W PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE damage (freezing), negligence or modification. This warranty WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES is void if any modification or repairs are performed without ALL OTHER WARRANTIES. WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, authorization. This also voids any future wamanly. INCLUDING WTHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICUTAR PURPOSE. AND ANY WARRANTIES This warranty does not cover cost of maintenance or repairs ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. due to lack of required maintenance services as recommended. Performance of the required maintenance d BUYER'S IXCLUSNE REMEDY. Conditions and and use of proper fluids are the responsibility of the owner If the product fails to conform to the wanarty set form in paragraph l dung the warranty Exclusions: period, and such rwnconformity is not clue to mouse, neglect, accident or trimmer Towing is covered to the nearest distributor at authonzed maintenance, Buyer must toddy Pierre within the 5me period specified in pamgmph 1, See Also dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to and shall make the Product avataEle for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At Paragraphs - your transmission. me request of Pierre. any atagedy defective product shat bd. diamond to Pierce by 2 mru 4 Buyer for examira0on ardor repair. Buyer shas be responsible for the cost of such Labor costs for the removal and reinstallation of goods may transportation, arch for risk of loss of a damage to the product blond, tranaportaton. be covered when necessary to make repahs. Please carttact Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierces option and expense) Your OEM for authorization. any nmcamemairg or defective parts. Repair or replacement shas be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE Replacement of cooler during the warranty period is limited EXCWSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. to 100% of reasonable labor cosh up to a maximum of 57W to remove, replace, or repair the oil cooler. 4 EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES NotwNwtandirg anything to to cordrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL. INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES "ATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT UABIIITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF IAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without bindng the generality of the This broad! warranty shall apply only it to product is properly maintained in accodance foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any fil for property or personal injury with Pierces maintenance instvctions and manuals add is used in service which is damages. penslfies, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or normal to the partiouor model. Normal service means service which does not subject the any associated equipment, cast of substiWO vehicles or products, downtime, delay product to sVesses or impacts greater than normally result ham careful use. If the Buyer damages, any floor types of economic less, or for any claims by any third parry for any discovers a dialect or forcemea ry, it must notify Pierce in wrung withal thlM (30) days such damagesi after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to tie expiration of the warranty period. THIS UNITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE Note: Any Surety Bond, s' a part or the sale of the vehicle as to which this bmited TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER warranty is prove) apprres only to this Pierre Bask One Year limded Warranty for n OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. such vefttle, and molt to other warranties made by Rdrte in a separate tlacomeff(ir any) or to the warrantes (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is irrcarporafed into or attached to (be 2/22/2012 WA0216 vehicle. Fore and Rescue Apparatus One (1) Year Material and Workmanship Foam System & Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship Control Head Limited Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Notwithstanding anything to me contrary herein, Pierce makes no warany whatsoever as to Subject to me limitations antl exclusions set foM below, Pierce Manufacturing provides me following warranty to the Buyer (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or "do accessories of or to me product met are not manufactured by Pierce, Hmluding bid not limited to engines, transmissions, tlnvefnes, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof, Coverage: Limited warranty l year parts and labor for for the foam (b) any vehicle, chassis, or componenhpart, attachment or accessory damaged by system and 5 years pars and labor for the control head. misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical condbons, acidic ) environment improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force onem a such as nature disaster, fightn4p, eaMquake, wndstorm, bail, fiood, was or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component part attachment or accessory mat has been repaired, closed or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when me which, in the sole judgment of Piece, adversely effects ma performanco, ability or Warranty BaBlns: product ships from the factory). purpose for which it was manufactured, or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced Warranty Period One (t) Year B Five (5) Year during me warranty period, including, but not linked to. tires, fluids, gaskets and light Err a ARer: bulbs. Pierce assumes ho responsibll3y for me assembly of its pads or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless me assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void the warranty in Part or F its entuery H me product is repaired a replaced (a) without prior wriftem approval 0 me Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) a, a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repair, modifications, alterations or aftermarkel parts added after manufacture withal the authorization of Ple¢e may void mil warranty. r 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HERESY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES Thsuse, and exccssessivnot e ve vicarerrepalrndue to gl a storag ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. suss, and excessive o modification. s hips w dam if any mod.ia tio rpThis warranty 3, BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Conditions and is void id,t any Thais alson airsare performed without fire warranty period, authorization. This also voids voidrepids any future waranty. me product fails to conforrn to me warranty set use, in paragraph enoq and such nonconormity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident 1 or during impto roper This warranty does not cover cost of maintenance or repairs maintenance, Buyer must hoary Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, See Also and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At redue to commended. maintenance services as Paragraphs Performance of the replotretl mai me request of Piece, any allegedly defective Product shall be returned to Pierce by cam Buyer for examination andlor repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such 2 mro3 a use and use of proper fluids er flufftls am the responsibility of the owner. t transpodation, antl for risk of loss of or damage to are product during transportation. myho a reasonable time, dive anal, repair or replace ml Purcell option and eve1, by a a) y nonconforminng defective parts. Repay or replacement shat be made any by a EXCLUSIVE approved advance in Y F by M BREACH REMEDY SHALL THE EXCLUSIVE AND D SOLE OLE REMEDY FOR A ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. . 9 EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL. SPECIAL, INOI RECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES MATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAI LURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of me This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is property maintained in accordance foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury with Pierce's maintenance instructors and manuals and is used in service which is damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or normal to the particular model Normal service means service which does not subject me any associated equipment, cost of substrate vehicles or products, downtime, delay product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (BC) days such damages. after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to me expiration of me warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE Not.,, Any Suety Bonn, of a part a the sale of the vehkleas to which this limned TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER waranN is provided, applies any to flu's Pierce Bask One Year Omaetl Moral for OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTIl such whefte, and ref to other warranties made by Pierce in a sepaale document any) or to the warranties j any) matle by any manulacturer(ocher than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incommaled into or atfachetl to the 1/3012013 WA0231 vemde. W. Fire and Rescue Apparatus Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship Meritor Wabco ABS Brake System UrnRed Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Notwithstanding anything m the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Subject to the pointers and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Boyer (a) any integral pads, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product Nat are not manufactured by Pierce. including but not funded to engines, transmissions, drivelines, ode, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such pads, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shat assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respeadve manufacturers thereof; The Mettler Wabco ABS broke system shall bra covered by Coverage: Mother Wabco as Indicated In the attached Mentor Wabco (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, pad, attachment or accessory damaged by warranty coverage description misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical condition's, eddk environment, Improper maintenance, accident, crash, or face majeum such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, good, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, pad, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled In any way by any person or entity other than Pierce Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice (Issued when the which, In the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or product ships from the factory). purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may In the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced Warranty Period Three (3J Year during the ward my period, including, but not limited to, time, fluids, gaskets and light Ends After: bulbs. Pierce assumes no responatedi for the assembly of its some or subassemblies Into Fmshing products or vehicles unless the assembly as periome l by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this wananty In Had or in'fM, entirety if the product Is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer SeMce Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierre as to technical capability. Any made, modifications, alterations or aftemarkel parts added after mamufacmre without the authorization of Pierce may void Nis warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Conditions and If the product fails to conform to the warranty set fear in Paragraph 1 during the wananty Exclusions: period, and such nonconformity Is not due to misuse, musical, accident or improper The exclusions listed In the aft clued Mention Wabco warranty maintenance, Buyer must early Pierre within the time pe rod specified in paregreph 1, See Also description shall apply. and shat make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At paragrophe the request a Pierce, any allegedly detective product shat be remared W Pierce by 2 thru 4 Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall he responsible fa the cast of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within noble time, Pierce SM1alt repair o replace (at Proxmire patch and expense) any rgncarforming or detective pars. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a fadlity approved N advance in wiling by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Plane and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without funtting the genemlity of the The mrsted warranty shall apply only g the ended Is properly maintained in accordance foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for smarty or Personal injury with Pierre's maintenance instructors and menuab and is used In service which is damages, Penalties, damages for lost Profits or revenues, fees at vehicles or products or normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does rot subject the any associated aqusea ent, cast of substitute vehicles or products, dowMred. delay product to stresses or impact greater Nan normally result More careful use. If the Buyer damages, any other types of ecenanic loss, or for any claims by any thbd party for any dscovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in corms, within thirty (30) days such damages. after the date of, scovery, but 0 any event Prior W Me examined of the warranty period. - THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE Note: Any Sumiy Bond, A a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this lvntted TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER wamar, is provided, applies only to Nis Pierce Bask Can Year Limned Wadentyfor OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. such vehicle, and not to other wamdnike made by Pierce in a answers document (if any) or to the wananfks (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pieme) of any part, component, ahashaped or accessory that is incorporated Into or attached to the 2/25/2013 WA0232 Vehicle MERITOR" COMMERCIAL VEHICLE SYSTEMS 1 4t 1 J \ _ f x 1 _ - ~r..Yl z~^rd WARRANTY / MODEL ,YEAR-{.2013 VEHICLES " WARRANTY INFORMATION CONTENTS Effective Model Year 2013 Vehicles Linehaul 4-5 General Service 6-7 Heavy Service 8-9 Off-Highway Service .............................................................................................10 Terms and Conditions ...........................................................................................11 How to Read Warranty Coverage Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) P=Parts Only Unl=Unlimited P&L=Parts & Labor i Models or components that are approved for use by Meritor's vocational guidelines contained in Meritor Publication TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, which are not specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/Unl/P). 3 SERVICE HEAVY WARRANTY INFORMATION HEA.....V...Y....SERV.........I......CE....VEH......I...CL.....E.S • Airport Rescue Fire (ARF) • Dump • Michigan Special Steel Hauler • Steel Hauling • Airport Shuttle • Emergency Service • Michigan Special Waste Vehicle • Tanker • Asphalt Truck • Equipment Hauling • Municipal Dump • Tank Truck • Block Truck • Flatbed Trailer Hauler • Rapid Intervention Vehicle (RIV) • Tractors with Pole Trailers • Bottom Dump Trailer • Flatbed Truck • Rear Loader • Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps Combination • Fracturing Truck • Recycling Truck • Transfer Dump • Cementing Vehicle • Front Loader • Residential Pick-Up • Transfer Vehicle • City Bus • Geophysical Exploration • Rigging Truck • Transit Bus • Commercial Pick-Up • Hopper Trailer Combinations • Roll-Off • Trolley • Concrete Pumper • Landscaping Truck • Scrap Truck • Utility Truck • Construction Material Hauler • Liquid Waste Hauler • Semi-End Dump • Winch Truck • Crash Fire Rescue (CFR) • Log Hauling • Sewer/Septic Vacuum • Mixer • Lowboy • Shuttle Bus • Demolition • Michigan Special Gravel Trains • Side Loader • Drill Rig • Michigan Special Log Hauler • Snowplow/Snowblower HEAV...Y.. .................SERVICE. TYPICAL..............LY IS. • Moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles per year) Coverage under Meritor's warranty requires that the application of • On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road) products be properly approved pursuant to OEM, Meritor, Meritor • Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 slops per mile) WABCO, and ZF engineering approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. FRONT DRIVE/NON-DRIVE STEER AXLES - 21UNL/P&L FD-965 FG-941 MFS-6-162B MFS-10-143A-N MFS-16-122A-N MX-16-120 FF-941 FG-943 MFS-6-162C MFS-10-144A-N MFS-16-143A-N MX-17-140 FF-942 FH-941 MFS-7-113C-N MFS-12-143A-N RF-16-145 MX-19-140 FF-943 FH-945 MFS-7-153C-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-18-133A-N MX-21-140 FF-944 FH-946 MFS-7-163C-N MFS-12-155 MFS-20-133A-N MX-21-160 FF-946 FL-941 MFS-8-1138-N MFS-13-143A-N RF-21-160 MX-23-160 FF-961 FL-943 MFS-8-153B-N MFS-13-144A-N MX-10-120 MX-23-810 FF-966 MFS-6-151A-N MFS-8-163B-N MFS-13-155 MX-12-120 FF-967 MFS-6-1538 MFS-10-122A MFS-14-143A-N MX-14-120 CLUTCHES REAR DRIVE SINGLE AXLES - 2/UNL/P&L 15.5' HD Clutch' 1/100/P&L MS-10-113 RC-23-160 MS-26-616 15.5 TwinXTend - 1/100/P&L RS-13-120 RH-23-160 RS-26-185/380 17' FreedomLine Clutch 1/100/P&L RS-15-120 RS-23-160 MS-30-616 Products with an in-service date prior to 11/01/02 warranted by Meritor Clutch MS-17-14X RS-23-160 - RH-30-185 Company. RS-1 7-144/145/A RC-23-161 RS-30-185/380 MS-19-14X RH-23-161 MS-35-380 ORIVELINES - 1 /UNL/P&L RS-19-144 RS-23-161 RS-38-380 MS-21-114 RS-23-186/380 RC-25-160 RPL 92N RN MXL MS-21-14X RC-23-162 RC-26-633 RS-21-145 RC-23-165 MT-58-616 RS-21-145/A RS-24-160 71162 RS-21-160 RS-25-160 71163 RC-22-145 RH-26-185 8 OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION I...NDUS...........T...R.I. ..AL. . AND OFF......-...H.I...GHWAY................SE........RV.I...CE.......VEH......I. ..CLE......S • Load-On/Load-Off • Yard Jockey • Specialized Mining • Rail Car Mover • Port Tractor • All-Terrain Crane • Excavator • Loader • Rail Yard Spotter • Rough Terrain Crane • Compactor • Tow Tractor • Roll-On/Roll-Off • Forestry • Fertilizer Spreader • Pushlback Tractor • Stevedoring Tractor • Material Handling • Snow Blower • Trailer Spotter Specialized Heavy Haul • Mining IN.D.U.S.T.R.I.AL .....AND OFF......-...H.I...GHWA............Y....SE........RV:I...CE............TYPICAL. .............LY..S ..I.............................................................. • Low mileage operation Coverage under Meritor's warranty requires that the application of products • Low speed vehicle speed restriction be properly approved pursuant to OEM, Meritor, Meritor WABCO, and ZF • Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use engineering approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles and/or contact Meritor • Six (6) starts/stops per mile (typical) regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. DRIVE STEER AXLES - 1 /UNL/P DRIVELINES - 1 /UNL/P MOR MOX MOC RPL RN MXL FRONT NON-DRIVE STEER AXLES -1/UNUP REAR DRIVE TANDEM AXLES - 1 /UNL/P FF-941 FL-943 MFS-16-143A-N MT-44-14X/P MT-70-380 RT-46-164EH/P FF-943 MFS-12-143A-N MFS-18-133A-N MT-52-516 RT-44-145/P RT-50401P FF - 961 MFS-12-144A-N MFS-20-133A-N MT-58-616 RT-46-160/P FF-966 MFS-13-143A-N MON-ZO FAMILY FG - 941 MFS-13-144A-N FIG -943 MFS-14-143A-N BRAKE COMPONENTS FL - 941 MFS-16-122A-N Cam P 3/Unl/P PLANETARY AXLES -.1./. UNL /P SA ° PI°S'M 3/ 3/Unl&/P MOR MOX MOC MOT Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P 1/Unl/P REAR DRIVE SINGLE AXLES 1/UNL/P LX500 Includes: hi'ng,seakoamandASA. RS-23-186 MS-30-616 MS-35-380 P Based on stamped wear diameter max. Rs 24-160 RS-30-360 MERITOR WABCO COMPONENTS' ASS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air/Hydraulic 3/300/P&L Air Dryers (ALL) 1/100/P&L Leveling Valves 1/Unl/P&L Air Brake Valves 1/100/P Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L Air Compressors' 1/100/P&L Actuator 1/100/P&L ' Warranted by Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems. P WASCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and CDC engines are not warranted or serviced by Meritor WABCO. Please contact your respective dealer/ distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 10 TERMS AND CONDITIONS COVERAGE EXCLUSIONS: COVERAGE LIMITATIONS: Product Description Product Description All All The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted component (1) associated with noise; (2) resulting from the use or honored under this warranty program. or installation of non-genuine Meritor components or materials; (3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or Front Axles misapplication of drivetrain components; and (4) damage resulting Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3-year/300;000 mile or pub misapplication corrosion, fished vocational coverage, whichever is less. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the Front Axles wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor. King Pin Bushings. Rear Axles Rear Axles Pinion and through shaft seals limited to 3-year/300,000-mile Self-contained traction equalizers and oil filters. The use of or published vocational coverage, whichever is less, if yoke is NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts from installed by Meritor. If yoke is not installed by Meritor, then warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton. Meritor does not warrant pinion seals. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the Clutch wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor. Friction face and mating surface of center and pressure plate, wear pads and clutch brake. Rear Axles The Meritor® breather part number A-2297-C-8765 with ASA A-3196-J-1336 hose must be used for eligibility of any potential Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over-torqued, missing or warranty consideration relating to contamination and/or loss i otherwise damaged pawl assemblies. of tube in axles. ABS, Electronic Stability Control (ESC), Roll Stability Cam Brake Control (RSC) and OnGuard Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural integrity. Cut, broken, chaffed or otherwise damaged cable wires. Damaged sensors from removal when seized in block, or sensor adjust- X30 ments/alignments. Valve failures due to contamination in air Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum. system. E.C.U. failures due to excessive over-voltage conditions. Disc Brake Air Dryers Warranty coverage for boots, seals, bushings and pins is 2/200/P. Mounting brackets (see vehicle OEM). Desiccant cartridge Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P. housing only. Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1,8501b-ft engine torque and Air System Components over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact Gladhand seals, dash valve knobs, valve actuation handles, your Meritor representative for specific details. treadles, pedals. Water and other contamination damage that is due to the use of a non-genuine air dryer cartridge will not be covered. Cam Brake Brake lining wear and brake shoe "rust-jacking." Disc Brake Pad wear, rotor wear. 11 TERMS I CONDITIONS (1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty? (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? Merifor Inc. warrants to the owner ('Owner') that the components There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty. listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer ("OEM") as original equipment in vehicles (4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? licensed for on-highway use, will be free from defects in material and This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear; nor does it cover workmanship. This warranty coverage begins only after the expiration a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (1) of the OEM's vehicle warranty for the applicable covered components. improper installation, adjustment, repair or modification (including Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable the vehicle's configuration,.usage, or vocation from that which was mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage originally approved by Mettler), (11) accident, natural disaster, abuse, varies by component and vocation as detailed elsewhere in this or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum warranty statement. vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the transmission, axle, driveline, and/or clutch torque capacity), or Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must (III) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the approved lubricants, change intervals, or tube levels). This warranty component. Other components are warranted for both parts and does not cover any component or part that is not sold by Merifon reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component. For vehicles that operate full or part time outside of the United States Components (whether new, used or remanufactured) installed as and Canada, a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder (1/Unl/P) will apply. of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. - (5) Remedy. For certain components, coverage requires the use of specific The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants. For further information replacement of the defective component at Meritor's option. Meritor about lubrication and maintenance, see Meritor publication reserves the right to require that all applicable failed materials are Maintenance Manual Number I and the applicable Matter available and/or returned to Meritor for review and evaluation. maintenance manual for the product in question. Other conditions and limitations applicable to this warranty are detailed below. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty. THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Meritor through STATUTORY INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE. .use of the vehicle into which the Matter components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in-service date. This notification (7) Limitation of Remedies. may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM In no event shall Meritor be liable for special, incidental, indirect, or new truck and/or trailer dealer or with Merifor directly. Failure to consequential damages of any kind or under any legal theory, notify Meritor of (1) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (11) including, but not limited to, towing, downtime, lost productivity, a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, cargo damage, taxes, or any other losses or costs resulting from a will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts defective covered component. only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in-service date. (8) To Obtain Service. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify Metter If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to be sent directly to Mettler or through the OEM new truck and/or trailer either Meritor or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM new exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial truck and/or trailer dealer or authorized Mettler service location. The designation of vocational use. dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Meritor for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by Merifor, the dealer will repair or replace Coverage under Meritor's warranty requires that the application of during the term of this warranty any defective Matter component products be properly approved pursuant to OEM, Merifor, Merifor- covered by this warranty. WABCO, and ZF engineering approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific (9) Entire Agreement. application approval questions on any product line. This is the entire agreement between Meritor and the Owner about warranty and no Metter employee or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Mettler. This agreement allocates the responsibilities for component failure between Meritor and the Owner. MERITOR For more information: Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC 866-OnTract (866-668-7221) 2135 West Maple Road Litho in USA ©2012 Meritor, Inc. meritor.com Troy, Michigan 48084 USA SP-95155 Re iced O6-12 (47865/11900) Whiole models, bands aM woes totaled retain M the p nem of treir ¢specbve owners, and are not in arty way andoeted Mtn Mentor, it or in anliates. Commercial Vehicle Systems Warranty / Model Year 2009 Vehicles ArvinMeritor Simpler is better. Warranty coverage is essential to protecting your investment. But understanding the full details of your coverage can be challenging. That is why we've simplified our component warranty categories from sixteen to four. This straightforward approach allows you, our valued customer, to better understand how your specific vehicle applications will be covered. Advantage Program Purchasing additional coverage on select components will continue to safeguard your investment against major repair costs after the initial base coverage expires. You can find out more about the Advantage Program by visiting www.arvinmeritor.com or by contacting ArvinMeritor at 800-535-5560. z Warranty Information Contents Effective Model Year 2009 Vehicles ❑ Linehaul ....................................................................4-5 1 General Service 6.7 Heavy Service s-9 D ❑ Restricted Service io D Terms and Conditions 11 How to Read Warranty Coverage: Number / Mileage (in thousands)/ P=Parts Only of Years Unl=Unlimited P&L=Parts & Labor Models or components that are approved for use by ArvinMeritor's vocational guidelines contained in ArvinMeritor Publication TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, which are not specifically listed, are warmnted for one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/tlnl/P). ArvinMeritor. 3 Linehaul Warranty Information Linehaul Vehicles: M Auto Hauler ❑ Flatbed U Livestock Hauler ❑ Refrigerated Freight ❑ Bulk Hauler General Freight ❑ Moving Van Cl Tanker ❑ Chip Hauler* ❑ Grain Hauler ❑ Pipe Hauler ❑ Triples ❑ Doubles ' Chip Hauler vehicles require specific axle models listed below and Linehaul condition to be eligible for Linehaul warranty consideretion. Linehaul Typically Is: ❑ High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) Coverage under ArvirtMeritor's warranty requires that the .7 Operation on road surfaces made of concrete, asphalt, application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM, maintained gravel, crushed rock, hard packed dirt or other ArvinMeritor, Mentor wABCO, and ZF engineering approvals. similar surfaces (moderate grades) Refer to TP-9441 for axles, 8P-8320 for trailer axles, and/or contact ❑ Greater than 30 miles between starting and stopping ArvinMeritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. Front Non-Drive Steer Axles - 5/750/P&L FD-965 FF-943 FF-966 FG-943 MFS-10-144A-N MFS-13-143A-N FF-941 FF-944 FF-967 MFS-10-122A MFS-12-143A-N MFS-13-144A-N FF-942 FF-961 FG-941 MFS-10-143A-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-14-143A-N Composite Truck/Tractor Springs 3/300/111 Clutches Transmissions - 5/750/P&L °First War P&L 15.5" Manual-Adjust Clutch'' 1/100/P&L ZF-Freedom Line 12-Speed'aa4.5 15.5" Twinxrend Self-Adjust Clutch' 3/350/P&L 17" FreedonnUne Clutch" 3/350/P&L ' With approved synthetic lube (Without- 3/300/P&L). r Multiple engine retarders are not approvable. ' Clutches are warranted by ZF Sachs and administered by 3 Electronic shift systems 3/300/P&L ArvinMentor. Hard surface applications only. 2 HD Manual-Adjust clutches with an in-service date prior to a Output seal 3/300/P&L 11/01/02 are warranted by Mentor clutch company. a Fmedomline clutch consists Of corer assembly and disc assembly. Drivelines Rear Drive Single Axles - 5/750/P&L RPL' 3/350/P RS-19-144/145/A RH-23-160 RS-23-180 92N 11UnVP MS-21-144MA-N RS-23-160/A RS-23-186 RN 1/UnVP RS-21-145 RH-23-161 ' First year P&L RS-21-160 RS-23-161/A Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles - 5/750/P&L Rr-34-144/P/A * Rr-46-164EH/P/A RZ-166 Rr-0G-145/P/A * Rr-50-160/P/A RZ-186 • Rr-40-160/P/A Mr-40-143 RZ-188 • Rr-06-160/P/A Mr-00-943 'These models required for Chip Hauler and Linehaul warranty consideration, 4 • : 000Hlllllllllll Shock Absorbers 1/100/P Trailer Air Suspension Systems Coverage for trailer suspension shock absorbers may vary. Please check appropriate Trailer product MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram) sections for other terms. Major Structural Components' 5/500/13,1/100/L Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L Air Springs 2/200/13,1/100/L Brake Components Bushings 7/Uri 5/Unl/L Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 5/500/13, 1/100/L PinLoc Air Controls 1/100/P&L - LX500Feature' 5/750/P&L PinLoc Actuator 3/300/P&L MX500 Feature"s 5/750/P&L MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram) Cam'Q Plusav 5/500/P Major Structural Components' 5/500/13, 1/100/L ASA' 5/500/P Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L Hubs/Cast Drums and Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L Other Wheel-end Air Springs 2/200/13,1/100/L Components 1/Unl/P Bushings 7/UnVP, 5/Unl/L Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P RFS/MTA All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P Major Structural Components 5/500/13, 1/100/L X30-Drums' Wearable Life/P Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L Shock Absorbers _ 2/200/P&L 'First year P&L Air Springs & Rebound Straps 2/200/13, 1/100/L 21ncludes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of Bushings 5/500/13, 3/300/L 3/500/P&L a Includes: lining wear coverage of 3/500/P&L. (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties) 4 Based on stamped wear diameter Max. a Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA, lining wear and tlmm wear for trailer. 15/500/P warranty applies to integral anti-dock walk feature. SimilAirTM Composite Trailer Springs 5/500/P, 1/100/L Merltor WABCO Components' ABS(Anti-Lock Braking System) Air/Hydraulic 3/300/P&L Hydraulic Power Brake (HPB) 3/300/P&L Trailer Axles ATC (Automatic Traction Control) 3/300/P&L EX45Air Disc Brake 5/750/P&L Beam and Brackets 5/500/13, 1/100/L DX'Air Disc Brake 5/500/13 Wheel End Systems' Single Air Dryers 3/300/P&L Standard System' 1/100/P&L' TWIN Air Dryer 1/100/P&L TRIAD( TN, TQ and TP axles) 3/300/P&L Leveling Valves 1/Unl/P&L TL, TA 5/500/P&L Air Brake Valves 3/300/P&L Preset by. Meritor' 5/500/P&L Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L 'includes hub,wheel seals and wheel beanngs-all systems require annual ECAS (Electronic Controlled Air Suspension) 3/300/P&L inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. n 2 When installed by ArvlnMentac' Air ~OmpreBBOrso Requires approved hubcap stating Preset by ArvinMentor on hubcap face. SS318 3/300/P&L SS636 3/300/P&L (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate SS250 2/Unl/P&L product warranties.) Electronic Stability Control (ESC) 3/300/P&L Truck Roll Stability Control (RSC) 3/300/P&L Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS) 3/300/P&L TAG/ Pusher Axles' Trailer Control Line Filter 1/100/P&L Trailer Control Line Filter with ABS Valve 4/400/13, 1/100/1 TQ,TQD,TR,TRD Beam and Brackets 3/300/13, 1/100/L Trailer ABS Valve with Control Line Filter 4/400/13, 3/30O/L ' For brake components and ABS Coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 'Warranted by Medror WABCO Vehicle Conbol Systems. 2 First year P&L Merltor® Tire Inflation a WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by Arvin Mentor. System by PSI 3/500/ P&L Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 4 Brake warranty coverage is valid when using a Merltor WABCO chamber. For other chambers, brake coverage is I/Unl/P. a Mentor WABCO chamber warranty is 1/Unl/P. 5 General Service Warranty Information General Service Vehicles: 17 Aerial Ladder Truck Ll Front Engine Commercial ❑ Moving Van ] Recreational Vehicles ❑ Aerial Platform Chassis ❑ Municipal Truck ❑ Refrigerated Truck ❑ Ambulance ❑ Front Engine Integral Coach ❑ Newspaper Delivery L7 School Bus. ❑ Auto Hauler ❑ General Freight ❑ Pick-Up and Delivery ❑ Stake Truck ❑ Beverage Truck ❑ Intercity Coach ❑ Pipe Hauler a Tanker ❑ Chip Hauler ❑ Intermodal Chassis ❑ Platform Auto Hauler ❑ Tanker Truck ❑ Cross Country Coach ❑ Livestock Hauler ❑ Pumper ❑ Tour Bus -7 Flatbed ❑ Meat Packer ❑ Rear Engine Integral Coach ❑ Wrecker General Service Typically Is: 'I Lower mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) Coverage underArvlnMeritor's warranty requires that the Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road) application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM, 'l An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping ArvinMeritor, Mentor WABCO, and ZF engineering approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, and/or contact ArvinMeritor regarding specific application approval questions Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles - 2/Unl/P&L on any product line. FD-965 FF-966 17100 MFS-6-153C-N MFS-8-1638-N MFS-13-144A-N FF-941 FF-967 17101 MFS-6-162C-N MFS-30-122A MFS-14-143A-N FF-942 FG-941 FL-941 MFS-7-113C-N MFS-30-143A-N MFS-16-122A-N FF-943 FG-943 FL-943 MFS-7-153C-N MFS-10-144A-N MFS-16-143A-N FF-944 FG-952r MFS-6-151A-N MFS-7-163C-N MFS-12-143A-N MFS-18-133A-N FF-946 FH-941 MFS-6-1538-N MFS-8-1138-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-20-133A-N FF-961 FH-945r MFS-6-1626-N MFS-8-1538-N MFS-13-143A-N I Can be used in front or tag position. Front Non-Drive Steer Axles with Unitized Wheel Ends - 3/Unl/P&L' Clutches Transmissions - 3/Unl/P&L FG-952 15.5" HD Clutch 1.2 1/100/P&L ZF-FreedomLine 12-Speed 12.3 FH-941 15.5" TWinxiend 3/350/P&L c Multiple engine retarders are not approvable. FH-946 17" FreedomLine Clutchl/100/P&L 2 Electronic shift systems 3/300/P&L r Products with an in-service data prior to p Hard surface applications only. t Includes: hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings. 11/01/02 warranted by Mentor Clutch Company. Products with an in-service date of 11/01/02 Composite Truck/Tractor Springs 3/300/1' or later are warranted by ZFSACHs administered by ArvinMeritor. tor. r First year P&L Drivelines Bus & Coach, Recreational Vehicle RPL 3/350/P Suspensions - 2/200/P&L',' 92N 1/UnVP RIS07EF RIS09EF RIS10EF RIS12EF RN 1/UnVP RIS16EF RISI8EF RTA20ER RTA13EA RFA20ER RFA23ER RFA25ER RTA28ER Rear Drive Single Axles - 2/Uni/P&L RALI2EF MS-10-113 RS-21-160 RS-23-160/A MS-30-616 r Coverage includes frames, brackets, arms, knuckles and seats. MS-11-113 RC-22-145 RS-23-161 MS-35-616 2 See limitations for minor component coverage. MS-12-113 RC-22-145/A RS-23-161/A 61142 RS-13-120 RC-23-160 RS-23-186 61143 Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles - 2/Unl/P&L _ RS-15.120 RC-23-161 RS-24-160/A 61152 RS17-144/145/A RC-23-162r RC-25.160 61153 RF34-144/P/A Ri-06-169 MT-70-616 RS19-144/145/A RC-23-165r RS-25.160/A 71063 MT-00-143DA-N IvTF52-616 RZ-166 MS-21-144MA-N RH-23-160 RS-26-185 71162 MFA0-143MA-1r Ri-52-1852 RZ-186 RS-21-145 RH-23-161 MS-26-616 71163 RT 40-145/P/A MT-58-616 RZ-188 RS-21-145/A RS-23-160 RS-30.185 Rr44-145/P RT58-1852 2 3/Unl/P&L if PreSe[ by ArvinMeritor. I Axle model designated will vary according to options and vananpns specified on these axles. Contact ArvinMeritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles - 3/Ur l/P&L Each vehicle must have a Reel for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Arvin Mentor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further tletails. RT-40-160/P/A RT-46-164EH/P/A RT-46-160/P/A RT-50-160/P/A 6 Z - Shock Absorbers 1/100/13 Trailer Air Suspension Systems Coverage for bailer suspension shock absorbers may vary. Please check appropriate Trailer product MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram) sections for other terms. Major Structural Components2 5/Unl/13,1/Unl/L Brake Components Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/1 Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L Air Sfumgs LX500 Feature' 3/Unl/P&L n 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Cam P' 2/200/P Bushings s 7/Unl/P, 5/Unl/L Cam 3/Unl/P Air Controls 1/100/P&L P&L Air Actuator 3/300/P&L Cam Q Plusmv 3/Unl/ M (Single Axle, Q Plus'""' 2/200/P&L Parallelogram) _ ASA 3/Unl/P Major or Structural Compomponents2 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L ASA' 2/200/P Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L Drums Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L Hubs/Cast Air Springs Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P Bushings l/P, 1/Uri Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P - 7/Unl/P, 5/Unl/L All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P RFS/MTA X301- Drums' Wearable Life/P - Major Structural Components' 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L 1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of I/UnVR Shock Absorbers' 2/UnVP&L z Based on stamped wear diameter max. s Applies to Tour Bus and Cross Country Coach only. Air Springs and Rebound Straps 2/Unl/131/Uri Trailer Axles Bushings' 5/Unl/133/Unl/L Beam and Brackets' 5/Unl/P 1/Unl/L (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) Wheel End Systems' ' Raw wood applications 3/Ur l/P, 1/UnVL Standard Systemr 1/Unl/P&L 25/500/P warranty applies to integral anti-dock walk feature. TRIAD (TN,TQ and TP axles) 3/UnVP&L TL, TA 5/Unl/P&L SimilAirTM Composite Trailer Springs ( 'Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings-all systems require annual 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. zWhen installed by ArvinMeritor. Merltor WABCO Components' a 9000 Series is 3/Uri I/Uri ABS (Anti-Lack Braking System) Air/Hydraulic 3/300/P&L (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate Hydraulic Power Brake (HPB) 3/300/P&L product warranties.) - ATC (Automatic Traction Control) 3/300/P&L DX Air Disc Brake 3/Unl/P Air LinkTM 2/200/P&L',2 D-EIsa2 2/200/P EX' ' Air Disc Brake 3/Unl/P&L MWA46 EX' 4 ' Air Disc Brake 2/200/P&L MWA52 All Other Air Disc Brakes 2/200/P ' Coverage includes Hangers, Trailing Arms, Walking Beams Single Air Dryers 3/300/P&L 2BUshings, At Bag, Shock Absorbers 1/50/P TWINTxI Air Dryer 1/100/P&L Chassis Axles (2000 Series) Leveling Valves 1/Unl/P&L Air Brake Valves 3/300/P&L Beam and Brackets Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L TN, TP 6/Unl/13,1/Unl/L ECAS(Electronically Controlled Air Suspension) 3/300/P&L CN 7/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Air Compressors2 Wheel End Systems' - SS318 3/300/P&L TN, TP 1/Unl/P&L SS636 3/300/P&L CN 3/Unl/P&L SS250 2/Unl/P&L 'Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings-all systems require annual Electronic Stability Control (ESC) 3/300/P&L inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. Truck Roll Stability Control (RSC) 3/300/P&L TAG/Pusher Axles' Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS) 3/300/P&L Trailer Control Line Filter 1/100/P&L TQ,TQD,TR,TRD Beam and Brackets 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Trailer Control Line Filter with ABS Valve 4/400/13 1/100/1 MC320021, MC160032 2/Unl/P&L Trailer ABS Valve with Control Line Filter 4/400/P, 3/300/1- 'Warranted ABS coven, refer to appropriate by Mentor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems. (For brake components and 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and Volvo engines are not product wa an es.) warranted or serviced by AvinMentor. Please contact your respective dealer/ 13/UNL/P&L if sold with Preset by ArvinMeritor. distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 2 3/UNL/P&L if sold w/unitized wheel ends. a Applies to Tour Bus and Cross County Coach only. 4 Brake warranty coverage is valid when using a Mentor WABCO chamber. For other Meritor® Tire Inflation System by PSI 3%500/P&L chambers, brake coverage is l/Unl/R e Mentor WABCO chamber warranty is 1/Unl/P. 7 .41 • Warranty Information Heavy Service Vehicles: ❑ Airport Rescue Fire (ARF) ❑ Dump L7 Michigan Special Steel Hauler ❑ Side Loader C7 Airport Shuttle ❑ Emergency Service ❑ Michigan Special Waste ❑ Snowplow/Snowblower ❑ Asphalt Truck ❑ Equipment Hauling Vehicle ❑ Steel Hauling ❑ Block Truck ❑ Flatbed Trailer Hauler ❑ Municipal Dump ❑ Tanker - ❑ Bottom Dump Trailer ❑ Flatbed Truck ❑ Rapid Intervention Vehicle 7 Tank Truck Combination ❑ Fracturing Truck (RIV) ❑ Tractors with Pole Trailers ❑ Cementing Vehicle ❑ Front Loader J Rear Loader ❑ Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps n City Bus ❑ Geophysical Exploration ? Recycling Truck ❑ Transfer Dump F] Commercial Pick-Up ❑ Hopper Trailer Combinations f) Residential Pick-Up C- Transfer Vehicle 7 Concrete Pumper F1 Landscaping Truck Rigging Truck Transit Bus r] Construcbon Material Hauler ❑ Liquid Waste Hauler _ Roll-Off Trolley -3 Crash Fire Rescue (CFR) 17 Log Hauling i-3 Scrap Truck ❑ Utility Truck C 1 Mixer ❑ Lowboy O Semi-End Dump ❑ Winch Truck I-1 Demolition ❑ Michigan Special Gravel Trains i7 Sewer/Septic Vacuum ❑ Drill Rig ❑ Michigan Special Log Hauler ❑ Shuttle Bus Heavy Service Typically Is: r i Moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles per year) Coverage under ArvinMeritor's warranty requires thatthe , On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road) application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM, 1 Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) ArvinMedtor, Medtor WABCO, and ZF engineering approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, and/or contact ArvlnMedtor regarding specific application approval Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles - 2/Unl/P&L questions on any product line. FD-965 FF-966 FL-941 MFS-6-1536 MFS-8-1536-N MFS-13-143A-N MFS-20-133A-N MX-19-140 FF941 FF-967 FL-943 MFS-6-1628 MFS-8-1636-N MFS-13-144A-N RF21-160 MX-21-140 FF-942 FG-941 17100 MFS-&162C MFS-10-122A MFS-14-143A-N Mx-10-120 MX-21-160 FF-943 FG-943 17101 MFS-7-113C-N MFS-10-143A-N MFS-16-122A-N MX-12-120 MX-23-160 FF-944 FH-941 17110 MFS-7-153C-N MFS-10-144A-N MFS-16-143A-N MX-14-120 FF946 FH-945 17111 MFS-7-163G-N MFS-12-143A-N RF-16-145 MX-16-120 FF-961 FH-946 MFS-6-151A-N MFS-8-113B-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-18-133A-N MX-17-140 Bus & Coach Suspensions - 2/200/P&L1,2 Clutches RIS07EF RIS09EF RISIOEF RISI2EF 15.5" HD Clutch" 1/100/P&L RISI6EF RISISEF RTA20ER RTAI3EA 15.5"TwinXiend 3/350/P&L RFA20ER RFA23ER RFA25ER RTA28ER 17" Freedomline Clutchi/100/P&L RALI2EF I Products with an in-service date pnor to 11/01/02 warranted by Maribor Clutch t Coverage includes frames, brackets, arms, knuckles and seats. Company. 2 See limitations for minor component coverage. 2 Products with an in-service date of 11/01/02 or later are warranted by ZFSACHs and administered by ArvinMeritor. Transmissions - 2/Unl/P&L Drivelines - 1/Unl/P&L ZF-FreedomLine 12-Speed"' RPL 92N RN I Multiple engine retarders are not approvable. 2 12-speed transmission not approved for off-mad vocabbns. a Hard surface application only. Rear Drive Single Axles - 2/Unl/P&L MS-10-113 RS-21-145 RS-23-160- RC-23-162 RS-26-185/380 RC-25-160 61143 RS-13-120 RS-21-145/A RS-23-160/A RC-23-165 MS-30-616 RC-26-633 61152 RS-15-120 RS-21-160 RC-23-161 RS-24-160/A RH-30-185 RC-26-720 61153 RS-17-144/145/A RC-22-145 RH-23-161 RS-25-160/A RS-30-185/380 59732 71162 RS-19-144 RC-23-160 RS-23-161/A RH-26-185 MS-35-616 59733 71163 MS-21-114 RH-23-160 RS-23-186/380 MS-26-616 RS-38-380 61142 8 Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles - 2/Uni/P&L RT34144/P/A Tr-40-145/P/A Mr-52-616 Rr-58-185' RZ-186 MT40143DA-N RT-44-145/P RT52-185' MT-7G-616 RZ-188 MT-40-143MA-N' RTA6-169 MT-58-616 RZ-166 ' U.S. only. Canadian warranty - 1/Uni/P far combination vehicles only. a Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (MR) approved by 2 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified ArvinMentor prior to vehicle build. All BARS must idenfify the chassis number or VIN. on these axles. Contact ArvinMentor Axle Applications Engineering for details. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. Brake Components Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Cam P 3/Unl/P Axles - 3/Uni/P&L Trailer Air Suspension Systems Cam P' 2/100/P RT-40-160/P/A RFS/WA Cam Cast Plus- 2/100/P&L RT-46-160/P/A' Major Structural Components' 5/UnVP, 1/Unl/L Cam Q Plusrv 3/Unl/P&L RT-46-164EH/P/A' Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L Cam Q PIusTM" 2/100/P&L RT-50-160/P/A - Shock Absorbers' 2/Unl/P&L ASA 3/Uni/P i U S only. Canadian warranty - 1/UnVP for Air Springs 2/Uni/P, 1%Uni/L ASAs ° 2/100/P . combination vehicles only Bushings' 5/Uni/1',3/Unl/L Hubs/Cast Drums and 2me model designated will vary according to Other Wheel-end options and variations specified on these axles. (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate Components 1/Unl/P Contact ArvinMentor Axle Applications Engineering product warranties.) Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P for details. - All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P 'Raw wood applications 3/unl/P 1/Uni/L LX500 Feature' 1/Unl/P Meritor® Tire Inflation x30TM Drums2 Wearable Life/P System by PSI 3/500/P&L Center Non-drive Axles - ' Includes: bushing, seal, cam and ASA. 2/100/P&L 2 Based on stamped wear diameter max. $ImiIAIrTM Composite Trailer 61042 61052 71063 a Applies to City Bus,Trolleg Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only. 4 Warranty for all non-Meritor ASAs supplied by ArvinMeritorfor Springs 5/Uni/P, 1/Uni/L 61043 61053 RC-26-700 all Heavy Service vacations is 1/100/P. Meritor WABCO Components' Air LinkTM 2/200/P&L',2 Shock Absorbers 1/50/P ABS(Anti-Lock Braking System) Air/Hydraulic 3/300/P&L MWA46 Coverage fortrailer suspension shock absorbers may vary. Please check appropriate Trailer products sections for Hydraulic Power Brake (HPB) 3/300/P&L MWA52 other terms. ATC(Automatic Traction Control) 3/300/P&L r Coverage includes Hangers, Trailing Arms, EX° Air Disc Brake 3/Unl/P&L walking Beams EX3AIrDisc Brake 2/100/P&L 2 Bushings, Air Bag, Shock Absorbers 1/50/P DX Air Disc Brake 3/Unl/P D-Elsa2 2/200/1' Trailer Axles Rear Engine Single Air Dryers Beam and Brackets 5/Unit/P 1/Unit/L Power Take-offs SS1200 1/100/P&L Wheel End Systems' 1/Unl/P SS1200P 3/300/P&L Standard System2 1/Unl/P&L SS1800 2/200/P&L TRIAD (fN,TQ and TP axles) 3/Unl/P&L SS180013 3/300/P&L TL, TA 5/Unl/P&L TWIN Air Dryer 1/100/P&L Leveling Valves 1/Unl/P&L 'Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings-all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to Air Brake Valves 1/100/P&L ensure full coverage. Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L 2 When installed by ArvinMemor. ECAS (Electronically Controlled Air Suspension) 3/300/P&L s 9000 Series is 3/Uni/P, 1/Uni/L Air Compressors' 3/300/P&L (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to Electronic Stability Control (ESC) 3/300/P&L appropriate product warranties.) Truck Roll Stability Control (RSC) 3/300/P&L Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS) 3/300/P&L TAG/ Pusher Axles' Transfer Cases - Trailer Control Line Filter 1/100/P&L Trailer Control Line Filter with ABS Valve 4/400/1'1/100/L TQ,TQD,TR,TRD 1/Uni/P Trailer ABS Valve with Control Line Filter 4/400/1'3/300/1- Beam and Brackets 3/Uni/P, 1/Unl/L MTC-4208 T-1138 ' warranted by Mentor WABCO vehicle control Systems. (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to MTC-4210 T-2111 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and appropriate product warranties.) Doc engines are not warranted or serviced by ArvinMeritor. MTC-4213 T-2119 Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines T-2120 for warranty and servicing. a Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only. TG-2213 x Brake warranty coverage is valid when using a Meritor chamber. For other chambers, brake coverage is 1/Uni/P. 9 • ' Service Warranty Information Restricted Service Vehicles: f_] Load-On/Load-Off ❑ Rail Yard Spotter !7 Stevedoring Tractor ❑ Yard Jockey i:I PortTractor C1 Roll-On/Roll-Off 'l Trailer Spotter Restricted Service Typically Is: I-] Low mileage operation Coverage under ArvinMeritor's warranty requires that the L] 15 MPH vehicle speed restriction application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM, ❑ Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use ArvinMeritor, Mentor WABCO, and ZFengineering approvals. ❑ Six (6) starts/stops per mile (typical) Refer to TP-9441 for axles and/or contact ArvinMeritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. Front Non-Drive Steer Axles - 1/Uri FF-941 FF-966 FL-941 MFS-12-144A-N MFS714-143A-N MFS-18-133A-N FF-943 FG-941 FL-943 MFS-13-143A-N MFS-16-122A-N MFS-20-133A-N FF-961 FG-943 MFS-12-143A-N MFS-13-144A-N MFS-16-143A-N Clutch Transmissions - i/Unl/P Drivellnes - 1/Unl/P 15.5" HD Clutch" 1/100/P&L • ZF-FreedomUne 12-Speed'' RPL RN 15.5"TwinXTend 3/350/P&L ' Includes electronic shift systems. 17" FreedomLine Clutchl/100/P&L a Hard surface applications only. ' Products with an in-service data prior to 11/01/02 warranted by Meritor Clutch Company. 2 Products with an In-service date of 11/01/02 or later are warranted by ZFSACHs and - administered by ArvinMeritor. Rear Drive Single Axles - 1/Uri Rear Drive Tandem Axles - 1/Unl/P RS-23-186 RS-24-160 MS-30-616 RS-30-380 MT-52-616 RT-44-145/P RT-50-160/P RS-23-380 MS-26-616 RS-30-185 MS-35-616 MT-58-616 RT-46-160/P MT-70-616 RT-46-164EH/P Shock Absorbers 1/100/P Brake Components Meritor WABCO Components' CamP 3/UnVP ABS(Anti-Lock Braking System)Air/Hydraulic 3/300/P&L Cam Q Plus'"' 3/UnVP&L Hydraulic Power Brake (HPB) 3/300/P&L ASA 3/UnVP ATC (Automatic Traction Control) 3/300/P&L Hubs/Cast Drums and EXj' Disc Brake 3/Unl/P&L Other Wheel-end Disc Brake DX 2/Unl/P _ Components 1/UnVP Single Air Dryers 2/200/P&L Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/UnVP TWIN Air Dryer 1/100/P&L All Other Brakes 1/UnVP Leveling Valves 1/UnVP&L LX500 Featurer 1/UnVP Air Brake Valves 1/100/P&L X30- Drums' Wearable Life/P Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L 'Includes: bushing, seal, cam and ASA. Air COmpressorS2 2/UnVP&L 2Based on stamped wear diameter max. _ ' Warranted by Mernor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems. a WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and CDC engines are not warranted or serviced by Arvin Mentor. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. a Brake warranty coverage is valid when using a Mentor WABCO chamber. For other chambers, broke coverage is 1/Unl/P. Mentor WABCO Chamber warranty is 1/Unl/P. 10 Terms and Conditions ArvinMeritor Coverage Exclusions: Coverage Limitations: Product Description Product Description All: The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments All: Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not to a covered component (1) associated with noise; (2) be accepted or honored under this warranty program. resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine Front Axles: Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3-year/300,000- ArvinMeritor components or materials; (3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are misapplication of drivetrain components; and (4) covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end damage resulting from corrosion. equipment is supplied and assembled by ArvinMeritor. Front Axles: King Pin Bushings. Rear Axles: Pinion and through shaft seals limited to Rear Axles: Self-contained traction equalizers and oil filters. The 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational use of NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion coverage, whichever is less, if yoke is installed by of axle shafts from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is ArvinMeritor. If yoke is not installed by ArvinMeritor, a product of Tractech Inc. then ArvinMeritor does not warrant pinion seals. Clutch: Friction face and mating surface of center and Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered pressure plate, wear pads and clutch brake. for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by ArvinMeritor. ASA: Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over-torqued, missing or otherwise damaged pawl assemblies. Rear Axles: The Mentor® breather part number A-1199-W-4053 or A-1199-R-4048 must be used for eligibility of ABS: Cut, broken, chaffed or otherwise damaged any potential warranty consideration relating to cable wires. Damaged sensors from removal when contamination and/or loss of tube in axles. seized in block, or sensor adjustments. Valve failures due to contamination in airsystem. E.C.U.fatlures due Cam Brake: Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft. to excessive over-voltage conditions. Disc Brake: For EX brakes, warranty coverage for brake is I Air System 1/Unl/P when using chambers other than a Meritor Components: Gladhands seals. Control valve knobs and handles. WABCO chamber. All chamber coverages are limited to 1/Unl/P for disc brakes, excluding heavy service Cam Brake: Brake lining wear (except MX500 package) and brake applications. Warranty coverage for boots, seals, shoe "rust-jacking" bushings and pins is 2/200/P. Disc Brake: Pads, rotors, non-Mentor WABCO chambers. Transmissions: Seal warranty is 3-years/300,000-miles or published vocational coverage, whichever is less, if yoke is installed by ArvinMeritor. If yoke is not installed by ArvinMeritor, there is no seal coverage. Approved synthetic Tube required for extended transmission coverage. Bus & Coach, R.V. Suspensions: Links, rubber and plastic parts, bushings, bearings, joints and air springs are limited to 1/100/P&L Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1,850 lb-ft engine torque and over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact your ArvinMeritor representative for specific details. 11 Terms and Conditions ArvinMeritor (1)What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty? ArvinMeritor Inc. (3)What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for warrants to the owner ("Owner") that the components listed in this this warranty. publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment (4)What is not Covered by this Warranty? This warranty does not cover Manufacturer ("OEM") as original equipment in vehicles licensed for normal wear and tear; nor does it cover a component that fails, on-highway use, will be free from defects in material and workmanship. malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (1) improper installation, This warranty coverage begins only after the expiration of the OEM's adjustment, repair or modification (including the use of unauthorized vehicle warranty for the applicable covered components. Warranty attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle's configuration, coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage ArvinMeritor), (II) accident, natural disaster, abuse, or improper use limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by com- (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or ponent and vacation as detailed elsewhere in this warranty statement. altering engine power settings to exceed the transmission, axle, Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must driveline, and/or clutch torque capacity), or (III) improper or insufficient pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the maintenance (including deviation from approved lubricants, change component. Other components are warranted for both parts and intervals, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component. component or part that is not sold by ArvinMeritor. For vehicles that Components (whether new, used or remanufactured) installed as operate full or part time outside of the United States and Canada, replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Un1/P) will apply. of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. (5)Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be For certain components, coverage requires the use of specific the repair or replacement of the defective component at ArvinMeritor's extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants. For further option. ArvinMeritor reserves the right to require that all applicable information about lubrication and maintenance, see ArvinMeritor failed materials are available and/or returned to ArvinMeritor for review publication Maintenance Manual Number I and the applicable and evaluation. . ArvinMeritor maintenance manual for the product in question. Other (6)Disclaimer of Warranri. conditions and limitations applicable to this warranty are detailed THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER below. WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR (2)Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty STATUTORY INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF ( coverage, each Owner must notify ArvinMeritor through the MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE. OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of (7)Lm nation of Remedies In no event shall ArvinMeritor be liable for the vehicle into which the ArvinMeritor components have been special, incidental, indirect, or consequential damages of any kind or incorporated prior to the vehicle in-service date.This notification may be under any legal theory, including, but not limited to, towing, downtime, accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck lost productivity, cargo damage, taxes, or any other losses or costs and/or trailer dealer or with ArvinMeritor directly. Failure to notify resulting from a defective covered component. ArvinMeritor of (1) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a (8)To Obtain Service, If the Owner discovers within the applicable cover- change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will age period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only promptly give notice to either ArvinMeritor or the dealer from which the warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in-service date. vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also any participating OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or authorized notify ArvinMeritor as to the intended vocational use of the ArvinMentor service location. The dealer will inspect the vehicle and vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to ArvinMeritor or through contact ArvinMeritor for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage ArvinMeritor, the dealer will repair or replace during the term of this coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the warranty any defective ArvinMeritor component covered by this warranty. first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. (9) Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between ArvinMeritor Coverage under ArvinMeritor's warranty requires that the and the Owner about warranty and no ArvinMeritor employee or dealer application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM, ArvinMeritor, is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of ArvinMeritor. MentorWABCO, and ZF engineering approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, This agreement allocates the responsibilities for component failure SP-8320 for trailer axles, and/or contact ArvinMeritor regarding specific between ArvinMentor and the Owner. application approval questions on any product line. For more information, call 800.535-5560. ArvinHeritorM Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC 2135 West Maple Road Troy, Michigan 48084 USA Litho In USA Issues o1-08 800-535-5560 SP-95155o1/08 (47865/11900) www.arvinmeritor.0om 02008 Arvlnmerltor, Inc. P10 HUGHES FIRE EQUIPMENT Warranty Policies and Procedures WARRANTIES TROUBLESHOOTING All manufacturers' warranties assume that the vehicle is properly Reimbursement for troubleshooting by a manufacturer is governed by the maintained and used in service, which is normal to the particular vehicle. manufacturer's rules. It is suggested that Hughes Fire Equipment's Normal service means service that does not subject the vehicle to service manager be notified before two (2) hours of troubleshooting is stresses or impacts greater than normal results from the careful use of expended on the diagnosis of a problem. Hughes Fire Equipment the vehicle or chassis. All warranties are provided by the vehicle or technicians are not authorized to make Manufacturer warranty decisions. component manufacturer not Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc. Authorization may be given to continue troubleshooting or the trouble may be referred to the supplier for assistance. This will ensure timely Manufacturer's warranties are subject to the terms at which the repairs as well as keeping costs down. vehicle/component was delivered. For specifics, please refer to the Manufacturer Warranty included in the selling documents provided at the NOTE: Diagnosis in excess of 2 hours may be the responsibility of the time of sale. - customer. Manufacturer's Warranty' EXCESSIVE TIME TO REPAIR Pierce Manufacturing and Lifeline Emergency Vehicles, through Hughes The Manufacturer reserves the right to dispute repair times that are Fire Equipment, provide Manufacturer's warranties that warrants against beyond normal time allowances. defects in product and workmanship. This limited Manufacturer warranty shall apply only if the vehicle is properly maintained and used in service, RETURN OF DEFECTIVE PARTS which is normal to the particular vehicle. If parts used in the repair of an apparatus are required to be returned by the Manufacturer and the customer provided necessary repairs for Component Warranty' Hughes Fire Equipment, the customer will receive notification. Customers Manufacturer warranties provided by individual manufactures other than will be invoiced for all parts whether warranty or aftermarket. Customers Pierce or Lifeline may apply. have 30 days to return the defective component after the repair or the warranty claim may be rejected by the Manufacturer and no credit will be MANUFACTURER WARRANTY START DATE given for part(s). Labor may or may not be covered. New vehicle Man ufaclurerwarranty start date is based on the delivery of If you work directly through a supplier and not Hughes Fire the new apparatus. Equipment, you may be liable to cover the replacement costs. Vehicle Warranty start date begins: Hughes Fire Equipment is not liable for non-returned parts or labor if you Upon leaving the factory for Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. and Life Line choose to contact the supplier directly. Emergency Vehicles. Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. however, may provide a 60 day grace period after leaving the factory to put the unit in service. When sending parts back, parts must be tagged with a job number along PRE-AUTHORIZATION with a copy of the repairs stating the complaint, the cause and the Pre-authorization is required for all Manufacturer warranty repairs. If the correction. unit is within the one year Manufacturer warranty and a warranty issue SUPPLIER REPAIRS occurs which is a defect in product, workmanship, or design, we will file Refer major component supplier warranty problems directly to the the repair under the provisions of the applicable warranty. supplier to determine if it is a supplier problem. Major component In some cases, we may not be able to determine if a repair is warranted supplier's include, but are not limited to, axle, engine, transmission, and until a defective part is reviewed by the manufacturer to determine the " commercial. chassis suppliers. Failure to follow the supplier's guidelines cause of failure. Items may not be warranted until the cause has been may void warranty coverage. determined. If it is a major component supplier-related problem, the supplier will repair In cases of discovery within the Manufacturer warranty period, and risk of the defective part and handle all necessary paperwork. completion exists outside of the terms of the warranty period, Hughes Neither Hughes Fire Equipment nor Pierce should be invoiced for work Fire Equipment must be notified in writing of the failure date before the performed when it is a major supplier's failure. manufacturer warranty period expires. If it is a Pierce or Lifeline-related problem, the supplier may, with pre- Hughes Fire Equipment's Service Manager must be notified for pre- approval from Hughes Fire Equipment Service Manager and/or the authorization for all Manufacturer warranty repairs. In most cases, a Manufacturer, make the repairs and invoice Hughes Fire Equipment Hughes Service Technician will be dispatched to provide any and all directly or refer the unit back to Hughes Fire Equipment for repair. If you warranty work. This will be determined on a case by case basis by the do not get a timely response from a supplier, please contact Hughes Fire Hughes Service Manager. Please contact the Hughes Service Manager if Equipment Service Manager immediately and we will assist in gelling a you have any questions about a current or pending warranty. resolution of the problem from the supplierfor you. In some cases, suppliers of components may offer warranties beyond the SUBLET LABOR Pierce or Lifeline Warranty. When cases where a supplier offers a Fire departments and municipalities that wish to perform their own minor warranty longer than the Pierce or Lifeline stated warranty, we must warranty repairs may do so only with pre-approval from Hughes Fire contact the supplier directly for their support. The terms of the supplier Equipment. warranty shall apply. Failure to fol low supplier's warranty procedures may All approved sublet warranty work that is reimbursed by the manufacturer nullify warranty coverage for that part or Service. Please contact our Service Manager for more information. Certain component warranties are will paid may on be their Hughes used agaughesinst Fire re outstanding or Equipment's future icustomernvoices. to be handled directly with the component manufacturer such as engine, accoubent. The as a credit credit transmission, drive-Vain, commercial chassis, etc. I 1 HUGHES FIRE EQUIPMENT, INC. • 910 SHELLEY STREET • SPRINGFIELD, OREGON 97477 • P.541.747.OD72 F.541.747.0073 • WWW.HUGHESFIRE.COM IN 2~ HUGHES FIRE EQUIPMENT SUBLET LABOR (CONT.) Also not covered is replacing: Fire departments or municipalities that prefer to have a check issued for • Lost tags and knobs the reimbursed sublet warranty work will need to submit a request in •Light bulbs writing via email, fax, or mail to Hughes Fire Equipment after they have • Equipment lost or stolen received the credit memo. The request should state that a check is to be • Broken lenses and windshields sent in lieu of the credit and contain the name of the person requesting • Tire, road hazards the check. • Wheels - due to loose lug nuts • Lubricant or anti-freeze REJECTED WARRANTY ITEMS • Service call or Hazmat disposal charges Some of the major reasons for claim and part rejection are listed below: • Resetting of circuit breakers • Additional service work requested by the owner over and above that • Replacement of fuses necessary to satisfy the Manufacturer warranty obligation • Adjustments, routine maintenance and lubrication Finally, damage resulting from lack of any of the following is also not • Job time excessive orjob overlapped covered under Manufacturer warranty: • Labor or parts out of specified Manufacturer warranty period • Proper air pressure • Labor is not allowed for repairs on products that have been subject to • Coolant misuse, accident, neglect or alteration • Lubricant • Labor fora modification that is not our standard, or proposed, in order to • Maintenance satisfy customer for acceptance - • Commercial chassis or vendor warranty parts and labor TIMING FOR SUBMITTING A MANUFACTURER • Additional testing or training not specified WARRANTY REIMBURSEMENT FORM The failure date must have occurred within the Manufacturer warranty Other general reasons for a claim rejection are: period for the problem to be covered by warranty. • Out of Manufacturer warranty period Please refer to the specific Manufacturer warranty for your vehicle. • Not from model and/or serial number designated • Manufacturer warranty valid only to original owner Failure identification to completion of the work must be no more than 30 • Insufficient information provided to substantiate failure or return days. Completion of work to submission of claim must also be no more • Damaged in shipment; submit claim to carrier than 30 days. • Lack of maintenance (this is the customer's responsibility) Damaged by insufficient lubrication In cases where the unit is not out of service, completion of the work may • Damaged from improper operation or abuse be more than 30 days but should be within a reasonable time frame. If the I • Damaged during removal or installation by sales completion of the work will not occur within the Manufacturer warranty representative/customer period, Hughes must be notified of the failure date and intended sate for completion of the work before the Manufacturer warranty period expires. • Damage mused by lack of water • Damage from hitting solid objects CRITERIA FOR DETERMINING TRUCKS AS "OUT OF SERVICE" • Damage caused by reversing battery leads Trucks that are unable to safely respond to a scene or perform required • Damage caused by foreign material operation of the pump or aerial device due to a mechanical or electrical malfunction. Pre-delivery and maintenance items not covered by Manufacturer warranty include cleaning, lubrication and adjustment of. Trucks NOT considered "out of service" (trucks experiencing non-critical • Transfer valve controls and switches issues that do not affect the ability to respond to a scene): • Relief valve micro switch - trucks taken out of service for scheduled maintenance or repairs • Door locks, ladder locks, mirrors, and equipment holding devices - minor cab or body damage • Valve guides and controls - missing compartment doors • Primer and drain controls - broken window • Loose wiring, door switches or connectors - air conditioning malfunction • Loose screws, fittings, lights, etc - paint, corrosion, or graphics (non-safety related) • Belt tension - cosmetic issues (missing wheel covers, etc) • Gauge calibration - non-safety related lighting • Relief or dump valve setting - customer add-on equipment - minor oil leaks Hughes Fire Equipment. Inc. Customer Authorized Representative Authorized Representative Printed Name/Title Printed Name/Ttle Date Date HUGHES FIRE EQUIPMENT, INC. • 910 SHELLEY STREET • SPRINGFIELD, OREGON 97477 • P.541.747.0072 F.541.747.0073 • WWW.HUGHESFIRE.COM PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC AN OSHKOSH CORPORATON° COMPANY Certification Document CD0008 Command Zone® D-Series Module Environmental Capability Pierce Manufacturing certifies the environmental capability of the D-Series electronic modules used in the Pierce Command Zone® system. Enclosure Capability Enclosures used to house the electronics are selected from the very highest quality environmentally sealed Deutsch products using only genuine Deutsch sealed connectors. This matched enclosure and connector system is constructed to the following specifications: • Dielectric Withstanding Voltage: Current leakage less than 2 milliamps at 1500 VAC. • 'Durability: No electrical or mechanical defects after 100 cycles of engagement or disengagement. • Physical Shock: No unlocking, unmating, or other unsatisfactory results after 50 g's in each of three mutually perpendicular planes. • Temperature: Operative at temperatures from -55° C (-67° F) to +125° C (257° F) at rated current. • Fluid Resistance: Connectors show no damage when exposed to most fluids used in industrial applications. • Insulation Resistance: 1000 megohms minimum at 25° C (77° F). • Moisture Resistance: Water does not penetrate seals when submerged in three feet of water. Tested to IP6K9K rating (comparable to NEMA 6 Submersible, Water Tight, Dust Tight, & Ice/Sleet Resistant - Indoors/Outdoors). • Vibration: Maintains continuity and exhibits no mechanical or physical damage after vibration levels of 20 g's between limits of 10 to 2000 Hz. • Thermal Cycle: No cracking, chipping or leaking after twerlty cycles from -55° C (-67° F) to +125° C (257° F). CD0008 Command Zone D-Series Modules 080605 1 7182008 Electronics Capability Shock and Vibration: An apparatus equipped with D-Series modules completed a 10,000 mile accelerated durability test (RD1308) and all modules performed flawlessly. This test involved around-the-clock travel over resonance events, inverted chatter bumps, stagger bumps, and gravel including a once-per-shift drive through a 1-foot deep water basin. Current Rating: Field Effect Transistors used in the electronic circuits are rated up to 10 amps each. Size 20 contacts in conjunction. with 16 gauge wiring provides a continuous duty rating of 10 amps per pin at 1580 F (RD 1201). Thermal Capability: Functioning modules were tested in a constant 158° F ambient environment (RD 1273). Internal module temperature rose no more than 10° F and all modules continued to function properly. Summary Given the above capabilities, Pierce Command Zone® modules are certified for installation on exterior areas of the apparatus that might be subject to water spray, salt, dust, dirt, automotive fluids, elevated temperatures, and occasional complete submersion in water up to 3 ft. Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. ~f 4 RIIEt d / V lAC1IORE 9 ~ F2EEEB ? w r'u 04.42 prO~Cn.+fO~ B/ONAL James Roger Lackore, PE June 5, 2008 CD0008 Command Zone D-Series Modules 080605 2 7/8/2008 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC AN OSHKOSH CORPCRATIONO COMPANY Certification Document CDO020 Stepping, Standing 8r. Walking Areas Slip Resistance Certification Pierce Manufacturing certifies that samples of the following interior and exterior stepping, standing and walking surfaces used in the manufacture of Pierce custom and commercial fire apparatus conform to the requirements of NFPA 1901, 2009 edition paragraphs 15.7.4.1 and 15.7.4.2 when tested using an English XL Variable Incidence Tribometer. 6 r~ 1 3 ~J I' LyyyYyytl 11 p N",1 YYAnti-Slip Adhesive Tape Bustin Firm-Grip Cast Pyramids Diamond Plate (Aluminum) Diamond Plate Edge Punch ~F.;zTB-.. r 0 - i( 6 7~ 1 e O 9 16 Dumdeekk Eberhard Folding Step Freightliner Step Grip Stmt (Aluminum.080) Grip Strut Aluminum 12 Ga 11 13 13 16 16 Grip Strut (Steel 12 Ga) International Step Kenworth Step Morton Cass Octagonal Punch 16 11 16 19 I 26 n1 OverKrete Coating Rubber Mat Serration and Knurl Loncoin 11 Lonplate I 21 1 22~ ^ 23 26 26 II Thermach Trident Luminescent Line-X Rhino Lining Dumbak SSV 170 (Stainless Coating) Folding Step (Spray-On Coating) (Spray-On Coating) CDO020 Slip Resistance 101103.doc f 11/3/2010 I.~IYl~~.l~l! >'Jd~CIi 2] 16 J ~YiCi IOQ►~ G~~G:c IGUV ~~Iayp. IG19G1 ' .ray Turtle Tile w/Grit Surface Step Slot VALIDATION TESTS: RD1008 Surfaces 1-18 RD1153 Surfaces 19 - 20 RD1195 Surface 21 RD1219 Surface 22 RD1232 Surface 23 RD1227 Surface 24 RD1633 Surface 25 RD1942 Surface 26 RD1948 Surface 27 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. ,t~AMp- a / O uaou 9 3 F26}i9 i w o*i AppMpy, iw ~e\'O p ¢ 0~ James Roger Lackore, PE December 1, 2008 CD0020 Slip Resistance 101103.doc 2 1113/2010 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC.° AN OSHKOSH CORPORAION°COMPANY Certification Document CDO050 Brake Performance - Custom Chassis Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. certifies that the braking performance of Pierce Custom Chassis meet all requirements of FMVSS 121 Air Brake Systems. Pierce ensures compliance with this standard in two ways; by performing full vehicle compliance tests on select vehicle configurations, and by obtaining axle and brake application approvals from component suppliers. Component Approval Process The extreme variability of US fire apparatus design makes it impractical to perform full vehicle testing on every truck configuration. Variations in axle and brake capacity, wheelbase, and load distribution all affect braking performance. Compressed air used to power the brakes is also used for air horns and many other ancillary functions. The truck manufacturing industry recognizes this wide variation in truck configuration and has established an industry practice where truck manufacturers submit detailed requests to the axle and brake manufacturers who study and approve the proposed applications if they fall within established guidelines. These guidelines are based on analysis and testing to ensure that the completed vehicle will meet the required performance standards. Pierce chassis engineers routinely submit and obtain approvals for any new configuration prior to purchasing the components. These approvals are kept on file and organized to ensure that we build only safe and compliant apparatus. Vehicle Testing In addition to the component approval process, Pierce performs a number of validation tests on apparatus configurations when they vary significantly from our. established products. These tests include: Application and Release Timing Tests FMVSS 121 has requirements for how fast the brakes must apply, and how fast they must release. This testing is accomplished by instrumenting the brake treadle with a mechanical switch that records when the drivers' foot is touching the treadle. Pressure transducers are used to measure the pressure in the brake cylinders. This testing is performed on new chassis designs, or when significant changes to brake system valves, hose sizes, or hose lengths. CD0050 Brake Performance Custom Chassis 090404 t 4/5/2009 Air Tank Capacity FMVSS 121 has requirements to ensure that there is sufficient air pressure reserve to operate the brakes safely. This requirement is a ratio based on the number of braked axles and the air brake cylinder volume. This is a mathematical analysis that is performed to calculate the quantity and capacity of air tanks required on the apparatus. Stopping Distance Testing Pierce performs stopping distance tests per FMVSS 121 on significantly new configurations to validate that the brakes, valves, tanks, and lines perform as a system to meet the safety requirements. This is a series of tests that begins with a complete brake burnishing procedure, and ends with multiple full-capacity stops from a range of speeds. Instrumentation includes the use of a calibrated fifth-wheel to ensure accurate measurement of speed and distance. Tests are conducted on local airport runways as well as contracted facilities at the Transportation Research Center in Ohio, and the Bosch Automotive Proving Grounds in Indiana. The following chart provides 60 mph brake test results for a variety of apparatus configurations: Avenge at Stopping Averge of%al Rmr MleD Frmt Test Might Rear Test Wel M FAWR RAWR DIM G=R Single 16000 Now 16000 3000 900 108% 19M M700 19500 3000 325 99% 21W 29120 2100 91000 297 x% 292W 21W 91000 216 96% 2140 2110 2100 2900 211 Sa% 21490 2900 21500 2mm 213 1 m% 2160 aa. 2100 33M a3 1M, 2000 9tm0 200 3100 20 1Sea Tmdan 19800 0000 19500 am U. 1W% 21500 moon 2100 soooo 294 100% 51000 21500 5000 291 10D 2340 5"" 200 ssooo 307 99% 2"m "000 2000 56000 295 100% M70 579" 2000 SSM 903 100% nex 1670 2700 SIM 27M 2m 18960 SIM 21509 34W0 236 9S% =W 9130 2"00 SIM 228 97% Parking Brake Performance FMVSS 121 requires that every air-braked vehicle be capable of stopping and holding on a 20 percent grade in either direction. Tests are conducted on a calibrated grade. Grades for testing are available at our Oshkosh Truck Corp. test facility. VALIDATION TEST: Multiple Test Reports Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. c~~gcoys'2 II uYES R.~O IKROIIE HSl2! 3 y O gOMP~ 6d James Roger Lackore, PE April 4, 2009 CDO050 Brake Performance Custom Chassis 090404 2 4/5/2009 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC 0 AN OSHKOSH CORPOR rOM COMPANY Certification Document CDO061 Pierce Poly Tank Fabrication Capability United Plastic Fabricating, Inc. acknowledges that Pierce facilities are capable and certified to install poly water tanks. UNITED PusTI£ fAB, inviNG, !N£. 165 Flagship Drive, North Andover, MA 01845 Phone: 1-600-638-8265 • Fax; 1-800-865-4520 - - wwvcurhradpramic.cum 14 May 2002 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 260D American Drive Appleton, W'I 54913 RE: Certification as Authorized Representative!lnstaller of UPF Poly-Tankso This letteris the required Certification to acknowledge that Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. is an authorized representative and installer of the United Plastic Fabricating, Inc. product line including the UPF Poly-Tank®, the UPF PolySider" wetside tank, the UPF Ellipse^l elliptical tank and the UPF Defender-,M slip-on tanks. This certification of the adherence to the UPF recommended Installation Guidelines for handling, sub-frame fabrication,- mounting, and testing are based on inspections and reviews of the Pierce processes. With more than 7,000 Poly- Tank@ installations, Pierce Manufacturing's facilities in Appleton, WI; Ontario, CA; and Bradenton, FL are all authorized as UPF installation facilities. Should there be any questions regarding this Certification, please direct them to Michael Ashley, Vice President of Engineering or William Bruns, Vice President of Sales & Marketing at UPF- They may be reached at 1-800-638- 8265- Respectfully Submitted, William Bruns Vice President CDO061 Pierce Poly Tank Fab Capability 090405 1 4/5/2009 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC AN OSHKOSH CORPORATION COMPANY Certification Document CDO068 Electromagnetic Interference and Radio Frequency Interference Capability Command Zone equipped Chassis • Pierce Manufacturing certifies the performance of the Pierce Quantum, Velocity, Impel, and Arrow XT multiplexed chassis meets the required emission and immunity criteria for Electro Magnetic and Radio Frequency Interference outlined in SAE J551/1. Radiated Radio Frequency Emissions Radio Frequency emissions were tested in accordance with CISPR 12 Vehicles, boats, and internal combustion engine driven devices- Radio disturbance characteristics. The test vehicle was operated with the ignition turned on and the engine running. The antenna was positioned at a 3 meter test distance from the driver's side and then from the passenger's side of the DUT. The vehicle was compliant with the narrowband and broadband radiated emissions limits as outlined in the specification. O i Y Immunity to Radiated Electromagnetic Fields Radiated Electromagnetic Field emissions were tested in accordance with SAE J551116 Electromagnetic Immunity-Off-Vehicle Source (Reverberation Chamber Method)- Part 16-Immunity to Radiated Electromagnetic Fields. The test vehicle,was operated with the ignition turned on, the engine running, and the truck operating in the Block Right of Way mode. The vehicle did not malfunction while being subjected to the radiated immunity requirements of this test. The vehicle was compliant within the acceptable criteria. CDO068 EMI RFI Command Zone Chassis 090408 t 4/8/2009 f t Electrostatic Discharge Capability Electrostatic Discharge capability was tested in accordance with SAE J551115 Vehicle Electromagnetic Immunity-Electrostatic Discharge (ESD). The test vehicle was operated with the ignition turned on, the engine running, and the truck operating in the Block Right of Way mode. The vehicle did not malfunction while being subjected to electrostatic discharge requirements of this test. The vehicle was compliant within the acceptable criteria. a. o e VALIDATION TEST: RD1667 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. gr 0NS" h /aYESA ;a 9 tj E•S8~ } w IIPPlET04.pt2W' Fp~•w~.~„I p~ B~ONAti C~ James Roger Lackore, PE April 8, 2009 CD0068 EMI RFI Command Zone Chmsis 090408 2 4/8/2009 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC AH OSHKOSH CORPORATOM COMPANY Certification Document CDO069 Command Zone® Membrane Switch Module Environmental Capability Pierce Manufacturing certifies the environmental and durability capability of the membrane switch module used in the Pierce Command Zone® system. Capability The design methods used to construct the membrane switches and electrical interface are selected from the very highest quality automotive electronic techniques. This membrane switch module is constructed to the following specifications: Durability: No electrical or mechanical defects after 364,000 cycles of engagement while operating at temperatures from -35° C (-31 ° F) to +70° C (158° F).. The durability test included simultaneously activating four switches from the center, two from the left most side, and two from the right most side. • Humidity Resistance: The circuit board assemblies showed no signs of corrosion after being exposed to 100° F, 98% humidity while activating all eight switches: Thermal Cycle: No failure of the membrane switch or the electronic panel after fourteen cycles from -35° C (-31 ° F) to +70° C (158° F). Electronics Capability Shock and Vibration: An apparatus equipped with membrane switch modules completed a 10,000 mile accelerated durability test (RD1308) and all modules CD0069 Membrane Switch Modules 090408 1 4/82009 performed flawlessly. This test involved around-the-clock travel over resonance events, inverted chatter bumps, stagger bumps, and gravel roads. Thermal Capability: Functioning modules were tested in a -31 ° F to +158° F ambient environment (RD 1260). The module operated properly for the duration of the test. Summary Given the above capabilities, Pierce Command Zone® membrane switch modules are certified for installation on interior areas of the apparatus. VALIDATION TEST: RD1260, RD1308 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.. `a~gcoros~Q ' 9 f, &i6l20 J w ~IIPPlET04, 1W yM.w....+rJC~ ~~oMFt Cd James Roger Lackore, PE April 8, 2009 CD0069 Membrane Switch Modules 090408 2 4/8/2009 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC AN OSHKOSH CORPORATOWCOMPANV Certification Document CDO073 NFPA Lighting Requirements Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. certifies that each apparatus lighting configuration is reviewed to ensure compliance with the requirements of NFPA 1901 and NFPA 1906 guidelines. I' s The highly customized nature of fire apparatus is particularly exemplified in the selection of lighting packages. Most fire departments have individual lighting desires based on performance and fleet commonality.' Each Pierce apparatus lighting configuration is therefore reviewed to ensure that the lights selected will conform to the lighting supplier's guidelines for conformance to the NFPA standards. Pierce ensures that the lighting system is installed within the geometric parameters specified by the manufacturer of the lighting products. Optical source tests upon which these parameters are based are the responsibility of the lighting manufacturer. Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. ag.~~oNS~ fff JRYEt0. '~4 y : NGfORE : ~ 9 ~ FibEla ~ w APPlE10ti, ' James Roger Lackore, PE July 20, 2009 CDO073 NFPA Lighting Certification 091022 t 10222009 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC AN OSHKOSH OORPORATON* COMPANY Certification Document CDO075 Federal Signal Sirens Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. has received certification that Federal Signal sirens are compliant with NFPA 1901 and NFPA 1906 guidelines. FELL 619201,11. 2646 Federal Slenal Drke Safety and Security Systems Unkersltyr Park, tllln 76B 534340D sidranon>gnaxt9,aradwaR•aeM4 federeklgnel.mm Apn111,2011 To Whom It May Conoem: Please let this correspondence serve as certification that the following siren and speaker combinations have been tested and have met the sound output requirements for SAEJ1849 as found in the NFPA 1901 2009 edition. Siren PA300 PA300 PA300 PA300 PA300 EQ213 EQ2B Q2B S esker BP100 BP200 TS100 AS124 ES100 t2)ESIODBP200 (21BP100 Siren Q213 MS4000 MS4000 SSP3000 PA640 PA640 PA640 PA650 Speaker N°/A ITS 100 ES 100 ES 100 5100 ES 100 AS124 S100 This information has been provided to illustrate Federal Signal's commitment to the development and production of quality products. Thank you for your continued support of Federal Signal products and services. Should you need additional product information, please call 1-800-264-3578. ' Sincerely, Maria Hovanes Product Manager Federal Signal Corporation CDO075 NFPA Siren Certification- Federal 110622.doc t 6/2212011 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC." ANOSHKOSH CORPORAIIOMCOMPAW L~ Certification Document CDO081 Cab Material Corrosion Resistance Pierce Manufacturing certifies the Aluminum material used in the construction of Pierce Custom Cabs is resistant to corrosion. Testing Method Resistance to corrosion is one of the characteristics used to determine the most suitable material for construction of cab Stm°er° Pra.d.. I., structures. Other characteristics include weight, Operating Sall Spray (Fog) Apparalue' strength, formability, weldability, and the ability to_, extrude shapes from billet. Pierce has performed ~m ,.b m m .is..~•A•e mn.m. mlwm..b.mwalrN 06 PdnbMm04e Y°l,nrllq)lt®Y extensive salt spray testing to compare alternative ""abm Y.re,... NiW nNmn .Nf m9Ymgi ]$Nne.tlW bc[.y6lyr,Y6 Y1. ~,I ib p.eY..nlp.meudKlrnmsmhmmaterials and aid in the material selection mmwYnmrn,w.a=w .mam w~mem M.mo mv.m m,wm process. mM1 mn Inwm"ma .amm Y..n°mi': m,.°a wrv,:me.N..~e:• Ndmv.P.(.Y njnl mwme rco~.~~~n Yt nub nW ~P°m1°.Ia .W ni~wWien ur m•v. µ.rm Nm.F,aINVmMNggim [6mInLV ~PMW]YY. The most common test to compare material wh KmVmYI WY"AV W'sua =+•Mb YmY 4 vmdbel mm.r aadm m~m~mmm Y...m°.a corrosion resistance performance is ASTM 8117. m,~~ ~mm~ wm "b ~m- utva' ]tnw.basyamm. ~a. mrmnnMw esw ~wbr,mrY rcua>dt •Y.m b .m rc b This industry standard method provides a "m.°~scw.ll.maawa m!..e.u.uw~v.r. yam mw controlled corrosive environment which has been utilized to produce relative corrosion resistance yW ~bn°" information for specimens of metals and coated wmbb., W.Yam.~.d..gaM1N mbeM1 wmmem.me a.wmw.m.mm.a metals exposed in a given test chamber. d~ m.,0uw•Y. w..i.mn°.~m~.w Y tMM JY1 b lamu.I U NI uv.a.. pYw ]'wmW6 Materials Considered. There are four practical materials that can or could be used in the manufacture of fire apparatus cabs or bodies: :n Aluminum Apparatus Cabs and Bodies 304L Stainless Steel Apparatus Bodies _ Galvaneal Apparatus Bodies' ` Cromgard Seagrave "SS" Cabs : , r To compare the corrosion resistance performance of these k y materials, Pierce prepared four 6 x 6 inch samples of each material, two painted and two raw. Samples were subjected to salt spray testing in an ASTM 8117 Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. ' CD0081 Cab Material Corrosion Resistance 090812 t 8/13/2009 After 50 hours of Salt Spray..... e } 4't ~I s Aluminum 304L SS Galvaneal Cromgard After 400 hours of Salt Spray..... f t ~ Aluminum 304L SS Galvaneal Cromgard Summary The aluminum material currently used in Pierce custom cab and body designs provided better resistance to corrosion than either galvanized steel or Cromgard. VALIDATION TEST: RD1726 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 01 ,{A / ACKOR w *i 26228 *~MPLEfOY„ ~ to A James Roger Lackore, PE August 12, 2009 CD0081 Cab Material Corrosion Resistance 090812 2 8/13/2009 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC AN OSHKOSH CORPORATION' COMPANY Certification Document CDO083 Water Tank Capacity Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. has received certification that UPF Tanks are certified to meet the nominal tank capacity. UNITED PLASTIC FABRICATING, , INC. WILLIAM BRUNS Vim Prvridew Sole, C-.tfmkering (978) 939-0264 25 August 2009 To Whom It May Concern: United Plastic Fabricating, Inc. (UPF) certifies that each tank manufactured for Plerce Manufacturing, Inc meets, at a minimum, the usable liquid capacity Indicated by the nominal tank capacity ordered. For the purposes of NFPA certification be it understood that while each tank Is provided with an enact usable liquid capacity certification at the time the tank is delivered, the capacity will never be less than the nominal capacity. Pierce can be assured that a UPF tank will always be manufactured to provide slightly greater capacity than nominal. Respectfully Submitted, l/~ 'Until William Bruns Vice President Sales & Marketing r Z4rilrE l4mric Fnbricorlrp Irrc. V63 Fiuyh+p Mme, ,Na AnJOnr..1L»a'hmeru 0!811 f- (P78) 6914$61 nnaJ.EbrmuQmrindpfarticcum wd: u~mi.uniredpfaarlacmu CDO083 Water Tank Capacity 090825.doc 1 8/26/2009 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC AN OSHKOSH CORPORATOte COMPANY Certification Document CDO086 Custom Chassis Exhaust Temperature Mitigation Pierce Manufacturing certifies that Pierce Custom Chassis equipped with a Pierce exhaust temperature mitigation device will maintain exhaust temperatures at or below the value specified by NFPA 1901 and NFPA 1906. NFPA specifies that the exhaust gas exiting the tail pipe during regeneration shall not exceed 851 ° F. 12.2.6.7.6 Engine CXIMLISt nS temperature S11111 not exceed 14517 (455'C) when measured at the exit of the exhaust pipe during normal DPF regeneration. Physical testing was performed on the highest horsepower engine offering to verify that the exhaust gas temperature does not exceed this value. Temperatures were measured before and after the mitigation device. VALIDATION TEST: RD1856 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. `gcOyy p4 WIFi Ry'•tr ' /4 9 ! ' ERB2iB : w O ~ppt£(pNjj W B~WIAL I . 1 James Roger Lackore, PE June 22, 2010 CDO086 Exhaust Temperature Mitigation 100623 t 6/24/2010 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC.° / AN OSHKOSH CORPORATON° COMPANY A Certification Document CDO089 Statement of Compliance to NFPA 1901-2009 Vehicle Stability Pierce fire apparatus comply with NFPA 1901 Section 4.13 Vehicle Stability using the tilt table method. As prescribed by the standard, each apparatus is compared to a substantially. similar apparatus that has been loaded as required and tested on a tilt table per the SAE J2180 test procedure. If the apparatus configuration was not expected to meet the minimum tilt table criteria, then it will be equipped with the Electronic Stability Control option. A listing of all tested apparatus is maintained by the Research and Development lab and is available for inspection at the Appleton factory. 1.13 crhidesmhlfiei. iiild, ud !,I L r.5uhilim."Oe apper:u.sshail mc..nhcrri,c l • °~r~ ilia Avlinr in 11.L I. 1.r ii ,,loll be c.inipped niih a uaLilip' i4 rnnvnl's..em in arranl:u.re wish 1.15.1 r;' 1.13.1.1 The :giparnus shall niee..he inns... defined in It f-o, tLan,f.hr following 4 F (11+'1'Im appar:1.,u sldl.In: s, a mbl, .itlegreesin boW dh..nio.rs when ev.tl n it n a ill t title in accordanm iviN SU:J V SII. Ar'ill i Ltr1'mrrvhnrfor.llrnuvinglAr Slnlir RolF 1,177 unAMdf1rJbn.y ih,da. • • (2) 1 he erln,lared ail .......aired emus of gratin' (CC) Mall O he no iighrr Jean so peen.... of Me ms ule ,razk xiAL. L 13.1.1.1 m(,liag the diem Mall mnifiM L;IIr.ng. r pp;. ing, or ull.pliam. snhaaNaili aII.IL . 1. o. siLmvilar co 'mparig Jm ppyemm .tI1. add d" a n,m, die li atl .he canifiemion Amll Is ddiverM with Jm fre appasuu. 1.13.1.1.2 The e.llplr appasu,s shall Le mnsidemd enl~ stamially similar if it includes a chassis will, die same ur l,igher CC height, It, same or d over mar aJC ,rack wid,h. die same 1.r stile..... eater tank Am sad CG heigh,. die sa me,~ pr' of Gant :u,d rear snspemlan. and die mne type and sire of aerial desiac. 1.15.1.1.3 For p„rpous of il5.1.1, Me aplvsn shall III, _ la Icdll hic6ll,p posidngaged,,,hosesF Idrrs, a uxightof \ 01 It, din eel, seatiting tion.v,duxightcquhelc•mnnhcmis- • J-- rrlLmeom agNpnuv, allm..u¢e as defined in'I'able 12.1.2. ° s 1.13.1.1.3.1 If the eppmle, is designed e. me... t'pcailied Higher egnipme.n loading or larger has.. Led nyaq or... ..any vddidond g,nund linden.. hesc• greener loads stall Le induded in tic testing, ialrrdmi...... iuuring. 1.13.1.1.33 The'veiglu added ro die fire appara,m for de purpose oftesr, relalmion• or I.,entinn shall he dis,nl. nmd m approxinmto rIII.11111e1ien dse 1.111.1 fre:ggwams ..hike not exceeding die mannfac"err s published indisideed nmpamneni weight stings. 4.13.1.2 11 Me appam is equipped wine a nshiliev mn ecil ,,,,stem. the seem shall have. a, a minimum. a "....ring wheel position sensor. .....hide )aw a Warr l amelemmeer. .end in le,idud wheel bnke cnnvnls. VALIDATION TEST: Multiple Tests Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. o f tneeau m ~ e•mzze t m g nvnterou, fir O~OMAL ~a James Roger Lackore, PE November 18, 2010 CDO089 Vehicle Stability 101118.doc t 1/27/2011 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC. AN OSHKOSH CORPORATON° COMPANY Certification Document CDO098 Power Steering System Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. certifies that the power steering system as installed in our custom chassis meets the requirements of the component supplier, the NFPA 1901 and NFPA 1906 guidelines as applicable, and Pierce internal design standards. I 1 w, VALIDATION TEST: RD1987, RD2055 RD2056, RD2057, RD2058, RD2059 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. David W. Archer Director of Engineering June 03, 2011 CD0098 Power Steering System 110628.doe t 6/28/2011 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC AN OSHKOSH CORPORATOM COMPANY Certification Document CD0008 Command Zone® D-Series Module Environmental Capability Pierce Manufacturing certifies the environmental capability of the D-Series electronic modules .used in the Pierce Command Zone® system. Enclosure Capability Enclosures used to house the electronics are selected from the very highest quality environmentally sealed Deutsch products using only genuine Deutsch sealed connectors. This matched enclosure and connector system is constructed to the following specifications: Ilk r Dielectric Withstanding Voltage: Current leakage less than 2 milliamps at 1500 VAC. • Durability: No electrical or mechanical defects after 100 cycles of engagement or disengagement. Physical Shock: No unlocking, unmating, or other unsatisfactory results after 50 g's in each of three mutually perpendicular planes. Temperature: Operative at temperatures from -55° C (-67° F) to +125° C (257° F) at rated current. Fluid Resistance: Connectors show no damage when exposed to most fluids used in industrial applications. Insulation Resistance: 1000 megohms minimum at 25° C (77° F). Moisture Resistance: Water does not penetrate seals when submerged in three feet of water. Tested to IP6K9K rating (comparable to NEMA 6 Submersible, Water Tight, Dust Tight, & Ice/Sleet Resistant - Indoors/Outdoors). Vibration: Maintains continuity and exhibits no mechanical or physical damage after vibration levels of 20 g's between limits of 10 to 2000 Hz. Thermal Cycle: No cracking, chipping or leaking after twenty cycles from -55° C (-67° F) to +125° C (257° F). CD0008 Command Zone D-Series Modules 080605 t 7/82008 Electronics Capability • Shock and Vibration: An apparatus equipped with D-Series modules completed a 10,000 mile accelerated durability test (RD1308) and all modules performed flawlessly. This test involved around-the-clock travel over resonance events, inverted chatter bumps, stagger bumps, and gravel including a once-per-shift drive through a 1-foot deep water basin. • Current Rating: Field Effect Transistors used in the electronic circuits are rated up to 10 amps each. Size 20 contacts in conjunction with 16 gauge wiring provides a continuous duty rating of 10 amps per pin at 158° F (RD 1201). • Thermal Capability: Functioning modules were tested in a constant 158° F ambient environment (RD 1273). Internal module temperature rose no more than 10° F and all modules continued to function properly. Summary Given the above capabilities, Pierce Command Zone® modules are certified for installation on exterior areas of the apparatus that might be subject to water spray, salt, dust, dirt, automotive fluids, elevated temperatures, and occasional complete submersion in water up to 3 ft. Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. UA James Roger Lackore, PE June 5, 2008 CD0008 Command Zone D-Series Modules 080605 2 7182008 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC AN OSHKOSH CORPORATION' COMPANY Certification Document CDO020 Stepping, Standing & Walking Areas Slip Resistance Certification Pierce Manufacturing certifies that samples of the following interior and exterior stepping, standing and walking surfaces used in the manufacture of Pierce custom and commercial fire apparatus conform to the requirements of NFPA 1901, 2009 edition paragraphs 15.7.4.1 and 15.7.4.2 when tested using an English XL Variable Incidence Tribometer. Cr`~ popp 8■8■q■q■yryqrygqpp e{~ E~CY110~tl~ 5 t z [EE[[ 3 ■~~1Ir■■n~~ 3gp a r ■rtl tlYYrrtltltltl 'etrtltlYtlYtltl } ~ -ICry~[4rYYtlYtlytltl ] ' ~ ~4nYfJYYYL1tlIL Anti-Slip Adhesive Tape Bustin Firm-Grip Cast Pyramids Diamond Plate (Aluminum) Diamond Plate Edge Punch B T (e O g/ 10 Dumdek Eberhard Folding Step Freightliner Step Grip Sw[ (Aluminum.080) Grip Stmt Aluminum 12 Ga N 12 U 16 13 I ~ smaes~>z8sH& 3 Grip Strut (Steel 12 Ga) International Step Kenworth Step Morton Cass Octagonal Punch is t1 I YRB ffril, OverKrete Coating Rubber Mat Serration and Knurl Loncoin 11 Lonplate I 22 Lj No23 24 25 ~IL L Thermach Trident Luminescent Line-X Rhino Lining Dumbak SSV 170 (Stainless Coating) Folding Step (Spray-On Coating) (Spray-On Coating) CDO020 Slip Resistance 101103.doc 1 11/312010 IA/Yli!vPi1 Z6 ,1 IY~~!1 r I IIII ~V pl ~Vi .ra. Turtle Tile w/Grit Surface Step Slot VALIDATION TESTS: RD1008 Surfaces 1-18 RD1153 Surfaces 19 - 20 RD1195 Surface 21 RD1219 Surface 22 RD1232 Surface 23 RD1227 Surface 24 RD1633 Surface 25 RD1942 Surface 26 RD1948 Surface 27 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 4 f~,.l+4YEt R, k C ~ IAOIIORF l467SB i w ~ a ODPLEf04, ; W WI IpS avO^rM.A.t 0~ James Roger Lackore, PE December 1, 2008 CD0020 Slip Resistance 101103.doc 2 111312010 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC.® AN OSHKOSH CORP0RATOtP COMPANY Certification Document CDO050 Brake Performance - Custom Chassis Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. certifies that the braking performance of Pierce Custom Chassis meet all requirements of FMVSS 121 Air Brake Systems. Pierce ensures compliance with this standard in two ways; by performing full vehicle compliance tests on select vehicle configurations, and by obtaining axle and brake application approvals from component suppliers. Component Approval Process The extreme variability of US fire apparatus design makes it impractical to perform full vehicle testing on every truck configuration. Variations in axle and brake capacity, wheelbase, and load distribution all affect braking performance. Compressed air used to power the brakes is also used for air horns and many other ancillary functions. The truck manufacturing industry recognizes this wide variation in truck configuration and has established an industry practice where truck manufacturers submit detailed requests to the axle and brake manufacturers who study and approve the proposed applications if they fall within established guidelines. These guidelines are based on analysis and testing to ensure that the completed vehicle will meet the required performance standards. Pierce chassis engineers routinely submit and obtain approvals for any new configuration prior to purchasing the components. These approvals are kept on file and organized to ensure that we build only safe and compliant apparatus. Vehicle Testing In addition to the component approval process, Pierce performs a number of validation tests on apparatus configurations when they vary significantly from our established products. These tests include: Application and Release Timing Tests FMVSS 121 has requirements for how fast the brakes must apply, and how fast they must release. This testing is accomplished by instrumenting the brake treadle with a mechanical switch that records when the drivers' foot is touching the treadle. Pressure transducers are used to measure the pressure in the brake cylinders. This testing is performed on new chassis designs, or when significant changes to brake system valves, hose sizes, or hose lengths. CD0050 Brake Performance Custom Chassis 090404 1 4/5/2009 Air Tank Capacity FMVSS 121 has requirements to ensure that there is sufficient air pressure reserve to operate the brakes safely. This requirement is a ratio based on the number of braked axles and the air brake cylinder volume. This is a mathematical analysis that is performed to calculate the quantity and capacity of air tanks required on the apparatus. Stopping Distance Testing Pierce, performs stopping distance tests per FMVSS 121 on significantly new configurations to validate that the brakes, valves, tanks, and lines perform as a system to meet the safety requirements. This is a series of tests that begins with a complete brake burnishing procedure, and ends with multiple full-capacity stops from a range of speeds. Instrumentation includes the use of a calibrated fifth-wheel to ensure accurate measurement of speed and distance. Tests are conducted on local airport runways as well as contracted facilities at the Transportation Research Center in Ohio, and the Bosch Automotive Proving Grounds in Indiana. The following chart provides 60 mph brake test results for a. variety of apparatus configurations: avernedStep0100 Menge M%01 Rear MeG From Test Might Rear Tem Wei M FAM UM Dim GwR Single 16000 How 16000 21000 no 100X 1990) 0700 19500 24000 325 99% 214W 29120 31500 31000 231 96% 39300 21M 31000 216 96% 214M P100 21600 MWO 211 96% 21490 29040 21500 29000 213 1W% 31500 WSW 216W ' nwo no 100% 24W 310W MOO 31000 20 109X Tandem 1950 4WW 19500 48W0, 234 100% 21500 40000 21600 40000 No 100% 54000 21500 54000 291 100A 33340 51010 24000 54W0 N1 99% 20000 58000 .24000 88000 195 100% . 24010 U90 24000 HOW 303 100% Tiller ta140 NOW 21500 NOW 140 96% logo 33700 NOW 34WO LID 95% MOO ]1]40 21000 31W0 338 9]X Parking Brake Performance FMVSS 121 requires that every air-braked vehicle be capable of stopping and holding on a 20 percent grade in either direction. Tests are conducted on a calibrated grade. Grades for testing are available at our Oshkosh Truck Corp. test facility. VALIDATION TEST: Multiple Test Reports Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. j~ ~ 6 James Roger Lackore, PE April 4, 2009 CDO050 Brake Performance Custom Chassis 090404 2 4/5/2009 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC AN OSHKOSH CORPORA110N°COMPANY Certification Document CDO061 Pierce Poly Tank Fabrication Capability United Plastic Fabricating, Inc. acknowledges that Pierce facilities are capable and certified to install poly water tanks. UNITE!? PLASTIC (FABRICATING, INC. 165 Flagship Drive, North Andover, MA 01845 Phone: 1-800-638-8265 - Fax: 1.800-866-4520 ww"wrhr3dprastic.com 14 May 2002 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 2600 American Drive Appleton, WI 54913 RE: Certification as Authorized Representative/Installer of UPF Poly-Tanks® This letter is the required Certification to acknowledge that Pierce Manufacturi ng, Inc. is an authorized representative and installer of the United Plastic Fabricating, Inc. product line including the UPF Poly-Tanks, the UPF PolySide' wetside tank, the UPF EllipseT elliptical tank and the UPF Defender" slip-on tanks. This certification of the adherence to the UPF recommended Installation Guidelines for handling, sub-frame fabrication, mounting, and testing are based on inspections and reviews of the Pierce processes. With more than 7,000 Poly- Tank® installations, Pierce Manufacturing's facilities in Appleton, WI; Ontario, CA, and Bradenton,. FL are all authorized as UPF installation facilities. Should there be any questions regarding this Certification, please direct them to Michael Ashley, Vice President of Engineering or William Bruns, Vice President of Sales & Marketing at UPF. They may be reached at 1-800-638- 8265_ Respeec~~tfu//ll~Iyy Submitted, William Bruns Vice President CDO061 Pierce Poly Tank Fab Capability 090405 1 4/52009 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC.- AN OSHKOSH CORPORAWte COMPANY Certification Document CDO068 Electromagnetic Interference and Radio Frequency Interference Capability Command Zone equipped Chassis Pierce Manufacturing certifies the performance of the Pierce Quantum, Velocity, Impel, and Arrow XT multiplexed chassis meets the required emission and immunity criteria for Electro Magnetic and Radio Frequency Interference outlined in SAE J551/1. Radiated Radio Frequency Emissions Radio Frequency emissions were tested in accordance with CISPR 12 Vehicles, boats, and internal combustion engine driven devices- Radio disturbance characteristics. The test vehicle was operated with the ignition turned on and the engine running. The antenna was positioned at a 3 meter test distance from the driver's side and then from the passenger's side of the DUT. The vehicle was compliant with the narrowband and broadband radiated emissions limits as outlined in the specification. 4 ? J is rr~ :.:q 'Y Immunity to Radiated Electromagnetic Fields Radiated Electromagnetic Field emissions were tested in accordance with SAE J551116 Electromagnetic Immunity-Off-Vehicie Source (Reverberation Chamber Method)- Part 16-Immunity to Radiated Electromagnetic Fields. The test vehicle was operated with the ignition turned on, the engine running, and the truck operating in the Block Right of Way mode. The vehicle did not malfunction while being subjected to the radiated immunity requirements of this test. The vehicle was compliant within the acceptable criteria. , CDO068 EMI RFI Command Zone Chassis 090408 1 4/82009 Electrostatic Discharge Capability Electrostatic Discharge capability was tested in accordance with SAE J551115 Vehicle Electromagnetic Immunity-Electrostatic Discharge (ESD). The test vehicle was operated with the ignition turned on, the engine running, and the truck operating in the Block Right of Way mode. The vehicle did not malfunction while being subjected to electrostatic discharge requirements of this test. The vehicle was compliant within the acceptable criteria. 77a~:'4 •uI .1n0.A`.. a u O VALIDATION TEST: RD1667 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. ~~ycoys~ J+A'YFi ' C / y ( IACKOPF 9 l 8d8t28 w g, ~AwuroN. %a moo. ~~NAL O• James Roger Lackore, PE April 8, 2009 CD0068 EMI RFI Command Zone Chassis 090408 2 - 4/8/2009 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC AN OSHKOSH CORPORAMON° COMPANY Certification Document CDO069 Command Zone° Membrane Switch Module Environmental Capability Pierce Manufacturing certifies the environmental and durability capability of the membrane switch module used in the Pierce Command Zone® system. Capability The design methods used to construct the membrane switches and electrical interface are selected from the very highest quality automotive electronic techniques. This membrane switch module is constructed to the following specifications: y: • Durability: No electrical or mechanical defects after 364,000 cycles of engagement while operating at temperatures from -35° C (-31 ° F) to +70° C (158° F).. The durability test included simultaneously activating four switches from the center, two from the left most side, and two from the right most side. • Humidity Resistance: The circuit board assemblies showed no signs of corrosion after being exposed to 100° F, 98% humidity while activating all eight switches. • Thermal Cycle: No failure of the membrane switch or the electronic panel after fourteen cycles from -35° C (-31 ° F) to +70° C (158° F). Electronics Capability • Shock and Vibration: An apparatus equipped with membrane switch modules completed a 10,000 mile accelerated durability test (RD1308) and all modules CDO069 Membrane Switch Modules 090408 1 4/8/2009 performed flawlessly. This test involved around-the-clock travel over resonance events, inverted chatter bumps, stagger bumps, and gravel roads. Thermal Capability: Functioning modules were tested in a -31 ° F to +158° F ambient environment (RD 1260). The module operated properly for the duration of the test. Summary Given the above capabilities, Pierce Command Zone® membrane switch modules are certified for installation on interior areas of the apparatus. VALIDATION TEST: RD1260, RD1308 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. ~i~~ i~,g6Ctb8j 4/yJR'YEi R.1 O t f NERBRE 9 I ld6lSB ~ w s4BPGLET04, fr James Roger Lackore, PE April 8, 2009 CD0069 Membrane Switch Modules 090408 2 4/82009 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC 0 AN OSHKOSH CORPORATOM COMPANY Certification Document CDO073 NFPA Lighting Requirements Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. certifies that each apparatus lighting configuration is reviewed to ensure compliance with the requirements of NFPA 1901 and NFPA 1906 guidelines. r Zvi 'kw As The highly customized nature of fire apparatus is particularly exemplified in the selection of lighting packages. Most fire departments have individual lighting desires based on performance and fleet commonality. Each Pierce apparatus lighting configuration is therefore reviewed to ensure that the lights selected will conform to the lighting supplier's guidelines for conformance to the NFPA standards. Pierce ensures that the lighting system is installed within the geometric parameters specified by the manufacturer of the lighting products. Optical source tests upon which these parameters are based are the responsibility of the lighting manufacturer. Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. ~i~~ ~~gcoros~% 4 JAYFC 0.'•:{t y UOKOPE 9 F FEES18 i w ~APVlEfOY, : , Ad •,ti~. f'O~ SJ~NAL James Roger Lackore, PE July 20, 2009 CD0073 NFPA Lighting Certification 091022 10/22/2009 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC.° AN OSHKOSH CORPORArON® COMPANY Certification Document CDO075 Federal Signal Sirens Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. has received certification that Federal Signal sirens are compliant with NFPA 1901 and NFPA 1906 guidelines. FEDERAL 6933M 2696 Federal =1 Safety and Security Systr~rtfs UnMerslq'Park, 101nds 70RSM' S3939G0 A"ri fn nOWWendimit g federealgnal.mm April 11, 2011 To Whom It May Concern: Please let this correspondence serve as certification that the following siren and speaker combinations have been tested and have met the sound output requirements for SAEJ1849 as found in the NFPA 19012009 edition. 1 Siren PA300 PA300 PA300 PA300 PA300 EQ213 EQ2B EQ28 S eaker BPIO0 BP200 TS100 AS124 ES100 O) ESI00BP200 (2)BPI60 Siren Q2B MS4000 MS4000 SSP3000 PA640 PA640 PA640 PA650 Speaker N/A ITS 100 ES 100 ES 100 5100 ES100 AS124 SI00 This information has been provided to illustrate Federal signers commitment to the development and production of quality products. Thank you for your continued support of Federal Signal products and services. Should you need additional product information, please call 1-800-264-3578. Sincerely, Maria Hovanes Product Manager Federal Signal Corporation CDO075 NFPA Siren Certification- Federal 110622.doc 6/22/2011 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC.° AN OSHKOSH CORPORAIIOMCOMPANY Certification Document CDO081 Cab Material Corrosion Resistance Pierce Manufacturing certifies the Aluminum material used in the construction of Pierce Custom Cabs is resistant to corrosion. Testing Method Resistance to corrosion is one of the characteristics used to determine the most suitable material for construction of cab abaAVA h, tipa,pr structures: Other characteristics include weight, Operating Salt Spray Fog) Apparatus' strength, formability, weldability, and the ability to extrude shapes from billet. Pierce has performed extensive salt spray testing to compare alternative . du,b w¢+r...nae..rn r. zs°aeme.a w.; tl°, na.p:M.Wryp dnn.rm. un.....u.. m.itln. m•mu m,r.r...Ya. materials and aid in the material selection °,a. p"kRb4ueM lv .p~&.Ww..w mrnlY. fW bPmu. nlvi. ,wrWr. a.tl:n'w Ya.P..,m . process. pp. vAm u"tlv nFv.jd6nr..n+.Vwrmn ru~u.ndrM ¢i.zi c,'~~"m.. w..r.Wvw .a....m rm". The most common test to compare material "n 'd'" °M"° °y mom nW Vmammm,ma y P1vn NNWMM1pMn Mhm.rhYgyFn' ly CaMb WCV.P~FbnYm.Y 6.mLLd ^+DNnl.tlal u.gr.Iw PW UUa rnyYmaM.owm4enemdMNUmum ,k~LVdrtm.•bWWq.p.VUn corrosion resistance performance is ASTM 8117. SwY Spa ,~~,RYRICAfl➢+I .ru-4.... u Y M d W This industry standard method provides a !0 NW"'rd6W4MI PN M1.eb ~r`mWV bar .m, A~~nW ar~r.......,YO _ yar.....bpWd.. controlled corrosive environment which has been utilized to produce relative corrosion resistance n,_ A~ a W dAtln° SWm WUb Y t M~ ml•¢ d.l°,~iEmb,. uh •.66. nm. W.. marb d information for specimens of metals and coated M~...mr ~ a.oma. one n. r u..da metals exposed in a given test chamber. -.mrn_n « and W wnw,.~wipo.Ymnn..w" vlWM mm d.n ma dm~Pnra wm aNP d~N.r9W wW.vLV ra•..wwvnn.~.a+•rn¢ mnNr vW MduM e ..uu+a 6m"+w Yiµupva~ Materials Considered. There are four practical materials that can or could be used in the manufacture of fire apparatus cabs or bodies: Aluminum Apparatus Cabs and Bodies 304L Stainless Steel Apparatus Bodies, Galvaneal Apparatus Bodies Cromgard Seagrave "SS" Cabs To compare the corrosion resistance performance of these materials, Pierce prepared four 6 x 6 inch samples of each material,: two painted and two raw. Samples were subjected to salt spray testing in an ASTM 6117 Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. CD0081 Cab Material Corrosion Resistance 090812 t 8113/2009 After 50 hours of Salt Spray..... fav.. VA* . w+i ~ FEW,, •L ff q. rt~~ { G i i ys~* f v`~'X Aluminum 304L SS Galvaneal Cromgard After 400 hours of Salt Spray..... i 1 ; Aluminum 304L SS Galvaneal Cromgard Summary The aluminum material currently used in Pierce custom cab and body designs provided better resistance to corrosion than either galvanized steel or Cromgard. VALIDATION TEST: RD1726 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Ec A 6218 James Roger Lackore, PE August 12, 2009 CD0081 Cab Material Corrosion Resistance 090812 2 8/132009 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC 0 AN OSHKOSH CORPORATOM COMPANY Certification Document CDO083 Water Tank Capacity Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. has received certification that UPF Tanks are certified to meet the nominal tank capacity. UNITED PLASTIC FABRICATING, INC. WILLIAM BRUNS 17cc Presfdem Snlee d.M., kelhrg (978) 989-0264 25 August 2009 To Whom It May Concern: United Plastic Fabricating, Inc. (UPF) certifies that each tank manufactured for Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. meets, at a minimum, the usable liquid a pacity Indicated by the nominal tank capacity ordered. For the purposes of NFPA certification be it 1 understood that while each tank is provided with an enact usable liquid capacity certification at the time the tank is delivered, the capacity will never be less than the nominal capacity. Pierce can be assured that a UPF tank will always be manufactured to provide slightly greater capacity than nominal. Respectfully Submitted, William Bruns Vice President Sales & Marketing ,Na. AnJmmr, ,VUVadwnrs Ohtl3 IAJrN Mlmric NuL'Im~4gi Lr. •163 f (973) 69148554 emal bbviTmukJ/lwricwm vd: ,euinrnpeAp'artl[.ror+ f CD0083 Water Tank Capacity 090825.doc t 8/26/2009 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC AN OSHKOSH CORPORATOM COMPANY Certification Document CDO086 Custom Chassis Exhaust Temperature Mitigation Pierce Manufacturing certifies that Pierce Custom Chassis equipped with a Pierce exhaust temperature mitigation device will maintain exhaust temperatures at or below the value specified by NFPA 1901 and NFPA 1906. NFPA specifies that the exhaust gas exiting the tail pipe during regeneration shall not exceed 851 ° F. 12.2.6.7.V Engine exhaust ;'as temperature shall not exceed 851T (455'C) when measured at the exit of die exhaust pipe during normal DPF regeneration. Physical testing was performed on the highest horsepower engine offering to verify that the exhaust gas temperature does not exceed this value. Temperatures were measured before and after the mitigation device. ( VALIDATION TEST: RD1856 ' Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. ~~ff ,~`gt:ONSi [ IACIIOPE 777 E•SBH6 : w O* App fSA ~ejOtrAl James Roger Lackore, PE June 22, 2010 CD0086 Exhaust Temperature Mitigation 100623 t 6/24/2010 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC AN OSHKOSH CORPORATOM COMPANY Certification Document CDO089 Statement of Compliance to NFPA 1901-2009 Vehicle Stability Pierce fire apparatus comply with NFPA 1901 Section 4.13 Vehicle Stability using the tilt table method. As prescribed by the standard, each apparatus is compared to a substantially similar apparatus that has been loaded as required and tested on a tilt table per the SAE J2180 test procedure. If the apparatus configuration was not expected to meet the minimum tilt table criteria, then it will be equipped with the Electronic Stability Control option. A listing of all tested apparatus is maintained by the Research and Development lab and is available for inspection at the Appleton factory. y ' 4.13 S•ehideSUbi6h•.- S~ +.13.1 • Roao,'er Shihflin•. Iha apparu„s sM1all ire, ,he crib `ate. da slohm'd 111 1.19.1.1, or i, sh:dl Ix ttpnppcd wi,h'a mal~ilir ~ Sh rnnvnl rluvm in art.nlmur. wiih.1.13. V!. +.13.1.1 'llm apparauv shall fore, the ari,mia delined in ei O Iher oflhc rullmdng: U 1•1 'he appamuv shall remain sable so 205 degrees In bah dinr,lnns when ,eemd on a,il, mble in a¢ordanre mi,h mSAP_I?19r1,.IT,Hoo, /r.IfrnmringlAnSlrtlir ltWF f r'r %]irctAddfro S (2) belledadmed orimrc7hr ineasitred,,b urcJ cewer of giavin' (CG)tiw bell,, higher ]I.,, Sa pe¢am of,6e rev aila uark wirid,. tld, dig. . r 1.1 Co doe eppshallarm,n or b1' co i die rnlndm- o comp riiing 0mmitoi. uz m a nomplidg ng ,hf ,mplimu. mhnauully similar evniple apluhnn. and,hr mniheminn shall be deliremloi,h ,ho hrc aplunhv. +.13.1.[.2 Tim example apparatus shall 6e cmrsidrr,d s,dr \ s,annalh' sinsilar iris includes a clowiswilh die same or higher cf: hcigh,, di, same ur naroo,rr, rear axle rack x'idd,, du' sxmo or grfuscr..ier..,k size and M hOgh,. die same .1 f• of fnna mid rear sa+pen6on. and die samm• npe and siee of +.13.1.1.5 roe p,upnss of +.1:1.1.I. he aplasan¢ d,all be IoazlM uid, fud. fir<Y,glNng agrno. hose, IMdrrs, a wrghs of 21016 in nd, seating position.muM1,righ, rqunnlnm m, ,he mi> ' mllm,rom oqulpmem alloxmve:r rirllnM in-fable l2.LL. higher If,be appamus 6 h-l ,ti mein a highe spedacd r egnipmem loading or larSge, er hose bed ,i or ie 'h .ill ~ry "'It Ill the glom. Lridfn.or gr ironI g. all lie inch,dM n the u'sdng. ralndminIIg. o measn e e- s +.13.1.1.3.2 '[he weigh, added ,n ,he fire appamnv far rile J ~ p,vpuzf of us,, ralada,inn. nr mrssnrfnsam shall hr Aisril, bled ioappioxinive"pica] in"''i ewe ofthelire apparuus tied nni e.reeding the mvnJannrrr s published imlh;dual omparvoam weigh, nnings. 113.1.? Ir,he,m Isrgnipl wi.ha 'lecrinr.mr.d sls,em. ,hf slird m sh dWIall bbl', az a m inimum s .leering wheel po lion sensor. a ,'chide ia• srroa a L ¢nl aattderonuner. d and indi,idnal \cha9 hnke cnnvnhr~ VALIDATION TEST: Multiple Tests Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. ~agoOby.~'Z O f eN1Ei R~' A % p LAONORE ~ a ~ } &ZSZZe w 3~ RPPLETOHff?~ ~OffA~ ~ James Roger Lackore, PE November 18, 2010 CDO089 Vehicle Stability 101118.doe t 1/27/2011 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC AN OSHKOSH CORPORA110N° COMPANY PF Certification Document CDO098 Power Steering System Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. certifies that the power steering system as installed in our custom chassis meets the requirements of the component supplier, the NFPA 1901 and NFPA 1906 guidelines as applicable, and Pierce internal design standards. V VALIDATION TEST: RD1987, RD2055 RD2056, RD2057, RD2058, RD2059 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. David W. Archer Director of Engineering June 03, 2011 CDO098 Power Steering System 110628.doc 6/28/2011 Pierce Manufacturing Inc. AN OSHKOSH CORPORA➢ON COMPANY • ISO A 120W CER FIEO 2600 AMERICAN DRIVE POST OFFICE BOX 2017 APPLETON, WISCONSIN 54912-2017 920-832-3000 • FAX 920-&32-3208 wewv.piercemfg.com April 27, 2010 To whom it may concern: This letter is to certify that Hughes Fire Equipment is an authorized Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Fire Apparatus Sales Representative. Hughes Fire Equipment.is authorized to review specifications and prepare and sign proposals for the sale of Pierce fire apparatus. Yours very truly, PIERCE MAl FFAA ,TURIN U v Ji ohn Sr. Vice P r ent of Sales & Marketing Signed and sworn before me this 271h day of April, 2010. atk nQ_ Notary PL 'c of Wisconsin Permanent Commission H UGH-ES f I R E E Q U I FM ENT To Whom It May Concern: This letter is to certify that Rex Hughes is President and an authorized sales representative of Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc. Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc. is the authorized Dealer/Distributor for Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. and is authorized to review specifications, prepare and sign proposals for the sale of Pierce fire apparatus. nSincerely: Sheri Taylor Sales Manager Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc. ST/em HUGHES FIRE EQUIPMENT, INC. • 910 SHELLEY STREET • SPRINGFIELD, OREGON 97477 • P.541.747.0072 • F.541.747.0073 • WWW.HUGHESFIRE.COM rH W HUGHES FIRE EQUIPMENT To Whom It May Concern: This letter is to certify that Nick Hendricks is an authorized sales representative of Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc. Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc. is the authorized Dealer/Distributor for Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. and is authorized to review specifications, prepare and sign proposals for the sale of Pierce fire apparatus. nnSincerely: Sheri Taylor Sales Manager Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc. ST/em HUGHES FIRE EQUIPMENT, INC. - 910 SHELLEY STREET • SPRINGFIELD, OREGON 97477 • P.541.747.0072 • F.541.747.0073 • WWW.HUGHESFIRE.COM www.hughesfire.com 1-800-74 -6510 HUGHES FIRE EQUIPMENT PROUDLYSERVING YOU, WHILE YOU SERVE YOUR COMMUNITY Offering comprehensive shop and mobile factory service fully customized to meet your needs. Our ASE, EVT and Pierce° Master certified technicians take great pride in providing all of the services you need to keep your fleet ready. Whether it's warranty work, preventative maintenance, general repairs or inspections, our team is trained at the highest level to inspect, maintain. and service all of your emergency vehicles including non-Pierce apparatus. We are also pleased to offer competitive pricing on parts and service. 24/7 MOBILE ON-SITE, ON-CALL SERVICE Serving Oregon, Washington, Idaho, Montana, Arizona D Mobile Pump Testing 'mow. On-Site Pump Service CZ (Command Zone) Inspection &Troubleshooting SRP Diagnostics (Side Rollover Protection) Tak-4 Inspection & Adjustment Chassis Inspection/Repair Ladder Testing Upgrades/Installs Idle Reduction Technology Tower uuuno mingvalws LED Lighting Upgrades Equipment Light Lighting & Siren Installations lpREMM J QM o r o 0~~ C Q IOC~~~ RIE Ll'/r1 non 5D Warranty Pump Service & Repairs 24/7 M Suspension Repair 0 Transmission Service • - Oil & Fluid Changes Diesel Service Brake Repair ALLPreventative • Needs Inspections Minor to Annual Services. 1-800-747-6510 Maintenance Tracking www.hughesfire.com Serving Oregon, Washington, Idaho, Alaska, Montana, Arizona & Clark County Nevada ALLPump Service • (PierceO Ultimate Configuration, •Darley, MANTENANCE HUGHES FIRE EQUIPMENT i HUGHES FIRE EQUIPMENT Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc. Contact Information For after hours emergency please call 541-747-0072. Press "9" and then leave your message. Your message will be sent to the person on call within 5 to 10 minutes. If you do not get a response in a reasonable time, please call one of the below numbers. For. specific sales territory coverage, please see the Pierce or Life Line tabs on our website and click Sales Reps. www.hughesfire.com Service and Parts Sales Sales (Continuedl Alec Naslund: Shop Manager Rex Hughes: President Andy Klein: Sales 541-747-0072 ext 116 - 541-747-0072 ext 103 - Representative Office Office 360-450-7264 - Cell 541-505-2109-Cell 541-954-4207-Cell aklein@hughesfire.com anaslund hughesfirecom rhughes@hughesfire.com Dan Hays: Sales Lee Armenta: Shop Manager Sheri Taylor: Sales Manager Representative AZ 541-747-0072 ext 101- 206-910-4789 - Cell 623-696-8631- Cell Office dhays@hughesfire.com larmenta@hughesfire.co_m_ staylor@hughesfire.com Terry Hill: Sales Sonny Ovens: Technical Nick Hendricks: Sales Representative Support Representative 360-460-3676 - Cell 541-747-0072ext 109- 503-961-4749-Cell thill@hughesfire.com Office nhendricks@hughesfire.com 541-968-2107 - Cell Jamie Clifford: Sales covens@hughesfire.com Dennis Waters: Sales Representative Representative 602-770-6893 - Cell Duane Pedersen: Parts 509-521-1901-Cell Ilifford@hughesfire.com Specialist dwaters@hughesfire.com 541-747-0072 ext 111- Ron Gilbert: AZ Sales & Office Gary Greenwell: Sales Service Manager dpedersen@hughesfirecom Representative 602-717-9299-Cell _ 208-859-0682-Cell rgilbert@hughesfire.com Cody Borland: Parts ggreenwell@hughesfire.com Specialist 541-747-0072 ext 119 - Joel Kulbeck: Sales Office Representative cborland@hughesfire.com 406-672-3540-Cell ikulbeck(@hughesfire.com HUGHES FIRE EQUIPMENT, INC. • 910 SHELLEY STREET • SPRINGFIELD. OREGON 97477 • P.541.747.0072 • F.541.747.0073 • WWW.HUGHESFIRE.COM Pierce Authorized Service Centers After Hours Emergency Contact System Procedure - If you have a unit 'but of service' after normal business hours, dial 800-747-6510 - Press "9" for the "emergency out of service" voicemail box - Once a voicemail message is left, the system begins calling technicians cell phones in 5 minute intervals until someone checks the message. - Make sure to leave the following information on your voicemail message: - Name - Department you are calling from - Apparatus brand/type, and/or Pierce job number - Cause of out of service condition - Contact information Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. - 2600 American Drive, Appleton, WI 54914 Manufacturing and Parts Distribution Consistent parts stock level of $3.5 million Customer accessible web site with access to vehicle number, sort able search for part numbers. Pictures of parts also included. - www.pierceparts.com (log in as guest) Pierce's "Out of Service" tracking system which requires all out of service vehicles be recorded, discussed addressed in the daily upper management meeting until the problem is resolved and the unit back into service. Pierce refurbishment facilities in Weyauwega Wisconsin and Bradenton Florida Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc. - 910 Shelley Street, Springfield, OR 97477 Corporate Sales and Service Headquarters - 800-747-6510 - 7,500 sq. ft. shop space dedicated to emergency apparatus repair. - $250,000 parts inventory - 2 mobile service vehicles, plus 1 mobile service unit in Idaho. - 1 service writer, 1 technical advisor, and 8 full time factory trained fire mechanics (assorted levels of EVT and ASE certifications) - 3 full time Pierce certified service parts and warranty specialists - 24/7 emergency contact system in place. Daily hours of operation 8 am to 5 pm. - Support staff includes sales management, finance and special event coordination. - Additional services include pump testing, ladder testing, welding, electrical testing and repa ir. - Regional service contractors Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc. - 4724 W. Roosevelt Street, Phoenix, AZ 85043 Regional Service Facility - 800-747-6510 - 15,000 sq. ft. shop space dedicated to emergency apparatus repair including 3 bays. - $75,000 parts inventory - Scheduling, troubleshooting, warranty, parts and administrative functions will be handled both through the main office in Springfield, Oregon and the office in Phoenix, AZ. - Service will be provided at the dedicated emergency apparatus repair facility at the address above. - Mobile service will be available through the Hughes location in Springf ield, Oregon and the location in Phoenix, Arizona, with 2 mobile service units in Phoenix, and 1 in Clark County, NV. - 1 service manager and 3 technicians w ith various levels of EVT certifications are based out of the Phoenix service center location. - 1 full time Pierce certified parts specialist. - 24/7 emergency contact system in place. Daily hours of operation 8 am to 5 pm. - Support staff includes sales management, finance and special event coordination. - Additional services include pump testing, ladder testing, welding, electrical testing and repair. Pierce Authorized Service Centers __ft~m Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc. - 5011 Burlington Way, Suite A, Tacoma, WA 98409 Regional Service Facility-800-747-6510 - 7,500 sq. ft. of shop space dedicated to emergency apparatus repair with 3 bays - 3 mobile service vehicles - 1 full time shop manager, 2 full time fire service mechanics (assorted levels of EVT and ASE certifications) - 24/7 Emergency contact system in place. Daily hours of operation 8 am to 5 pm. - Additional services include pump testing, ladder testing, welding, electrical testing and repair. Understanding Frames and Side Rails Truck frames and side rail needed. The pieces, now in interchangeably when that's not rails are the basic ingredients to the desired width, are cut to really appropriate. It's manufacturing a commercial correct length. important to fully understand the vehicle. Yet few of us At this point, a piercing differences and the terminology understand the frame machine sets the componentry of side rails." manufacturing process, the attachment holes in the side rail The terms section terminology of side rail member. "At one time, truck modulus and resistance bending engineers, or the nuances of manufacturers used to put as moment are on just about every modifying side rails. That was a many holes in the rail as they federal, state, local, and school topic of conversation when truck could. This way the rails could district bid sheet. But what do equipment distributors gathered be used for lots of different they really mean? As explained in St. Louis, Missouri, February front-end setups, or different by Carver, section modulus is a 23-25, to attend the 36`h annual style tanks," Carver said. "Now, measure of a frame's strength NTEA convention and the process is to blank as needed based solely upon the height, exhibition. for specific componentry." width, thickness, and Attendees had an Forming the channel is a configuration of the side rails at opportunity to learn about the one-step process. Straight the area of maximum stress. side rail design, manufacturing, channels are manufactured by a "This term is and the terminology used in process called roll-forming or by meaningless when it is used to describing them. Gerford (Red) press-forming. In both indicate strength without Carver, an engineering processes, the purpose is to specifying the properties or consultant with over 30 years' bring the sides of the blank into material of the side rail,"Carver experience with companies such a basic C formation. Specially said. "Cardboard and steel, for as AO Smith and Midland-Ross contoured or drop-frame side example, have the exact same Frame, presented the day-long rails are press formed. Any final dimensions and will have the workshop. Carver also served metal trimming of the channel is same section modulus.."' as chairman of the Society of done at this time. The rails are In today's world, to Automotive Engineer Heavy- then heat treated and shot require that a side rail meet a Truck Committee. blasted to add strength. "Heat certain section modulus number can either be gradually for comparison purposes is not Side Rail. Assembly introduced to the rails, or a blast unusual. However, that assumes Side rail manufacturing furnace method can be used. A that both rails are made from is a specialized business, Carver quench bath and shot blasting steel, or at least the same said. "In most cases, side rails finish the heat treatment process. material. In the not too distant are manufactured from coil steel future, side rails or other through a very laborious Side Rails Define the Chassis structural members might be process." Carver explained that The best key to met by the use of composite or the steel coils are brought understanding side rails and the lightweight aluminum instead of unrolled and then cut to the job they perform can be found steel. width of the planned side rail. by understanding the "The second definition Material thickness ranges from terminology, said Carver. that upfitters must understand is /4" and beyond, depending on "People in our industry use called the resistance bending the desired thickness of the side many of the terms moment (RBM)," Carver said. RBM is calculated by using the Types of Failures on drilled holes can possibly section modulus number and In the order of highest cause loss of bolt tension and multiplying it by the known failure levels, fatigue, static subsequent corrosion if the unit yield strength. bending, deflection, corrosion, is placed in a harshly corrosive Every material has a brittle fracture, and buckling environment. Upfitters have yield strength that can be failure will damage side rails. been found liable because of mathematically defined. For a Many of these problems fit into side rail failures on snow side rail, the yield strength is the the category of damage caused removal equipment and some ability of the metal to return to by load shock, poor sales types of construction equipment, its original shape after removal engineering to fit a specific said Carver. of a maximum load. It is application, or an error in the "It can start anywhere, calculated in pounds per square manufacturing engineering. and a good place to start is inch. Nevertheless, two types between an inverted L and the "All of these terms and of simple and solvable problems main side rail," Carver said. calculations are used to can haunt the upfitter: Fatigue That's not the upfitter's fault, determine other important induced by improper side rail Carver added. "Sometimes information that pertains to side modification and corrosion metal shavings can get between rails," Carver said. "The caused by poor assembly the rails during assembly and calculations are complicated. I practices. created space for road salts. It use a special computer program Fatigue fractures usually may be worthwhile to advise for them; however, the main originate at a stress customers that the upfitter isn't goal is to gain enough concentration point, Carver side. assuming future liability for this information to make a side rail "The problem would most likely type of damage." that meets the end user's start as a hole or a poorly Another issue for the upfitter is strength requirements while performed welding procedure." adding holes to a side rail. meeting the deflection A crack or fatigue of the metal According to Carver, a small limitations, and provide that rail will start at a right angle of the clip-hole drilled in a frame can in a c9ost effective and weight stressed point and continue until cause greater problems that a sensitive way." arrested or total failure ensues. properly drilled 5/8" or larger Upfitters should ensure that the "Welding on a heat treated frame fastener. body installation will not place frame is catastrophic," Carver Holes should be added in the side rails in an unsustainable said. Heat damage will occur the neutral area of the frame of position. "This situation can and the fatigue strength will be the mid-section. "Any hole easily happen if an upfitter greatly reduced. "The damage placed near the webbing part of extends the wheelbase and then is not always evident the side rail is apt to cause rail adds a body that would put immediately after welding. It failure," said Carver. . excessive strain on the side may appear after the unit has Carver noted that in rails," Carver said. Examples been returned to service for drilled versus pierced holes, the tare dump bodies being added to some time." But the damage is pierced hole seemed to have a former over-the-road tractors. traceable back to the point of somewhat better cyclical rate Also, derricks that are mounted origin, the welding done on a that the drilled holes. Carver on chassis not originally heat-treated frame. recommended that bolts should intended for this use can quickly "Many upfitters are not be cut off by using a cutting add unsustainable pressures to unaware that they can cause torch, which is a common the side rails of a vehicle, Carver corrosion," Carver said. upfitters practice. noted. Leaving excessive burr remains P[wvw.v LI[[ NO Oiwc0. Pierce Underfloor Body Support System A pumper, due to severe loading requirements, necessitates a method of body and compartment support suitable for the intended load. Pierce engineers have designed a substructure support we refer to as an Underfloor Body Support System. The compartments of many O.E.M.s - - simply "hang" from the body outside a of the frame in an unsupported fashion, providing little to no direct floor support to the frame. The Pierce underfloor support system is engineered to provide support under the very place heavy loads are typically placed, the compartment floors, allowing Pierce to provide extremely high compartment floor ratings. The backbone of this underbody support system is the chassis frame, which is the strongest component of the vehicle and is designed for supporting maximum loads. From here, 3/8" thick, 80,000-psi yield, lateral frame supports extend out from the chassis frame e rails. A steel subframe is mounted on top of v.: the lateral supports to create a "floating substructure that cradles the compartment floor and results ratings of up to 800 Ibs per lower compartment. The lateral frame supports are separated from the floating substructure with neoprene elastomer - isolators. These isolators reduce road shock and vibration from being transmitted to the body. The isolators are located outboard of the frame rails at .7. the front and inboard of the rails at the rear, producing a flexible modified V' three-point mounting pattern. This system transfers the stress of the loads carried in the compartments to where is belongs, the frame rails of the chassis, providing extended body life. This design enables Page 1 of 2 4/4/2007 PLRN]Rn LIK[ NO OTNLA. Pierce Underfloor Body Support System Pierce to confidently provide a TEN-YEAR structural warranty on all PUC bodies. The underfloor support v i system has been designed, thoroughly tested, and field proven for the past 12 years. The t r w testing was done at the Pierce R&D facility using model analysis, stress coatings, and strain gauge testing and time has proven the integrity of . system. Additionally, the PUC includes a specially L designed rear tow bar as standard. This tow bar has ratings up to 20,000 lb and is designed with round bar to prevent rope chaffing when used as a tie off point. Page 2 of 2 4/4/2007 Structural Integrity Verification of Fire Apparatus Body Presented at Society of Experimental Mechanics Annual Conference on June 8, 1999 By Paul D. VandenLangenberg project Engineer, Research and Development Department Pierce Manufacturing tncorpomted, Division of Oshkosh Truck Corporation 2600 American Drive Appleton, W154913 ABSTRACT THE PIERCE 2"o GENERATION BODY DESIGN Structural Integrity testing of custom fire apparatus offers The subject of this paper concerns the Pierce "2nd many unique challenges. Pierce Manufacturing overcame Generation" body design. This design was create to these challenges by applying proven lab techniques to verify enhance the structural integrity of Pierce bodies, as well as the structural integrity of a new body design for pumper and to allow for a modular manufacturing process. This modular aerial ladder apparatus, build process required that the body be split between front and rear sections, each of which could be manufactured as The development process included the use of finite element sub assemblies separate from the main vehicle. analysis, modal analysis, brittle lacquer, and strain gage techniques. Pierce 2nd Generation rear bodies are comprised of two side body panels held together by the front sheet and rear Test criteria were obtained by measuring vehicle response to compartment The bodies have 4ge compartment sizes, a variety of road conditions and driving maneuvers including heavy load ratings, and complex joints. the following: • Opposite wheel twist The 2nd Generation front body is an independent structure to • Uneven surface which is mounted the main water pump plus all the Emergency evasive lane change associated plumbing and controls. Emergency cornering • Panic stops The front and rear body modules are mated together during the assembly process with necessary attachments of THE CHALLENGE plumbing and wiring. This interdependent relationship between front and rear body modules challenged our. Fire apparatus are produced in a wide variety or sizes and engineering skills to locate and document maximum stress configurations. This creates a significant challenge for the levels. Once maximum stress levels were determined, they test engineer who must develop plans to validate the basic were managed, where necessary. design without the need to test every configuration. THE "UNDERSLUNG" PHILOSOPHY The variation between duty cycles of fire apparatus will pierce 2"d Generation bodies have a unique "underslung° Influence the test plan as well. The number of emergency mounting design. This design was borrowed from the runs a fire truck will make can range from lass than one run original field proven Pierce body substructure. The goal of per week, to over thirty runs per day. Some apparatus will the 2"d Generation design was to create a body that floated operate on paved roads only, while others will be exposed to of a rigid substructure. off-road operation on a regular basis. on top Ancillary equipment can also have an affect on body life. \ Stresses can be Induced by aerial stabilizers, side mount ladder racks, and other add-on devices. This diverse product option mix required an all-encompassing test plan to cover \ the complete range of market offerings. The project goal \ was to validate the integrity of the new body design in support of a 10-year body structural warranty. Custom fire apparatus production volumes are much lower than class B trucks or automobiles. This means that the cost of testing cannot be amortized over large production runs as it can in higher production volume markets. The fire apparatus test engineer must therefore apply a great degree of ingenuity.to produce credible test results without the luxury of an unlimited budget Figure 1 Rear Body Substructure - Isometric View A rear body substructure is shown above In Figure 1. The MODAL ANALYSIS front of the rear body sits on the substructure outside the frame rail. The rear of the rear body sits on the substructure Modal analysis was used to visualize the body reacting at its behind the frame rail, the full width of the truck natural frequencies. On an in-service vehicle, the natural frequencies could be excited from consistent road Inputs. The L-shaped substructure mounts are hung off of the chassis frame and form a platform. The body rests on this For the modal analysis testing, bodies were excited with platform. The °underslung" substructure is steel construction white noise from an electromagnetic shaker. Frequencies and supports the body load. up to 100 hertz were measured. However, the focus was on frequencies under 10 hertz, which is in the range of road Between the bodies and the substructure are rubber inputs. The shaker was located at an antinode area on the isolators. The bodies are mounted In a modified 3-polnt chassis frame rail. An antinade Is an area that will yield the arrangement. The front end is mounted wide, and the rear most structure excitement per input force. A trial and error end is mounted narrow. The rubber isolators cushion the method was used to find an antinode area. bodies., This is intended to reduce stress In the body panels. Separation of the front and rear bodies caused less flex in Acceleration responses were documented at up to 300 the individual body panels. points on the body panels. The response points were measured, one at a time, along with a force measurement at Prototype bodies were tested on several types of chassis the shaker. At each response point, a tri-axial accelerometer including pumper chassis, rescue chassis, aerial ladder was used to capture accelerations In x, y, and z directions chassis, aerial platform chassis, and single and tandem rear simultaneously. A vibration analyzer constructed a transfer axle chassis. Two types of panel construction were tested function between the force input and each acceleration including galvanealed steel 1.8 to 2.5 mm. thick (0.07 to 0.10 response. The data was analyzed using SMS STARStruct© inches) and aluminum 3.2 mm. thick (0.125 inches), software. After analysis, the response of the entire body was viewed on a wire frame diagram. FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS A simplified wire frame diagram is shown in Figure 3. The Prior to building a front body prototype, Finite Element diagram shows the outline of a rear body module. More In- Analysis (FEA) was performed. The purpose of the FEA was depth modeling of compartment interiors and individual two-fold. First, it allowed the design to be improved prior to panels were also done. building a prototype. Secondly, it highlighted areas of focus for subsequent testing. The front body FEA model is shown below in Figure 2 It was loaded with a 1250-lb vertical downward force and a 6254b side load at its center of gravity. The highlighted areas Indicate the highest stress areas. These areas include the comers of the front body module and the front mount cross member. 64 z x~ Figure 3 . ,}g,~y,.--J'~"-~;%_ _:1~ ~r~ • Modal Analysis Model -Rear Body Module k" The natural frequency responses were evaluated to F F iY. determine possible high stress areas induced into the bodies. Dissimilar motion on the wire frame diagram was mo t. interpreted as abnormal bending or shearing of joints. In some cases a more detailed area of a joint was modeled to Pinpoint the dissimilar motion. r. Natural frequencies between 4 and 7 hertz typically existed. Figure 2 Some natural frequencies indicated the entire body module Finite Element Analysis Model - Front Body Module floating up and dawn on the rubber mounts. 2 a In this situation, very little dissimilar motion was detected. the rear. This is to form a modified 3-point mount system. This verified that the rubber mounts were preforming as Close proximity of the rear mount allowed the isolators to designed. They were absorbing some flex and vibration so flex more and absorb the stress. Some areas in the rear less stress would be induced into the body. exhibited brittle lacquer cracking. `Other natural frequencies indicated areas with dissimilar The brittle lacquer cracking identified the location and motion. These areas included the rear compartment floors, direction of stress in the structure. It also gave a general headers, and walls. They became target areas for the brittle idea of the level of stress. Long cracks close together lacquer application. indicated higher stress than short cracks farther apart BRITTLE LACQUER COATING STRAIN GAGING After modal analysis, the body panels were sprayed with Measurements Group strain gages were applied to the body Stresscoatm brittle lacquer. This lacquer will crack when panels and underlying substructure. Gage locations were exposed to more than 500 microstrain. However, it is determined from the brittle lacquer cracking, engineering temperature sensitive. Strict precaution was taken to choose judgment, and field data from previously designed bodies. lacquer with the correct temperature range and restrict Single axis gages were used where stress direction was testing in inclement weather. easily determined. Tri-axial gages were used where the stress direction was unknown or complex r'}`11f 4~'A r'~~ Fx - Instrumentation included Vishay signal conditioners, Metrabyte data acquisition hardware, and Labtech Notebook r r~ y. data acquisition software. The bodies were tested with and u4 without compartment load and with the water tanks full and w empty. The goal was to achieve stress less than the material r, 't, y2 `Fib=r , ` endurance limit at every strain gage location. For steel, fully reversed stress that is less than half the UltimateTensile stir Stress is considered to have infinite life r. This was used as the endurance limit For aluminum material, endurance limits were taken from empirical data of specimens tested to 500,000,000 cles[7,'51. The 10-year warranty would be met R 1'e ' ti.' .,tlbY •.t=_' and exceeded when stress below these endurance limits was achieved. TABLE 1 -Material Endurance Limits, MPA (ksi) Figure 4 Structural Steel ASTM A36 186.2 (27) Panel with Stresscoat® Brittle Lacquer Galvanealed Steel ASTM A553 179.3 (26) Circled areas show cracks in the lacquer. Aluminum Sheet 5052-1-132 117.2 (17) 5052-1-132 in a Heat Affected Zone 110.3 (16) Areas to spray brittle lacquer were determined from FEA Structural Aluminum 6061T6 96.5 (14) modal analysis, engineering judgment, and field data from 6061T6 in Heat Affected Zone 620 9 previously designed bodies. Most welded joints and comers were sprayed. Several isolator hardness levels and locations were tested to find the most desirable installation. The rubber isolators After the Stresscoat® cured, the bodies were loaded to were even replaced with solid steel blocks for comparison. maximum design. capacity. Hose troughs, compartments, The isolator location that induced the least stress into the trays, and ladder racks were loaded with sandbags. In some body and substructure was a modified 3-point arrangement. cases, tests were run with partial or no body load. Tests The isolators at the front were placed wide, near the outside were run with water tanks full. In some cases, tests were run edge of the body. This gave stability. The isolators at the with water tanks empty. rear were placed narrow, near the width of the frame rails. This allowed the body to move somewhat independently of The bodies were then put through a series of rigorous tests. the chassis. The test course Is described on the following page. The lacquer was evaluated after the completion of the tests, The In tests prior to strain gage testing, the rear compartment lacquer was also monitored, where possible, during the was the highest stress area. Strain gage testing confirmed individual tests. this. The rear compartment is more complicated than other compartments. It can have a 230 kg (500 lb) capacity rear- Cracks in the brittle lacquer occurred in some welded joints facing compartment with a 230 kg (500 lb) capacity side and near some comers. The most susceptible area was the compartment on either side oft. These 3 compartments can rear compartment The rubber mounts are close together at be constructed without dividers between them. 3 In that case, it would form one large compartment the width right lane and back again. Left and right turns were driven of the truck It was a challenge maintaining low stress on a through at 32 kph (20 mph). Hard brake stops from 72 kph structure with such large, open compartment areas. (45 mph) to 0 were performed. Up to a 9,090 kg (20,000 lb) load was pulled on the tow bar while body and substructure Maintaining body structural integrity depended on certain stresses were monitored. design improvements. The rear Isolator position was critical in maintaining low stress. Some compartment areas needed CONCLUSION - additional reinforcement to absorb induced stress. Some areas were too rigid. They needed to flex more. In the custom fire apparatus market, test-proven designs are becoming more of a necessity due to the expectation of The amount of body flex was carefully monitored. Body extended structural warranties. Apparatus builders can not movement affects clearances including front-to-rear body, afford a 'wait and see' approach. The 2"" Generation body front body-to-cab, body-to-tank, body-to-aerial ladder, and is test-proven. Development tools included finite element others. We allowed enough flex to reduce stress, yet kept analysis, modal analysis, brittle lacquer, and strain gage flex low enough to be free of interferences. Instrumentation. Through these techniques, the structural integrity was verified and the 10-year structural warranty was TEST EVENTS proven to be valid. Many test course events were used. One of the most REFERENCES rigorous events was the 23 cm, (9 Inch) block, opposite- wheel twist. It is shown below in Figure 5. [1] Shigley, J. E. Mechanical Engineering Design opposite wheels were driven onto 23 cm. (9 inch) high McGraw/Hill Publishing, 3rd Edition, 1977 blocks. When complete, the other two wheels were driven onto the 23 cm. (9 inch) blocks. Stress and clearances were [2] The Aluminum Association Incorporated monitored throughout this process. 'This test contorted the Specifications for Aluminum Structures vehicle into the worst driving situation it would typically Construction Manual Series, Section 1 encounter. It simulated driving through a ditch or out a driveway apron onto a highly crowned road. [3] Joseph T Ryerson & Son, Inc. Ryerson Stock List 1991 ' `=j C'Y°' rb to } '`Uf6 -fig " ~ S~Fs Figure 5 23 cm. (9 inch) Opposite-Wheel Twist The vehicle was then driven one wheel at a time over a 30- 45 cm (12 to 18 inches) mound at 5 kph (3 mph). This simulated driving over a curb or onto a highly crowned road. The effects of this test are similar to that of the opposite- wheel twist. However, there are some dynamic inputs when driving over the mound, that are not experienced In the opposite-wheel twist The vehicle was tested on high speed/low amplitude bumps and low speed/high amplitude bumps. The chassis was driven on high speed bumps at 54 to 72 kph (40 to 45 mph). High speed bumps Induce sharp jarring Impacts into the chassis similar to chatter strips near stop signs. The chassis was driven on low speed bumps at 5 to 8 kph (3 to 5 mph). The low speed bumps simulate poorly maintained roads with potholes. Simulated emergency driving was performed. Evasive lane changes were performed at 55 kph (35 mph). The vehicle was steered as quickly as possible from the left lane to the 4 . g felt •iptp.'a~~!°[`-i Fiiri~ `l2°sr bj \ 6 ? fit f !if IJ ,o I I ICI ti• L Fil s a Q a a f C1 ~4 I n j, r- IL s. e 6 :9 I I I i W "•i W ~ ~ i+ "8 c a I fi S ~ of I i 4 - B if I I i I I ~ -f - g e ~l ( ~ 2 ~ I I e Puiowu. 4.[ NO OT"CR. Stainless Steel Piping Materials Some firetruck manufacturers are trying to fool customers into believing the schedule 40 stainless steel piping used by them is superior to the stainless steel piping being used by Pierce. Below are facts that will illustrate why the piping used by Pierce is not only superior, but is selected with flow performance in mind. Pierce Manufacturing utilizes schedule 10 (commonly referred to as 10S) piping in welded and formed piping applications. Schedule 40 piping is used in applications that require threaded pipe. Pierce Mfg preference is to use welded or formed 10S pipe in as many applications as possible to reduce pressure drop and leaks. Some O.E.M.s use only threaded schedule 40 (commonly referred to as 40S) stainless pipe and claim it is better because it is thicker. The Facts: 1. When threads are cut on a pipe, the wall thickness is reduced to 1/2 its original thickness. This is why 40S pipe starts thicker. The thickness of a threaded 40S 2.5" pipe is .101" at the root diameter (its thinnest and weakest point) of the thread. 2. The thickness of 10S piping used by Pierce is .120", clearly thicker than threaded 40S pipe. 3. The 10S piping also provides the following additional features: a. Larger inside diameter b. More flow c. Less pressure drop 4. The 10S piping Pierce Mfg utilizes is a 304L stainless which is a low carbon stainless I~ steel and it thus more resistant to corrosion. 5. The 10S pipe allows the use of formed piping (eliminating most joints) and/or an elbow called a "belled end" fitting. This fitting allows the pipe to slip into the end of the fitting to.be welded together. This joint is a stronger joint and is prone to less leaking over time than the threaded pipefittings used by others. Page 1 of 1 4/4/2007 11/21107 Pierce Quality Management System Overview Pierce Manufacturing is determined in its pursuit of quality. This extends to our documentation, implementation, maintenance and continual improvement of our quality management system in accordance with the requirements of the ANSI/ISO/ASQ Q9001:2000 standard. Pierce's Quality System governs the design, manufacture, and service of commercial and specialized fire apparatus. All Pierce personnel who establish, document, implement, and maintain work affecting quality are responsible for managing and improving the quality management system. To implement the quality system Pierce Manufacturing has: • Identified the processes needed for the quality management system and their application throughout the corporation. • Determined the sequence and interaction of these processes. • Determined criteria and methods required to ensure the effective operation and control of these processes. • Ensured the availability of resources and control of information necessary to support the operation and monitoring of these processes. • Measured, monitored, and analyzed these processes. • Implemented actions necessary to achieve planned results and continual improvement. • Managed these processes in accordance with the ISO 9001 standard. ISO Certification In 1998, Pierce Manufacturing was the first single-source manufacturer of custom fire apparatus in North America to achieve certification to ISO 9001:1994. It then became the first fire apparatus manufacturer to become certified to ISO 9001:2000 in 2002. Pierce's ISO 9001 certification demonstrates our commitment to quality. Certification gives our customers added confidence that they are buying from a manufacturer dedicated to quality products and services. Plus, they know that Pierce's Quality System stands up to independent, third party verification. Surveillance audits are conducted semi-annually by ASS Quality Evaluations to verify continued system compliance, effectiveness and improvement. In 2004, Pierce added two additional facilities to the scope of its ISO 9001 certification: the downtown Appleton facility, and the Weyauwega Refurbishment Center. In 2005, the Southeast Regional Service Center in Bradenton, Florida was also added to our certification. Quality Policy The Pierce Quality Policy is "The quality of our products and services is our number one priority. It is our policy to continually improve customer satisfaction, and to deliver defect-free products, with service second to none." The quality policy is posted throughout the organization. Each employee is expected to know the importance of the quality policy and how they contribute to it. Document Control Documents required for the quality system are controlled to assure the latest revision is being used. A quality manual has been established and is maintained. The identification, storage, retrieval, protection, retention time and disposition of quality records is controlled through documented procedures and retention schedules. Management Review Senior management reviews the quality management system at management review meetings to ensure the system is effectively satisfying the requirements of the quality policy, goals and the ISO 9001:2000 standard. If there are any deficiencies in the quality system, appropriate actions are taken or an implementation plan initiated. Quality Goals Measurable quality objectives are established and tracked at relevant levels within the organization. Individual department goals are set in alignment with the organizational goals and corporate goals. Goals are posted throughout the organization. If a goal is not being met or exhibiting continual improvement, an action plan is developed to ensure the goal is met in the future. i Page I of 3 I: 11121/07 Corrective and Preventive Action Pierce Manufacturing is committed to a culture of continuous improvement and implements a closed-loop, corrective and preventive action process. Action is taken to eliminate the cause of nonconformities in order to prevent recurrence. Root cause analysis using Continuous Improvement Requests (CIRs) is used to address repetitive, significant or safety-related issues. An electronic CIR database has been established to track corrective action records. The CIR system is also used to record preventive actions taken to eliminate the causes of potential nonconformities to prevent their occurrence. CIRs are not closed until the initiator is able to verify the effectiveness of the implemented plan. Internal Auditing Pierce utilizes a cross-functional team of internal auditors who perform quality system audits and process audits each month to ensure conformance to documented procedures and requirements. Audits are conducted by sampling the selected process, specification, procedure or product, equipment, facilities, tools, personnel, and related documentation. CIRs are issued for any nonconformances noted during an internal audit. Contract Review Top management at Pierce Manufacturing ensures that customer needs and expectations are determined and fulfilled with the aim of enhancing customer satisfaction. Pierce reviews each contract for accuracy before acceptance and will not knowingly.accept a contract or order that cannot be fulfilled. The review ensures that the customer's requirements are defined and understood, any requirement questions are resolved and Pierce has the capability to meet the requirements. Customer Satisfaction Customer Satisfaction Surveys are used to monitor our customer's perception as to whether we have met their requirements. Dealer Satisfaction is also monitored via a survey. Any issues identified in the surveys are addressed with the appropriate department, the customer, and/or sales representative. The top areas of dissatisfaction are charted and reviewed for continual improvement during management review. Supplier Quality The Quality System of each new supplier is assessed via a comprehensive self-evaluation/audit modeled on ISO 9001 requirements. Quality and delivery performance of each approved supplier is continually monitored through our supplier rating system. Suppliers that do not meet our requirements are charted, monitored, and reviewed monthly for corrective action and continual improvements. Continuous Improvement Requests are issued to poor performers. Suppliers are also brought in-house for face-to- face problem. resolution and proposed action plans. On-site supplier audits may be conducted as well. The top ten nonconforming parts by dollars and occurrences as well as the top 10 worst suppliers by dollars and occurrences are evaluated each month. Both internal rejects and warranty data is reviewed. Cost of Quality The costs of rework, scrap and warranty are tracked and reviewed in monthly meetings. Areas that are over budget must report on root cause and corrective action. Inspection/Control of Nonconforming Product First article inspection may be required on any new or revised purchased part. Incoming product requiring inspection is not released until it has been verified as conforming to specified requirements to ensure only acceptable product is used in production. Pierce Manufacturing ensures that product which does not conform to product requirements is identified and controlled to prevent its unintended use or delivery. Nonconforming product is clearly identified and moved to a segregated area. The Quality department tracks the inventory value and average number of days items spend in the nonconforming material area. The goal is to disposition items as soon as possible in order to prevent part shortages. Production Control and Testing In order to consistently produce high quality fire and emergency apparatus, Pierce has always strived to make our complex processes repeatable, predictable, and measurable. Pierce Manufacturing plans and carries out production and service under controlled conditions. Performance and accuracy of equipment is continuously monitored through scheduled preventive maintenance and calibration programs. Product is clearly identified through all stages of receiving, storage, production and test. A shop order specifies all production operations and processes including inspection. It also references drawings, materials and Page 2 of 3 11/21/07 instructions. There are quality checklists'with sign-offs for each operation. Each sign-off indicates the work has been completed per the work instructions and is acceptable. Inspection and test criteria for each area are determined by product function, fit, and finish. All pumpers and aerials are verified through independent, third party testing. Final Production Evaluation Prior to delivery, each truck goes through a road test and final product evaluation (FPE). FPE is a complete review of the truck's function, fit and finish and is conducted by qualified inspection personnel. During FPE, the entire truck is gone over with a fine-tooth comb including the cab, body, pump, generator, emergency lighting and aerial devices. Customer inspection is also often performed prior to delivery. No product is released to the customer until all final inspection and testing are complete to show evidence of conformance to specified requirements, all issues are resolved and all truck records are available and authorized. Finished Product Quality Audits: Delivering superior quality is a growth strategy of the Oshkosh Truck organization. We know if we want to stay #1, we need to continually improve faster than our competition. One approach Pierce as taken in our effort to deliver superior quality is the implementation of a weekly Finished Product Quality Audit (FPQA). A cross-functional team, acting as the "Eyes of the Customer", performs an FPQA on one "ready for pick- up" truck per week. Each vehicle is given a final score based the severity of the findings. Pictures are taken of each defect and put into a presentation that is shown at Continuous Improvement Friday. The presentations are also shown to hundreds of hourly employees at team meetings. This takes the "Eyes of the Customer" all the way through the organization. Actions items are assigned, tracked and followed-up on weekly. i Page 3 of 3 J Pierce's Commitment to Safety General Safety Compliance Measures NFPA Compliance The NFPA guidelines have set minimum standards for the industry that Pierce meets and exceeds. These guidelines cover everything from certified stepping surfaces to minimum lighting standards. These rules are developed to protect both the fire fighter and the public. 3`d Party Testing Every Pierce fire apparatus is tested and certified bumper to bumper by an independent P party testing agency to meet and exceed all NFPA rules. This insures that all NFPA requirements are met for every truck that leaves a Pierce factory. This certification not only helps insure safety but also helps limit future customer liability. Vendor Certifications All major components such as engines, transmissions, axles, brakes, steering assemblies, windshield wipers systems, air conditioning systems, etc. are certified by the manufacturer for the specific installation and specific chassis. This is done to insure that not only do these critical systems perform properly on their own but also they function correctly with all other systems on the chassis. Apparatus Based Safety Compliance Measures Pierce has been the innovation leader in the fire truck industry for quite some time with their greatest focus on the safety innovations. Following are some of the things that Pierce either offers as standard or offers as options. Please see the "Safety Systems" brochure that further explains these options. Cab Crash Integrity - As noted in the support material provided in this proposal, the ImpelNelocity chassis meets and exceeds the required ECU crash safety requirements as set forth in the proposal request. In addition, this chassis also exceeds the far more stringent SAE standards. Refer to the crash certification support material provided in this proposal for specific details. Visibility - The Impel/Velocity cab has been designed from the start to provide the best visibility possible. • Flat windshield eliminates the typical distortion that occurs at the corners of the typical curved windshield. • Wiper system -Three wiper blades clear 86% of the windshield to provide the best wet weather visibility possible. • FMVSS 111 Mirror standard - Pierce's new 111 mirrors exceed the more stringent visibility standards. These mirrors allow the driver to see the ground across the entire front of the vehicle including the bumper. Cut Away Door Windows - the contoured shape of the front cab side windows dramatically improves visibility to the ground at the front corners of the vehicle. Frontal Crash Air Bags - Front crash air bags are not new technology but are new to the fire industry. Pierce is the first builder to offer them in their Impel, Velocity, Arrow XT and Quantum chassis. Side Roll Protection - provides air curtains/cushions in the front and rear seat positions to protect occupants in severe side impact/roll over situations. This option is available on the Impel, Velocity, Arrow XT and Quantum chassis. TAK-4 Independent Front Suspension - Independent front suspension is proven to offer superior braking and accident avoidance over any style of straight front axle. It offers the additional advantage of lower maintenance costs and better ride quality when compared with any other type of front axle system available. This is available on the Impel, Velocity, Arrow XT and Quantum chassis. Frame Rails - The stronger the frame rails the more stable the chassis. The 13 3/8" frame rails used on the Impel, Velocity, Arrow XT, and Quantum chassis are the strongest in the industry. This extra stiffness improves stability of the vehicle in accident avoidance maneuvers. Seat Belt Warning System - Seat belt use is a time proven technology for protecting vehicle occupants. Our seat belt warning system alerts the driver when a seat is occupied but the seat belt is not in use and is standard on the Impel, Velocity and Quantum chassis. Electronic Stability Control - ESC enhances directional and roll stability of the vehicle during evasive maneuvers and in low traction situations. Tire Protection System - provides options for tire pressure monitoring to alert an operator when a low pressure problem occurs as well as a safety band that prevents the tire from coming off the wheel during a blowout. The safety band dramatically improves maneuverability when a blow out occurs. VLH Caps - All discharge caps include Pierce's patented cap threaded that vents any residual pressure as a cap is being removed which reduces the risk of injury. Luminescent Folding Steps/Rung Covers - Pierce provides all of their folding steps and ladder rung covers with an NFPA compliant stepping surface that will also be luminescent in low light situations. This makes it much easier to see a step in the dark. Camera Systems - Pierce offers a variety of camera systems to aid in the visibility of the area around the sides and rear of the vehicle. Collision Avoidance Systems - provide warning before an accident occurs. PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC AN OSHKOSH CORPORATION COMPANY During the selling process you may experience questions about the type of aluminum our product is built with. Here we will discuss the difference between 5052-1132 aluminum and 3003-H14 aluminum. Pierce manufacturing utilizes the 5052-H32 aluminum and here are a few reasons why: ➢ Strength: 5052-1-132 has a Tensile Strength of 34-41,000 psi; 3003-H14 only has 20-26,000 psi. Almost 50% greater ➢ Strength: 5052-1-132 has a Yield Strength of 26,000 psi compared to 3003-1114 with 17,000 psi. Almost 50% greater ➢ Heat Affected Zone: When welded the 5052-1-132 has higher Endurance Load Limits, 52% greater than that of the 3003-H14 ➢ It has a high fatigue strength and is a good choice for structures subjected to excessive vibration. ➢ Lighter weight ➢ Excellent corrosion resistance ➢ The greater strength is derived from the composition of the metal. The effect of alloying elements increased the strength based on the elements added. a. 5052-H32: Magnesium is the major alloying element b. 3003-H14: Manganese is the major alloying element Characteristics of alloys: 5052 grade aluminum is one of the higher strength non-heat-treatable alloys. It has a high fatigue strength and is a good choice for structures subjected to excessive vibration. The alloy has excellent corrosion resistance, particularly in marine atmospheres. The formability of the grade is excellent and in the annealed condition it offers higher strengths than 1100 or 3003 grades. Typical Applications: 5052 grade aluminum is often used in high strength sheet metal work, marine components, appliances, fuel and oil tubing. There are other factors that to take into consideration when choosing a material. • Stiffness or deflection under load • Load carrying ability which not only involves the raw material strength, but the welded joint as well • Fatigue resistance, the ability to withstand cyclic stresses for the life of the product • Weight of the material • Ease of manufacturing or the ability to weld, machine and form the material • Cost Need more detail? Following is a comprehensive break down of material strengths between 5052-1132 and 3003-1114 aluminum. December 7, 2010 Page 1 of 3 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC® AN OSHKOSH CORPORATION COMPANY - Aluminum Strength Characteristics In evaluating and selecting materials for apparatus designs, the following factors should be considered before determining which material is best for the application. This document explains standards of tensile strength, yield strength, Brinell hardness and endurance limit of aluminum supplied to the Fire and Emergency industry. Here are the definitions: Tensile strength: Tensile strength measures the force required to pull something such as rope, wire, or a structural beam to the point where it breaks. Yield strength: The maximum stress a material can bear without tearing apart. This definition relates to a material's ability to be pulled and stretched without breaking. Brinell hardness: The hardness of a metal or alloy measured by hydraulically pressing a hard ball under a standard load into the specimen. This hardness rating is an indicator of the materials ability to resist surface intrusions such as gouges and scratches. Endurance limit of aluminum: Fatigue limit, endurance limit, and fatigue strength are all expressions used to describe a property of materials; the amplitude (or range) of cyclic stress that can be applied to the material without causing fatigue failure. Ferrous alloys and titanium alloys have a distinct limit, an amplitude below which there appears to be no number of cycles that will cause failure. Other structural metals such as aluminum and copper do not have a distinct limit and will eventually fail even from small stress amplitudes. In these cases, a number of cycles (usually 107 ) are chosen to represent the fatigue life of the material. Pierce Manufacturing utilizes 1/8" (.125"), 5052-1-132 aluminum for the, construction of its cabs and bodies (green). Other fire apparatus manufacturers utilize 3/16" (.188"), 3003-1-114 aluminum for the construction of its cabs and bodies (red). Mechanical Properties of Aluminum Endurance Limit (psi) Brinell Base Ultimate' Tensile Yield' Strength Hardness Metal HAZa Heat Material Alloy-Temper si (psi) Bhn (psi) Affect Zone Min Max Min Max Sheet 5052-1-132 31,000 38,000 23,000 60 17,000 16 Plate 6061-T6 42,000 - 35,000 95 19,000 9 Extrusion 6061-T6 38,000 - 35,000 95 14,000 9 Extrusion 6063-75 22,000 16,000 60 10,000 8 As shown in the above charts there are greater values across the various strength levels on the .125" 5052-1-132 sheet aluminum compared to the .188" 3003-1-114 sheet aluminum. Resource: Aluminum Association Standards and Data Book/ASTM B209, B221 z Resource: Ryerson Material Handbook s HAZ = Heat Affected Zone - Material that has been weakened by welding Values assume "infinite life" (500,000,000 cycles) December 7, 2010 Page 2 of 3 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC® AN OSHKOSH CORPORATION COMPANY Material Comparisons - Sample. Cross-Sectional Stren the - Sheets T" x 1.00" Wide Samp le Tensile Load Limits I Endurance Load Limits Endurance Load Limits Base metal HAZ1 l~ x,125 5052=-H32111111111 E3187.511bsT(3%oiGreater,)1 E2;T2511b(25 o reeaater,)n E21000IIbs7(52%oiGreater, - b As shown in the above chart endurance limits are greater as well as a significant increase in endurance limits within the "Heat Affect Zone (HAZ)" in the .125' 5052-H32 compared to the .188" 3003-H14 aluminum. These higher limits are due to the composition of the material. The .125" 5052-H32 is a lighter stronger super alloy and demonstrates corrosion resistance properties. In high-purity form, aluminum is soft and ductile. Most commercial uses, however, require greater strength than pure aluminum provides. This is achieved in aluminum first by the addition of other elements to produce various alloys, which singly or in combination impart strength to the metal. Further strengthening is possible by means which classify the alloys roughly into two categories, non-heat-treatable and heat-treatable. 3003-H14 - Manganese is the major alloying element 5052-1132 - Magnesium is the major alloying element Magnesium is one of the most effective and widely used alloying elements for aluminum. When it is used as the major alloying element or with manganese, the result is a moderate to high strength non-heat-treatable alloy. Magnesium is considerably more effective than manganese as a hardener, about 0.8% magnesium being equal to 1.25% manganese, and it can be added in considerably higher quantities. Manganese does not affect tensile strength considerably, yet it slightly increases the yield strength. Its most important function is to improve saltwater resistance of Mg-AI and Mg-AI-Zn alloys by removing iron and other heavy-metal elements into relatively harmless intermetallic compounds, some of which separate out during melting. This is demonstrated in the followin chart: Typical Chemistries For Aluminum Alloys' Alloy Si Fe Cu Mn Mg Cr Zn Ti Other Aluminum 5052 0.25 O.aO 0.10 0.10 B 00.35 0.10 ® 0.15 Remainder 6061 0.4 0.7 0.15 0.15 0.8 0.04 to 0.25 0.15 0.15 Remainder to to to 0.35 0.8 0.40 1.2 6063 0.2 0.35 0.10 0.10 .45 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.15 Remainder to to 0.6 0.9 Key Si = Silicon Fe = Iron Cu = Copper Mn = Manganese Mg = Magnesium Cr = Chrome Zn = Zinc Ti = Titanium Resource: Aluminum Association Standards and Data Book/ASTM 8209, B221 December 7, 2010 Page 3 of 3 Page 1 / 1 CITY O F DATE PO NUMBER ASHLAND 20 E MAIN ST. 7/30/2013 11753 ASHLAND, OR 97520 (541) 488-5300 VENDOR: 004942 SHIP To: Ashland Fire Department PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC (541) 482-2770 2600 AMERICAN DRIVE 455 SISKIYOU BLVD PO BOX 2017 ASHLAND, OR 97520 APPLETON, WI 54912-201.7 FOB Point: Req. No.: Terms: Net Dept.: Req. Del. Date: Contact: John Karns Special Inst: Confirming? No Quantity Unit - Description Unit Price' 'Ext. Price THIS IS A REVISED PURCHASE ORDER Type 1, Fire Pumpers, (2) Each 1,152,727.00 Per attached specifications and contract Approved by Council June 4, 2013 SUBTOTAL 1,152,727.00 BILL TO: Account Payable TAX 0.00 20 EAST MAIN ST FREIGHT 0.00 541-552-2010 TOTAL 1,152,727.00 ASHLAND, OR 97520 Account Number Project Number Amount. AccounYNumber - Project Number Amount E 730.08.10.00.70300 1,152,727.00 ati+'e Authorized Signature VENDOR COPY FORM #3 CITY OF ASHLAND REQUISITION Date of request: o72a/zols Required date for delivery: Vendor Name Piprro Mpmdarfuring Address, City, State, Zip Contact Name & Telephone Number Fax Number SOURCING METHOD ❑ Exempt from Competitive Bidding ❑ Emergency ❑ Reason for exemption: ❑ Invitation to Bid (Copies on file) ❑ Form #13, Written findings and Authorization ❑ AMC 2.50 Date approved by Council: ❑ Written quote or proposal attached ❑ Written quote or proposal attached ❑ Small Procurement ` Cooperative Procurement Less than $5,000 ❑ Request for Proposal (Copies on f le) ❑ Stale of Oregon ❑ Direct Award Date approved by Council: Contract # ❑ Verbal/Wrtten quote(s) or proposal(s) ❑ State of Washington Intermediate Procurement ❑ Sole Source Contract # GOODS & SERVICES ❑ Applicable Form (#5,6,7 or 8) ❑ Other government agency contract $51000 to $100,000 ❑ Written quote or proposal allached Agency ❑ (3) Written quotes and solicitation attached ❑ Form #a, Personal Services $5K to $75K Contract # PERSONAL SERVICES ❑ Special Procurement Interoovemmental Agreement $5,000 to $75,000 ❑ Form #9, Request for Approval ❑ Agency ❑ Less than $35,000, by direct appointment ❑ Written quote or proposal attached Dale original contract approved by Council: ❑ (3) Written proposals/written solicitation Date approved by Council: (Date) ❑ Form #a, Personal Services $5K to $75K Valid until: Date Description of SERVICES Total Cost 2 type 1 Fire Pumpers $1,152,727.00 Item # Quantity Unit Description of MATERIALS Unit Price. Total Cost 2 2 Type 1 Fire Pumpers 1 F-1 Per attached quotelproposal TOTAL COST E1,152,727.00 Project Number Account Number Account Number Account Number 'Expenditure must be charged to the appropriate account numbers for the financials to accurately reflect the actual expenditures. IT Director in collaboration with department to approve all hardware and software purchases: IT Director Date Support -Yes/No By signing this requisition form, l certify that the City's public contracting requirements have been satisfied. Employee Signature: Department Head Si nature: L \ (Equal to.orr eater than $5,000) City Administrator: (Equal to or greater than $25,000) Funds appropriated for current fiscal year: YES / NO Finance Director- (Equal to orgreaterthan $5,000) Datb Comments: Form #3 - Requisition